As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 10, 2017

Registration Nos. 333-220288 and
333-
220288-01

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

____________________

Amendment No. 1 to

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT
Under the Securities Act of 1933

____________________

GWG HOLDINGS, INC.

GWG LIFE, LLC

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

____________________

Delaware
Delaware

 

26-2222607
20-4356955

(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Tel: (612) 746-1944
Fax: (612) 746-0445

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)

____________________

 

 

Copies to:

 

 

Paul D. Chestovich
Maslon LLP
3300 Wells Fargo Center
90 South Seventh Street
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Tel: (612) 672-8200

 

GWG Holdings, Inc.
Jon R. Sabes
Chief Executive Officer
220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Tel: (612) 746-1944
(Name, address, including zip code, and
telephone number, including area code, of
agent for service)

 

Dominic Baldini
Emerson Equity LLC
155 Bovet Road, Suite 725
San Mateo, CA 94402
Tel: (650) 312-0200

____________________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.

If the only securities being registered on this Form are being offered pursuant to dividend or interest reinvestment plans, please check the following box. ¨

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered only in connection with dividend or interest reinvestment plans, check the following box. x

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ¨

If this Form is a registration statement pursuant to General Instruction I.D. or a post-effective amendment thereto that shall become effective upon filing with the SEC pursuant to Rule 462(e) under the Securities Act, check the following box. ¨

If this Form is a post-effective amendment to a registration statement filed pursuant to General Instruction I.D. filed to register additional securities or additional classes of securities pursuant to Rule 413(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

 

¨

 

Accelerated filer

 

¨

Non-accelerated filer

 

¨

 

Smaller reporting company

 

x

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Emerging growth company

 

x

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act . ¨

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each Class of Securities to Be Registered

 

Amount to be
Registered

 

Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
Per Unit

 

Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price

 

Amount of
Registration
Fee

L Bonds

 

1,000,000

 

$

1,000

(1)

 

$

1,000,000,000

 

$

115,900

(3)

Guarantee by GWG Life, LLC of L Bonds (2)

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

 

 

N/A

 

 

N/A

 

____________

(1)       The L Bonds will be issued in “Units” of $1,000 in principal amount, in minimum amounts of 25 Units ($25,000 principal amount) and in any number of whole or fractional Unit amounts in excess of such minimum amount.

(2)       No additional consideration is being received for the guarantee. Pursuant to Rule 457(n) under the Securities Act of 1933, no separate fee is required in respect of such guarantee.

(3)       Registration Fee previously paid.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of which this prospectus is a part, shall have been declared effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED OCTOBER 10, 2017

____________________

GWG HOLDINGS, INC.

____________________

1,000,000 Units of L Bonds
($1,000,000,000)

Through its subsidiaries, GWG Holdings, Inc. invests in life insurance assets. Our objective is to earn returns from our investments in life insurance assets that are greater than the costs necessary to purchase, finance and service those assets.

We are offering up to 1,000,000 Units of L Bonds (the “L Bonds”) at $1,000 principal amount per whole Unit, representing $1,000,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of L Bonds. This is a continuous offering and there is no minimum amount of L Bonds that must be sold before we can use any of the proceeds. The proceeds from the sale of the L Bonds will be paid directly to us following each sale and will not be placed in an escrow account. We will use the net proceeds from the offering of the L Bonds primarily to purchase and finance life insurance assets, and to service and retire other outstanding obligations. The minimum investment in L Bonds is 25 Units, or $25,000. Investments in excess of the minimum amount may be made in any number of whole or fractional Units. The L Bonds will be sold with varying maturity terms, interest rates and frequency of interest payments, all as set forth in this prospectus and in supplements we publish from time to time. Depending on our capital needs and the amount of your investment, L Bonds with certain maturity terms may not always be available. Although we will periodically establish and change interest rates on unsold L Bonds offered under this prospectus, once an L Bond is sold, its interest rate will not change during its term (subject, however, to the extension and renewal provisions of the L Bond). Upon maturity, and subject to the terms and conditions described in this prospectus, the L Bonds will be automatically renewed for the same or lesser term at the interest rate we are offering at that time to other investors with similar aggregate L Bond portfolios for L Bonds of the same maturity, unless redeemed upon maturity at our or your election.

Obligations under the L Bonds are secured by substantially all the assets of GWG Holdings (the most significant components of which are cash and investments in subsidiaries), a pledge of all our common stock held individually by our largest stockholders, and by a guarantee and corresponding grant of a security interest in substantially all the assets of our subsidiary, GWG Life, LLC. As a guarantor, GWG Life has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the payment of principal and interest on the L Bonds. Substantially all of our life insurance assets are held by GWG DLP Funding IV, LLC (DLP IV), which is a wholly owned subsidiary of GWG Life. The policies held by DLP IV are not collateral for the L Bond obligations but serve instead as collateral for our senior credit facility. These facts present the risk to investors that the collateral security that we and GWG Life have granted for our obligations under the L Bonds may be insufficient to repay the L Bonds upon an event of default.

We may call and redeem the entire outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest of any or all of the L Bonds at any time, and from time to time, without penalty or premium. L Bond holders will have no right to put (that is, require us to redeem) any L Bond prior to its due date unless in the case of a holder’s death, bankruptcy or total permanent disability. In the event we agree to redeem L Bond upon the request of an L Bond holder — other than after death, bankruptcy or total permanent disability of such holder — we will impose a redemption fee of 6% against the outstanding principal balance of the redeemed L Bond. This redemption fee will be subtracted from the amount paid.

We do not intend to list our L Bonds on any securities exchange during the offering period, and we do not expect a secondary market in the L Bonds to develop. As a result, you should not expect to be able to resell your L Bonds regardless of how we perform. Accordingly, an investment in our L Bonds is not suitable for investors that require liquidity in advance of their L Bond’s maturity date.

We maintain senior borrowing arrangements that subordinate to our senior lenders the right to payment on, and the collateral securing, the L Bonds. In addition, these borrowing arrangements restrict our receipt of distributions from our operating subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions. These provisions will restrict cash flows available for payment of principal and interest on the L Bonds. From time to time we may add or replace senior lenders and the particular arrangements under which we borrow from them.

We are an “emerging growth company” and a “smaller reporting company” under applicable law and are subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Please read the disclosures on page 1 of this prospectus for more information. Investing in our L Bonds may be considered speculative and involves a high degree of risk, including the risk of losing your entire investment. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 12 to read about the risks you should consider before buying our L Bonds. The L Bonds are only suitable for persons with substantial financial resources and with no need for liquidity in this investment.

Please read this prospectus before investing and keep it for future reference. We file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. This information will be available free of charge by contacting us at 220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200, Minneapolis, MN 55402, or by phone at (612) 746-1944. This information may also be accessed on our website at www.gwgh.com , and the SEC maintains a website at www.sec.gov that contains this information.

Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

The date of this prospectus is       , 2017

 

The L Bonds will be offered and sold on a best-efforts basis by Emerson Equity LLC, a registered broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”). Emerson Equity will be our dealer manager for the L Bonds in this offering for purposes of the Securities Act of 1933. Our dealer manager will enter into participating dealer agreements with certain other broker-dealers that are members of FINRA, referred to as “selling group members,” to authorize those broker-dealers to sell our L Bonds. We will pay Emerson Equity a selling commission ranging from 0.75% to 5.00% of the principal amount of L Bonds sold, depending on the L Bonds’ maturity date. We will also pay Emerson Equity additional compensation consisting of those items set forth in footnote (1) to the table below. The dealer manager will share its commissions and additional compensation, other than its dealer manager fee, with selling group members pursuant to the terms of each participating dealer agreement. The total amount of the selling commissions and additional compensation (including reimbursements, non-transaction-based and non-cash compensation) paid to Emerson Equity and any other FINRA member in the course of offering and selling L Bonds will not exceed 8.00% of the aggregate gross offering proceeds we receive from the sale of L Bonds. We also may sell L Bonds at a discount through appropriate and designated distribution channels. See “Plan of Distribution” and “Use of Proceeds” for further information.

 

 

Units

 

Price to Investor

 

Aggregate
Commissions,
Fees, and
Expense
Allowances (1)(2)

 

Net
Proceeds
to
Company

Minimum Investment

 

25

 

$

25,000

 

$

2,000

 

$

23,000

(3)

Maximum Offering

 

1,000,000

 

$

1,000,000,000

 

$

80,000,000

 

$

920,000,000

(4)

____________

(1)       Assumes an average sales commission of 5.00%. As explained above, actual commissions will vary based on the term of the L Bonds sold. Nevertheless, the total amount of selling commissions and additional compensation (consisting of (i) a dealer-manager fee payable to the dealer manager in an amount equal to 0.50% of the principal amount of all L Bonds sold; (ii) an accountable expense allowance payable to the selling group members as described in the “Plan of Distribution,” which may include due-diligence expenses of the dealer manager and selling group members set forth in a detailed and itemized invoice; (iii) wholesaling fees, which may consist of commissions and non-transaction-based compensation of the wholesalers, (iv) non-cash compensation; and (v) up to a 1.00% reallowance to selling group members) will not exceed 8.00% of the aggregate gross offering proceeds we receive from the sale of L Bonds. Accordingly, and assuming the sale of all $1,000,000,000 in principal amount of bonds offered hereby, the maximum amount of selling commissions we can pay is 5.00% of the gross offering proceeds we receive from the sale of the L Bonds (or $50,000,000), and the maximum amount of additional compensation we can pay will not exceed 3.00% of the aggregate gross offering proceeds we receive from the sale of the L Bonds (or $30,000,000). See “Plan of Distribution” for further information.

(2)       Emerson Equity has agreed to offer the L Bonds on a “best efforts” basis.

(3)       Net Proceeds to Company based on the Minimum Investment are calculated after deducting (i) selling commissions and (ii) additional compensation (consisting of the dealer-manager fee, a wholesaling fee, an accountable expense allowance and non-transaction-based and non-cash selling compensation). We expect that our own offering expenses, consisting of legal, accounting, printing, mailing, registration, qualification and associated securities offering filing costs and expenses, will through the course of the offering aggregate to approximately $1,200,000, but for purposes of illustrating the Net Proceeds to Company based on the Minimum Investment, those offering expenses of $1,200,000 are not reflected.

(4)       Net Proceeds to Company based on the Maximum Offering of 1,000,000 L Bond Units (representing $1,000,000,000 in aggregate principal amount) are calculated as described in footnote (3) above, but also before deducting our estimated offering-related expenses of $1,200,000.

L Bonds will be sold as “Units,” with each whole Unit representing $1,000 in principal amount of L Bonds. Throughout this prospectus, we refer to L Bond Units simply as “L Bonds.” We will issue the L Bonds in book-entry form, certificated form, or in the form of a global certificate deposited with a depositary. Depending on the manner in which you purchase L Bonds, you may not receive a physical certificate representing your L Bonds. In all cases, however, we will deliver written confirmation to purchasers of L Bonds. Bank of Utah will act as trustee for the L Bonds.

 

The current interest rates for the L Bonds based on their applicable maturity is set forth in the table below.

Maturity Term

 

Interest Rate
(%)

2 years

 

5.50

3 years

 

6.25

5 years

 

7.50

7 years

 

8.50

We may change the interest rates applicable to unsold L Bonds from time to time during this offering, in which case the applicable interest rates will be set forth in a supplement to this prospectus. Once an L Bond is sold, the interest rate will not change during its term (subject, however, to the extension and renewal provisions contained in that L Bond).

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

Page

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

 

ii

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

 

ii

HOW TO PURCHASE L BONDS

 

iii

COVERED SECURITY

 

iv

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THIS OFFERING

 

v

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

1

RISK RELATING TO FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

10

RISK FACTORS

 

12

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

20

BUSINESS

 

22

DESCRIPTION OF THE L BONDS

 

49

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

64

MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

 

68

STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAXES

 

72

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

 

72

LEGAL MATTERS

 

74

EXPERTS

 

74

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

 

74

Incorporation of certain documents by reference

 

75

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

F-1

GWG Holdings, Inc.
220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200
Minneapolis, MN 55402
Tel: (612) 746-1944
Fax: (612) 746-0445

i

ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS

We have prepared this prospectus as part of a registration statement that we filed with the SEC for our continuous offering of L Bonds.

The registration statement we filed with the SEC includes exhibits that provide more detailed descriptions of the matters discussed in this prospectus and certain information that is incorporated by reference. You should read this prospectus, the related exhibits filed with the SEC, and any prospectus supplement(s), together with additional information described below under “Where You Can Find More Information,” and the documents that are incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, by reference into this prospectus. Any statement that we make in this prospectus will be modified or superseded by any inconsistent statement made by us in a subsequent prospectus supplement (or other disclosure incorporated into this prospectus by reference). This prospectus contains summaries of certain other documents, which summaries contain all material terms of the relevant documents and are believed to be accurate, but reference is hereby made to the full text of the actual documents for full and complete information concerning those documents. All documents relating to this offering, if readily available to us, will be made available to a prospective investor or its representatives upon request.

The L Bonds will be issued under an indenture, as amended, and as it may be further amended or supplemented from time to time (referred to herein collectively as the “indenture”). This prospectus is qualified in its entirety by the terms of that indenture filed with SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. All material terms of the indenture are summarized in this prospectus. You may obtain a copy of the indenture upon written request to us or online at www.sec.gov .

The indenture trustee did not participate in the preparation of this prospectus and makes no representations concerning the L Bonds, the collateral, or any other matter stated in this prospectus. The indenture trustee has no duty or obligation to pay the L Bonds from their funds, assets or capital or to make inquiry regarding, or investigate the use of, amounts disbursed from any account.

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus, as the same may be supplemented by prospectus supplements or other public disclosure incorporated into this prospectus by reference. Neither we nor the dealer manager have authorized any other person to provide you with any information different from that contained in this prospectus, a supplement, information incorporated into this prospectus by reference, or information furnished by us upon request as described herein. The information contained in this prospectus is complete and accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or sale of our securities.

No information contained herein, nor in any prior, contemporaneous or subsequent communication should be construed by a prospective investor as legal or tax advice. Each prospective investor should consult its, his or her own legal, tax and financial advisors to ascertain the merits and risks of the transactions described herein prior to purchasing the L Bonds. This written communication is not intended to be written advice as defined in Circular 230 published by the U.S. Treasury Department.

In this prospectus, we use the term “day” to refer to a calendar day, and we use the term “business day” to refer to any day other than Saturday, Sunday, a legal holiday or a day on which banks in New York City are authorized or required to close.

INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

The industry and market data used throughout this prospectus have been obtained from our own research, surveys or studies conducted by third parties and industry or general publications. Industry publications and surveys generally state that they have obtained information from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information. We believe that each of these studies and publications is reliable.

ii

HOW TO PURCHASE L BONDS

If, after carefully reading this entire prospectus, obtaining any other information requested and available, and being fully satisfied with the results of pre-investment due-diligence activities, you would like to purchase L Bonds, you will have two different ways in which to consummate a purchase: (1) DTC settlement, or (2) direct settlement with the Company.

1. Depositary Trust Company Settlement (DTC settlement) . You can place an order for the purchase of L Bonds using DTC Settlement through your selling group member (i.e., your broker-dealer). A selling group member using this service will have an account with a DTC participant in which your funds will be placed to facilitate a closing on our periodic DTC closing cycle (typically, closings will occur on a bi-monthly cycle). Orders may be placed until the cyclical order due date. Orders will be executed by your selling group member electronically and you must coordinate with your selling group member’s registered representative to pay the full purchase price for the L Bonds by the trade date. You will be credited with ownership of an L Bond on the second business day following the periodic DTC closing cycle in which the purchase is made. Nevertheless, interest will accrue for a period of 15 or 30 days for the month in which your purchase is made, depending on when during the DTC closing cycle your purchase is made. Your purchase price for L Bonds purchased in this way will not be held in escrow. This process is different if you purchase L Bonds through direct settlement with the Company as described below.

 

2. Direct Settlement with the Company . If you wish to purchase L Bonds through direct settlement with the Company, then you must complete, execute and return the Subscription Agreement to us together with a certified check or personal check payable to the order of “GWG Holdings, Inc. — Subscription Account” (or wire sent to the Subscription Account) equal to the principal amount of L Bonds you wish to purchase. You will be credited with ownership of an L Bond, and interest will begin to accrue, from the date on which your fully paid subscription is accepted. If you are working with a selling group member, your subscription materials and the wire transfer, certified check or personal check should be delivered to your selling group member, who will deliver it to us at the following address:

GWG Holdings, Inc.
220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200
Minneapolis, MN 55402

Wire Instructions
GWG Holdings, Inc. — Subscription Account
Account: 500023916
Routing: 091310521
Bank Name: Bell State Bank & Trust

Your purchase is subject to our acceptance. All information provided is confidential and will be disclosed only to our directors, officers and employees who need to know, affiliates, the managing broker-dealer, legal counsel and, if required, to governmental authorities and self-regulatory organizations or as otherwise required by law. For your purchase to be effective as of the first business day of a calendar month, your completed and executed Subscription Agreement, together with your related funds, must be received and accepted by us on or prior to the final settlement date (settlement dates normally occur on a bi-monthly basis).

Upon our receipt of the signed Subscription Agreement and acceptance of your purchase, we will notify you of such acceptance. In our sole discretion, we may accept or reject any purchase, in whole or in part. In the event we do not accept your purchase of L Bonds for any reason, we will promptly return your payment. We may terminate or suspend this offering at any time, for any reason or no reason, in our sole discretion. You may obtain a copy of the Subscription Agreement from our website at www.gwgh.com , from your selling group member (if you are working with one), or by contacting us at 1-877-494-2388.

iii

COVERED SECURITY

Our L Bonds are a “covered security.” The term “covered security” applies to securities exempt from state registration pursuant to Section 18 of the Securities Act of 1933. Generally, securities listed on national exchanges are the most common type of covered security exempt from state registration. A non-traded security also can be a covered security if it has a seniority greater than or equal to other securities from the same issuer that are listed on a national exchange. Our L Bonds are a covered security because they will be senior to our common stock, which is listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market, and therefore our offering of L Bonds is exempt from state registration.

Although the status of our L Bonds as a “covered security” will facilitate their purchase and sale to a broader range of investors than would otherwise be available to us, and although the offer and sale of a “covered security” generally involves fewer issuance costs to the issuer of such securities, our L Bonds are not a suitable purchase for all investors. Investors are urged to read carefully the risk factors relating to our business and our Company contained in the Risk Factors section of this prospectus beginning on page 12. In addition, investors should understand that because our L Bonds are a “covered security” exempt from state securities regulations, neither our Company, the L Bonds, or any other aspects of this offering have been the subject of any merit-based review by state securities regulators.

iv

QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS ABOUT THIS OFFERING

The following questions and answers about this offering highlight material information regarding us and this offering that you may wish to review. Nevertheless, you should read this entire prospectus, including the section entitled “Risk Factors,” before deciding to purchase our L Bonds.

Can you explain and clarify the interplay between GWG Holdings, Inc. and GWG Life, LLC and its subsidiaries in relation to the L Bonds and the registration statement?

GWG Holdings, Inc. will be issuing the L Bonds, receiving all proceeds from the sale of L Bonds, and will be the only entity making regular payments on the L Bonds. Nevertheless, because a significant amount of our consolidated assets are held in our subsidiary GWG Life, LLC (and its own subsidiaries), GWG Life is a guarantor of our obligations under the L Bonds. As guarantor of the L Bonds, SEC rules require that GWG Life be included as a co-registrant under this registration statement. GWG Life will not, however, be otherwise involved in the offering of L Bonds.

It seems as though you are offering several bonds with different interest rates and maturities but calling them all L Bonds. Is this the case?

All bonds we issue in this offering will have identical terms, excepting only (1) the interest rate and (2) the maturity length or “term.” In this regard, we have essentially created multiple classes of L Bonds, similar to how companies may have different classes of stocks with slightly different economic rights. Currently, we are offering four classes of L Bonds, as follows:

         “Class 2-2” L Bonds will mature two years from their issuance and accrue interest at 5.50% per annum .

         “Class 3-2” L Bonds will mature three years from their issuance and accrue interest at 6.25% per annum .

         “Class 5-2” L Bonds will mature five years from their issuance and accrue interest at 7.50% per annum .

         “Class 7-2” L Bonds will mature seven years from their issuance and accrue interest at 8.50% per annum .

The economic terms for each L Bond in any particular class will be identical to all other L Bonds in the same class (other than the date of maturity). In the event we adjust the interest rate for any class of bonds we offer, we will create a new class of L Bonds. Upon the renewal of any L Bonds we have sold, any new interest rate applied to an L Bond will be applied to all L Bonds in the same class.

Your prospectus states that the interest rate for the L Bonds may be adjusted from time to time during the course of the offering. Will any such adjustment apply retroactively to L Bonds already issued?

No. Once you purchase an L Bond, the interest rate on that L Bond will not change during the entirety of its original term. The interest rate on an issued L Bond may, however, be adjusted upon renewal of that L Bond. In any such case, we will advise you of any different interest rate that may apply to your L Bond upon renewal. In sum, any new interest rates for the L Bonds will apply only to newly issued L Bonds sold or renewed after the date of any interest rate change. Our decision to change interest rates depends on numerous factors, including but not limited to things such as market interest rates, our capitalization, the demand for our L Bonds, the life settlement market in general, our capital requirements, and other factors. Please see “Description of the L Bonds — Interest Rate.”

How do I subscribe for L Bonds, and what is the settlement process?

L Bonds may be purchased either directly from the Company or through your broker-dealer (also referred to in this prospectus as a selling group member), who utilizes a participant in the DTC system and offers “DTC settlement.”

If you purchase directly from the Company, you will send your completed and executed Subscription Agreement, together with your subscription amount to us at the address listed in “How to Purchase L Bonds.” Your subscription amount is the principal amount of L Bonds you wish to purchase, and should be paid through a certified check or personal check payable to the order of “GWG Holdings, Inc. — Subscription Account.” In lieu of paying by check, you may wire your subscription amount to the account referenced in “How to Purchase L Bonds.” If you are working with a broker-dealer or other investment professional, your broker-dealer or professional will gather and send in the required information on your behalf, and may facilitate your payment of the subscription amount.

v

Once we have received your subscription amount and required documentation, we will either reject or accept your subscription. If accepted, you will be credited with ownership of the L Bond, we will have immediate access to your subscription amount and you will start to accrue interest on your investment at the rate applicable to the L Bond you have purchased. If you purchase directly from the Company, your L Bond will ordinarily be issued in book-entry (or, if requested, certificated) form and payments will be made directly into the account you indicate in your Subscription Agreement.

Purchasing through a DTC participant is a slightly different process. In this case, you will provide your order for the purchase of L Bonds to your broker-dealer, together with such other information as your broker-dealer may require. Your broker-dealer will ensure your order is electronically placed with the Company and that the Company timely receives your subscription amount. There is no need to furnish the Company with a Subscription Agreement when you purchase through a broker-dealer that utilizes a participant in the DTC system and offers “DTC settlement,” However, your broker-dealer may require additional documents.

Once we have received your subscription amount, we will either reject or accept your subscription. Once accepted based on our DTC closing cycle, we will have immediate access to your subscription amount and you will start to accrue interest on your investment at the rate applicable to the L Bond you have purchased. Nevertheless, you will be credited with ownership of an L Bond on the second business day after the end of the closing cycle in which your subscription is accepted. Interest will accrue for a period of 15 or 30 days for the month in which your purchase is made, depending on when during the DTC closing cycle your purchase is made. If you purchase through a broker-dealer who utilizes a participant in the DTC system and offers “DTC settlement,” your L Bond will be issued to DTC in the name of Cede & Co, as its nominee. In this sense, DTC will be the legal owner of the L Bond and you will be the beneficial owner. Your ownership of the L Bond should then appear on the brokerage or other investment statements you receive from your broker-dealer or custodian.

For so long as DTC settlement is approved, we intend to issue each class of L Bonds a unique identifying number (CUSIP) each month to facilitate the settlement of L Bonds. Thus, Class 2-2 L Bonds issued in February 2018 (and maturing February 2020) will all have the same CUSIP, which will be different from the CUSIP applicable to Class 2-2 L Bonds issued in September 2018 (and maturing September 2020). In this way, all L Bonds belonging to a single CUSIP will be completely fungible, meaning that they will all mature on the same date and have identical terms so that one L Bond with a particular CUSIP is interchangeable with any other L Bond having the same CUSIP. This process creates a tracking system for the L Bonds to be issued to and transferred through DTC.

What is the role of the trustee?

The Bank of Utah is the trustee for the L Bonds. The role of the trustee is essentially to enforce the terms of the L Bonds on behalf of bondholders, including direct and beneficial holders, and facilitate the relationship between our Company and the bondholders. We must notify the trustee of certain events as required under the indenture, and the trustee will in turn notify bondholders. The trustee has also been granted a security interest in all of the assets of GWG Holdings and GWG Life for the benefit of the bondholders. The trustee has no duty to pay any obligations under L Bonds or to make inquiry regarding, or investigate the use of, amounts disbursed from any account. Upon an event of default under the indenture, and subject to those limitations in the indenture designed to benefit our senior creditors, the trustee may take action against us to enforce the rights of holders of the L Bonds.

What is the role of the paying agent?

The paying agent is the term ascribed to whomever it is that is making the payment to the holders of L Bonds. Presently, the Company itself is the paying agent and therefore responsible for tracking investors’ respective payment dates and ensuring timely payment of principal and interest under the L Bonds. Under the indenture, we may designate a third party, such as a transfer agent registered with the SEC, or a banking institution, to serve as paying agent. The role of the paying agent is essentially mechanical, and does not ordinarily involve the exercise of discretion and judgment in the way that is typical for an indenture trustee.

vi

Do I need to sign any paperwork in connection with the renewal of my L Bond?

No. The terms of the L Bond allow for the automatic renewal into a new L Bond of an identical (or lesser) maturity, unless we receive notice from you. Upon maturity, the L Bonds will be automatically renewed for the same term at the interest rate we are offering at that time to other investors with similar aggregate L Bond portfolios for L Bonds of the same maturity, unless repaid upon maturity at our or your election. In this regard, we will notify you at least 30 days prior to the maturity date of your L Bonds. In the notice, we will advise you if we intend to repay the L Bonds or else remind you that your L Bonds will be automatically renewed unless you exercise your option, at least 15 days prior to the maturity date, to elect to have your L Bonds repaid. If applicable, a new certificate will be issued. Please see “Prospectus Summary — Renewal or Redemption at Maturity” and “Description of the L Bonds — Renewal or Redemption at Maturity.”

Can I resell or transfer my L Bond after it has been purchased?

Yes. Since these L Bonds are being offered and sold pursuant to an effective registration statement, the L Bonds may be transferred so long as the transfer is documented in a form approved by us. We do not, however, expect a public trading market to develop for the L Bonds in the foreseeable future, if ever. Because of the lack of a trading market for L Bonds, it is unlikely that holders will be able to sell their L Bonds easily. If you wish to transfer your L Bond held in book-entry (or certificated) form, you should contact us. If you wish to transfer your L Bond held through DTC, you should contact your broker-dealer (i.e., your selling group member).

How will I receive interest and principal payments on my L Bonds?

This will depend on how you purchased your L Bond. If you purchased your L Bond directly from us, we will directly deposit our payments of interest and principal into the account indicated in your Subscription Agreement. If you purchased through DTC, all payments of principal and interest will be made to DTC, who will forward such payment to your brokerage account. In this case, all accountings of what you have contributed and what you are owed will be the responsibility of your broker-dealer.

What is GWG Holdings, Inc.?

We are a financial services company committed to finding new ways of disrupting and transforming the life insurance and related industries. We built our business by creating opportunities for consumers to obtain significantly more value for their life insurance policies as compared to the traditional options offered by the insurance industry. We are enhancing and extending these activities through innovation in our products and services, business processes, financing strategies, and investments in advanced epigenetic technologies. At the same time, we are creating opportunities for investors to receive income and capital appreciation from our investment activities in the life insurance and related industries.

Through our principal subsidiary GWG Life, we purchase and finance life insurance policies at a discount to the face value of the policy benefit. While GWG Life began operations in March 2006, we were formed and organized in Delaware in 2008. In September 2014, we consummated an initial public offering of our common stock. In connection with that offering, our common stock was listed on The NASDAQ Capital Market under the ticker symbol “GWGH.” We are based in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

Do you currently own any assets?

Our assets consist primarily of cash and equity interests in our subsidiaries. Nearly all of our life insurance assets are held through our subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2016, our consolidated assets totaled $643.2 million, of which approximately $78.5 million was cash and equivalents, approximately $37.8 million was restricted cash, and approximately $511.2 million was the fair value of our life insurance assets. Those life insurance assets had an aggregate face value of policy benefits approximating $1.36 billion. As of June 30, 2017, our consolidated assets totaled $691.4 million, of which approximately $52.3 million was cash and equivalents, approximately $46.2 million was restricted cash, and approximately $577 million was the fair value of our life insurance assets. Those life insurance assets had an aggregate face value of policy benefits approximating $1.52 billion.

vii

What is your business strategy?

Our business strategy is to purchase a large and well-diversified portfolio of life insurance policy assets at discounts to the face value of the policy benefits sufficient enough to generate profitable returns. In addition, we seek to create value for consumers owning life insurance through the secondary market for life insurance. In order to meet our goals, we have spent and intend to continue to spend significant resources: (i) developing a robust operational platform and systems for originating and purchasing life insurance policies; (ii) developing financing resources, strategies, and capabilities for servicing a large portfolio of life insurance policies; and (iii) establishing strategic relationships for delivering our products and services. In addition, we are exploring various ways in which we can commercialize, and perhaps transform, certain aspects of the life insurance and related industries through the application of epigenetic technology.

Are there any risks involved in investing in this offering?

Yes. Investing in our L Bonds involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully review the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus, which contains a detailed discussion of the material risks that you should consider before investing in our L Bonds.

How long will this offering last?

The offering is a continuous offering. The offering under this registration statement expires under SEC rules after three years (i.e.,      ,    ). We may, however, conduct similar or identical offerings of L Bonds or other securities during this same time or afterwards. We may also decide to terminate this offering at any time.

Will I be notified of how my investment is doing?

We will provide you with periodic updates on our performance through periodic filings we make with the SEC. Such filings will include: (i) three quarterly financial reports; (ii) one annual report; (iii) supplements to this prospectus, as appropriate; and (iv) such other reports as required under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Such information is also available on our website at www.gwgh.com .

Will I receive annual tax information regarding interest payments from you?

You will receive a Form 1099-INT, which will be mailed by January 31 of each year.

Who can help answer my questions about the offering?

If you have more questions about our offering, you should contact a registered representative of your broker-dealer (i.e., your selling group member) or other investment professional, or else contact:

GWG Holdings, Inc.

220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200

Minneapolis, MN 55402

(612) 746-1944

Attention: Jacky Junek, Senior Counsel

viii

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights some of the information in this prospectus. It is not complete and may not contain all of the information that you may want to consider. To understand this offering fully, you should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the section entitled “Risk Factors,” and the documents that are incorporated, or deemed to be incorporated, by reference into this prospectus, before making a decision to invest in our L Bonds. Unless otherwise noted or unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” the “Company” and “GWG” refer to GWG Holdings, Inc. together with its wholly owned direct or indirect subsidiaries. In instances where we refer emphatically to “GWG Holdings” or “GWG Holdings, Inc.,” or where we refer to a specific subsidiary of ours by name, we are referring only to that specific legal entity.

Our Company

We are a financial services company committed to finding new ways of transforming the life insurance and related industries through innovative products and services, business processes, financing strategies, and advanced epigenetic technology. Historically, we have focused on creating opportunities for consumers to maximize the value of their life insurance as compared to the traditional options offered by the insurance industry. As part of our business, we create opportunities for investors to receive income and capital appreciation from our various activities in the life insurance industry. More recently, we have focused on applying new epigenetic technology to the global life insurance industry.

The life insurance industry provides us with the opportunity to bring value to consumers and earn non-correlated yield by purchasing life insurance policy assets at a discount to the face value of the policy benefits. Once we purchase a life insurance policy asset, we continue to pay the premium to collect the policy benefit. In sum, we seek to earn the difference between the costs we incur to purchase, service and finance the life insurance assets we own and the policy benefits we receive. This practice is disruptive to historical life insurance industry practices as insurance carriers have grown to rely on consumer lapse and surrender behavior resulting in the forfeiture of policy benefits. From inception through June 30, 2017, we have purchased approximately $2.5 billion in face value of policy benefits from consumers for over $436 million, as compared to the $31 million in surrender value offered by insurance carriers on those same policies. Our innovative business allows consumers to maximize their investment in life insurance for their retirement or other financial needs.

We believe the market potential to serve consumers owning life insurance with our innovative products and services is large. According to the American Council of Life Insurers Fact Book 2016 (ACLI), individual consumers owned over $10.3 trillion in face value of life insurance policy benefits in the United States in 2015. In that same year, the ACLI reports that individual consumers purchased an aggregate of $1.6 trillion of new life insurance policy benefits. This figure includes all types of policies, including term insurance and permanent insurance known as whole life and universal life. Our opportunity exists as a result of consumer lapse behaviors and grossly inadequate surrender values offered to consumers by insurance carriers. The ACLI reports that the annual lapse and surrender rate for individual life insurance policies in 2015 was 5.4%, amounting to over $638.5 billion in face value of policy benefits lapsed and surrendered. According to testimony by Gottlieb & Smetters, it is estimated that nearly 88% of all universal life insurance policies sold in the United States do not result in the payment of a benefit claim. Research by Conning Research & Consulting (Conning) reports that the annual net market potential for life insurance policy benefits that could be sold in the secondary market exceeded $141 billion face value of policy benefits in 2016. Of that market potential, Conning estimates that $1.7 billion in face value of life insurance benefits were purchased in 2015, indicating that the market is dramatically underserved. With an aging demographic in the United States, Conning expects the net market potential to grow to an annual $170 billion in face value of life insurance benefits by 2025.

The need for innovative insurance based products and services that address the needs of the aging demographic in the United States was further supported by a policy statement by the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) Long-Term Care Innovation (B) Subgroup in 2017. In that policy statement, the NAIC recognized that the life insurance secondary market can provide an important private market solution for financing seniors need for long-term care. We share the belief that consumers are dramatically underserved with products and services based off life insurance secondary market principles. Further, we believe the opportunity to serve the aging demographic represents a significant long-term growth opportunity that GWG is well positioned to address.

A critical factor for earning positive returns from our life insurance assets is our ability to accurately estimate human life expectancy. In an effort to improve our accuracy in estimating human life expectancy, we began working

1

with by Dr. Steve Horvath, a Professor of Human Genetics and Biostatistics at the University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA). In May 2017, our wholly owned subsidiary Life Epigenetics, Inc. exclusively licensed from UCLA Dr. Horvath’s “DNA Methylation Based Predictor of Mortality” technology, or “M-Panel” technology, which tests for certain chemical bio-markers occurring at the molecular level that are referred to as “methylation.” We believe M-Panel technology could improve our ability to more accurately predict human life expectancy.

Our M-Panel technology is based upon a revolutionary new field of science known as “epigenetics.” Epigenetics is the study of chemical changes occurring along the epigenome at a molecular scale. The chemical change known as methylation has been proven to silence or emphasize gene expression. In addition, while genetics generally do not change over a human’s lifespan, the amount of methylation change that occurs in a human has been shown to change dramatically as a result of lifestyle, environment, diet, and other factors typically associated with environmental exposures. While we believe our M-Panel and similar technology may improve our ability to estimate human lifespan for our life insurance secondary market business, we believe the technology has much greater promise for the global life insurance industry. As a result, we intend to use M-Panel and other technology to aggressively pursue additional lines of business in the life insurance industry. According to industry experts, advancements in technology have the potential to upend the ability of insurers to assess and select risks. Industry consultants KPMG, Accenture, and Ernst & Young all take the position that the insurance industry will undergo transformational change as advanced technologies affect their businesses. We believe our M-Panel technology is a transformational industry technology.

We believe that we are uniquely positioned to continue acquiring life insurance assets from consumers in the secondary market, while developing additional innovative business models in the life insurance industry through the use of M-Panel technology. We expect to continue to finance our growth by providing investors with the opportunity to participate in the yield from the life insurance assets we own and growth opportunities we create.

To participate, compete in, and expand our markets, we spend significant resources: (i) recruiting and developing a professional management team; (ii) developing a robust operational platform, systems and strategy for originating life insurance policies; (iii) establishing strategic relationships for delivering the services we provide; (iv) creating opportunities for investors to participate in the yield and capital appreciation generated by the life insurance assets we own; and (v) creating innovative growth opportunities to participate in the global life insurance industry through the use of epigenetic technology.

Portfolio Information

Our portfolio of life insurance policies owned by our subsidiaries as of June 30, 2017 is summarized below:

Total portfolio face value of policy benefits

 

$

1,525,363,000

 

Average face value per policy

 

$

1,924,000

 

Average face value per insured life

 

$

2,151,000

 

Average age of insured (yrs.)*

 

 

81.5

 

Average life expectancy estimate (yrs.)*

 

 

6.9

 

Total number of policies

 

 

793

 

Number of unique lives

 

 

709

 

Demographics

 

 

74% Males;
26% Females

 

Number of smokers

 

 

30

 

Largest policy as % of total portfolio

 

 

0.87

%

Average policy as % of total portfolio

 

 

0.13

%

Average annual premium as % of face value

 

 

3.21

%

____________

*          averages presented in the table are weighted averages.

2

Corporate Organization

Our business was originally organized in February 2006. We added our current parent holding company, GWG Holdings Inc., in March 2008, and in September 2014 we consummated an initial public offering of our common stock on The NASDAQ Capital Market, where our stock trades under the ticker symbol “GWGH.”

We conduct our life insurance related business through a wholly owned subsidiary, GWG Life, LLC (GWG Life), and GWG Life’s principal wholly owned subsidiary GWG DLP Funding IV, LLC (DLP IV). Both GWG Life and DLP IV are legally organized in Delaware. Life Epigenetics Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of GWG Holdings formed to engage in the various life insurance related businesses and activities.

Our principal executive offices are located at 220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402 and our telephone number at that address is (612) 746-1944. Our website address is www.gwgh.com . The information on or accessible through our website is not part of this prospectus. Our corporate structure, including our principal subsidiaries, is depicted below.

3

“Emerging Growth Company” Status

As a public reporting company with less than $1 billion in revenue during our last fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” under the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of certain reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of certain other requirements otherwise generally applicable to public companies. In particular, as an emerging growth company we:

         are not required to obtain an attestation and report from our auditors on our management’s assessment of our internal control over financial reporting under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002;

         are not required to provide a detailed narrative disclosure discussing our compensation principles and objectives and analyzing how our compensation elements fit with our principles and objectives (commonly referred to as “compensation discussion and analysis”);

         are not required to obtain a non-binding advisory vote from our stockholders on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements (commonly referred to as the “say-on-pay,” “say-on-frequency” and “say-on-golden-parachute” votes);

         are exempt from certain executive compensation disclosure provisions requiring a pay-for-performance graph and CEO pay ratio disclosure;

         may present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion & Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or MD&A; and

         are eligible to claim longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards under §107 of the JOBS Act.

We intend to take advantage of all of these reduced reporting requirements and exemptions, including the longer phase-in periods for the adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards. Our election to use the phase-in periods is irrevocable and may make it difficult to compare our financial statements to companies that are either ineligible for, or have opted out of, the longer phase-in periods.

Under the JOBS Act, we may take advantage of the above-described reduced reporting requirements and exemptions for up to five years after our initial sale of common equity pursuant to a registration statement declared effective under the Securities Act of 1933 (which occurred in September 2014), or such earlier time that we no longer meet the definition of an emerging growth company. In this regard, the JOBS Act provides that we would cease to be an “emerging growth company” if we have more than $1 billion in annual revenues, have more than $700 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, or issue more than $1 billion in principal amount of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

It should be noted that certain reduced reporting requirements and exemptions were already available to us due to the fact that we also qualify as a “smaller reporting company” under SEC rules, and our claim to those reduced reporting requirements and exemptions will not be affected by the loss of our status as an “emerging growth company.” In this regard, we will continue to qualify as a “smaller reporting company” for so long as we have a public float (i.e., the market value of common equity held by non-affiliates) of less than $75 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter.

4

The Offering

Issuer

 

GWG Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

Indenture Trustee

 

Bank of Utah

 

 

 

Paying Agent

 

GWG Holdings, Inc.

 

 

 

Securities Offered

 

We are offering up to 1,000,000 Units of L Bonds, with each whole Unit representing $1,000 in principal amount of L Bonds. The L Bonds are being sold on a continuous basis.

 

 

 

Method of Purchase

 

We will sell L Bonds using two different closing or “settlement” services, whenever available. The first service is DTC settlement, and the second is direct settlement with the Company. For more information, see “Plan of Distribution.”

 

 

 

Denomination

 

The minimum purchase amount is 25 L Bond Units, or $25,000 in principal amount. Additional L Bonds in excess of 25 Units may be purchased in any number of whole or fractional Units.

 

 

 

Offering Price

 

$1,000 per whole Unit, representing 100% of the principal amount of the L Bond represented by a whole Unit. Throughout this prospectus, we refer to L Bond Units simply as “L Bonds.”

 

 

 

Limited Rescission Right

 

If you are purchasing L Bonds through direct settlement with the Company and your Subscription Agreement is accepted at a time when we have determined that a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part must be filed with the SEC, but such post-effective amendment has not yet been declared effective, you will have a limited time within which to rescind your investment subject to the conditions set forth in this prospectus. See “Description of the L Bonds — Limited Rescission Right” for additional information.

 

 

 

Maturity

 

You may generally choose maturities for your L Bonds of two, three, five or seven years. Nevertheless, depending on our capital requirements, we may not offer and sell L Bonds of all maturities at all times during this offering.

 

 

 

Interest Rates

 

The interest rate of the L Bonds will be established at the time of your purchase, or at the time of renewal, based upon the rates we are offering in this prospectus or our latest interest rate supplement to this prospectus (i.e., any prospectus supplement containing interest rate information for L Bonds of different maturities), and will remain fixed throughout the term of the L Bond. We may offer higher rates of interest to investors with larger aggregate L Bond portfolios, but only as set forth in the then-current interest rate supplement.

 

 

 

Interest Payments

 

We will pay interest on the L Bonds based on the terms you choose, which may be monthly or annually. Interest will accrue from the effective date of the L Bond’s issuance. If you purchase your L Bond directly from the Company, the effective date of your L Bond will be the date on which we accept your fully paid subscription. If you purchase your L Bond through DTC settlement, interest will begin accruing on the trade date. Based on our anticipated bi-monthly closing cycle, this means that interest will accrue for a period of 15 or 30 days for the month in which your purchase is made, depending on when during the DTC closing cycle your purchase is made. Interest payments will generally be made on the 15 th day immediately following the last day of the month to the L Bond holder of record as of the last day of that interest-payment period. Interest will be paid without any compounding.

 

 

 

Principal Payments

 

The maturity date for the L Bonds will be the last day of the month during which the L Bond matures. We are obligated to pay the principal on the L Bond by the fifth day of the month next following its maturity (or the first business day following such date).

 

 

 

5

Payment Method

 

Principal and interest payments will be made by direct deposit to the account you designate in your Subscription Agreement if you purchase L Bonds through direct settlement with the Company. If you purchase L Bonds through DTC settlement, principal and interest payments will be made to your brokerage or custodial account through DTC.

 

 

 

Renewal or Redemption at Maturity

 

Upon maturity, the L Bonds will be automatically renewed for the same term at the interest rate we are offering at that time to other investors with similar aggregate L Bond portfolios for L Bonds of the same maturity, unless repaid upon maturity at our or your election. In this regard, we will notify you at least 30 days prior to the maturity date of your L Bonds. In the notice, we will advise you if we intend to repay the L Bonds or else remind you that your L Bonds will be automatically renewed unless you exercise your option, at least 15 days prior to the maturity date, to elect to have your L Bonds repaid. If applicable, a new certificate will be issued.

 

 

 

 

 

If we determine that a post-effective amendment to the registration statement covering the offer and sale of L Bonds must be filed during your 15-day repayment election period, we will extend your election period until ten days following the postmark date of our notice to you that the amendment has become effective.

 

 

 

 

 

For any L Bonds offered hereby that mature after the three-year anniversary of the commencement of this offering, we expect that the renewal of such L Bonds may require us to file a new registration statement. In such a case, the new registration statement must be declared effective before we will be able to renew your L Bond. In this event, if the new registration statement has not yet been filed or become effective, we will extend your election period until ten days following the date of our notice to you that the new registration statement has become effective, which notice will include a new prospectus.

 

 

 

 

 

If L Bonds with similar terms are not being offered at the time of renewal, then (i) the interest rate upon renewal will be (a) the rate specified by us in writing on or before the maturity date or (b) if no such rate is specified, the rate of your existing L Bonds, and (ii) the maturity will the same if L Bonds of the same maturity are then being offered at the time of renewal. If L Bonds of the same maturity are not then being offered at the time of renewal, then the maturity will be the next earliest maturity. Accordingly, you should understand that the interest rate offered upon renewal may differ from the interest rate applicable to your L Bonds prior to maturity. See “Description of the L Bonds — Renewal or Redemption on Maturity.”

 

 

 

Call and Redemption Prior to Maturity

 

We may call and redeem the entire outstanding principal balance and accrued but unpaid interest of any or all of the L Bonds at any time without penalty or premium. L Bond holders will have no right to require us to redeem any L Bond prior to maturity unless the request is due to death, bankruptcy or total permanent disability. The indenture defines “total permanent disability” as the determination by a physician, approved by us, that a holder of an L Bond who is a natural person, and who was gainfully employed at the time of issuance of the L Bond (or its renewal date), is unable to work on a full-time basis during a period of 24 consecutive months.

 

 

 

 

 

In our sole discretion, we may accommodate other requests to redeem any L Bond prior to maturity. If we agree to redeem an L Bond upon the request of an L Bond holder (other than in connection with death, bankruptcy or total permanent disability), we will impose a redemption fee of 6% against the outstanding principal balance of the L Bond redeemed, which fee will be subtracted from the amount paid.

 

 

 

6

Ranking

 

The L Bonds will constitute secured debt of GWG Holdings. The payment of principal and interest on the L Bonds will be:

 

 

 

 

 

 

       pari passu with respect to payment on and collateral securing all L Bonds (including previously issued L Bonds), of which approximately $407.9 million in principal amount is outstanding as of June 30, 2017 (see the caption “— Collateral Security” below);

 

 

 

 

 

       structurally and contractually junior to the present and future obligations owed by DLP IV under a senior secured term loan with LNV/CLMG, and structurally or contractually junior to any future obligations that DLP IV and other primary obligors or guarantors may have under future senior secured borrowing facilities; and

 

 

 

 

 

       structurally junior to the present and future claims of other creditors of DLP IV, including trade creditors.

 

 

 

 

 

The indenture permits us to issue other forms of debt, including senior and secured debt, in the future. Any such secured senior debt will have priority over L Bonds with respect to claims for payment and claims for any collateral that is shared as between the holders of L Bonds and such senior secured debt.

 

 

 

 

 

To fully understand the foregoing summary, you should understand that “pari passu” means that claims for payment and entitlement to security among the holders of L Bonds (including the holders of previously issued L Bonds) and the holders of any later-created class of “pari passu debt” of ours, will generally be treated equally and without preference. Debt issued on a pari passu basis in the future would be treated equally and without preference in respect of the L Bonds. Thus, in the event of any default on the L Bonds (or any other debt securities of ours that is pari passu with the L Bonds) resulting in claims for payment or claims on collateral security, the holders of the L Bonds and all such other debt securities that are pari passu with the L Bonds would share in payment or collateral in proportion to the amount of principal and interest owed on each such debt instrument. See “Description of the L Bonds — Ranking” for further information.

 

 

 

Guarantee

 

The payment of principal and interest on the L Bonds, including all previously issued L Bonds, is fully and unconditionally guaranteed by GWG Life. On June 30, 2017, there was approximately $407.9 million in outstanding principal amount of L Bonds.

 

 

 

Collateral Security

 

The L Bonds are secured by the assets of GWG Holdings, Inc. We have granted a security interest in all of our assets to the indenture trustee for the benefit of the L Bond holders. Our assets consist primarily of our investments in our subsidiaries and any cash proceeds we receive from life insurance assets of our subsidiaries, and all other cash and investments we hold in various accounts.

 

 

 

 

 

Substantially all of our life insurance assets are held in our subsidiary DLP IV. The L Bonds’ security interest will be structurally subordinate to the security interest in favor of our senior secured lender, together with any future senior secured lenders of ours. The assets of GWG Life, including proceeds it receives as distributions from DLP IV and derived from the insurance policies owned by DLP IV, are collateral for GWG Life’s guarantee of the repayment of principal and interest on the L Bonds.

 

 

 

 

 

The L Bonds are also secured by a pledge of a majority of our outstanding common stock beneficially held by our largest stockholders. For more information please see “Description of the L Bonds — Collateral Security.”

 

 

 

7

Indenture Covenants

 

The indenture governing the L Bonds places restrictive covenants and affirmative obligations on us. For example, our debt coverage ratio may not exceed 90%.

 

 

 

 

 

The indenture defines the debt coverage ratio as a percentage calculated by the ratio of (A) obligations owing by us and our subsidiaries on all outstanding debt for borrowed money (including the L Bonds), over (B) the net present asset value of all life insurance assets we own, directly or indirectly, plus any cash held in our accounts. For this purpose, the net present asset value of our life insurance assets is equal to the present value of the cash flows derived from the face value of policy benefit assets we own, discounted at a rate equal to the weighted-average interest rate on our indebtedness for the prior month.

 

 

 

 

 

We are required to notify the indenture trustee in the event that we violate this restrictive covenant for a period of 30 consecutive days. An “event of default” will exist under the indenture if a violation of this covenant persists for a period of 60 calendar days after the trustee’s notice to us of a breach, or such a notice received from the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of outstanding L Bonds.

 

 

 

 

 

The indenture also places limitations on our ability to engage in a merger or sale of all of our assets. See “Description of the Indentures — Events of Default” and “— Consolidation Mergers or Sales” for more information.

 

 

 

Use of Proceeds

 

If all the L Bonds are sold, we would expect to receive up to approximately $918.8 million of net proceeds from this offering after paying our estimated average selling commissions, dealer-manager fees, accountable expense allowance, wholesaling fees, non-cash compensation, up to a 1.00% reallowance, and our own offering-related expenses. There is no minimum amount of L Bonds that must be sold before we access investor funds. The exact amount of proceeds we receive may vary considerably depending on a variety of factors, including how long the L Bonds are offered.

 

 

 

 

 

We intend to use the majority of net proceeds from this offering to purchase and service life insurance policy assets. We will also use proceeds from this offering to pay fees, interest and principal (at maturity) to our lenders, including under our senior credit facility, previously issued L Bonds and the L Bonds offered hereby, and for general working capital purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.

 

 

 

No Market for L Bonds Units; Transferability

 

There is no existing market for the L Bonds and we do not anticipate that a secondary market for the L Bonds will develop. We do not intend to apply for listing of the L Bonds on any securities exchange or for quotation of the L Bonds in any automated dealer quotation system. Nevertheless, you will be able to freely transfer or pledge L Bonds. See “Description of the L Bonds — Transfers.”

 

 

 

Book Entry

 

The L Bonds may be issued in book-entry form, certificated form, or in the form of a global certificate deposited with a depositary. See “Description of the L Bonds — Registration and Exchange.”

 

 

 

Covered Security

 

Our L Bonds are a “covered security.” The term “covered security” applies to securities exempt from state registration because of their oversight by federal authorities and national-level regulatory bodies pursuant to Section 18 of the Securities Act of 1933. Generally, securities listed on national exchanges are the most common type of covered security exempt from state registration. A non-traded security also can be a covered security if it has a seniority greater than or equal to other securities from the same issuer that are listed on a national exchange. Our L Bonds are a covered security because they are senior to our common stock, which is listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market, and therefore our offering of L Bonds is exempt from state registration.

 

 

 

8

 

 

Although the status of our L Bonds as a “covered security” will facilitate their purchase and sale to a broader range of investors than would otherwise be available to us, and although the offer and sale of a “covered security” generally involves fewer issuance costs to the issuer of such securities, our L Bonds are not a suitable purchase for all investors. In this regard, please carefully review the “Risk Factors” contained in this prospectus, as well as the disclosures on page 12 under the heading “Covered Security.”

 

 

 

Risk Factors

 

An investment in the L Bonds involves significant risks, including the risk of losing your entire investment, and may be considered speculative.

 

 

 

 

 

Importantly, we maintain senior borrowing arrangements that subordinate the right to payment on, and shared collateral securing, the L Bonds to our senior secured lenders. From time to time we may add or replace senior lenders or modify the particular arrangements under which we borrow from them. In addition, these borrowing arrangements with senior lenders restrict, and are expected to continue to restrict, our cash flows and, subject to certain exceptions, distributions from our operating subsidiaries. These provisions will restrict cash flows available for payment of principal and interest on the L Bonds. For a summary of risks relating to this offering and our Company and business, please see “Risk Factors,” page 12.

9

RISK RELATING TO FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Certain matters discussed in this prospectus contain forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to risks, uncertainties and assumptions about our operations and the investments we make, including, among other things, factors discussed under the heading “Risk Factors” in this prospectus and the following:

         changes in the secondary market for life insurance;

         changes resulting from the evolution of our business model and strategy with respect to the life insurance industry;

         our limited operating history;

         the valuation of assets reflected on our financial statements;

         the reliability of assumptions underlying our actuarial models, including our life expectancy estimates;

         our reliance on debt financing;

         risks relating to the validity and enforceability of the life insurance policies we purchase;

         risks relating to our ability to license and effectively apply technologies to improve and expand the scope of our business;

         our reliance on information provided and obtained by third parties;

         federal, state and FINRA regulatory matters;

         competition in the secondary market of life insurance;

         the relative illiquidity of life insurance policies;

         our ability to satisfy our debt obligations if we were to sell our entire portfolio of life insurance policies;

         life insurance company credit exposure;

         cost-of-insurance (premium) increases on our life insurance contracts;

         general economic outlook, including prevailing interest rates;

         performance of our investments in life insurance policies;

         financing requirements;

         risks associated with our merchant cash business;

         the various risks associated with our attempts to commercialize our M-Panel technology;

         litigation risks;

         restrictive covenants contained in borrowing agreements; and

         our ability to make cash distributions in satisfaction of dividend obligations and redemption requests.

Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of words like “believes,” “could,” “possibly,” “probably,” “anticipates,” “estimates,” “projects,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seek,” “intend,” “plan,” “expect,” or “consider” or the negative of these expressions or other variations, or by discussions of strategy that involves risks and uncertainties. All forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual transactions, results, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future transactions, results, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.

We base these forward-looking statements on current expectations and projections about future events and the information currently available to us. Although we believe that the assumptions for these forward-looking statements are reasonable, any of the assumptions could prove to be inaccurate. Consequently, no representation or warranty

10

can be given that the estimates, opinions, or assumptions made in or referenced by this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Some of the risks, uncertainties and assumptions are identified in the discussion entitled “Risk Factors” in this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to update our forward-looking statements. We caution you that the forward-looking statements in (or incorporated by reference into) this prospectus are only estimates and predictions, or statements or current intent. Actual results or outcomes, or actions that we ultimately undertake, could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements due to risks, uncertainties or actual events differing from the assumptions underlying these statements. These risks, uncertainties and assumptions include, but are not limited to, those discussed in this prospectus.

11

RISK FACTORS

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. Before purchasing the securities offered by this prospectus, you should carefully consider the risks, uncertainties and additional information (i) set forth in our most recent Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 15, 2017, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q filed with the SEC on May 12 and August 10, 2017, Currents Reports on Form 8-K filed with SEC on February 9, February 22, March 8, April 3, May 10, June 30 and August 10, 2017, and our definitive proxy statement filed with the SEC on March 30, 2017, all which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and (ii) contained herein or in any supplement to this prospectus, including information in any documents subsequently incorporated by reference into this prospectus. The information incorporated by reference into this prospectus specifically includes the risk factors contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 15, 2017.

For a description of the above-described reports and documents, and information about where you can find them, see “Where You Can Find More Information” and “Incorporation of Certain Documents By Reference.” The risks and uncertainties in this prospectus and in the documents presently incorporated by reference in this prospectus are those that we currently believe may materially impact the Company. Additional risks not presently known or are currently deemed immaterial could also materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, business and prospects.

We may be unable to raise the capital we are seeking from our securities offerings, and may be unable to meet our overall business objective of growing a larger, actuarially diverse portfolio of life insurance assets.

Our offer and sale of L Bonds and other securities are the principal means by which we intend to raise funds needed to meet our goal of growing a larger and more statistically diverse portfolio. While we plan to continue financing our business, if we are unable to do so for any reason we may be unable to meet our goal. In addition, if holders of our L Bonds were to fail to renew those securities with the frequency we have historically experienced, and if actual cash flows from our portfolio of life insurance policies do not occur as our actuarial projections have forecasted, we could be forced to sell some or all of our investments in life insurance policies in order to service or satisfy our debt-related obligations. If we are forced to sell some or all of our investments in life insurance policies, or our entire portfolio, we may be unable to sell them at prices we believe are optimal or that approximate the discount rate we have applied to value our portfolio, particularly if our sale of policies occurs at a time when we are (or are perceived to be) in distress. In any such event, our business and the value of our securities would likely be materially and adversely impacted.

We depend upon cash distributions from our subsidiaries, and contractual restrictions on distributions to us or adverse events at one of our operating subsidiaries could materially and adversely affect our ability to pay our debts and continue operating our business.

GWG Holdings, Inc. is a holding company. As a holding company, we conduct our operations through operating subsidiaries, and as such our most significant assets are cash and our ownership interests in our subsidiaries. Accordingly, our ability to meet our obligations, including our obligations under the L Bonds, materially depends upon the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute cash to us. In this regard, the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute cash to us is, and will continue to be, restricted by certain negative covenants in the agreement governing our senior credit facility. If any of these limitations were to materially impede the flow of cash to us, our ability to service and repay our debt, including obligations under the L Bonds, would be materially and adversely affected. In addition, any adverse corporate event at the subsidiary level, such as a declaration of bankruptcy, liquidation or reorganization or an event of default under our senior credit facility, could adversely affect the ability of our subsidiaries to distribute cash to us, and thereby materially and adversely affect our ability to service and repay our debt, including obligations under the L Bonds, and negatively impact our ability to continue operations.

Cost-of-insurance (premium) increases could materially and adversely affect our profitably and financial condition.

We are subject to the risk of increased cost-of-insurance (“COI”) charges (i.e., premium charges) for the universal life insurance policies we own in our portfolio. As of June 30, 2017, approximately 17% of the policies in our portfolio have premium levels that are guaranteed under the terms of the policy to keep the policy’s death benefit in force even in a situation where the policy’s cash account has been wholly depleted. On the remaining 83% of our policies, we pay

12

“non-guaranteed COI charges” and are subject to the risk that the insurer could increase the COI charges for the policy. In all cases, the amount of increase is subject to any limits that may be set forth in the insurance policy. Because very few of the policies we own have significant cash account value balances, any COI increase will require us to use more cash to satisfy the minimum premium amount required to keep the related policy in force, and this could materially and adversely affect our profitability.

A COI increase can also be expected to impair the value of the affected policy since extra expense (i.e., additional premium amounts) will be required to keep the policy in force, and such extra expense will diminish the economic value, or return, of the policy upon the mortality of the insured. As a result, any widespread COI increases in policies we own would likely have a material and adverse effect on the value of our portfolio, which in turn would materially and adversely affect our financial condition.

Subordination provisions contained in the indenture will restrict the ability of the trustee or the L Bond holders to enforce their rights against us under the indenture, including the right to payment on the L Bonds, if a default then exists under a senior credit facility.

The L Bonds will be subordinate in right of payment to any claims of our senior lenders under a senior credit facility. In this regard, subordination provisions limiting the right of L Bond holders to enforce their rights are contained in the indenture. These provisions include:

         a prohibition on challenging any enforcement action taken by a senior lender, or interfering with any legal action or suits undertaken by a senior lender, against us and our affiliates;

         a 180-day standstill period during which there may not be brought any action against us or our affiliates to enforce rights respecting collateral unless our senior credit facilities have been repaid in full, which period may be extended if the senior lender takes action during such standstill period; and

         a prohibition on filing a bankruptcy or insolvency case against us or our affiliates for at least one year plus one day after any senior lender has been paid in full.

In the event of a default on a senior credit facility, the indenture prohibits us from making any payment, direct or indirect (whether for interest, principal, as a result of any redemption or repayment at maturity, on default, or otherwise), on the L Bonds and any other indebtedness unless and until: (i) the default respecting the senior credit facility has been cured or waived or has ceased to exist; or (ii) in the case of a non-payment default that permits a senior lender to declare as due and payable all amounts owing under a senior credit facility (but where that senior lender has not yet so declared amounts as being due and payable), the end of the period commencing on the date the trustee receives written notice of default from the senior lender and ending on the earliest of (1) our discharge of the default (or other cure), (2) the trustee’s receipt of a valid waiver of default from the senior lender, or (3) a written notice from the senior lender terminating the payment prohibition.

During any payment prohibition period, neither the holders of the L Bonds nor the trustee will have the right, directly or indirectly, to sue to enforce the indenture or the L Bonds. Other provisions of the indenture do permit the trustee to take action to enforce the payment rights of L Bond holders after 179 days have passed since the trustee’s receipt of notice of default from a senior lender, but in such case any funds paid as a result of any such suit or enforcement action shall be applied toward the senior credit facility until the facility is indefeasibly paid in full before being applied to the L Bonds.

These subordination provisions present the risk that, upon any default by us on obligations owed to our senior lenders, the holders of the L Bonds will be unable to enforce their rights to payment.

If the 180-day standstill period noted above, or any other limitation on the rights of the trustee or L Bond holders to assert their rights to payment of principal or interest under the indenture, is ultimately determined to conflict with provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (most notably sections 316(b) and 317(a) of that Act), then the trustee, as well as any holder who shall not have earlier consented to such subordination provisions, will (notwithstanding such provision contained in the indenture) be authorized to institute a lawsuit for the enforcement of any payment of principal or interest after their respective due dates.

13

The collateral granted as security for our obligations under the L Bonds may be insufficient to repay the indebtedness upon an event of default.

GWG Holdings (the issuer of the L Bonds) and GWG Life (the guarantor of obligations under the L Bonds, and the wholly owned subsidiary of GWG Holdings) have each granted a security interest in substantially all of their respective assets to serve as collateral security for obligations under the L Bonds. Importantly, DLP IV owns substantially all of our life insurance policies and is the borrower under our senior credit facility with LNV/CLMG. As the borrower under that senior credit facility, all of its assets — including all of its life insurance policy assets — serve as collateral for our obligations under the facility.

The most significant assets of each of GWG Holdings and GWG Life are their cash and investments in their respective subsidiaries. At December 31, 2016, GWG Holdings’ total assets were approximately $462.3 million, of which approximately $28.5 million was cash and approximately $430.0 million was its investment in subsidiaries. On that same date, GWG Life’s total assets were approximately $447.1 million, of which approximately $49.4 million was cash and approximately $352.3 million was its investment in subsidiaries. Approximately $41.2 million in fair value of life insurance policies was directly owned by GWG Life at December 31, 2016.

Because of the fact that substantially all of our life insurance assets are held in our DLP IV subsidiary, and all of those assets serve as collateral security for our obligations under our senior credit facility, L Bond holders risk the possibility that the collateral security that has been granted for our obligations under the L Bonds may be insufficient to repay holders upon an event of default. Furthermore, while the indenture governing the L Bonds limits the amount of debt we and our subsidiaries can incur, the indenture permits us and our subsidiaries to incur additional secured debt (subject to the debt coverage ratio) that may be senior to the L Bonds.

If a significant number of holders of our L Bonds demand repayment upon maturity instead of renewing the bonds, and at such time we do not have sufficient access to capital to fund those repayments (and do not otherwise have access to sufficient capital), we may be forced to liquidate some of our life insurance policies, which could have a material and adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.

As of June 30, 2017, we had approximately $407.9 million in principal amount of L Bonds outstanding. Since we first issued our L Bonds through June 30, 2017, we have experienced $341.9 million in maturities, of which $207.8 million has renewed for an additional term. This has provided us with an historical renewal rate of approximately 61%, in principal amount, for L Bond maturities. Future maturities of L Bonds as of June 30, 2017 are as follows:

Years Ending December 31,

 

L Bonds

Six months ending December 31, 2017

 

$

47,068,000

2018

 

 

108,772,000

2019

 

 

116,767,000

2020

 

 

49,062,000

2021

 

 

28,753,000

2022

 

 

24,773,000

Thereafter

 

 

32,655,000

 

 

$

407,850,000

In August 2017, we exercised our contractual rights to call for the redemption of all our Series I Secured Notes, the aggregate outstanding principal of which was approximately $6.8 million as of June 30, 2017. In September 2017, we consummated the redemption of all of those debt obligations.

If investors holding existing and maturing indebtedness do not elect to renew their investments and we do not at such time have or have access to sufficient capital, then we may need to liquidate some or all of our investments in life insurance policies earlier than anticipated. In such an event, we may be unable to sell those policies at prices we believe are fair or otherwise appropriate and these sales could have a material and adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition. See also “ We may be unable to raise the capital we are seeking . . . .

14

The debt coverage ratio, designed to provide some assurance that the value of our assets exceeds our obligations to the holders of L Bonds, values our life insurance policy assets in manner that may not be representative of the amount we would actually receive upon a sale of those assets.

Under the indenture governing the L Bonds, the maximum amount of L Bonds we may issue at any time is limited to an amount such that our debt coverage ratio does not exceed 90%. This limitation is designed to provide a basis to ensure that the net present value of policy benefits from our life insurance assets are able to cover the obligations to our L Bond holders. Conceptually, and because we intend to hold our life insurance policies until we receive the related policy benefits, the debt coverage ratio is based on the future receipt our portfolio’s gross expected yield (i.e., our expected gains) as measured against the future interest cost of our total debt obligations to finance the portfolio to maturity. Expressed as a percentage, the debt coverage ratio is calculated as the ratio of (i) the total amounts outstanding on interest-bearing debt, over (ii) the net present asset value of all life insurance assets we own, plus any cash and cash equivalents held in our accounts and policy benefit receivables. For this purpose, the net present asset value of our life insurance assets is calculated as the present value of the life insurance portfolio’s expected future cash flows discounted at the weighted-average interest rate of the interest-bearing indebtedness for the previous month.

Although the debt coverage ratio is designed to provide a basis to ensure that our assets will be sufficient to meet our obligations to the holders of L Bonds, the “net present value” of our life insurance assets used in the debt coverage ratio is not the same as the “fair value” of those assets on our balance sheet. Accordingly, the “net present value” and the “fair value” of our life insurance assets may be different — greater or less — and as a result the debt coverage ratio is not informative of the amount we and holders of L Bonds would actually receive if we were forced to sell or liquidated our life insurance assets. Furthermore, any sale or liquidation of all or a significant portion of our life insurance assets would incur significant transactional costs. As a result, our mere compliance with the debt coverage ratio in the indenture will not guarantee that the value of our life insurance assets, if sold or liquidated, would in all cases exceed the amount of our obligations to the holders of L Bonds.

We have no obligation to redeem L Bonds prior to their maturity date except in very limited circumstances.

We will have no obligation, and L Bond holders will have no right to require us, to redeem any L Bonds prior to their maturity date. The only exceptions will exist for situations in which an individual natural person who holds an L Bond suffers a total permanent disability or a bankruptcy, or dies. In such an event, we will be required to redeem the L Bonds of that person so long as certain procedural requirements are met. We may nonetheless agree, in our sole and absolute discretion, to accommodate requests to redeem L Bonds prior to their maturity in other cases. If, in our discretion, we voluntarily agree to redeem L Bonds that we are not obligated to redeem under the indenture, we will assess a 6% redemption fee for the transaction. For more information, see “Description of the L Bonds — Call and Redemption Prior to Stated Maturity.” As a result, any investment in our L Bonds should be considered illiquid until its stated maturity date.

Inaccuracies in the life expectancy estimates we use for small face policies could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition.

As of June 30, 2017, we owned 427 “small face” life insurance policies (i.e., policies having $1 million in face value of benefits or less) having $232 million in aggregate face value of benefits. We expect that the proportion of our total portfolio of life insurance policies consisting of small face policies will increase in the future.

The underwriting processes we use to evaluate, price and purchase small face policies are different from, and may not be as reliable as, the processes we use for life insurance policies with larger face values of benefits. In particular, the processes we use to develop life expectancy estimates and the related mortality curves for small face policies are less extensive than traditional methods. Although we obtain professional actuarial guidance regarding these processes, they may not be as reliable as the processes we use for policies with larger (greater than $1 million) face value of benefits.

As the face value attributable to our small face policies increases relative to the total face value of our portfolio, the accuracy with which we have estimated life expectancies for these policies will become increasingly material to

15

our business. Any shortcomings in the processes we use to evaluate, price, purchase and value our small face policies, or significant inaccuracies in the life expectancy estimates relating to those policies, could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition. Any such outcomes could have a negative and possibly material effect on our ability to satisfy our debts, including obligations under our L Bonds.

We may in the future rely, in part, on new and unproven technology as part of our underwriting processes. If mortality predictions we obtain through use of this technology prove inaccurate, then our results of operation and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.

We recently exercised our option to license, on an exclusive basis for use in the life insurance industry, new technology (which we call “M-Panel” technology) that we believe may be applied to assist us with mortality predictions in the course of underwriting and valuing life insurance policies. This M-Panel technology, however, has not yet been commercially applied in the manner we envision, and it is possible that we will be unable to obtain more accurate mortality predictions through its use. It is also possible that the mortality predictions we obtain through use of the M-Panel technology will prove inaccurate, and perhaps materially so. In any such a case, our failure to accurately forecast mortalities could have a material and adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition, which could in turn materially and negatively affect our ability to satisfy our debts, including obligations under our L Bonds.

Although we have entered into a written license agreement for the M-Panel technology, we may have difficulties preventing third parties from using that technology, and we may be required to obtain additional licenses from other parties prior to our commercial use of that technology. We may be forced to develop our own proprietary processes, the success of which would be uncertain. Difficulties we encounter in our efforts to use or develop, and protect, intellectual property may prove costly and affect our results of operations.

The M-Panel technology rights we have licensed are the subject of a provisional patent application, but no patent protection will be afforded those rights unless and until a non-provisional patent application is filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, which filing is beyond our control. If the patent for the M-Panel technology ultimately were to issue, we would be legally entitled to prevent third parties from using any part of the technology that is both covered by the claims of the patent and licensed to us. If, on the other hand, no patent is ultimately granted with respect to the M-Panel technology (or the scope of claims is too narrow to afford us with meaningful protection), then we may be unable to prevent third parties from using the M-Panel technology. This outcome may severely diminish any competitive advantage we hope to obtain through our use of the M-Panel technology.

We are aware that other patent applications pending in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office may have scopes of claims that overlap with the claims contained in the provisional patent application filed with respect to the M-Panel technology. If those other patents were to issue with scopes of claims that in fact overlap with the claims in any patent application for the M-Panel technology, we would likely be required to enter into a license agreement with other third parties before we could use processes that are covered by those overlapping claims. Nevertheless, we may be unable to procure such a license, and even if we are able to procure such a license it may prove too costly for us. Alternatively, we would ourselves be required to develop other processes that would not overlap with other patent claims. Our own development of these processes could be costly and time consuming and may ultimately prove unsuccessful.

In sum, any difficulties we encounter in our efforts to use (through a license), or develop, and ultimately protect, intellectual property from which we hope to gain a competitive advantage and enter into new insurance-related markets could prove costly and time-consuming enough to materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

The technology we license may subject us to claims of infringement or invalidity from third parties, and the magnitude of this risk to our business generally rises if and as we become more successful in employing and relying on the technology. Any such claims would be complex and costly, and adverse outcomes could undermine the competitive advantages we seek.

Our reliance on M-Panel technology (or any other technology we own or license) will subject us to the risk that other parties may assert, rightly or wrongly, that our intellectual property rights are invalid or violate the rights of those parties, as well as the risk that our intellectual property rights will be infringed upon by third parties. Any outcome invalidating our intellectual property rights or otherwise diminishing the competitive advantages obtained, at least in part, through the use of those rights could have a material and adverse effect on our competitive position and our prospects.

16

Commercializing the M-Panel or other technology may require significant expenses, may cause us to incur losses, and may ultimately prove ineffective in developing value-added products and services for the life insurance and related industries. Our competitors, however, could succeed in commercializing applications of technology in a way that provides them with a competitive advantage, which could materially and adversely affect our prospects.

We intend to pursue new business models and business strategies in the insurance industry with M-Panel or similar technology. The M-Panel technology, however, has not yet been commercially applied in the manner we envision, and it is possible that we will incur losses as a result of these efforts. It is also possible that we will be unable to effectively commercialize M-Panel or similar technology, or unsuccessful in disrupting the life insurance industry. One or more competitors, however, may ultimately succeed in applying technology to the life insurance industry in a manner that provides them with a significant competitive advantage or that disrupts the marketplace. Any such outcome could have a material and adverse effect on our prospects, which could in turn materially and negatively affect our ability to successfully finance our business and satisfy our debts, including obligations under our L Bonds.

Fraudulent transfer statutes may limit your rights under GWG Life’s guarantee of the L Bonds.

Obligations under our L Bonds will be fully and unconditionally guaranteed by our direct wholly owned subsidiary, GWG Life. The guarantee may be subject to review under various laws for the protection of creditors. It is possible that other creditors of GWG Life may challenge the guarantee as a fraudulent transfer under relevant federal and state laws. Under certain circumstances, including a finding that GWG Life was insolvent at the time its guarantee was issued, a court could hold that the obligations of GWG Life under the guarantee may be voided or are subordinate to other obligations of GWG Life, or that the amount for which GWG Life is liable under its guarantee of the L Bonds may be limited. Different jurisdictions define “insolvency” differently, and we cannot assure you as to what standard a court would apply to determine whether GWG Life was insolvent at the time it guaranteed obligations under the L Bonds. If a court were to determine that GWG Life was insolvent on the date on which it guaranteed the L Bonds, or that the guarantee constituted a fraudulent transfer on other grounds, then the claims of creditors of GWG Life would effectively have priority (with respect to GWG Life’s assets and earnings) over the claims of L Bond holders.

Our controlling stockholders and principal executives are involved in litigation “clawback” claims, and it is possible that adverse outcomes from these claims could negatively affect us.

Our Chief Executive Officer, Jon R. Sabes, and our corporate secretary and Executive Vice President, Steven F. Sabes, who together beneficially own or control approximately 75% of our common stock, are subject to clawback litigation relating to loan payments made to Opportunity Finance, LLC. The litigation stems from loan payments received by Opportunity Finance, LLC (owned by Jon R. Sabes and Steve F. Sabes) from a borrower who filed for bankruptcy in 2008. The bankruptcy trustee alleges that loan repayments to Opportunity Finance were voidable transfers under preference or other legal theories and seeks to recover amounts for other creditors of the bankruptcy estate. Case No. 08-45257 (U.S. Bankruptcy Court District of Minnesota). Such loan repayments may ultimately be deemed to be voidable transfers under preference or other legal theories. To date, no claim has been made against us.

While we believe there are numerous meritorious defenses to the claims made by the bankruptcy trustee, and we are advised that the defendants in that action will vigorously defend against the trustee’s claims, the defendants may not prevail. If the bankruptcy trustee were to succeed in any effort to sell or transfer the equity interests of Jon R. Sabes or Steven F. Sabes in our company as a result of the litigation, there could be a change in control of our company. Such an event could adversely affect holders of our L Bonds by reducing the number of shares of common stock of GWG Holdings that have been pledged as collateral security for our obligations under those securities. Finally, regardless of the outcome of this litigation, these matters may distract management and reduce the time and attention that they are able to devote to our business.

17

The loss of the services of our current executives or other key employees, or the failure to attract additional key individuals, would materially adversely affect our business operations and prospects.

Our financial success is significantly dependent upon the efforts of our current executive officers and other key employees. We have entered into employment agreements with Messrs. Jon R. Sabes and William B. Acheson. Nevertheless, there can be no assurance that these individuals will continue to provide services to us. A voluntary or involuntary termination of employment could have a materially adverse effect on our business operations if we were not able to attract qualified replacements in a timely manner. At present, we do not maintain key-man life insurance policies for any of these individuals. In addition, our success and viability is also dependent to a significant extent upon our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel in all areas of our business, especially our sales, policy acquisition, and financial management team. If we were to lose the members of these service teams, we would need to replace them with qualified individuals in a timely manner or our business operations and prospects could be adversely impacted.

We have no obligation to contribute to a sinking fund to retire the L Bonds, nor are the L Bonds guaranteed by any governmental agency.

We have no obligation to contribute funds to a sinking fund to repay principal or pay interest on the L Bonds upon maturity or default. The L Bonds are not certificates of deposit or similar obligations of, or guaranteed by, any depository institution. Further, no governmental entity insures or guarantees payment on the L Bonds if we do not have sufficient funds to make principal or interest payments.

We have the discretion to purchase assets, including life insurance assets, through different subsidiaries, and to transfer assets among our subsidiaries. Any decision to purchase or hold title to assets in one subsidiary, as opposed to a different subsidiary, may affect the value of collateral security for our obligation under the L Bonds.

We may at our discretion direct the purchase of policies by, and the sale of policies and other assets amongst, different subsidiaries of GWG Holdings. Purchases of assets in, or movements of assets amongst, different subsidiaries could affect the value of the collateral security for obligations under the L Bonds. For example, purchases through, or transfers of life insurance policies to, DLP IV would cause the policies acquired or transferred to become collateral for our senior credit facility with LNV/CLMG, whereas purchases through, or transfers of life insurance policies to, GWG Life would cause the policies acquired by GWG Life to become collateral for the L Bonds. Accordingly, purchases of assets through, or transfers of assets to, different subsidiaries may affect the value of collateral security for different classes of holders of our debt, including the L Bonds. In the case of a liquidation, any of these discretionary decisions may affect the value of, and amount you may ultimately be entitled to receive with respect to, your L Bonds.

We are an “emerging growth company” under federal securities laws, and the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies may make it more difficult to compare our financial statements to those of other issuers that are not emerging growth companies.

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements normally applicable to public companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation, and delayed adoption of new or revised financial accounting standards. We could be an emerging growth company through 2019, although certain circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier. It is possible that these reduced reporting requirements could make it more difficult for investors to compare our results of operations and financial condition with those of other companies that are not emerging growth companies.

We do not expect a market to exist that will enable you to sell your L Bonds.

Although we are a public reporting company that files information with the SEC, the L Bonds will not be readily resalable or transferable. No public market for the L Bonds exists and none is expected to develop. As a result, the transferability of the L Bonds will be limited. Accordingly, the purchase of L Bonds is not suitable for investors desiring liquidity at any time prior to the maturity of the L Bonds.

18

We cannot know the tax implications of an investment in the L Bonds for the L Bond holder.

The section of this prospectus entitled “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations” sets forth a summary of federal income tax consequences to the purchasers of the L Bonds. No information is provided concerning tax consequences under any other federal, state, local or foreign laws that may apply to the purchasers of the L Bonds. Prospective investors or their representatives should read that section very carefully in order to properly evaluate the federal income tax risks of an investment in the L Bonds. Each prospective investor should consult his personal counsel, accountant and other business advisors as to the federal, state, local and foreign tax consequences of an investment in the L Bonds. L Bond holders will receive an IRS Form 1099-INT in connection with their receipt of interest payments.

19

USE OF PROCEEDS

If all of the L Bonds are sold, we expect to receive up to approximately $918.8 million of net proceeds from this offering after paying our estimated offering and related expenses and the estimated selling commissions and additional compensation consisting of the following:

         a dealer-manager fee payable to the dealer manager in an amount equal to 0.50% of the principal amount of all L Bonds sold;

         an accountable expense allowance to be paid to the selling group members, which may include due diligence expenses of the dealer manager and selling group members set forth in a detailed and itemized invoice and as further described below;

         wholesaling fees, which may consist of commissions and non-transaction based compensation of the wholesalers;

         non-cash compensation, which may consist of an occasional meal, a ticket to a sporting event or the theater, or comparable entertainment that is neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety and is not preconditioned on achievement of a sales target, the national and regional sales conferences of our selling group members, training and education meetings for registered representatives of our selling group members, and permissible forms of non-cash compensation to registered representatives of our selling group members, such as gifts that do not exceed an aggregate value of $100 per annum per registered representative and that are not pre-conditioned on achievement of a sales target, including but not limited to seasonal gifts; and

         up to a 1.00% reallowance to selling group members.

We expect the selling commissions and additional compensation to aggregate approximately $80.0 million based on expected average selling commissions of $60.0 million (5.00%), dealer-manager fees of $5.0 million (0.50%), and additional expenses aggregating to $25.0 million (2.50%), assuming the sale of all of the L Bonds.

Our dealer manager will enter into participating dealer agreements with certain other broker-dealers that are members of FINRA, referred to as “selling group members,” to authorize those broker-dealers to sell our L Bonds. As explained elsewhere in this prospectus, the maximum amount of commissions, dealer manager fees and additional compensation payable to the dealer manager and selling group members is 8.00% of the aggregate principal amount of L Bonds sold. Therefore, if all of the L Bonds were sold and the maximum commissions, dealer manager fees and additional compensation were paid, we estimate that the net proceeds to us, after paying our own estimated offering and related expenses, would be approximately $918.8 million. Nevertheless, because we do not know the total principal amount of L Bonds that will be ultimately sold, we are unable to accurately forecast the total net proceeds that will be generated by this offering.

There is no minimum amount of L Bonds that must be sold before we access investor funds. The exact amount of proceeds we receive may vary considerably depending on a variety of factors, including how long the L Bonds are offered.

Our goal is to use a majority of the net proceeds from the sale of L Bonds to purchase additional life insurance policy assets. The amount of proceeds we apply towards purchasing additional life insurance policy assets will depend, among other things, on how long the L Bonds are offered, the amount of net proceeds that we receive from the sale of L Bonds being offered, the existence and timing of opportunities to expand our portfolio of insurance policy assets, our cash needs for certain other expenditures (summarized below) we anticipate incurring in connection with this offering and in connection with our business, and the availability of other sources of cash (e.g., a senior credit facility). These certain other expenditures, listed in order of priority, include:

         servicing of life insurance assets (i.e., paying attendant life insurance policy premiums);

         paying principal at maturity, interest and fees to our lenders, including under a senior credit facility, previously issued L Bonds and the L Bonds offered hereby; and

         general working capital purposes.

20

Our use of funds for general working capital purposes is expected to include, but not be limited to, expenditures such as (i) obtaining life expectancy reports, (ii) mortality tracking and (iii) legal and collections expenses, (iv) sales and marketing expenses, (v) general and administrative salary expenses, as well as (vi) tax liabilities, and (vii) interest rate caps, swaps or hedging instruments for our life insurance policy portfolio or our indebtedness.

As indicated above, the extent to which we will use proceeds from this offering for these other purposes, and the amounts and timing of such expenditures will depend on, among other things, how long the L Bonds are offered, the amount of net proceeds that we receive from the sale of L Bonds being offered, the existence and timing of opportunities to expand our portfolio of insurance policy assets, the availability of funds from other sources, including borrowings from a senior credit facility and cash generated from our life insurance assets, and certain other factors. We currently expect to allocate net offering proceeds (assuming the maximum amount of commissions, fees, allowances and any other items of selling compensation equal to 8.00% of the aggregate principal amount of L Bonds sold) as follows, based upon various assumed amounts of gross proceeds that we receive from the sale of L Bonds:

 

 

Gross Offering Proceeds

 

 

$

1,000,000,000

 

 

 

 

$

750,000,000

 

 

 

 

$

500,000,000

 

 

 

Net Offering Proceeds

 

 

918,800,000

 

100

%

 

 

688,800,000

 

100

%

 

 

458,800,000

 

100

%

Purchase Policies

 

 

661,536,000

 

72

%

 

 

495,936,000

 

72

%

 

 

330,336,000

 

72

%

Payment of Premiums

 

 

91,880,000

 

10

%

 

 

68,880,000

 

10

%

 

 

45,880,000

 

10

%

Payment of Principal and Interest

 

 

119,444,000

 

13

%

 

 

89,544,000

 

13

%

 

 

59,644,000

 

13

%

Other Expenditures

 

 

45,940,000

 

5

%

 

 

34,440,000

 

5

%

 

 

22,940,000

 

5

%

Net offering proceeds not immediately applied to the uses summarized above will be invested in short-term investments such as money market funds, commercial paper, U.S. Treasury Bills and similar securities investments pending their use. We may also purchase interest rate hedges to lock in our cost of capital, or longevity hedges to lock in our expected return from our portfolio.

As indicated above, we may use some of the net proceeds from this offering to pay premiums on life insurance assets we own. The amount of payments for anticipated premiums and servicing costs that we will be required to make over the next five years to maintain our current portfolio, assuming no mortalities, is set forth in the table below:

Years Ending December 31,

 

Premiums

 

Servicing

 

Premiums and
Servicing Fees

Six months ending December 31, 2017

 

$

24,455,000

 

$

654,000

 

$

25,109,000

2018

 

 

52,611,000

 

 

654,000

 

 

53,265,000

2019

 

 

58,206,000

 

 

654,000

 

 

58,860,000

2020

 

 

65,772,000

 

 

654,000

 

 

66,376,000

2021

 

 

74,105,000

 

 

654,000

 

 

74,759,000

2022

 

 

83,310,000

 

 

654,000

 

 

83,964,000

 

 

$

358,409,000

 

$

3,924,000

 

$

362,333,000

Also as indicated above, we may use some of the net proceeds from this offering to pay principal amounts owing under previously issued L Bonds when such amounts become due and payable. The amount of such securities that we would repay with proceeds of this offering will depend on whether the holders of such notes elect repayment rather than renewal of such securities, as well as whether we elect to use other sources of repayment. We believe it is most likely that such payments, if any, would relate to securities that mature within the first three years after the initial effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part (i.e., the maximum period of time during which we may offer securities under the registration statement). We presently do not intend to use any net proceeds from this offering to repurchase outstanding L Bonds prior to their maturity.

21

BUSINESS

Overview

We are a financial services company committed to finding new ways of transforming the life insurance through innovative products and services, business processes, financing strategies, and advanced epigenetic technology. Historically, we have focused on creating opportunities for consumers to maximize the value for their life insurance as compared to the traditional options offered by the insurance industry. As part of our business, we create opportunities for investors to receive income and capital appreciation from our various activities. More recently, we have focused on applying new epigenetic technology to the global life insurance industry.

The life insurance industry provides us with the opportunity to bring value to consumers and earn non-correlated yield by purchasing life insurance policy assets in the secondary market at a discount to the face value of the policy benefits. Once we purchase a life insurance policy asset, we continue to pay the premiums of the policy until we collect the policy benefit. This practice is disruptive to the life insurance industry since insurance carriers rely on consumer lapse and surrender behavior resulting in the forfeiture of policy benefits. From inception through June 30, 2017, we have purchased approximately $2.5 billion in face value of policy benefits from consumers for over $436 million, as compared to the $31 million in surrender value offered by insurance carriers on those same policies. As such, we provide unique and valuable services that help life-insurance-owning consumers 65 years or older maximize their investments in their life insurance and meet their retirement financial needs.

By purchasing life insurance policy assets at a discount to the face value of the policy benefits, we have the opportunity to generate attractive investment returns that are not correlated to traditional financial markets. The potential to earn positive non-correlated yield from a portfolio of life insurance assets results from the positive difference between the (i) the face value of the policy benefits received; less (ii) the purchase price of the life insurance assets, plus the premiums and financing costs to maintain those assets. As of June 30, 2017, we owned a total of $1.5 billion in face value of our life insurance policy benefits; and our total investment in our portfolio of life insurance assets, including the purchase price, attendant premiums and financing costs was $565.2 million.

We seek to build a profitable and large portfolio of life insurance assets that is well diversified in terms of insurance companies and insureds. We believe that diversification is a key factor and risk mitigation strategy to provide consistent cash flows and reliable investment returns. Accordingly, we seek to grow our portfolio and achieve diversification through a variety of financings and securities products offered to investors. In addition, we have built a robust operational platform to work with financial advisors and insurance professionals to originate life insurance policy assets for purchase and assist consumers with the opportunity to maximize their investments in their life insurance.

More recently, we have made investments in technology to more accurately estimate human life expectancy. Our search for increased precision in estimating human life expectancy led us to a mortality predictive technology developed by Dr. Steve Horvath, a Professor of Human Genetics and Biostatistics at the University of California, Los Angeles (UCLA). In May 2017, we exclusively licensed from UCLA Dr. Horvath’s “DNA Methylation Based Predictor of Mortality” technology or “M-Panel” technology. Our M-Panel technology is based upon a revolutionary new field of science known as “epigenetics.” Our investments in M-Panel and related technologies are owned in our wholly owned subsidiary Life Epigenetics, Inc. This “insurtech” division is in the development process of commercializing epigenetic tests based upon the M-Panel Technology.

To grow our portfolio and achieve the diversification we seek, as well as to pursue additional opportunities in the life insurance industry through the use of technology, we offer investors the opportunity to potentially receive income and capital appreciation through a variety of financings and securities offerings.

We are dedicated to finding new ways of transforming the life insurance industry, both as it relates to our historical secondary life insurance business and now with the application of advanced epigenetic technology. Today, we provide consumers with the opportunity to maximize the value of their life insurance by disrupting the status quo of high policy lapse rates and low surrender values that life insurance carriers have enjoyed for years. In the future, we intend to disrupt the industry further by providing consumers with additional innovative products and services that benefit from the use of advanced epigenetic technologies, such as the M-Panel technology license. We believe this advanced epigenetic technology will permit us to reimagine the way in which risk is assessed, selected and priced in the life insurance industry, and possibly also the long-term care and annuity industries.

22

Our business was originally organized in February 2006. We added our current parent holding company, GWG Holdings Inc., in March 2008, and in September 2014 we consummated an initial public offering of our common stock on The NASDAQ Capital Market, where our stock trades under the ticker symbol “GWGH.”

GWG Holdings, Inc. conducts its life insurance related business through a wholly owned subsidiary, GWG Life, LLC, and GWG Life’s principal wholly owned subsidiary GWG DLP Funding IV, LLC (DLP IV). Both GWG Life and DLP IV are legally organized in Delaware. Life Epigenetics Inc. is a wholly owned subsidiary of GWG Holdings. Unless the context otherwise requires or we specifically so indicate, all references in this prospectus to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our Company,” “GWG,” or the “Company” refer to these entities collectively. Our headquarters are based in Minneapolis, Minnesota.

Markets

Consumers Owning Life Insurance and the Life Insurance Secondary Market

The market for life insurance is large. According to the American Council of Life Insurers Fact Book 2016 (ACLI), individual consumers in the United States owned over $10.3 trillion in face value of life insurance policy benefits in 2015. In that same year, the ACLI reports individual consumers purchased an aggregate of $1.6 trillion of new life insurance policy benefits. This figure includes all types of life insurance, including term and permanent insurance known as whole life and universal life.

The secondary market for life insurance exists from consumer lapse behaviors and inadequate surrender values offered to consumers by the insurance carriers. The ACLI reports that the lapse and surrender rate for individual life insurance policies is 5.4%, amounting to over $638.5 billion in face value of policy benefits lapsed and surrendered in 2015 alone. According to testimony by Gottlieb & Smetters, it is estimated that nearly 88% of all permanent universal life insurance policies sold in the United States do not result in the payment of a benefit claim.

We offer products and services in the life insurance secondary market to consumers, 65 years and older, who seek to maximize the value of their investment in their life insurance for their retirement financial needs. These consumers represent the fastest growing demographic segment in the United States according to the U.S. Census Bureau. And as these consumers age, they and their families will be faced with a variety of financial needs that can benefit from the value-added products and services we offer. Our life insurance secondary market products and services address the convergence of three major trends: under-saving for retirement, longer life expectancies, and high and rising medical expenses.

In July 2017, the National Association of Insurance Commissioners (“NAIC”) issued a policy bulletin in support of the type of products we seek to provide as “innovative private market solutions for financing Americans’ long-term care needs.” The NAIC, citing our Company, discussed how consumers could exchange the market value of their life insurance policies for products designed to fund long-term care expenses. The use of a life insurance policy to generate resources to fund long-term care was pioneered by our Executive Vice President, Chris Orestis. Today, we are the only company in the life insurance industry that provides this innovative product to pay for long-term care expenses.

Research by Conning Research & Consulting (Conning) reports that the annual net market potential for life insurance policy benefits sold in the secondary market exceeded $141 billion in face value of policy benefits in 2016. Of that market potential, Conning estimates that investors purchased approximately $1.7 billion in face value of life insurance benefits in 2015, indicating that the market is dramatically underserved. With an aging demographic in the United States, Conning expects the net market potential to grow to an annual $170 billion in face value of life insurance benefits by 2025. We share the belief that the life insurance secondary market represents both a dramatically underserved market and a significant long-term growth opportunity. We further believe that we are well positioned to address the market need.

Technology and the Life Insurance Industry

The opportunity to apply technology to transform the life insurance industry is significant. According to industry consultants at KPMG, Accenture, and Ernst & Young, there is a major movement afoot to transform the insurance industry through the use and application of advanced technologies. This movement, commonly referred to as “insurtech,” suggests a new era of disruptive entrants into the traditional insurance marketplace that have the potential to upend the insurance industry’s historical approach to assessing and selecting acceptable risks.

23

We intend to participate in the life insurance industry’s insurtech movement through commercial applications using advanced epigenetic technology. Our initiative into the development and use of applications began in 2015 by working with Dr. Steve Horvath after he reported that human cells have an internal “biological age” and “biological clock” at the DNA molecular level that is indicative of the aging process. The study of chemical modifications of methylation levels to the DNA molecule or code (methylation-based bio-markers) that reveal aging, and upon which the M-Panel technology is based, is part of the epigenetics field. Epigenetics is the study of how the DNA molecule’s instructions or code are modified as a result of environmental exposures and experiences. While the human DNA molecular code is essentially permanent throughout our lives, the expression of that code changes based upon numerous environmental factors. Epigenetics seeks to recognize conditions or patterns in methylation-based bio-markers that indicate the code has changed and what those changes mean to human biology. Dr. Horvath’s epigenetic research has focused on looking at specific methylation-based bio-markers in order to study the determinants of aging and mortality.

In 2016, Dr. Horvath reported a discovery upon the completion of a statistical meta-analysis of over 13,000 individual DNA samples that was reported in the September 2016 issue of Aging. His research identified specific sets of DNA methylation-based bio-markers that was predictive of individual risk of all-cause mortality. We believe the implications of this discovery are simple and profound: individual lifespans can now be estimated with significantly greater precision across large groups of people. We have translated Dr. Horvath’s technology into an actuarial underwriting methodology that we believe could prove revolutionary to traditional underwriting practices in the global life insurance industry. We are also seeking the discovery of additional methylation-based bio-markers that may be indicative of other changes in human biology and thereby be predictive of other environmental exposures and experiences. We are currently working to expand the application of predictive methylation-based bio-markers to influence and change traditional underwriting practices in the global life insurance industry.

Investors Seeking Yield from Alternative Assets

Since the credit crisis of 2008, the flow of capital to a variety of alternative asset classes has undergone a structural shift. Alternative assets, broadly defined, are any non-traditional asset with potential economic value that would not be found in a standard investment portfolio. An asset is generally considered “alternative” if it has some or all of the following characteristics: a limited investment history, not commonly found in portfolios, an illiquid market, different performance characteristics, and requires specialized skill to originate and service the asset. Definitions of traditional assets today extend well beyond stocks and bonds, and can include a variety of assets which may have been better classified as “alternative” a decade ago, i.e., real estate, commodities or natural resources. Thus, what is an alternative asset today may largely be considered tomorrow’s mainstream investment asset.

Once dominated by banks, alternative asset markets are in many cases no longer viable for banks to finance due to vast new regulation effected since the crisis, regulation that has in effect reshaped the way in which banks participate in many parts of the economy. At the same time, an increasing number of investors are now turning to alternative asset classes as a means to diversify their investment portfolio and manage risk and volatility, and to obtain greater returns in the low interest rate environment that has persisted since 2008. According to research published by Goldman Sachs, retail investors are expected to shift a significant allocation of their investments towards alternative assess from a current average of 4% to the 20% allocation favored by institutional investors over the next five to ten years (see Goldman Sachs, Retail Liquid Alternatives: The Next Frontier (2013)).

The trend of investors seeking access and exposure to alternative investment products is expected to continue as traditional bank sources of capital for these assets continues to retreat and alternative investment product offering innovations occur within the regulated securities markets. Researchers at McKinsey report that U.S. individual investors are expected to be a primary driver of growth in alternative asset investments. McKinsey reports that high net-worth individuals and the mass affluent are increasingly looking to hedge downside risk, protect principal, manage volatility, and generate income — the same reason institutional investors have favored larger allocations to alternative asset investment classes.

Our Business Model

Our business model is to earn a net profit between the yield generated by the life insurance assets we own and the costs we incur to originate and finance those assets. We believe that we are uniquely positioned to acquire life insurance assets in the secondary market directly from consumers needing our services, and to finance our portfolio’s growth by

24

providing investors with the opportunity to participate in the yield we generate from those assets. In addition, upon our implementation of M-Panel or other similar technology, we believe that we will be uniquely positioned to create even more opportunities for capital appreciation by obtaining a competitive edge in our current market space, and bringing innovative products and services to the global life insurance industry.

To participate and compete in, and expand, our markets, we spend significant resources: (i) recruiting and developing a professional management team; (ii) developing a robust operational platform, systems and strategy for originating life insurance policies; (iii) establishing strategic relationships for delivering the services we provide; (iv) creating opportunities for investors to participate in the yield and capital appreciation generated by the life insurance assets we own; (v) creating innovative growth opportunities to participate in the global life insurance industry through the use of epigenetic technology.

Originating Life Insurance Assets

We generally purchase life insurance assets in the secondary market directly from policy owners who purchased their life insurance in the primary market. Historically, we have purchased these life insurance policies through a network of specialized brokers who assist consumers and financial professionals in accessing the secondary market. We maintain membership affiliations and representation within key industry groups, such as the Life Insurance Settlement Association. We typically attend and sponsor trade events where we maintain contacts and visibility among professionals who submit life insurance policies for our potential purchase.

A key strategic initiative of ours has been to expand our origination capabilities by marketing our products and services directly to consumers through financial professionals. Most recently, we focused these efforts towards financial professionals, namely financial advisors and life insurance agents, through our “Appointed Agent Program.” Our Appointed Agent Program is designed to empower financial professionals to bring the life insurance secondary market’s value proposition to their respective markets. Our Appointed Agent Program emphasizes education, training, regulatory compliance, and marketing support. We have built an extensive team capable of marketing our products and services directly to life insurance professionals. We expect to continue allocating considerable resources towards the development and support of our direct origination team. We believe these resources will be of particular value as we seek to expand our business into other, more conventional, insurance-related industries.

Underwriting and Purchasing Life Insurance Assets

We focus on investing in high quality life insurance assets through our origination practices and underwriting procedures. These practices and procedures strive to meet guidelines and methodologies published by rating agency A.M. Best. At the same time, we seek innovative value-added tools, services, and methodologies to improve both the accuracy and efficiency with which we acquire life insurance assets.

Our secondary market underwriting procedures consist of a careful review and analysis of available materials and information related to a life insurance policy and the insured. The goal of our underwriting procedures is to make an informed purchasing decision. We typically purchase life insurance policies from insureds who are 65 years or older and whose life expectancies are less than 120 months (ten years). The life expectancies we use are estimates, stated in months, which indicate the 50% probability of an individual’s mortality (meaning actuarial analysis predicts half of the individuals with similar age, sex, and medical conditions will experience mortality before that number of months, and half will experience mortality after that number of months). Life expectancies are based on actuarial tables that predict statistical probability of individual mortality.

We obtain life expectancies from independent third-party medical-actuarial underwriting firms, unless the life insurance policy benefit has a face value of $1,000,000 or less (which we generally refer to as a “small face policy”). When we obtain life expectancies from independent third-party medical-actuarial firms, we receive a medical underwriter’s report summarizing the health of the insured based on a review of the insured’s historical medical records. For all life insurance policies we purchase, other than small face policies, we average two life expectancies from two independent medical-actuarial underwriting firms to form the life expectancy we use to price and value our life insurance assets. In some cases, we may obtain more than two life expectancy estimates. In those cases, we average the two life expectancy estimates that we believe are the most reliable of those we have received, based on our own analyses and conclusions. In this regard, the two life expectancy estimates we ultimately choose to average may not always be the most conservative. For small face policies, we use modified procedures to estimate a life expectancy that may, or may not, use life expectancies from independent third-party medical-actuarial underwriting firms. As a result,

25

our practices and procedures for small face policies may not meet the guidelines and methodologies published by the rating agency A.M. Best. If in the future we believe our business model will benefit from changes in our underwriting process and if such revisions are permitted under our borrowing covenants, we may change our underwriting processes and policies.

Our success with our Appointed Agent Program, and in designing and implementing small face policy underwriting procedures, has presented us with the opportunity to purchase a greater number of small face life insurance policies. We believe this opportunity is meaningful since the majority of life insurance policies outstanding are small face policies, and policy diversification is critical in obtaining normalized actuarial performance. Historically, however, small face policies have not been available to purchasers of life insurance policies because secondary market industry participants have significantly relied on life insurance brokers who are paid a commission determined as a percentage of the face value benefit of the purchased policy, to present purchase opportunities. Not surprisingly, because larger commissions are associated with larger face value life insurance policies, brokers have focused on larger policies and the industry has developed origination practices and underwriting procedures to accommodate such practices. As a result, the industry’s traditional approaches to underwriting and purchasing life insurance assets are ill suited for small face policies. For example, procuring complete medical records, two separate life expectancy reports, and engaging in related activities, can be time consuming and expensive, and these same costs cannot be justified when purchasing smaller life insurance assets. In sum, our method is focused on obtaining enough medical information to generate reliable life expectancy estimates, and thereby make informed purchase decisions. Our streamlined procedures have made it possible to complete a preliminary underwriting in a number of days (as opposed to weeks), and complete the entire purchasing process in a number of weeks (as opposed to months).

We expect to further refine our underwriting processes for large- and small-face policies over time and, to the extent possible, use new technologies to enhance this process and our overall business. In 2015 we began an initiative to re-examine the way in which we approached underwriting. Our initiative included a review of new advanced medical technologies capable of predicting aging and related mortality more accurately than traditional methods.

Value Proposition — Life Insurance as an Alternative Asset

We realize profits from the life insurance assets we own by earning a spread between the investment cost of our life insurance assets and the face value of the policy benefits we receive. Accordingly, if we purchase life insurance assets in the secondary market, and make all the attendant premium payments to maintain those assets in order to receive the policy benefits, the most significant risk factors (among others that we discuss in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus) in the performance of those assets are: (i) the predictability of mortality, or longevity risk; and (ii) the creditworthiness of the issuing life insurance company, or credit risk. We believe the value proposition of our investments in the alternative asset of life insurance is our ability to obtain superior risk-adjusted returns.

Longevity Risk . We believe actuarial mortality is the single largest variable affecting the returns on our investments in life insurance assets and impacting our life insurance portfolio’s performance over time. Accurately predicting an individual’s mortality date is impossible, and the best an actuary can do is provide a set of probabilities of survival over time. Nevertheless, predicting mortality among a group of similarly situated individuals is less difficult — in fact, the larger the group, the more accurate actuarial predictions tend to become. The statistical mathematical concept stating that the results of random events tend to become very predictable as the number of events becomes large is the “Central Limit Theorem” (or more commonly known as the “Law of Large Numbers”). “Mean regression” is another statistical mathematical concept used to describe that, on average, observations (in this case, the actual mortality of insureds) tend to cluster around the mean observation (i.e., our estimate of mortality of insureds as described further under “Value Proposition” below). These statistical mathematical concepts are the basis for many business models, ranging from insurance to the lottery. Insurance carriers, for example, can be very certain of the number of insurance claims they can expect when they have spread their risk over a large book of diversified policies. In this way, insurance carriers can price a large number of insurance policies of any type to collect premiums slightly above the level of expected claims, and thereby expect to earn a surplus or profit. Similarly, a lottery can depend on an expected amount of earnings equal to the small advantage built into the odds of the games.

The implications for our business model are two-fold: first, as we accumulate larger numbers of life insurance policies, we should expect our results to increasingly correlate with our expectations; second, over the long run, we should expect that the actual cash flows will converge with the forecasted cash flows from our portfolio of life insurance assets, and the actual return on our portfolio of life insurance assets will converge with our expected return.

26

Although medical advances and life expectancy changes may significantly impact the longevity risk we face and our understanding of that risk, these concepts nevertheless serve as guiding principles as we seek to build, manage, and forecast the performance of our portfolio of life insurance assets.

These expectations are affirmed in research published by A.M. Best and others, illustrating that as the number of insured lives increase within a portfolio of life insurance policies, there is a corresponding decrease in the standard deviation of the mortality events within the portfolio — i.e., longevity risk decreases as the number of insureds increases. Standard & Poor’s indicates that 1,000 insured lives are required to reach statistical “significance” (where the relationship, in this context, between mortality projections and actual mortality events is not random). A.M. Best concludes that a portfolio of at least 300 insured lives is statistically significant. Our current portfolio covers 622 insured lives and we believe that both the predictability and actual performance will continue to improve with additional size and diversification. Accordingly, we continue to seek to grow the size and diversification of the portfolio in order to mitigate risk and improve our profitability.

Portfolio Credit Risk Management . We rely on the payment of policy benefit claims by life insurance companies as our most significant source of cash flows over time. The life insurance assets we own represent obligations of third-party life insurance companies to pay the benefit amount under the relevant policy upon the mortality of the insured. As a result, we manage this credit risk exposure by generally purchasing policies issued by insurance companies with investment-grade ratings from Standard & Poor’s.

Approximately 96.3% of life insurance assets in our portfolio were issued by insurance companies with investment-grade credit ratings from Standard & Poor’s, as of June 30, 2017. Our largest life insurance company credit exposures and the Standard & Poor’s credit rating of their respective financial strength and claims-paying ability is set forth below:

Rank

 

Policy
Benefits

 

Percentage
of Policy
Benefit
Amount

 

Insurance Company

 

Ins. Co.
S&P
Rating

1

 

$

215,471,000

 

14.1

%

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

2

 

$

193,557,000

 

12.7

%

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

3

 

$

165,580,000

 

10.9

%

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

4

 

$

157,254,000

 

10.3

%

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

5

 

$

103,642,000

 

6.8

%

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

6

 

$

62,293,000

 

4.1

%

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

7

 

$

61,025,000

 

4.0

%

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

8

 

$

56,422,000

 

3.7

%

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

9

 

$

47,390,000

 

3.1

%

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

10

 

$

45,670,000

 

3.0

%

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

 

 

 

1,108,304,000

 

72.7

%

 

 

 

 

The yield to maturity on bonds issued by life insurance carriers reflects, among other things, the credit risk (risk of default) of such insurance carrier. We follow the yields on certain publicly traded life insurance company bonds since this information is part of the data we consider when valuing our portfolio of life insurance policies for our financial statements.

Name of Bond

 

Maturity

 

YTM

 

Duration
(Years)

 

Bond
S&P Rating

AXA 1.125%

 

5/15/2028

 

1.04

%

 

10.9

 

A

Manulife Finl 4.15%

 

3/4/2026

 

3.18

%

 

8.7

 

A

Lincoln National Corp Ind 3.625%

 

12/12/2026

 

3.68

%

 

9.5

 

A-

Amer Intl Grp 4.875%

 

6/1/2022

 

2.71

%

 

4.9

 

BBB+

Protective Life 7.375%

 

10/15/2019

 

2.31

%

 

2.3

 

A-

Metlife 3.048%

 

12/15/2022

 

2.60

%

 

5.5

 

A-

Prudential Finl Inc Mtns Book 3.5%

 

5/15/2024

 

2.85

%

 

6.9

 

A

Average yield on insurance bonds

 

 

 

2.62

%

 

6.9

 

 

27

The table above indicates the current yields to maturity (YTM) for the senior bonds of selected life insurance carriers with durations, on average, that are similar to the weighted-average life expectancy estimates of our life insurance portfolio. As of June 30, 2017, the average yield to maturity of these bonds was 2.62%, which we believe reflects, in part, the financial market’s judgment that credit risk is low with regard to these carriers’ financial obligations. It should be noted that the obligations of life insurance carriers to pay life insurance policy benefits ranks senior to all of their other financial obligations, such as the bonds they issue. This “super senior” priority is not reflected in the yield to maturity in the table and, if considered, would result in a lower yield to maturity all else being equal. Thus, as long as the respective premium payments have been made, it is highly likely that the owner of the insurance policy will collect the insurance policy benefit upon the mortality of the insured.

Value Proposition . We define the value proposition presented by our portfolio of life insurance assets as our ability to earn superior risk-adjusted returns. At any time, we calculate our returns from our life insurance assets based upon (i) our historical results; and (ii) the future cash flows we expect to realize from our statistical forecasts. To forecast our expected future cash flows, we use the probabilistic method of analysis. The actuarial software we use to produce our expected future cash flows and conduct our probabilistic analysis was developed by the actuarial firm Milliman and is now owned by Modeling Actuarial Pricing Systems, Inc. (“MAPS”). The expected internal rate of return of our portfolio is based upon future cash flow forecasts derived from a probabilistic analysis of our policy benefits received in relation to our investment cost basis. As of June 30, 2017, the expected internal rate of return on our portfolio of life insurance assets was 11.05% based on our portfolio benefits of $1.525 billion and our non-GAAP investment cost basis of $565.2 million (including purchase price, premiums paid, and financing costs incurred to date).

We seek to further enhance our understanding of our expected future cash flow forecast by applying a stochastic analysis, sometimes referred to as a “Monte Carlo simulation,” to provide us with a greater understanding of the variability of our future cash flow projections. The stochastic analysis we perform is built within the MAPS actuarial software and provides internal rate of return calculations for different statistical confidence intervals. The results of our stochastic analysis, in which we run 10,000 random mortality scenarios, demonstrates that the scenario ranking at the 50 th percentile of all 10,000 results generates an internal rate of return of 11.01%, which is near to our expected internal rate of return of 11.05%. The stochastic analysis results also reveal that our portfolio is expected to generate an internal rate of return of 10.49% or better in 75% of all generated scenarios; and an internal rate of return of 10.04% or better in 90% of all generated scenarios. As the portfolio continues to grow, all else equal, the percentage of observations that result in an internal rate of return at or very near 11.01% (currently our median, or 50 th percentile, internal rate of return expectation) is expected to increase, thereby lowering future cash flow volatility and potentially justifying our use of lower discount rates to value our portfolio.

In sum, we believe our statistical analyses show that, if we can continue to grow and maintain our investments in life insurance assets, then, in the absence of significant negative events affecting our most significant risks, including but not limited to longevity and credit risk, and interest rate and financing risk, those investments will provide superior risk-adjusted returns for our company and provide us with the means to generate attractive returns for our investors.

Portfolio Information

Our portfolio of life insurance policies, owned by our subsidiaries as of June 30, 2017, is summarized below:

Total portfolio face value of policy benefits

 

$

1,525,363,000

 

Average face value per policy

 

$

1,924,000

 

Average face value per insured life

 

$

2,151,000

 

Average age of insured (yrs.)*

 

 

81.5

 

Average life expectancy estimate (yrs.)*

 

 

6.9

 

Total number of policies

 

 

793

 

Number of unique lives

 

 

709

 

Demographics

 

 

74% Males;
26% Females

 

Number of smokers

 

 

30

 

Largest policy as % of total portfolio

 

 

0.87

%

Average policy as % of total portfolio

 

 

0.13

%

Average annual premium as % of face value

 

 

3.21

%

28

____________

*          Averages presented in the table are weighted averages.

Our portfolio of life insurance policies, owned by our subsidiaries as of June 30, 2017, organized by the insured’s current age and the associated policy benefits, is summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Wtd. Avg. Life

 

Percentage of Total

Min Age

 

Max Age

 

Policies

 

Policy Benefits

 

Expectancy
(yrs.)

 

Number of
Policies

 

Policy
Benefits

95

 

99

 

8

 

$

12,392,000

 

1.1

 

1.0

%

 

0.8

%

90

 

94

 

71

 

$

135,898,000

 

2.9

 

8.9

%

 

8.9

%

85

 

89

 

195

 

$

393,983,000

 

4.7

 

24.6

%

 

25.8

%

80

 

84

 

171

 

$

401,496,000

 

6.3

 

21.6

%

 

26.3

%

75

 

79

 

144

 

$

270,779,000

 

9.0

 

18.2

%

 

17.8

%

70

 

74

 

133

 

$

210,775,000

 

10.2

 

16.8

%

 

13.8

%

60

 

69

 

71

 

$

100,040,000

 

11.3

 

8.9

%

 

6.6

%

Total

 

 

 

793

 

$

1,525,363,000

 

6.9

 

100.0

%

 

100.0

%

Our portfolio of life insurance policies, owned by our subsidiaries as of June 30, 2017, organized by the insured’s estimated life expectancy estimates and associated policy benefits, is summarized below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of Total

Min LE (Months)

 

Max LE (Months)

 

Policies

 

Policy Benefits

 

Number of
Policies

 

Policy
Benefits

2

 

47

 

212

 

$

334,511,000

 

26.7

%

 

 

21.9

%

48

 

71

 

175

 

 

372,072,000

 

22.1

%

 

 

24.4

%

72

 

95

 

147

 

 

289,037,000

 

18.5

%

 

 

19.0

%

96

 

119

 

117

 

 

235,105,000

 

14.8

%

 

 

15.4

%

120

 

143

 

77

 

 

158,601,000

 

9.7

%

 

 

10.4

%

144

 

199

 

65

 

 

136,037,000

 

8.2

%

 

 

8.9

%

Total

 

 

 

793

 

$

1,525,363,000

 

100.0

%

 

$

100.0

%

We track concentrations of pre-existing medical conditions among insured individuals within our portfolio based on information contained in life expectancy reports. We track these medical conditions within the following ten primary disease categories: (1) cancer, (2) cardiovascular, (3) cerebrovascular, (4) dementia, (5) diabetes, (6) multiple, (7) neurological disorders, (8) no disease, (9) other, and (10) respiratory diseases. Our primary disease categories are summary generalizations based on the ICD-9 codes we track on each insured individuals within our portfolio. ICD-9 codes, published by the World Health Organization, are used worldwide for medical diagnoses and treatment systems, as well as morbidity and mortality statistics. Currently, the primary disease categories within our portfolio that represent a concentration of over 10% are multiple, cardiovascular, and other which constitute 27.6%, 19.9%, and 12.4%, respectively, of the face amount of insured benefits of our portfolio as at June 30, 2017.

29

The complete detail of our portfolio of life insurance policies, owned by our subsidiaries as of June 30, 2017, organized by the current age of the insured and the associated policy benefits, sex, estimated life expectancy, issuing insurance carrier, and the credit rating of the issuing insurance carrier, is set forth below.

Life Insurance Portfolio Detail
(as of June 30, 2017)

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

1

 

$

8,000,000

 

F

 

99

 

10

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

2

 

$

184,000

 

M

 

96

 

33

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

3

 

$

219,000

 

M

 

96

 

33

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

4

 

$

1,100,000

 

M

 

96

 

16

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

5

 

$

1,500,000

 

F

 

96

 

19

 

Accordia Life and Annuity Company

 

A-

6

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

95

 

20

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

7

 

$

264,000

 

F

 

95

 

10

 

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

 

BBB+

8

 

$

125,000

 

F

 

95

 

2

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

9

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

94

 

18

 

North American Company for Life and Health Insurance

 

A+

10

 

$

3,500,000

 

M

 

94

 

25

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

11

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

94

 

5

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

12

 

$

572,429

 

F

 

93

 

21

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

13

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

93

 

25

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

14

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

93

 

49

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.) 

 

AA-

15

 

$

5,000,000

 

F

 

93

 

40

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

16

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

93

 

3

 

Pruco Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

17

 

$

400,000

 

F

 

93

 

52

 

Principal Life Insurance Company

 

A+

18

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

93

 

36

 

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)

 

AA-

19

 

$

5,000,000

 

F

 

93

 

20

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

20

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

93

 

20

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

21

 

$

300,000

 

F

 

93

 

13

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

22

 

$

1,682,773

 

F

 

92

 

36

 

Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BBB+

23

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

92

 

34

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

24

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

92

 

19

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

25

 

$

3,100,000

 

F

 

92

 

20

 

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

 

BBB+

26

 

$

1,500,000

 

F

 

92

 

49

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

27

 

$

3,000,000

 

F

 

92

 

23

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

28

 

$

144,000

 

M

 

92

 

44

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

29

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

92

 

34

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

30

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

92

 

6

 

Voya Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company

 

A

31

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

92

 

32

 

Pan-American Assurance Company

 

N/A

32

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

91

 

35

 

United of Omaha Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

33

 

$

3,500,000

 

F

 

91

 

55

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

34

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

91

 

33

 

Allianz Life Insurance Company of North America

 

AA

35

 

$

1,200,000

 

F

 

91

 

26

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

36

 

$

1,200,000

 

F

 

91

 

26

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

37

 

$

375,000

 

M

 

91

 

26

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

38

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

91

 

27

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

39

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

91

 

22

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

40

 

$

5,000,000

 

F

 

91

 

37

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

41

 

$

5,000,000

 

F

 

91

 

14

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

42

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

91

 

56

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

43

 

$

1,203,520

 

M

 

91

 

44

 

Columbus Life Insurance Company

 

AA

30

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

44

 

$

1,350,000

 

F

 

91

 

25

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

45

 

$

3,500,000

 

F

 

91

 

27

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

46

 

$

5,000,000

 

F

 

90

 

33

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

47

 

$

100,000

 

M

 

90

 

22

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

48

 

$

2,500,000

 

F

 

90

 

33

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

49

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

90

 

38

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

50

 

$

4,000,000

 

F

 

90

 

55

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

51

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

90

 

37

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

52

 

$

1,103,922

 

F

 

90

 

45

 

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)

 

AA-

53

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

90

 

48

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

54

 

$

250,000

 

F

 

90

 

48

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

55

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

90

 

27

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

56

 

$

1,050,000

 

M

 

90

 

29

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

57

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

90

 

36

 

AIG Life Insurance Company

 

A+

58

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

90

 

76

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

59

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

90

 

27

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

60

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

90

 

46

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

61

 

$

649,026

 

F

 

90

 

54

 

Midland National Life Insurance Company

 

A+

62

 

$

4,785,380

 

F

 

90

 

28

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

63

 

$

1,803,455

 

F

 

90

 

54

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

64

 

$

1,529,270

 

F

 

90

 

54

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

65

 

$

800,000

 

M

 

90

 

46

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

66

 

$

400,000

 

M

 

90

 

31

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

67

 

$

977,000

 

M

 

90

 

29

 

New York Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

68

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

90

 

26

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

69

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

90

 

36

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

70

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

90

 

20

 

Nationwide Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

A+

71

 

$

2,225,000

 

F

 

90

 

67

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

72

 

$

3,000,000

 

F

 

90

 

64

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

73

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

90

 

31

 

Union Central Life Insurance Company

 

N/A

74

 

$

300,000

 

M

 

90

 

33

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

75

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

90

 

28

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

76

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

90

 

31

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

77

 

$

396,791

 

M

 

90

 

20

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

78

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

90

 

85

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

79

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

90

 

64

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

80

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

89

 

38

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

81

 

$

248,859

 

F

 

89

 

19

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

82

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

89

 

46

 

General American Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

83

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

89

 

51

 

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)

 

AA-

84

 

$

5,000,000

 

F

 

89

 

22

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

85

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

89

 

30

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

86

 

$

1,200,000

 

M

 

89

 

55

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

87

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

89

 

60

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

88

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

89

 

61

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

89

 

$

6,000,000

 

F

 

89

 

41

 

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)

 

AA-

90

 

$

330,000

 

M

 

89

 

52

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

91

 

$

175,000

 

M

 

89

 

52

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

92

 

$

335,000

 

M

 

89

 

52

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

31

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

93

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

89

 

58

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

94

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

89

 

33

 

Beneficial Life Insurance Company

 

N/A

95

 

$

250,000

 

F

 

89

 

33

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

96

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

89

 

24

 

New York Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

97

 

$

1,250,000

 

M

 

89

 

21

 

Columbus Life Insurance Company

 

AA

98

 

$

300,000

 

M

 

89

 

21

 

Columbus Life Insurance Company

 

AA

99

 

$

10,000,000

 

F

 

89

 

71

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

100

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

89

 

47

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

101

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

89

 

36

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

102

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

89

 

36

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

103

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

89

 

81

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

104

 

$

800,000

 

M

 

89

 

39

 

National Western Life Insurance Company

 

A

105

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

89

 

34

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

106

 

$

400,000

 

F

 

89

 

34

 

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

 

BBB+

107

 

$

1,269,017

 

M

 

89

 

19

 

Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BBB+

108

 

$

1,500,000

 

F

 

89

 

37

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

109

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

89

 

37

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

110

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

89

 

27

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

111

 

$

200,000

 

M

 

89

 

33

 

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

 

BBB+

112

 

$

4,445,467

 

M

 

89

 

42

 

Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

A+

113

 

$

7,500,000

 

M

 

89

 

34

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

114

 

$

3,600,000

 

F

 

89

 

50

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

115

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

89

 

62

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

116

 

$

4,513,823

 

F

 

89

 

21

 

Accordia Life and Annuity Company

 

A-

117

 

$

309,000

 

M

 

89

 

21

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

118

 

$

100,000

 

F

 

89

 

40

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

119

 

$

100,000

 

F

 

89

 

40

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

120

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

89

 

58

 

U.S. Financial Life Insurance Company

 

N/A

121

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

89

 

26

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

122

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

88

 

33

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

123

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

88

 

33

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

124

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

88

 

34

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

125

 

$

1,365,000

 

F

 

88

 

75

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

126

 

$

5,000,000

 

F

 

88

 

51

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

127

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

88

 

31

 

Wilton Reassurance Life Insurance Company

 

N/A

128

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

88

 

69

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

129

 

$

200,000

 

F

 

88

 

68

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

130

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

88

 

31

 

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)

 

AA-

131

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

88

 

25

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

132

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

88

 

16

 

State Farm Life Insurance Company

 

AA

133

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

88

 

77

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

134

 

$

209,176

 

M

 

88

 

74

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

135

 

$

8,500,000

 

M

 

88

 

69

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

136

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

88

 

19

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

137

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

88

 

63

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

138

 

$

750,000

 

F

 

88

 

63

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

139

 

$

1,500,000

 

F

 

88

 

63

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

140

 

$

400,000

 

F

 

88

 

63

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

141

 

$

1,250,000

 

F

 

88

 

63

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

32

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

142

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

88

 

34

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

143

 

$

200,000

 

M

 

88

 

54

 

AIG Life Insurance Company

 

A+

144

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

88

 

40

 

Beneficial Life Insurance Company

 

N/A

145

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

88

 

64

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

146

 

$

1,800,000

 

M

 

88

 

36

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

147

 

$

120,500

 

M

 

88

 

23

 

New England Life Insurance Company

 

A+

148

 

$

4,000,000

 

M

 

88

 

34

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

149

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

88

 

70

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

150

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

88

 

70

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

151

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

88

 

70

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

152

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

88

 

41

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

153

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

87

 

21

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

154

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

87

 

55

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

155

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

87

 

37

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

156

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

87

 

37

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

157

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

87

 

23

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

158

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

87

 

66

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

159

 

$

5,000,000

 

F

 

87

 

41

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

160

 

$

3,000,000

 

F

 

87

 

65

 

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)

 

AA-

161

 

$

125,000

 

M

 

87

 

46

 

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

 

AA

162

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

87

 

49

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

163

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

87

 

67

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

164

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

87

 

38

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

165

 

$

2,328,547

 

M

 

87

 

32

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

166

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

87

 

32

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

167

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

87

 

69

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

168

 

$

3,000,000

 

F

 

87

 

46

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

169

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

87

 

54

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

170

 

$

347,211

 

F

 

87

 

23

 

Pruco Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

171

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

87

 

31

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

172

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

87

 

32

 

New England Life Insurance Company

 

A+

173

 

$

4,000,000

 

F

 

87

 

50

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

174

 

$

284,924

 

M

 

87

 

43

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

175

 

$

5,000,000

 

F

 

87

 

73

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

176

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

87

 

45

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

177

 

$

1,750,000

 

M

 

87

 

45

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

178

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

87

 

69

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

179

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

87

 

19

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

180

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

87

 

21

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

181

 

$

1,425,000

 

M

 

87

 

40

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

182

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

87

 

37

 

Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BBB+

183

 

$

800,000

 

M

 

87

 

34

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

184

 

$

5,000,000

 

F

 

86

 

81

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

185

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

86

 

65

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

186

 

$

694,487

 

M

 

86

 

59

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

187

 

$

6,000,000

 

F

 

86

 

102

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

188

 

$

1,433,572

 

M

 

86

 

37

 

Security Mutual Life Insurance Company of NY

 

N/A

189

 

$

1,500,000

 

F

 

86

 

109

 

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

 

BBB+

190

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

86

 

29

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

33

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

191

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

86

 

43

 

Columbus Life Insurance Company

 

AA

192

 

$

750,000

 

M

 

86

 

67

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

193

 

$

4,000,000

 

M

 

86

 

21

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

194

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

86

 

58

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

195

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

86

 

79

 

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

 

BBB+

196

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

86

 

37

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

197

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

86

 

55

 

New York Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

198

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

86

 

68

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

199

 

$

2,400,000

 

M

 

86

 

21

 

Genworth Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

200

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

86

 

71

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

201

 

$

600,000

 

M

 

86

 

80

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

202

 

$

7,600,000

 

F

 

86

 

79

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

203

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

86

 

12

 

Midland National Life Insurance Company

 

A+

204

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

86

 

47

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

205

 

$

450,000

 

M

 

86

 

47

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

206

 

$

2,500,000

 

F

 

86

 

58

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

207

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

86

 

42

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

208

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

86

 

42

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

209

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

86

 

27

 

Genworth Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

210

 

$

1,980,000

 

M

 

86

 

34

 

New York Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

211

 

$

3,000,000

 

F

 

86

 

31

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

212

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

86

 

57

 

American National Insurance Company

 

A

213

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

86

 

60

 

Voya Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company

 

A

214

 

$

1,800,000

 

F

 

86

 

43

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

215

 

$

1,703,959

 

M

 

86

 

52

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

216

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

86

 

39

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

217

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

86

 

8

 

Great Southern Life Insurance Company

 

N/A

218

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

86

 

41

 

Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BBB+

219

 

$

3,500,000

 

F

 

86

 

82

 

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

 

BBB+

220

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

86

 

72

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

221

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

86

 

42

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

222

 

$

300,000

 

M

 

86

 

43

 

New England Life Insurance Company

 

A+

223

 

$

200,000

 

M

 

85

 

57

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

224

 

$

10,000,000

 

M

 

85

 

107

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

225

 

$

80,000

 

F

 

85

 

40

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

226

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

85

 

44

 

Texas Life Insurance Company

 

N/A

227

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

85

 

84

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

228

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

85

 

46

 

National Life Insurance Company

 

A+

229

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

85

 

26

 

U.S. Financial Life Insurance Company

 

N/A

230

 

$

2,147,816

 

F

 

85

 

99

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

231

 

$

4,200,000

 

F

 

85

 

98

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

232

 

$

325,000

 

M

 

85

 

46

 

Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BB-

233

 

$

175,000

 

M

 

85

 

46

 

Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BB-

234

 

$

850,000

 

M

 

85

 

41

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

235

 

$

1,900,000

 

M

 

85

 

48

 

American National Insurance Company

 

A

236

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

85

 

30

 

New York Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

237

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

85

 

30

 

New York Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

238

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

85

 

39

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

239

 

$

385,000

 

M

 

85

 

55

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

34

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

240

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

85

 

55

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

241

 

$

75,000

 

M

 

85

 

34

 

Fidelity and Guaranty Insurance Company

 

BBB-

242

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

85

 

63

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

243

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

85

 

35

 

Ohio State Insurance Company

 

N/A

244

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

85

 

84

 

Banner Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

245

 

$

3,500,000

 

F

 

85

 

70

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

246

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

85

 

82

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

247

 

$

8,500,000

 

M

 

85

 

84

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

248

 

$

3,000,000

 

F

 

85

 

50

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

249

 

$

750,000

 

M

 

85

 

59

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

250

 

$

4,500,000

 

M

 

85

 

55

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

251

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

85

 

35

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

252

 

$

2,275,000

 

M

 

85

 

73

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

253

 

$

120,000

 

F

 

85

 

73

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

254

 

$

77,000

 

F

 

85

 

73

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

255

 

$

10,000,000

 

M

 

85

 

64

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

256

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

85

 

59

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

257

 

$

300,000

 

F

 

85

 

87

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

258

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

85

 

87

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

259

 

$

900,000

 

M

 

85

 

56

 

Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BBB+

260

 

$

340,000

 

F

 

85

 

68

 

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

 

AA

261

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

85

 

75

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

262

 

$

3,500,000

 

M

 

85

 

62

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

263

 

$

6,217,200

 

F

 

85

 

103

 

Phoenix Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

264

 

$

7,600,000

 

M

 

85

 

81

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

265

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

85

 

44

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

266

 

$

1,275,000

 

M

 

85

 

37

 

General American Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

267

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

85

 

79

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

268

 

$

2,247,450

 

F

 

85

 

43

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

269

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

85

 

35

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

270

 

$

750,000

 

M

 

85

 

70

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

271

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

85

 

78

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

272

 

$

400,000

 

M

 

85

 

32

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

273

 

$

3,500,000

 

M

 

85

 

46

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

274

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

85

 

46

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

275

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

84

 

50

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

276

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

84

 

50

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

277

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

84

 

86

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

278

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

84

 

52

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

279

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

84

 

55

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

280

 

$

600,000

 

M

 

84

 

54

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

281

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

84

 

90

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

282

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

84

 

123

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

283

 

$

10,000,000

 

M

 

84

 

55

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

284

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

84

 

134

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

285

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

84

 

59

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

286

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

84

 

69

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

287

 

$

1,995,000

 

F

 

84

 

63

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

288

 

$

838,542

 

M

 

84

 

103

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

35

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

289

 

$

10,000,000

 

M

 

84

 

62

 

New York Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

290

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

84

 

51

 

Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BBB+

291

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

84

 

51

 

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

 

AA

292

 

$

417,300

 

M

 

84

 

82

 

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

 

AA

293

 

$

2,300,000

 

M

 

84

 

10

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

294

 

$

2,500,000

 

F

 

84

 

55

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

295

 

$

5,000,000

 

F

 

84

 

42

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

296

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

84

 

61

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

297

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

84

 

53

 

Ohio National Life Assurance Corporation

 

A+

298

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

84

 

53

 

Ohio National Life Assurance Corporation

 

A+

299

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

84

 

85

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

300

 

$

2,400,000

 

M

 

84

 

55

 

Phoenix Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

301

 

$

350,000

 

M

 

84

 

22

 

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

 

AA

302

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

84

 

74

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

303

 

$

5,000,000

 

F

 

83

 

61

 

Security Mutual Life Insurance Company of NY

 

N/A

304

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

83

 

71

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

305

 

$

6,000,000

 

M

 

83

 

87

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

306

 

$

8,000,000

 

M

 

83

 

67

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

307

 

$

850,000

 

F

 

83

 

81

 

Zurich Life Insurance Company

 

A

308

 

$

550,000

 

M

 

83

 

98

 

Genworth Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

309

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

83

 

47

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

310

 

$

1,680,000

 

F

 

83

 

53

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

311

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

83

 

74

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

312

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

83

 

67

 

New York Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

313

 

$

1,250,000

 

M

 

83

 

83

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

314

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

83

 

62

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

315

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

83

 

41

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

316

 

$

1,600,000

 

M

 

83

 

68

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

317

 

$

1,700,000

 

M

 

83

 

68

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

318

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

83

 

51

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

319

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

83

 

52

 

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

 

BBB+

320

 

$

10,000,000

 

F

 

83

 

50

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

321

 

$

50,000

 

M

 

83

 

69

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

322

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

83

 

92

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

323

 

$

10,000,000

 

M

 

83

 

53

 

Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BBB+

324

 

$

1,750,000

 

M

 

83

 

66

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

325

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

83

 

61

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

326

 

$

300,000

 

F

 

83

 

58

 

Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BBB+

327

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

83

 

80

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

328

 

$

2,502,000

 

M

 

83

 

128

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

329

 

$

170,000

 

F

 

83

 

48

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

330

 

$

240,000

 

M

 

83

 

29

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

331

 

$

10,000,000

 

M

 

83

 

95

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

332

 

$

10,000,000

 

M

 

83

 

88

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

333

 

$

1,210,000

 

M

 

83

 

50

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

334

 

$

3,000,000

 

F

 

83

 

89

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

335

 

$

7,000,000

 

M

 

83

 

69

 

Genworth Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

336

 

$

8,000,000

 

M

 

82

 

109

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

337

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

82

 

39

 

Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BB-

36

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

338

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

82

 

127

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

339

 

$

300,000

 

F

 

82

 

83

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

340

 

$

600,000

 

M

 

82

 

38

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

341

 

$

800,000

 

M

 

82

 

63

 

North American Company for Life And Health Insurance

 

A+

342

 

$

8,000,000

 

F

 

82

 

90

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

343

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

82

 

17

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

344

 

$

3,000,000

 

F

 

82

 

52

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

345

 

$

3,000,000

 

F

 

82

 

52

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

346

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

82

 

73

 

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

 

BBB+

347

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

82

 

77

 

Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

A+

348

 

$

6,000,000

 

M

 

82

 

106

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

349

 

$

320,987

 

F

 

82

 

89

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

350

 

$

130,000

 

M

 

82

 

38

 

Genworth Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

351

 

$

700,000

 

M

 

82

 

84

 

Banner Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

352

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

82

 

84

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

353

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

82

 

117

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

354

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

82

 

74

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

355

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

82

 

66

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

356

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

82

 

66

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

357

 

$

218,362

 

M

 

82

 

113

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

358

 

$

100,000

 

M

 

82

 

69

 

Prudential Insurance Company of America

 

AA-

359

 

$

1,029,871

 

M

 

82

 

124

 

Principal Life Insurance Company

 

A+

360

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

82

 

60

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

361

 

$

1,500,000

 

F

 

82

 

61

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

362

 

$

3,500,000

 

M

 

82

 

68

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

363

 

$

687,006

 

M

 

82

 

66

 

The State Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

364

 

$

250,000

 

F

 

82

 

86

 

Accordia Life and Annuity Company

 

A-

365

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

82

 

106

 

Principal Life Insurance Company

 

A+

366

 

$

200,000

 

M

 

82

 

35

 

Pruco Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

367

 

$

1,700,000

 

M

 

82

 

47

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

368

 

$

180,000

 

F

 

82

 

78

 

Midland National Life Insurance Company

 

A+

369

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

82

 

35

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

370

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

81

 

30

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

371

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

81

 

30

 

Minnesota Life Insurance Company

 

A+

372

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

81

 

30

 

Pruco Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

373

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

81

 

75

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

374

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

81

 

81

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

375

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

81

 

81

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

376

 

$

4,000,000

 

M

 

81

 

66

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

377

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

81

 

60

 

United of Omaha Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

378

 

$

3,601,500

 

M

 

81

 

80

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

379

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

81

 

80

 

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)

 

AA-

380

 

$

200,000

 

M

 

81

 

58

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

381

 

$

150,000

 

M

 

81

 

58

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

382

 

$

150,000

 

M

 

81

 

58

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

383

 

$

350,000

 

M

 

81

 

58

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

384

 

$

1,187,327

 

M

 

81

 

80

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

385

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

81

 

112

 

Principal Life Insurance Company

 

A+

386

 

$

150,000

 

M

 

81

 

77

 

MetLife Insurance Company USA

 

A+

37

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

387

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

81

 

65

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

388

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

81

 

91

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

389

 

$

100,000

 

M

 

81

 

95

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

390

 

$

7,000,000

 

M

 

81

 

71

 

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

 

BBB+

391

 

$

100,000

 

M

 

81

 

52

 

North American Company for Life And Health Insurance

 

A+

392

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

81

 

99

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

393

 

$

6,799,139

 

M

 

81

 

105

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

394

 

$

476,574

 

M

 

81

 

58

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

395

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

81

 

80

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

396

 

$

5,500,000

 

M

 

81

 

105

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

397

 

$

2,250,000

 

M

 

81

 

79

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

398

 

$

4,000,000

 

M

 

81

 

79

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

399

 

$

4,300,000

 

F

 

81

 

94

 

American National Insurance Company

 

A

400

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

81

 

107

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

401

 

$

6,000,000

 

M

 

81

 

103

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

402

 

$

200,000

 

M

 

81

 

52

 

Kansas City Life Insurance Company

 

N/A

403

 

$

200,000

 

M

 

81

 

43

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

404

 

$

6,000,000

 

M

 

81

 

92

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

405

 

$

5,000,000

 

F

 

81

 

101

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

406

 

$

750,000

 

M

 

81

 

55

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

407

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

81

 

80

 

Principal Life Insurance Company

 

A+

408

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

80

 

121

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

409

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

80

 

71

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

410

 

$

70,000

 

M

 

80

 

37

 

Pioneer Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

N/A

411

 

$

800,000

 

F

 

80

 

85

 

Prudential Insurance Company of America

 

AA-

412

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

80

 

65

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

413

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

80

 

54

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

414

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

80

 

74

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

415

 

$

200,000

 

M

 

80

 

84

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

416

 

$

1,250,000

 

M

 

80

 

83

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

417

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

80

 

107

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

418

 

$

800,000

 

M

 

80

 

107

 

Columbus Life Insurance Company

 

AA

419

 

$

3,000,000

 

F

 

80

 

74

 

New York Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

420

 

$

1,009,467

 

M

 

80

 

45

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

421

 

$

4,000,000

 

M

 

80

 

55

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

422

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

80

 

73

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

423

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

80

 

73

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

424

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

80

 

44

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

425

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

80

 

70

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

426

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

80

 

96

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

427

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

80

 

109

 

Columbus Life Insurance Company

 

AA

428

 

$

775,000

 

M

 

80

 

108

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

429

 

$

929,975

 

M

 

80

 

63

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

430

 

$

1,445,000

 

F

 

80

 

89

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

431

 

$

1,500,000

 

F

 

80

 

89

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

432

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

80

 

71

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

433

 

$

325,000

 

M

 

80

 

31

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

434

 

$

3,750,000

 

M

 

80

 

35

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

435

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

80

 

95

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

38

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

436

 

$

550,000

 

M

 

80

 

65

 

Pruco Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

437

 

$

300,000

 

M

 

80

 

65

 

Pruco Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

438

 

$

800,000

 

M

 

80

 

85

 

Minnesota Life Insurance Company

 

A+

439

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

80

 

87

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

440

 

$

1,200,000

 

F

 

80

 

97

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

441

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

80

 

161

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

442

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

80

 

45

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

443

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

80

 

65

 

Ameritas Life Insurance Corporation

 

A+

444

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

80

 

65

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

445

 

$

1,358,500

 

M

 

80

 

65

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

446

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

79

 

121

 

Prudential Insurance Company of America

 

AA-

447

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

79

 

99

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

448

 

$

1,200,000

 

F

 

79

 

118

 

Athene Annuity & Life Assurance Company

 

A-

449

 

$

2,840,000

 

M

 

79

 

78

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

450

 

$

750,000

 

M

 

79

 

75

 

North American Company for Life and Health Insurance

 

A+

451

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

79

 

75

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

452

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

79

 

75

 

North American Company for Life and Health Insurance

 

A+

453

 

$

50,000

 

M

 

79

 

33

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

454

 

$

4,000,000

 

F

 

79

 

79

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

455

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

79

 

62

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

456

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

79

 

87

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

457

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

79

 

87

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

458

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

79

 

105

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

459

 

$

4,000,000

 

M

 

79

 

132

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

460

 

$

300,000

 

M

 

79

 

67

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

461

 

$

1,750,000

 

M

 

79

 

51

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

462

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

79

 

89

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

463

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

79

 

107

 

Principal Life Insurance Company

 

A+

464

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

79

 

126

 

Ohio National Life Assurance Corporation

 

A+

465

 

$

6,250,000

 

M

 

79

 

176

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

466

 

$

750,000

 

M

 

79

 

102

 

General American Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

467

 

$

600,000

 

M

 

79

 

71

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

468

 

$

400,000

 

M

 

79

 

105

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

469

 

$

300,000

 

M

 

78

 

65

 

Penn Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

A+

470

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

78

 

141

 

Accordia Life and Annuity Company

 

A-

471

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

78

 

123

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

472

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

78

 

90

 

Accordia Life and Annuity Company

 

A-

473

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

78

 

84

 

Pruco Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

474

 

$

3,000,000

 

F

 

78

 

93

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

475

 

$

200,000

 

F

 

78

 

131

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

476

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

78

 

121

 

Accordia Life and Annuity Company

 

A-

477

 

$

1,100,000

 

M

 

78

 

125

 

Accordia Life and Annuity Company

 

A-

478

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

78

 

91

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

479

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

78

 

105

 

Accordia Life and Annuity Company

 

A-

480

 

$

2,200,000

 

F

 

78

 

127

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

481

 

$

4,000,000

 

M

 

78

 

56

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

482

 

$

10,000,000

 

M

 

78

 

119

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

483

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

78

 

126

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

484

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

78

 

126

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

39

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

485

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

78

 

115

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

486

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

78

 

118

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

487

 

$

7,000,000

 

F

 

78

 

108

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

488

 

$

100,946

 

F

 

78

 

146

 

Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BB-

489

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

78

 

92

 

Genworth Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

490

 

$

350,000

 

M

 

78

 

98

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

491

 

$

600,000

 

M

 

78

 

98

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

492

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

78

 

71

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

493

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

78

 

105

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

494

 

$

200,000

 

M

 

78

 

104

 

Prudential Insurance Company of America

 

AA-

495

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

78

 

153

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

496

 

$

150,000

 

M

 

78

 

92

 

Genworth Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

497

 

$

490,620

 

M

 

78

 

74

 

Ameritas Life Insurance Corporation

 

A+

498

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

78

 

52

 

Athene Annuity & Life Assurance Company

 

A-

499

 

$

7,097,434

 

M

 

78

 

144

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

500

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

78

 

49

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

501

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

71

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

502

 

$

730,000

 

M

 

77

 

88

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

503

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

135

 

Pruco Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

504

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

114

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

505

 

$

750,000

 

M

 

77

 

100

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

506

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

77

 

91

 

Midland National Life Insurance Company

 

A+

507

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

46

 

Accordia Life and Annuity Company

 

A-

508

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

135

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

509

 

$

200,000

 

M

 

77

 

60

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

510

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

77

 

89

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

511

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

100

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

512

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

100

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

513

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

114

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

514

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

128

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

515

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

128

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

516

 

$

8,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

86

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

517

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

82

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

518

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

146

 

Security Mutual Life Insurance Company of NY

 

N/A

519

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

91

 

Athene Annuity & Life Assurance Company of New York

 

A-

520

 

$

355,700

 

M

 

77

 

96

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

521

 

$

6,500,000

 

F

 

77

 

64

 

General American Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

522

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

75

 

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

 

BBB+

523

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

77

 

127

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

524

 

$

750,000

 

F

 

77

 

72

 

Delaware Life Insurance Company

 

BBB+

525

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

92

 

General American Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

526

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

104

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

527

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

77

 

138

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

528

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

76

 

87

 

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

 

BBB+

529

 

$

600,000

 

M

 

76

 

62

 

United of Omaha Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

530

 

$

100,000

 

M

 

76

 

107

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

531

 

$

3,000,000

 

F

 

76

 

142

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

532

 

$

200,000

 

M

 

76

 

59

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

533

 

$

100,000

 

M

 

76

 

59

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

40

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

534

 

$

3,172,397

 

M

 

76

 

65

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

535

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

76

 

99

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

536

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

76

 

99

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

537

 

$

100,000

 

M

 

76

 

46

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

538

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

76

 

82

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

539

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

76

 

96

 

United of Omaha Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

540

 

$

750,000

 

M

 

76

 

22

 

North American Company for Life And Health Insurance

 

A+

541

 

$

4,000,000

 

F

 

76

 

130

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

542

 

$

300,000

 

M

 

76

 

71

 

AIG Life Insurance Company

 

A+

543

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

76

 

81

 

AIG Life Insurance Company

 

A+

544

 

$

300,000

 

M

 

76

 

30

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

545

 

$

172,245

 

F

 

76

 

48

 

Symetra Life Insurance Company

 

A

546

 

$

5,004,704

 

M

 

76

 

125

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

547

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

76

 

111

 

Pruco Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

548

 

$

415,000

 

M

 

76

 

107

 

AIG Life Insurance Company

 

A+

549

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

76

 

121

 

AIG Life Insurance Company

 

A+

550

 

$

4,000,000

 

M

 

76

 

100

 

Security Mutual Life Insurance Company of NY

 

N/A

551

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

76

 

92

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

552

 

$

10,000,000

 

F

 

76

 

126

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

553

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

76

 

141

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

554

 

$

7,500,000

 

F

 

76

 

164

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

555

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

76

 

65

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

556

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

76

 

66

 

Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BB-

557

 

$

3,000,000

 

F

 

76

 

103

 

General American Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

558

 

$

300,000

 

F

 

76

 

124

 

Minnesota Life Insurance Company

 

A+

559

 

$

667,738

 

M

 

76

 

77

 

MONY Life Insurance Company of America

 

AA-

560

 

$

370,000

 

F

 

76

 

117

 

Minnesota Life Insurance Company

 

A+

561

 

$

4,547,770

 

F

 

75

 

167

 

Principal Life Insurance Company

 

A+

562

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

75

 

80

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

563

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

75

 

101

 

Phoenix Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

564

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

75

 

85

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

565

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

75

 

31

 

Midland National Life Insurance Company

 

A+

566

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

75

 

143

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

567

 

$

750,000

 

M

 

75

 

141

 

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

 

BBB+

568

 

$

150,000

 

M

 

75

 

95

 

Genworth Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

569

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

75

 

90

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

570

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

75

 

65

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

571

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

75

 

135

 

Companion Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

572

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

75

 

131

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

573

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

75

 

54

 

William Penn Life Insurance Company of New York

 

AA-

574

 

$

8,000,000

 

F

 

75

 

122

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

575

 

$

100,000

 

M

 

75

 

35

 

Voya Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company

 

A

576

 

$

250,000

 

F

 

75

 

147

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

577

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

75

 

104

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

578

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

75

 

104

 

New York Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

579

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

75

 

104

 

New York Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

580

 

$

800,000

 

M

 

75

 

114

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

581

 

$

190,000

 

M

 

75

 

95

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

582

 

$

100,000

 

M

 

75

 

142

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

41

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

583

 

$

2,000,072

 

M

 

75

 

159

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

584

 

$

89,626

 

F

 

75

 

109

 

Union Central Life Insurance Company

 

N/A

585

 

$

400,000

 

M

 

75

 

73

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

586

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

75

 

87

 

Delaware Life Insurance Company

 

BBB+

587

 

$

1,784,686

 

M

 

75

 

145

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

588

 

$

100,000

 

M

 

75

 

134

 

Genworth Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

589

 

$

250,000

 

F

 

75

 

163

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

590

 

$

8,000,000

 

M

 

74

 

160

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

591

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

74

 

115

 

Ameritas Life Insurance Corporation

 

A+

592

 

$

370,000

 

M

 

74

 

115

 

Ameritas Life Insurance Corporation

 

A+

593

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

74

 

112

 

United of Omaha Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

594

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

74

 

90

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

595

 

$

1,841,877

 

M

 

74

 

112

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

596

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

74

 

98

 

William Penn Life Insurance Company of New York

 

AA-

597

 

$

100,000

 

M

 

74

 

102

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

598

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

74

 

120

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

599

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

74

 

96

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

600

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

74

 

126

 

Pruco Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

601

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

74

 

99

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

602

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

74

 

73

 

Phoenix Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

603

 

$

8,600,000

 

M

 

74

 

143

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

604

 

$

485,000

 

M

 

74

 

145

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

605

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

74

 

97

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

606

 

$

100,000

 

M

 

74

 

96

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

607

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

74

 

118

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

608

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

74

 

118

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

609

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

74

 

118

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

610

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

74

 

119

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

611

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

74

 

119

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

612

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

74

 

123

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

613

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

74

 

129

 

Banner Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

614

 

$

800,000

 

M

 

74

 

77

 

Commonwealth Annuity and Life Insurance Company

 

A-

615

 

$

300,000

 

M

 

74

 

103

 

New England Life Insurance Company

 

A+

616

 

$

1,167,000

 

M

 

74

 

44

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

617

 

$

3,042,627

 

M

 

74

 

103

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

618

 

$

450,000

 

M

 

74

 

110

 

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

 

AA

619

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

74

 

102

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

620

 

$

10,000,000

 

M

 

74

 

136

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

621

 

$

10,000,000

 

M

 

74

 

110

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

622

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

73

 

45

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

623

 

$

750,000

 

M

 

73

 

122

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

624

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

73

 

95

 

Accordia Life and Annuity Company

 

A-

625

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

73

 

152

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

626

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

73

 

93

 

New York Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

627

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

73

 

93

 

New York Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

628

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

73

 

121

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

629

 

$

250,000

 

F

 

73

 

101

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

630

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

73

 

107

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

631

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

73

 

107

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

42

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

632

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

73

 

113

 

Voya Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company

 

A

633

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

73

 

113

 

Voya Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company

 

A

634

 

$

390,025

 

M

 

73

 

137

 

Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BB-

635

 

$

230,000

 

M

 

73

 

109

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

636

 

$

139,398

 

F

 

73

 

18

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

637

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

73

 

29

 

North American Company for Life and Health Insurance

 

A+

638

 

$

600,000

 

M

 

73

 

29

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

639

 

$

300,000

 

M

 

73

 

107

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

640

 

$

190,000

 

F

 

73

 

183

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

641

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

73

 

61

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

642

 

$

160,000

 

M

 

73

 

85

 

RiverSource Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

643

 

$

267,988

 

M

 

73

 

46

 

Minnesota Life Insurance Company

 

A+

644

 

$

75,000

 

F

 

73

 

94

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

645

 

$

600,000

 

M

 

73

 

78

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

646

 

$

4,000,000

 

M

 

73

 

133

 

MONY Life Insurance Company of America

 

AA-

647

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

73

 

151

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

648

 

$

1,000,000

 

F

 

73

 

136

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

649

 

$

420,000

 

M

 

73

 

114

 

RiverSource Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

650

 

$

4,000,000

 

M

 

73

 

139

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

651

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

72

 

44

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

652

 

$

650,000

 

F

 

72

 

65

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

653

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

72

 

122

 

AIG Life Insurance Company

 

A+

654

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

72

 

112

 

Ohio National Life Assurance Corporation

 

A+

655

 

$

400,000

 

M

 

72

 

187

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

656

 

$

232,000

 

M

 

72

 

171

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

657

 

$

185,000

 

M

 

72

 

123

 

Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BB-

658

 

$

750,000

 

M

 

72

 

117

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

659

 

$

1,350,000

 

M

 

72

 

93

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

660

 

$

1,250,000

 

M

 

72

 

93

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

661

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

72

 

172

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

662

 

$

1,500,000

 

F

 

72

 

145

 

Pruco Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

663

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

72

 

84

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

664

 

$

2,400,000

 

M

 

72

 

85

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

665

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

72

 

86

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

666

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

72

 

86

 

North American Company for Life And Health Insurance

 

A+

667

 

$

10,000,000

 

M

 

72

 

160

 

Principal Life Insurance Company

 

A+

668

 

$

420,000

 

M

 

72

 

123

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

669

 

$

100,000

 

M

 

72

 

39

 

Genworth Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BB-

670

 

$

300,000

 

M

 

72

 

39

 

Genworth Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

671

 

$

314,000

 

M

 

72

 

131

 

Genworth Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

672

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

72

 

131

 

Genworth Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

673

 

$

150,000

 

M

 

72

 

28

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

674

 

$

150,000

 

M

 

72

 

28

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

675

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

72

 

48

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

676

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

72

 

107

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

677

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

72

 

107

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

678

 

$

100,000

 

M

 

72

 

129

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

679

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

72

 

143

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

680

 

$

250,000

 

F

 

71

 

113

 

Ohio National Life Assurance Corporation

 

A+

43

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

681

 

$

57,500

 

M

 

71

 

87

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

682

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

71

 

161

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

683

 

$

6,000,000

 

M

 

71

 

186

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

684

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

71

 

148

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

685

 

$

400,000

 

M

 

71

 

153

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

686

 

$

100,000

 

M

 

71

 

93

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

687

 

$

92,000

 

F

 

71

 

191

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

688

 

$

300,000

 

M

 

71

 

187

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

689

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

71

 

152

 

Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BBB+

690

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

71

 

65

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

691

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

71

 

92

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

692

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

71

 

154

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

693

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

71

 

176

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

694

 

$

1,500,000

 

M

 

71

 

98

 

Midland National Life Insurance Company

 

A+

695

 

$

202,700

 

M

 

71

 

109

 

Farmers New World Life Insurance Company

 

N/A

696

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

71

 

103

 

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

 

BBB+

697

 

$

700,000

 

M

 

71

 

109

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

698

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

147

 

Guardian Life Insurance Company of America

 

AA+

699

 

$

385,741

 

M

 

70

 

93

 

Security Life of Denver Insurance Company

 

A

700

 

$

750,000

 

M

 

70

 

127

 

North American Company for Life And Health Insurance

 

A+

701

 

$

100,000

 

F

 

70

 

157

 

North American Company for Life and Health Insurance

 

A+

702

 

$

1,532,043

 

M

 

70

 

145

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

703

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

179

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

704

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

80

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

705

 

$

4,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

125

 

MetLife Insurance Company USA

 

A+

706

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

80

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

707

 

$

200,000

 

M

 

70

 

172

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

708

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

164

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

709

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

106

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

710

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

106

 

Genworth Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

711

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

110

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

712

 

$

4,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

110

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

713

 

$

175,000

 

F

 

70

 

103

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

714

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

155

 

Accordia Life and Annuity Company

 

A-

715

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

56

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

716

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

123

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

717

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

123

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

718

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

74

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

719

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

74

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

720

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

70

 

145

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

721

 

$

400,000

 

F

 

70

 

134

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

722

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

70

 

152

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

723

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

69

 

39

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

724

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

69

 

142

 

State Farm Life Insurance Company

 

AA

725

 

$

200,000

 

M

 

69

 

142

 

State Farm Life Insurance Company

 

AA

726

 

$

1,200,000

 

M

 

69

 

118

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

727

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

69

 

130

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

728

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

69

 

151

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

729

 

$

250,000

 

F

 

69

 

68

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

44

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

730

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

69

 

153

 

Pruco Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

731

 

$

2,500,000

 

M

 

69

 

153

 

Pruco Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

732

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

69

 

141

 

Genworth Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

733

 

$

1,200,000

 

M

 

69

 

141

 

Genworth Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

734

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

69

 

37

 

Voya Retirement Insurance and Annuity Company

 

A

735

 

$

750,000

 

M

 

69

 

153

 

Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

736

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

69

 

164

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

737

 

$

250,000

 

F

 

69

 

149

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

738

 

$

150,000

 

M

 

69

 

111

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

739

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

69

 

139

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

740

 

$

100,000

 

M

 

69

 

116

 

Phoenix Life Insurance Company

 

BB-

741

 

$

13,250,000

 

M

 

69

 

199

 

TIAA-CREF Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

742

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

69

 

112

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

743

 

$

156,538

 

F

 

69

 

100

 

New York Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

744

 

$

560,000

 

M

 

69

 

109

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

745

 

$

1,100,000

 

M

 

69

 

146

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

746

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

69

 

185

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

747

 

$

300,000

 

M

 

69

 

86

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

748

 

$

400,000

 

M

 

68

 

183

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

749

 

$

3,000,000

 

M

 

68

 

94

 

Reliastar Life Insurance Company

 

A

750

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

68

 

94

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

751

 

$

2,000,000

 

M

 

68

 

94

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

752

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

68

 

43

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

753

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

68

 

73

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

754

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

68

 

97

 

Athene Annuity & Life Assurance Company

 

A-

755

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

68

 

141

 

Sun Life Assurance Company of Canada (U.S.)

 

AA-

756

 

$

900,000

 

M

 

68

 

172

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

757

 

$

846,510

 

M

 

68

 

121

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

758

 

$

846,210

 

M

 

68

 

121

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

759

 

$

5,000,000

 

M

 

68

 

113

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

760

 

$

600,000

 

M

 

68

 

80

 

William Penn Life Insurance Company of New York

 

AA-

761

 

$

229,725

 

F

 

68

 

99

 

Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BBB+

762

 

$

105,798

 

F

 

68

 

127

 

Lincoln Benefit Life Company

 

BBB+

763

 

$

67,602

 

F

 

68

 

127

 

Allstate Life Insurance Company of New York

 

A+

764

 

$

1,000,000

 

M

 

68

 

102

 

The Savings Bank Life Insurance Company of Massachusetts

 

A-

765

 

$

5,616,468

 

M

 

68

 

174

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

766

 

$

4,383,532

 

M

 

68

 

174

 

John Hancock Life Insurance Company (U.S.A.)

 

AA-

767

 

$

320,000

 

M

 

68

 

154

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

768

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

68

 

155

 

Pruco Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

769

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

68

 

190

 

Zurich Life Insurance Company

 

A

770

 

$

750,000

 

M

 

67

 

78

 

Massachusetts Mutual Life Insurance Company

 

AA+

771

 

$

350,000

 

F

 

67

 

79

 

Assurity Life Insurance Company

 

N/A

772

 

$

492,547

 

M

 

67

 

90

 

AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

773

 

$

320,581

 

M

 

67

 

20

 

American General Life Insurance Company

 

A+

774

 

$

400,000

 

M

 

67

 

125

 

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

 

AA

775

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

67

 

163

 

Banner Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

776

 

$

350,000

 

M

 

67

 

91

 

RiverSource Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

777

 

$

989,361

 

M

 

67

 

142

 

General American Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

45

 

 

Face Amount

 

Gender

 

Age
(ALB)

 

LE
(mo.) (1)

 

Insurance Company

 

S&P
Rating

778

 

$

200,000

 

M

 

67

 

155

 

Prudential Insurance Company of America

 

AA-

779

 

$

200,000

 

M

 

67

 

155

 

Prudential Insurance Company of America

 

AA-

780

 

$

750,000

 

M

 

67

 

121

 

Pacific Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

781

 

$

500,000

 

F

 

67

 

124

 

AIG Life Insurance Company

 

A+

782

 

$

650,000

 

M

 

67

 

177

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

783

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

66

 

140

 

Conseco Life Insurance Company

 

BBB+

784

 

$

2,000,000

 

F

 

66

 

168

 

Metropolitan Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

785

 

$

250,000

 

F

 

66

 

171

 

Principal Life Insurance Company

 

A+

786

 

$

500,000

 

M

 

66

 

69

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

787

 

$

265,000

 

M

 

66

 

151

 

Protective Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

788

 

$

250,000

 

M

 

66

 

113

 

Transamerica Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

789

 

$

10,000,000

 

M

 

66

 

58

 

Lincoln National Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

790

 

$

540,000

 

M

 

66

 

164

 

West Coast Life Insurance Company

 

AA-

791

 

$

350,000

 

M

 

65

 

116

 

Hartford Life and Annuity Insurance Company

 

BBB+

792

 

$

3,500,000

 

M

 

65

 

192

 

Prudential Insurance Company of America

 

AA-

793

 

$

150,000

 

M

 

60

 

90

 

Jackson National Life Insurance Company

 

AA

 

 

$

1,525,362,833

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

____________

(ALB)       Age Last Birthday — the insured’s age is current as of the measurement date.

(1)       The insured’s life expectancy estimate, other than for a small face value insurance policy (i.e., a policy with $1 million in face value benefits or less), is the average of two life expectancy estimates provided by independent third-party medical-actuarial underwriting firms at the time of purchase, actuarially adjusted through the measurement date. Numbers in this column represent months.

Competition

We encounter significant competition from numerous companies in the life insurance secondary market, including hedge funds, investment banks, secured lenders, specialty life insurance finance companies and life insurance companies. Many of these competitors have greater financial and other resources than we do and may have significantly lower cost of funds because they have greater access to insured deposits or the capital markets. Moreover, some of these competitors have significant cash reserves and can better fund shortfalls in collections that might have a more pronounced impact on companies such as ours. They may also have greater market share. In the event that better-financed life insurance companies make a significant effort to compete against our business or the secondary market in general, we would experience significant challenges with our business model.

Competition can take many forms, including the pricing of the financing, transaction structuring, timeliness and responsiveness in processing a seller’s application, and customer service. Some competitors may outperform us in these areas. Some competitors target the same type of life insurance clients as we do and generally have operated in the markets we service for a longer period of time. Increased competition may result in increased costs of purchasing policies or may affect the availability and quality of policies that are available for our purchase. These factors could adversely affect our profitability by reducing our return on investment or increasing our risk.

As we enter new markets, we expect to experience significant competition from incumbent market participants. Our ability to compete in these markets will be dependent upon our ability to deliver value-added products and services to the customers we serve. Even still, our competitors in these markets may have greater financial, market share and other resources than we do. These factors could adversely affect our profitability by reducing our return on investment or increasing our risk as we enter these markets.

Government Regulation

Our business is highly regulated at the state level with respect to life insurance assets, and at the federal level with respect to the issuance of securities. At the state level, states generally subject us to laws and regulations requiring us to obtain specific licenses or approvals to purchase or issue life insurance policies in those states. State statutes typically provide state regulatory agencies with significant powers to interpret, administer and enforce the laws relating to the

46

life insurance industry. Under this authority, state regulators have broad discretionary power and may impose new licensing and other requirements, and interpret or enforce existing regulatory requirements in new and different ways. Any of these new requirements, interpretations or enforcement directives could be adverse to our industry, even in a material way. Furthermore, because the life insurance secondary market is relatively new and because of the history of certain abuses in the industry, we believe it is likely that state regulation will increase and grow more complex in the foreseeable future. We cannot, however, predict what any new regulation would specifically involve or how it might affect our industry or our business.

State regulation more generally affecting life insurance assets (and not necessarily directed at the life insurance secondary market itself) may also affect our industry and business in negative ways. For example, we are aware of recent legislative efforts in some states to mandate the sale or liquidation of life insurance policies as a precondition to eligibility for health care under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act. These kinds of laws, if passed, may adversely affect the number of life insurance policies available for purchase.

Although the federal laws and regulations do not directly affect life insurance, in some cases the purchase of a variable life insurance policy may constitute a transaction involving a “security” that is governed by federal securities laws. While we presently hold few variable life insurance policies, our holding of a significant amount of such policies in the future could cause our company or one of our subsidiaries to be characterized as an “investment company” under the federal Investment Company Act of 1940. The application of that law to all or part of our businesses — whether due to our purchase of life insurance policies or to the expansion of the definition of “securities” under federal securities laws — could require us to comply with detailed and complex regulatory requirements, and cause us to fall out of compliance with certain covenants under our senior credit facility. Such an outcome could negatively affect our liquidity and increase our cost of capital and operational expenses, all of which would adversely affect our operating results. It is possible that such an outcome could even threaten the viability of our business and our ability to satisfy our obligations as they come due.

We hold licenses to purchase life insurance policies in 37 states and can also purchase in the eight unregulated states. At times, we may work with licensed entities to purchase a policy in a state where we are not licensed.

Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA)

HIPAA requires that holders of medical records maintain such records and implement procedures designed to assure the privacy of patient records. In order to carry out our business, we receive medical records and obtain a release to share such records with a defined group of persons, take on the responsibility for preserving the privacy of that information, and use the information only for purposes related to the life insurance policies we own.

The Genetic Information Nondiscrimination Act of 2008 (GINA)

GINA is a federal law that protects people from genetic discrimination in health insurance and employment. GINA prohibits health insurers from: (i) requesting, requiring, or using genetic information to make decisions about eligibility for health insurance; or (ii) making decisions on the health insurance premium, contribution amounts, or coverage terms they offer to consumers. This means it is against the law for health insurance companies to use a genetic test result or family health history to deny health insurance, or to decide how much to charge for health insurance. In addition, GINA makes it against the law for health insurers to consider family history or a genetic test result, a pre-existing condition, require a genetic test, or use any genetic information, to discriminate coverage, even if the health insurance company did not mean to collect such genetic information.

GINA does not apply to the life insurance, long-term care or annuity industries. The life insurance, long-term care or annuity industries are founded on medical-evidenced underwriting principles in which specific medical conditions are taken into account when assessing and pricing risk. The regulation of genomic data is relatively new, and we believe it is likely that regulation will increase and grow more complex in the foreseeable future. We cannot, however, predict what any new law or regulation would specifically involve or how it might affect our industry, our business, or our future plans.

Employees

We employ approximately 76 employees.

47

Properties

Our principal executive offices are located at 220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402. At that location, we lease 17,687 square feet of space for a lease term expiring in 2025. We believe that these facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional space will be available as needed.

Company Website Access and SEC Filings

Our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to reports filed pursuant to Sections 13(a) and 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are filed with the SEC. We are subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and file or furnish reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC.

Our general website address is www.gwgh.com . Our website has a wealth of information about our company, its mission, and our specialty finance business. Our website also has tools that could be used by our potential clients, financial advisors and investors alike.

48

DESCRIPTION OF THE L BONDS

General

The L Bonds are secured obligations of GWG Holdings. The L Bonds will be issued under the indenture between us and Bank of Utah as the indenture trustee, dated October 19, 2011, as amended or supplemented from time to time, including by that certain Amendment No. 3 to Indenture to be entered into in connection with this offering of L Bonds (referred to collectively herein as the “indenture”). The terms and conditions of the L Bonds include those stated in the indenture and those made part of the indenture by reference to the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. The following is a summary of the material provisions of the indenture. For a complete understanding of the L Bonds, you should review the definitive terms and conditions contained in the indenture, which include definitions of certain terms used below. A copy of the indenture has been filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and is available from us at no charge upon request.

The following is a summary of the material terms associated with the L Bonds:

         The L Bonds are general secured obligations of GWG Holdings. The obligations are secured by a grant of a security interest in all of the assets of GWG Holdings, which assets will serve as collateral for our obligations under the L Bonds. This grant of a security interest is effected pursuant to a pledge and security agreement attached to the indenture.

         The L Bonds are fully and unconditionally guaranteed by our wholly owned direct subsidiary, GWG Life, but otherwise are not guaranteed by any other person or entity. The guarantee is backed by a grant of a security interest in all of the assets of GWG Life, which assets will serve as additional collateral for our obligations under the L Bonds. Chief among these assets is GWG Life’s ownership interest in DLP IV. This guarantee is effected pursuant to provisions contained in the indenture.

         The L Bonds are also secured by a pledge of the equity ownership interests in GWG Holdings beneficially owned by its principal stockholders — Jon R. Sabes and Steven F. Sabes — which pledge is effected pursuant to a pledge and security agreement attached to the indenture.

         Through DLP IV, we are party to a $172.3 million senior credit facility with LNV/CLMG. The amount outstanding under this facility was $155.6 million at June 30, 2017 and $162.7 million at December 31, 2016. The L Bonds will also be junior to any other senior lending facility we may later obtain.

         The L Bonds are not savings accounts, certificates of deposit (CDs) or other forms of “deposits,” and are not insured by the FDIC or any other governmental agency.

         The L Bonds are not directly secured by any life insurance assets not owned by GWG Life. Substantially all of our life insurance assets are held by DLP IV. Although GWG Life’s equity ownership interest in DLP IV is an asset in which GWG Life has, pursuant to its guarantee, granted a security interest to serve as collateral for obligations under the L Bonds, the payment on such equity interest will be subordinate to the interests of creditors of DLP IV, including our senior creditor LNV/CLMG.

         The L Bonds do not have the benefit of a “sinking fund” for the retirement of principal.

         The L Bonds are not convertible into our capital stock or other securities.

         We have the option to call and redeem the entire outstanding principal balance and accrued but unpaid interest of any L Bonds at any time and without premium or penalty. If we elect to call and redeem your L Bonds, those redeemed L Bonds will cease to accrue interest after the redemption date under the terms and subject to the conditions of the indenture.

         Except in limited circumstances (death, bankruptcy or total permanent disability), L Bond holders will have no right to require us to redeem any L Bond prior to its maturity date. Any early redemption will be for the total outstanding principal balance and accrued but unpaid interest. If we in our sole discretion nonetheless elect to accommodate a redemption request, we will redeem the entire (but not less than the entire) outstanding principal balance and accrued but unpaid interest of the L Bonds and may impose a redemption fee of 6% against the outstanding principal balance of the L Bond redeemed. This fee will be subtracted from the amount paid to you.

49

The L Bonds will be represented by “Units,” with each whole Unit representing $1,000 in principal amount (USD) of L Bonds. Accordingly, L Bond Units will be sold at 100% of their principal face amount. Throughout this prospectus, we refer to L Bond Units simply as “L Bonds.” The minimum investment amount in the L Bonds will be 25 Units, or $25,000. Above that minimum amount, L Bonds may be purchased in whole or fractional Units. Subject to the minimum investment amount, you may select the principal amount and term of the L Bonds (ranging from two to seven years) you would like to purchase when you subscribe. The interest rate of your L Bonds will remain fixed until maturity. Depending on our capital requirements, we may not, however, always offer L Bonds with the particular terms you seek. See “Description of the L Bonds — Interest Rate and Maturity” below.

Upon acceptance of your subscription, we will create an account in a book-entry registration and transfer system for you, and credit the principal amount of your subscription to your account. We will also send you a purchase confirmation that will indicate our acceptance of your subscription. If your subscription is rejected, all funds deposited will be promptly returned to you without any interest. See “— Registration and Exchange” below. Alternatively, you may subscribe for L Bonds as a direct participant with Depository Trust Company (DTC settlement). See “Plan of Distribution — Settlement Procedures” for more information.

Investors whose subscriptions for L Bonds have been accepted and anyone who subsequently acquires L Bonds in a qualified transfer are referred to as “holders” or “registered holders” in this prospectus. We may modify or supplement the terms of the L Bonds described in this prospectus from time to time in a supplement to the indenture and a supplement to this prospectus. Except as set forth under “— Amendment, Supplement and Waiver” below, any modification or amendment will not affect L Bonds outstanding at the time of such modification or amendment.

The L Bonds are transferable pursuant to the terms of the indenture. The L Bonds may be transferred or exchanged for other L Bonds of the same series and class of a like aggregate principal amount (i.e., the same number of Units) subject to limitations contained in the indenture. We will not charge a fee for any registration, transfer or exchange of L Bonds. However, we may require the holder to pay any tax, assessment fee, or other governmental charge required in connection with any registration, transfer or exchange of L Bonds. The registered holder of any L Bonds will be treated as the owner of such L Bond Units for all purposes.

Denomination

You may purchase L Bonds in the minimum amount of 25 Units, representing a minimum principal amount of $25,000, and in any whole or fractional Unit amounts in excess thereof. You will determine the exact number of L Bond Units you purchase when you subscribe. You may not cumulate multiple purchases L Bond Units in amounts less than 25 Units to satisfy the 25 Unit minimum requirement. In our discretion, however, we may waive the 25 Unit minimum purchase requirement for any investor.

Term

We may offer L Bonds with the following terms to maturity: two years, three years, five years, and seven years.

You will select the term of the L Bonds you purchase when you subscribe. You may purchase multiple L Bonds with different terms by filling in investment amounts for more than one term on your Subscription Agreement. Nevertheless, during this offering we may not always offer L Bonds with each of the maturity terms outlined above.

The actual maturity date will be on the last day of the month in which the L Bond matures (i.e., the month in which the L Bond’s term ends). For example, if you select a two-year term and your L Bond becomes effective on January 1, 2018, then the actual maturity date will be January 31, 2020. After actual maturity, we will pay all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest on the L Bond no later than the fifth day of the calendar month next following its maturity (or the first business day following the fifth day of such month). So, in the case of an L Bond with a maturity date of January 31, 2020, actual payment will be made on or prior to February 5, 2020 (unless such date is not a business day, in which case actual payment will be made on the next business day). The L Bonds do not earn interest after the maturity date or any date set for prepayment.

Should the original L Bond holder (x) no longer be the holder of the L Bond or (y) be unavailable, or a change in payee be necessary, such as in the case of a surviving estate, we may require a copy of the executed assignment to any transferee, or an order from a court or probate commission, as the case may be, in order that we know the principal is returned to the rightful party.

50

Interest Rate

The rate of interest we will offer to pay on L Bonds at any particular time will vary based upon market conditions, and will be determined by the term to maturity of the L Bonds, our capital requirements and other factors described below. The interest rate on particular L Bonds will be determined at the time of subscription or renewal and then remain fixed for the original or renewal term of the L Bond. We will establish and may change the interest rates payable for L Bonds of various terms and at various investment levels in an interest rate supplement to this prospectus.

We may offer L Bonds that earn incrementally higher interest rates when, at the time they are purchased or renewed, the aggregate principal amount of the L Bond portfolio of the holder increases. If applicable, the interest rates payable at each level of investment will be set forth in an interest rate supplement to this prospectus. We may change the interest rate for any or all maturities to reflect market conditions at any time by supplementing this prospectus. If we change the interest rates, the interest rate on L Bonds issued before the date of the change will not be affected.

Payments on the L Bonds; Paying Agent and Registrar

Investors will have the opportunity to select whether interest on their L Bonds will be paid monthly or annually. For investors using direct settlement with the Company, this selection opportunity will be presented in the Subscription Agreement.

Interest will accrue on the L Bonds at the stated rate from and including the effective date of the L Bond until maturity. The effective date of an L Bond will be as follows:

         If you purchase an L Bond through DTC settlement, the effective date of your L Bond purchase will be the date your subscription is accepted by the Company.

         If you purchase an L Bond through direct settlement with the Company, the effective date of your L Bond purchase will be the following, as applicable: (i) in cases where you pay for your bond via wire transfer directly to us, the first business day of the next calendar month after which we receive the wire; (ii) in cases where you pay for your bond by bank draft directly to us, the first business day of the next calendar month after which we receive the draft; or (iii) in cases where you pay for your bond by personal check, the first business day of the calendar month that is at least five full business days after which we receive the check. In all cases involving direct settlement with the Company, we must also have received and accepted your completed and executed Subscription Agreement.

Interest payments on L Bonds will be paid on the 15 th day immediately following the last day of the applicable interest payment period. Interest will be paid without any compounding. The first payment of interest will include interest for the partial period in which the purchase occurred. The indenture provides that all interest will be calculated based on a year with twelve 30-day months.

If you purchase your L Bond Units through direct settlement, we will pay the principal of, and interest on, L Bonds by direct deposit to the account you specify in your Subscription Agreement. We will not accept subscriptions from investors who are not willing to receive their interest payments via direct deposit. If the foregoing payment method is not available, principal and interest payments on the L Bonds will be payable at our principal executive office or at such other place as we may designate for payment purposes. If you purchase your L Bond Units through DTC settlement, our payments of principal and interest will be paid to the depositary (DTC) and then be credited to your brokerage or custodial account through the DTC procedures followed by your brokerage firm or custodian. For more information, please see “Registration and Exchange — Global Certificates Deposited with DTC” below.

We will withhold 28% of any interest payable to any investor who has not provided us with a social security number, employer identification number, or other satisfactory equivalent in the Subscription Agreement (or another document) or where the IRS has notified us that backup withholding is otherwise required. Please see “Material Federal Income Tax Considerations — Backup Withholding and Information Reporting.”

51

Registration and Exchange

The L Bonds that we settle directly will generally be issued in book-entry form, which means that no physical L Bond is created, subject, however, to limited exceptions described in the indenture. The L Bonds settled through DTC settlement will be represented by global certificates deposited with the depositary as described below.

Book-Entry Registration

Evidence of your ownership will be provided by written confirmation. As described below, holders may, under certain circumstance described below, opt to receive physical delivery of a certificated security that evidences their L Bonds. Otherwise, the issuance and transfer of L Bonds will be accomplished exclusively through the crediting and debiting of the appropriate accounts in our book-entry registration and transfer system.

The holders of the accounts established upon the purchase or transfer of L Bonds will be deemed to be the owners of the L Bonds under the indenture. The holder of the L Bonds must rely upon the procedures established by the trustee to exercise any rights of a holder of L Bonds under the indenture. We will regularly provide the trustee with information regarding the establishment of new accounts and the transfer of existing accounts.

On or prior to any interest payment date or upon redemption, we will also provide the trustee with information regarding the total amount of any principal and interest due to holders of L Bonds. On each interest payment date, we will credit interest due on each account and direct payments to the holders. We will determine the interest payments to be made to the book-entry accounts and maintain, supervise and review any records relating to book-entry accounts for the L Bonds.

Book-entry notations in the accounts evidencing ownership of the L Bonds are exchangeable for certificated L Bonds only: (i) at the request of the holder, at the end of the Company’s next fiscal quarter; or (ii) after the occurrence of an event of default under the indenture, if holders of more than 50% of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the L Bonds advise the trustee in writing that the continuation of a book-entry system is no longer in the best interests of the holders of L Bonds. In its discretion, the Company may elect to terminate the book-entry system and replace book-entry notations with physical certificates.

Global Certificates Deposited with DTC

L Bonds may be issued in the form fully registered global certificates deposited with, or on behalf of, The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), New York, NY, and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. Unless and until exchanged, in whole or in part, for L Bonds in definitive registered form, a global certificate may not be transferred except as a whole by the depositary to a nominee of such depositary, by a nominee of such depositary to such depositary or another nominee of such depositary, or by such depositary or any nominee of such depositary to a successor of such depositary or a nominee of such successor.

DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC was created to hold securities of its participants and to facilitate the clearance and settlement of securities transactions, such as transfers and pledges, among its participants in such securities through electronic computerized book-entry changes in accounts of the participants, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities certificates. DTC’s participants include securities brokers and dealers (including the managing broker-dealer), banks, trust companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations, some of whom own DTC. Access to DTC’s book-entry system is also available to others, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a participant, either directly or indirectly. The rules applicable to DTC and its participants are on file with the SEC.

If available, purchases of L Bonds within the DTC system must be made by or through direct participants, which will receive a credit for the L Bonds on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each beneficial owner of the L Bonds will be recorded on the direct and indirect participants’ records. Beneficial owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of their purchases, but beneficial owners are expected to receive written confirmations providing details of the transactions, as well as periodic statements of their holdings, from the direct or indirect participants through

52

which the beneficial owners entered into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the L Bonds are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of participants acting on behalf of beneficial owners.

To facilitate subsequent transfers, all L Bonds deposited by participants with DTC will be registered in the name of DTC’s nominee, Cede & Co. The deposit of L Bonds with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co. will effect no change in beneficial ownership. DTC will have no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the L Bonds. DTC’s records will reflect only the identity of the direct participants to whose accounts such notes are credited, which may or may not be the beneficial owners. The participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.

Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to direct participants, by direct participants to indirect participants and by direct and indirect participants to beneficial owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.

We will make payments due on the notes to Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC, in immediately available funds. DTC’s practice is to credit direct participants’ accounts, upon DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detailed information, on the relevant payment date in accordance with their respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by participants to beneficial owners will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is the case with securities held for the account of customers in bearer form or registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such participant and not our responsibility or that of DTC, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time. Payment to Cede & Co. is our responsibility. Disbursement of such payments to direct participants is the responsibility of Cede & Co. Thereafter, disbursement of such payments to the beneficial owners is the responsibility of direct and indirect participants (i.e., brokers, dealers and custodians).

Except as provided herein, a beneficial owner of an interest in a global certificate will not be entitled to receive physical delivery of the L Bonds. Accordingly, each beneficial owner must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights under the L Bonds. The laws of some jurisdictions require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of securities in definitive form. Such laws may impair the ability to transfer beneficial interests in a global certificate.

As long as the depositary, or its nominee, is the registered holder of a global certificate, the depositary or such nominee will be considered the sole owner and holder of the L Bonds represented thereby for all purposes under the L bonds and the indenture. Except in the limited circumstances referred to below, owners of beneficial interests in a global certificate will not be entitled to have such global certificate or any L Bonds represented thereby registered in their names, will not receive or be entitled to receive physical delivery of certificated L Bonds in exchange for the global certificate and will not be considered to be the owners or holders of such global certificate or any certificates represented thereby for any purpose under the L Bonds or the indenture. Accordingly, each person owning a beneficial interest in such global certificate must rely on the procedures of the depositary and, if such person is not a participant, on the procedures of the participant through which such person owns its interest to exercise any rights of a holder under the indenture.

If the depositary for a global certificate representing L Bonds is at any time unwilling or unable to continue as depositary and a successor depositary is not appointed by us within 90 days, we will issue L Bonds in definitive form in exchange for such global certificate. In addition, we may at any time and in our sole discretion determine not to have the L Bonds represented by one or more global certificates and, in such event, we will issue the notes in definitive form in exchange for all of the global certificates representing the L Bonds. Finally, if an event of default, or an event which with the giving of notice or lapse of time or both would constitute an event of default, with respect to the L Bonds represented by a global certificate has occurred and is continuing, then we will issue L Bonds in definitive form in exchange for all of the global certificates representing the notes.

Although DTC has agreed to the procedures provided above in order to facilitate transfers, it is under no obligation to perform these procedures, and these procedures may be modified or discontinued at any time.

Limited Rescission Right

If you are purchasing L Bonds through direct settlement with the Company and your Subscription Agreement is accepted at a time when we have determined that a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part must be filed with the SEC, but such post-effective amendment has not yet been declared

53

effective, we will send to you at your registered address a notice and a copy of the related prospectus once it has been declared effective. You will thereupon have the right to rescind your investment upon written request within ten business days from the postmark date of the notice we send to you that the post-effective amendment has been declared effective (and containing the related prospectus). We will promptly return any funds sent with a Subscription Agreement that is properly rescinded without penalty, although any interest previously paid on a rescinded L Bond will be deducted from the funds returned to you upon rescission. A written request for rescission, except in the case of a mailed rescission, must be postmarked on or before the tenth business day after our notice to you (described above). If you notify us other than by mail, we must actually receive your rescission request on or before the tenth business day after our notice to you.

We will not accept purchases of L Bonds through DTC settlement if, as of the end of the monthly closing for DTC settlement, we have determined that a post-effective amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part must be filed with the SEC, but such post-effective amendment has not yet been declared effective. In any such case, settlement of your L Bond purchase must occur in the following month.

Renewal or Repayment on Maturity

At least 30 days prior to the maturity of your L Bond, we will provide you with a notice indicating that your L Bond is about to mature and whether we will allow automatic renewal of your L Bond. If we allow you to renew your L Bond, we will also provide to you the then-current form of prospectus, which may include an interest rate or prospectus supplement and any other updates to the information contained in this prospectus. The prospectus, or the interest rate or prospectus supplement, will set forth the interest rates then in effect. The notice will recommend that you review the then-current prospectus, including any interest rate or prospectus supplement, prior to exercising one of the below options. If we do not provide you a new prospectus because the prospectus has not changed since the delivery of this prospectus in connection with your original investment or any prior renewal, we will nonetheless send you a new copy of the prospectus upon your request. Unless the election period is extended as described below, you will have until 15 days prior to the maturity date to exercise one of the following options:

         You can do nothing, in which case (subject to applicable law) your L Bond will automatically renew for a new term equal to the original term but at the interest rate in effect at the time of renewal. Interest on renewed L Bonds will be paid on the same schedule (i.e., monthly or annually) as the original L Bond. If applicable, a new certificate will be issued.

         You can elect repayment of your L Bond, in which case the principal amount will be repaid in full along with any accrued but unpaid interest. If you choose this option, your L Bond will not earn interest on or after the maturity date.

         You can elect repayment of your L Bond and use all or part of the proceeds to purchase a new L Bond with a different term or principal amount. To exercise this option, you will need to complete a new Subscription Agreement for the new L Bond and mail it along with your request, or else work with your broker if you wish to purchase your new L Bond through DTC settlement. Any proceeds from the old L Bond that are not applied to the new L Bond will be sent to you.

The foregoing options will be available to holders unless and until terminated under the indenture. Interest will accrue from the first day of each renewed term. Each renewed L Bond will retain all its original provisions, including provisions relating to payment, except that the interest rate payable during any renewal term will be the interest rate that is being offered at that time to other holders with similar aggregate L Bond portfolios for L Bonds of the same term as set forth in the interest rate supplement delivered with the maturity notice. If similar L Bonds are not then being offered, the (i) interest rate upon renewal will be the rate specified by us on or before the maturity date, or the rate of the existing L Bond if no such rate is specified, and (ii) the maturity will, if L Bonds of the same maturity are being offered at the time of renewal, be the same or, if not, the next earliest maturity.

If we notify the holder of our intention to repay an L Bond at maturity, or if the holder timely requests repayment, we will pay the principal and all accrued but unpaid interest on the L Bond on or prior to the fifth day of the calendar month after the maturity date (or the first business day following the fifth day of such month). Thus, in the case of an L Bond with a maturity date of January 31, 2020, actual payment will be made on or prior to February 5, 2020 (unless such date is not a business day, in which case actual payment will be made on the next business day). No interest will

54

accrue after the maturity date. You should be aware that because payment is made by ACH transfer, funds may not be received in the holder’s account for two to three business days.

We will be required from time to time to file post-effective amendments to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part to update the information it contains. If you would otherwise be entitled to renew your L Bonds upon their stated maturity at a time when we have determined that a post-effective amendment must be filed with the SEC, but such post-effective amendment has not yet been declared effective, then the period during which you can elect renewal (or repayment) will be automatically extended until ten days following the postmark date of our notice to you that the post-effective amendment has been declared effective, which notice shall contain a copy of the related prospectus. All other provisions relating to the renewal or redemption of L Bonds upon their stated maturity described above shall remain unchanged.

For any L Bonds offered hereby that mature on or after the three-year anniversary of the date on which the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part shall have been declared effective, we expect that the renewal of such L Bonds may require us to file a new registration statement. In such a case, the new registration statement must be declared effective before we can renew your L Bond. In this event, if the new registration statement has not yet been filed or become effective, we will extend your election period until ten days following the date of our notice to you that the new registration statement has become effective, which notice will include a new prospectus.

Call and Redemption Prior to Stated Maturity

We may call and redeem, in whole or in part, principal amount and accrued but unpaid interest on any L Bonds prior to their stated maturity only as set forth in the indenture and described below. The holder has no right to put or otherwise require us to redeem any L Bond prior to its maturity date (as originally stated or as it may be extended), except as indicated in the indenture and described below.

Our Voluntary Redemption

We have the right to redeem any L Bond, in whole or in part, at any time prior to its stated maturity upon at least 30 days written notice to the holder of the L Bond. The holder of the L Bond being redeemed will be paid a redemption price equal to the outstanding principal amount thereof plus accrued but unpaid interest up to but not including the date of redemption without any penalty or premium. We may use any criteria we choose to determine which L Bonds we will redeem if we choose to do so. We are not required to redeem L Bonds on a pro rata basis.

Holder’s Put Election Upon Death, Bankruptcy or Total Permanent Disability

L Bonds may be redeemed prior to maturity at the election of a holder who is a natural person (including L Bonds held in an individual retirement account and the holders of a beneficial interest in a global certificate held by a depositary or its nominee), by giving us written notice within 45 days following the holder’s total permanent disability or bankruptcy, as established to our satisfaction, or at the election of the holder’s estate, by giving written notice within 45 days following the death of the holder. Subject to the limitations described below, we will redeem the L Bonds not later than the 15 th day of the month next following the month in which we establish to our satisfaction the holder’s death, bankruptcy or total permanent disability. In the event that the 15 th day of the month next following the month in which we so establish such facts is not a business day, we will redeem the L Bonds on the next business day. The redemption price, in the event of such a death, bankruptcy or total permanent disability, will be the entire principal amount of the L Bonds, plus accrued but unpaid interest thereon up to and through the last day of the calendar month preceding the redemption date. The indenture defines “total permanent disability” as the determination by a physician, approved by us, that a holder of an L Bond who is a natural person, and who was gainfully employed at the time of issuance of the L Bond (or its renewal date), is unable to work on a full-time basis during a period of 24 consecutive months.

If spouses are joint registered holders of an L Bond, the right to elect to have us redeem L Bonds will apply when either registered holder dies, files bankruptcy or suffers a total permanent disability. If the L Bond is held jointly by two or more persons who are not legally married, none of these persons will have the right to request that we redeem the L Bonds unless all joint holders have died, filed bankruptcy or suffered a total permanent disability. If the L Bond is held by a trust, partnership, corporation or other similar entity, the right to request redemption upon death or total permanent disability does not apply.

55

Redemption at Request of Holder

We have no obligation to redeem any L Bonds other than upon maturity, or upon the death, bankruptcy or total permanent disability of a natural person holder. Nevertheless, at our sole discretion we may agree from time to time, at the written request of a holder (including the holder of a beneficial interest in a global certificate held by a depositary or its nominee), to redeem an L Bond, subject, however, to a redemption fee of 6.0% of the principal amount of such L Bond. If we so redeem any L Bond prior to maturity, we will redeem the entire principal amount of such L Bond together with accrued but unpaid interest thereon, The redemption fee will be subtracted from the amount paid to you.

Transfers

The L Bonds will be transferable in accordance with the indenture. For L Bonds that are issued solely in book-entry form, transfers will be effective only upon the delivery to us of an executed assignment or other conveyance instrument in customary form. For L Bonds that are represented by a global certificate held by a depositary or its nominee, transfers of beneficial interests in such certificate must be effected in accordance with the procedures and rules of the depositary.

Upon transfer of an L Bond, we will provide the new holder of the L Bond with a purchase confirmation that will evidence the transfer of the account on our records. If applicable (e.g., if transferred to a custodial account), a new certificate will be issued. No written confirmations will be provided with respect to transfers of beneficial interests in a global certificate held by a depositary or its nominee.

Quarterly Statements

We will provide holders of the L Bonds with quarterly statements, which will indicate, among other things, the account balance at the end of the quarter, interest credited, redemptions made, if any, and the interest rate paid during the quarter. These statements will be sent electronically on or prior to the 10 th business day after the end of each calendar quarter. If a holder is unwilling or unable to receive quarterly statements electronically, we will mail the statements to the address of record on or prior to the 10 th business day after the end of each calendar quarter. In such a case, we may charge such holders a reasonable fee to cover our expenses incurred in mailing the statements.

Ranking

The L Bonds will constitute secured debt of GWG Holdings. The payment of principal and interest on the L Bonds will be:

         pari passu with respect to payment and collateral securing all L Bonds previously issued by GWG Holdings, Inc., of which approximately $407.9 million in principal amount is outstanding as of June 30, 2017 (see the caption “— Collateral Security” below);

         structurally and contractually junior to the present and future obligations owed by our subsidiary DLP IV under our senior credit facility with LNV/CLMG, and structurally or contractually junior to any future obligations that DLP IV or other primary obligors or guarantors may have under future senior secured borrowing facilities; and

         structurally junior to the present and future claims of creditors of our subsidiaries, other than GWG Life, including trade creditors.

The indenture will permit us to issue other forms of debt, including secured and senior debt, in the future.

“Pari passu” means that claims for payment and entitlement to security among the holders of L Bonds, including the holders of previously issued L Bonds, and the holders of any later-created class of “pari passu debt,” will be treated equally and without preference. Although we have no present intention of causing GWG Life to issue additional secured debt in the future, any such debt issued on a pari passu basis in the future (including renewals of outstanding L Bonds or other renewable pari passu debt) would also be treated equally and without preference in respect of all outstanding L Bonds. Thus, in the event of any default on the L Bonds (or any other debt securities of ours that are pari passu with the L Bonds) resulting in claims for payment or claims on collateral security, the holders of the L Bonds and all such other debt securities pari passu with the L Bonds would share in payment or collateral in proportion to the amount of principal and interest owed on each such debt instrument.

56

Guarantee by GWG Life Subsidiary

The payment of principal and interest on the L Bonds, including previously issued L Bonds, is fully and unconditionally guaranteed by GWG Life. There were approximately $407.9 million in principal amount of previously issued L Bonds outstanding as of June 30, 2017.

Collateral Security

The L Bonds are secured by the assets of GWG Holdings, Inc. We will grant a security interest in all of the assets of GWG Holdings to the indenture trustee for the benefit of the L Bond holders. The assets of GWG Holdings consist, and are expected to consist, primarily of (i) any cash proceeds received from its subsidiaries as distributions derived from life insurance assets of subsidiaries, (ii) all other cash and investments held in various accounts, (iii) the equity ownership interests in subsidiaries of GWG Holdings, including the equity ownership interest in GWG Life, together with (iv) all proceeds from the foregoing. This collateral security granted by us is referred to as the “GWG Holdings Assets Collateral.”

As indicated above, our direct and wholly owned subsidiary, GWG Life, will fully and unconditionally guarantee our obligations under the L Bonds. This guarantee will be supported by GWG Life’s grant of a security interest in all of its assets. The assets of GWG Life consist, and are expected to consist, primarily of (i) certain life insurance assets, (ii) any cash proceeds received from life insurance assets owned by GWG Life or received from DLP IV, as distributions derived from life insurance policies owned by that subsidiary, (iii) all other cash and investments held by GWG Life in its various accounts, (iv) GWG Life’s equity ownership interest in its direct subsidiaries, including DLP IV, together with (v) all proceeds from the foregoing. The collateral security granted by GWG Life pursuant to its guarantee of our obligations under the L Bonds is referred to as the “GWG Life Assets Collateral.”

In addition, Messrs. Jon R. Sabes and Steven F. Sabes, our principal stockholders beneficially holding approximately 75% of the outstanding shares of our common stock, have pledged all of the shares they beneficially own in GWG Holdings to further secure our obligations under the L Bonds. This collateral security granted by Me ssrs. Jon R. Sabes and Steven F. Sabes is referred to as the “GWG Holdings Equity Collateral.”

Together, the GWG Holdings Assets Collateral, GWG Life Assets Collateral and GWG Holdings Equity Collateral comprise all of the collateral security for our obligations under the L Bonds. To the extent that we subsequently establish one or more wholly owned subsidiaries of GWG Holdings or GWG Life, the L Bonds will have a security interest in the equity ownership interests of those subsidiaries if and to the extent owned by GWG Holdings or GWG Life.

The guarantee by GWG Life is contained in the indenture, and the grant of security interests in the GWG Holdings Assets Collateral, GWG Life Assets Collateral and GWG Holdings Equity Collateral is effected through a “Pledge and Security Agreement” that is an exhibit to the indenture and has been amended in connection with this offering of L Bonds. Neither the indenture nor the Pledge and Security Agreement contain any provision preventing a pledging party from disposing of any collateral in the ordinary course of business. In this regard, the Pledge and Security Agreement permits the disposition of GWG Holdings Equity Collateral to the extent the number of shares continuing to constitute such collateral represents at least 10% of the number of shares beneficially held by each individual grantor as of the date of the Pledge and Security Agreement.

Substantially all of our life insurance assets are held in our subsidiaries. The L Bonds will not be directly secured by any security interest in the assets of those subsidiaries, including DLP IV. Instead, the L Bonds will be secured by a pledge of the equity ownership interests in those subsidiaries, including DLP IV, owned by GWG Life by virtue of the guarantee provisions in the indenture and the Pledge and Security Agreement referenced above. An equity ownership interest is, by its very nature, subordinate to the interests of creditors. Therefore, although investors in the L Bonds will have a security interest in the ownership of DLP IV (and other direct subsidiaries of GWG Life) any claim they may have to the assets owned by such entity will be subordinate to the interests of creditors of that entity, including LNV/CLMG, which is the lender to DLP IV under our senior credit facility, and all other creditors of DLP IV, including trade creditors. In addition, there is the risk that the collateral security granted for our obligations under the L Bonds may be insufficient to repay the L Bonds upon an event of default. See “Risk Factors,” pag e 12 (“The collateral granted as security...”) .

57

Subordination; Other Indebtedness

Our obligations under the L Bonds will be subordinate to all our senior debt. For this purpose, “our senior debt” presently includes all indebtedness owed or that may in the future become owing under our senior credit facility with LNV/CLMG. As of June 30, 2017, DLP IV had approximately $155.6 million of debt outstanding under the credit facility with LNV/CLMG. As of June 30, 2017, our subsidiary GWG Life had approximately $6.8 million of debt outstanding under our Series I Secured Notes. Nevertheless, in August 2017, we exercised our contractual rights to call for the redemption of all our Series I Secured Notes, and as of the date of this prospectus all Series I Secured Notes had been redeemed. In September 2017, we consummated the redemption of all of those debt obligations. Finally, as of June 30, 2017, we had approximately $407.9 million in principal amount of debt outstanding under previously issued L Bonds.

The maximum amount of debt, including the L Bonds, we may issue is limited by the indenture. In particular, the indenture prohibits us from issuing debt in an amount such that our “debt coverage ratio” would exceed 90%. The indenture defines the debt coverage ratio as a percentage calculated by the ratio of (A) obligations owing by us and our subsidiaries on all outstanding debt for borrowed money (including the L Bonds), over (B) the net present asset value of all life insurance assets we own, directly or indirectly, plus any cash held in our accounts. For this purpose, the net present asset value of our life insurance assets is equal to the present value of the cash flows derived from the face value of policy benefit assets we own, discounted at a rate equal to the weighted average cost of capital for all our indebtedness for the prior month.

We are required to notify the indenture trustee in the event that we violate this restrictive covenant. An “event of default” will exist under the indenture if a violation of this covenant persists for a period of 30 calendar days after our initial notice to the trustee. The L Bonds are guaranteed by GWG Life but otherwise are not guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries, affiliates or control persons. Neither indenture nor the Pledge and Security Agreement prevent holders of debt issued by our subsidiaries from disposing of, or exercising any other rights with respect to, any or all of the collateral securing that debt. Accordingly, in the event of a liquidation or dissolution of one of our subsidiaries (other than GWG Life), creditors of that subsidiary that are senior in rank will be paid in full, or provision for such payment will be made, from the assets of that subsidiary prior to distributing any remaining assets to us as an equity owner of that subsidiary.

The indenture also contains specific subordination provisions, benefitting lenders under any senior credit facility, restricting the right of L Bond holders to enforce certain of their rights in certain circumstances, including:

         a prohibition on challenging any enforcement action taken by a senior lender or interfering with any legal action or suits undertaken by our senior lenders against us and our affiliates;

         a 180-day standstill period during which there may not be brought any action against us or our affiliates to enforce rights respecting collateral unless our senior credit facilities have been repaid in full, which period may be extended if the senior lender takes action during such standstill period; and

         a prohibition on filing a bankruptcy or insolvency case against us or our affiliates for at least one year plus one day after the senior credit facility lenders have been paid in full.

We will not make any payment, direct or indirect (whether for interest, principal, as a result of any redemption or repayment at maturity, on default, or otherwise), on the L Bonds and any other indebtedness, and neither the holders of the L Bonds nor the trustee will have the right, directly or indirectly, to sue to enforce the indenture or the L Bonds, if a default or event of default under any senior credit facility has occurred and is continuing, or if any default or event of default under any senior credit facility would result from such payment, in each case unless and until:

         the default and event of default has been cured or waived or has ceased to exist; or

         in the case of a non-payment default that permits a senior lender to declare as due and payable all amounts owing under a senior credit facility (but where that senior lender has not yet so declared amounts as being due and payable), the end of the period commencing on the date the trustee receives written notice of default from the senior lender and ending on the earliest of (1) our discharge of the default (or other cure), (2) the trustee’s receipt of a valid waiver of default from the senior lender, or (3) a written notice from the senior lender terminating the payment prohibition.

58

During any payment prohibition period, neither the holders of the L Bonds nor the trustee will have the right, directly or indirectly, to sue to enforce the indenture or the L Bonds. Other provisions of the indenture do permit the trustee to take action to enforce the payment rights of L Bond holders after 179 days have passed since the trustee’s receipt of notice of default from a senior lender, but in such case any funds paid as a result of any such suit or enforcement action shall be applied toward the senior credit facility until the facility is indefeasibly paid in full before being applied to the L Bonds. The indenture contains provisions whereby each investor in the L Bonds consents to the subordination provisions contained in the indenture and related agreements governing collateral security.

If the 180-day standstill period noted above or any other limitation on the rights of the trustee or L Bond holders to assert their rights to payment of principal or interest under the indenture or L Bonds is ultimately determined to conflict with provisions of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (most notably sections 316(b) and 317(a) of that Act), then the trustee, as well as any holder who shall not have earlier consented to such subordination provisions, shall (notwithstanding such provision contained in the indenture) be authorized to institute a lawsuit for the enforcement of any payment of principal or interest after their respective due dates.

No Sinking Fund

The L Bonds are not associated with any sinking fund. A sinking fund is generally any account to which contributions will be made, from which payments of principal or interest owed on the L Bonds will be made. See “Risk Factors,” page 12.

Restrictive Covenants

The indenture contains covenants that restrict us from certain actions as described below. In particular, the indenture provides that:

         we will not declare or pay any dividends or other payments of cash or other property solely in respect of our capital stock to our stockholders (other than a dividend paid in shares of our capital stock on a pro rata basis to all our stockholders) unless no default and no event of default with respect to the L Bonds exists or would exist immediately following the declaration or payment of the dividend or other payment;

         to the extent legally permissible, we will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or the performance of the indenture;

         our Board of Directors will not adopt a plan of liquidation that provides for, contemplates or the effectuation of which is preceded by (a) the sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of our assets, otherwise than (i) substantially as an entirety, or (ii) in a qualified sales and financing transaction, and (b) the distribution of all or substantially all of the proceeds of such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition and of our remaining assets to the holders of our capital stock, unless, prior to making any liquidating distribution pursuant to such plan, we make provision for the satisfaction of our obligations under the renewable unsecured subordinated notes; and

         our debt coverage ratio may not exceed 90%.

The indenture defines the debt coverage ratio as a percentage calculated by the ratio of (A) obligations owing on all outstanding debt for borrowed money (including the L Bonds), over (B) the net present asset value of all life insurance assets we own, plus any cash held in our accounts. For this purpose, the net present asset value of our life insurance assets is equal to the present value of the face value of policy benefit assets we own, discounted at a rate equal to the weighted-average cost of capital for all our indebtedness for the prior month.

Importantly, we are not restricted from entering into “qualified sale and financing transactions” as defined — in the indenture, or incurring additional indebtedness, including additional senior debt.

59

Consolidation, Mergers or Sales

The indenture generally permits a consolidation or merger between us and another entity. It also permits the sale or transfer by us of all or substantially all of our property and assets. These transactions are permitted if:

         the resulting or acquiring entity, if other than us, is a United States corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership and assumes all of our responsibilities and liabilities under the indenture, including the payment of all amounts due on the notes and performance of the covenants in the indenture; and

         immediately after the transaction, and after giving effect to the transaction, no event of default shall exist under the indenture.

If we consolidate or merge with or into any other entity or sell or lease all or substantially all of our assets, according to the terms and conditions of the indenture, the resulting or acquiring entity will be substituted for us in the indenture with the same effect as if it had been an original party to the indenture. As a result, the successor entity may exercise our rights and powers under the indenture in our name, and we (as an entity) will be released from all our liabilities and obligations under the indenture and under the L Bonds. Nevertheless, no such transaction will by itself eliminate or modify the collateral that we have provided as security for our obligations under the indenture.

Events of Default and Remedies

The indenture provides that each of the following constitutes an event of default:

         the failure to pay interest or principal on any L Bond for a period of 30 days after it becomes due and payable;

         a failure to observe or perform any material covenant, condition or agreement in the indenture, but only after notice of failure from the indenture trustee and such failure is not cured within 60 days;

         our debt coverage ratio exceeds 90% for a period of 30 consecutive calendar days, but only after notice of such breach from the indenture trustee and such breach is not cured within 60 days;

         certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization with respect to us; or

         the cessation of our business.

In addition, a default under the indenture will create a default under our senior credit facility.

Through DLP IV, we are party to a $172.3 million senior credit facility with LNV Corporation (referred to in this prospectus as LNV), as the lender. The facility is governed by a Loan and Security Agreement, and CLMG Corp (referred to in this prospectus as CLMG) acts as the administrative agent for the lender under the Loan and Security Agreement. The Loan and Security Agreement makes available a total of up to $172.3 million in credit to DLP IV with a maturity date of September 14, 2026. Interest will accrue on amounts borrowed under the agreement at an annual interest rate, determined as of each date of borrowing, equal to (A) the greater of LIBOR or the federal funds rate (as defined in the agreement) plus one-half of one percent per annum, plus (B) 5.75% per annum. As of June 30, 2017, approximately $155.6 million was outstanding under the line of credit. We may use proceeds of the line of credit to repay short-term debt and acquire additional life insurance assets.

Under the Loan and Security Agreement, DLP IV has granted the administrative agent, for the benefit of the lenders under the agreement, a security interest in all of its assets. As with prior collateral arrangements relating to the senior secured debt of GWG Holdings and its subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis), GWG Holdings’ equity ownership in DLP IV will serve as collateral for the obligations of GWG Holdings under its L Bonds (although the life insurance assets owned by DLP IV will not themselves serve directly as collateral for those obligations). The Loan and Security Agreement, among other things, requires the DLP IV to maintain a reserve account to pay anticipated servicing fees for maintaining DLP IV’s pledged policies, debt service and reasonable administrative and third-party expenses identified under the agreement for 12 months. As of June 30, 2017, the reserve account was approximately $27.5 million.

In addition, the Loan and Security Agreement contains certain customary negative covenants restricting the ability of the borrower to directly or indirectly engage in a merger or exchange transaction, sell substantially all of its

60

assets, or permit the amendment of the contracts governing the outstanding debt securities of GWG Holdings and its subsidiaries, without the prior consent of the lender.

The Loan and Security Agreement contains customary events of default (e.g., payment defaults, covenant defaults, cross-defaults, defaults arising by virtue of a change in control, and defaults arising from breaches of representations and warranties), as well as defaults for amendments to the organizational documents of the borrower, defaults from pledged policies falling out of good standing, the occurrence of an event that could terminate the arrangement by which GWG Life services the pledged life insurance policies, and the entry of a judgment against the borrower in an amount exceeding $50,000 without payment or discharge, or a stay of execution obtained, within 30 days thereafter.

The indenture requires that we give immediate notice to the indenture trustee upon the occurrence of an event of default under the indenture, unless it has been cured or waived. The indenture trustee may then provide notice to the L Bond holders or withhold the notice if the indenture trustee determines in good faith that withholding the notice is in your best interest, unless the default is a failure to pay principal or interest on any L Bond.

If an event of default occurs, the indenture trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding L Bonds, may by written notice to us declare the unpaid principal and all accrued but unpaid interest on the L Bonds to be immediately due and payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the indenture limits the ability of the L Bond holders to enforce certain rights under the indenture in certain circumstances. These limitations are required subordination provisions under our senior credit facility and are summarized above under “— Subordination; Other Indebtedness.” The Pledge and Security Agreement permits the trustee to exercise on behalf of the holders of L Bonds all rights and remedies as are available to a secured creditor under applicable law, subject to any limitations therein or in the indenture. In this regard, the trustee is not authorized under the Pledge and Security Agreement to distribute in kind any collateral in its possession to the holders of L Bonds.

Amendment, Supplement and Waiver

Except as provided in this prospectus or the indenture, the terms of the indenture or the L Bonds then outstanding may be amended, supplemented or waived with the consent of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the L Bonds then outstanding (which consent will be presumed if a holder does not object within 30 days of a request for consent), and any existing default or compliance with any provision of the indenture or the L Bonds may be waived with the affirmative consent of the holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding L Bonds.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, an amendment or waiver will not be effective with respect to the L Bonds held by a holder who him, her or itself has not consented if such amendment or waiver:

         reduces the principal of, or changes the fixed maturity of, any L Bond;

         reduces the rate of or changes the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any L Bond;

         waives a default or event of default in the payment of principal or interest on the L Bonds, except for a rescission or withdrawal of acceleration of the L Bonds made by the holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding L Bonds and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration;

         makes any change in the provisions of the indenture relating to waivers of past defaults or the rights of holders of L Bonds to receive payments of principal of or interest on the L Bonds; or

         makes any change to the subordination provisions of the indenture that has a material adverse effect on holders of L Bonds.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following kinds of amendments or supplements to the indenture may be effected by us and the trustee without any consent of any holder of the L Bonds:

         to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

         to provide for assumption of our obligations to holders of the L Bonds in the case of a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of our assets;

         to provide for additional uncertificated or certificated L Bonds;

61

         to make any change that does not materially and adversely affect the legal rights under the indenture of any holder of L Bonds, including but not limited to an increase in the aggregate dollar amount of L Bonds which may be outstanding under the indenture and limited in amount thereunder;

         to modify or eliminate our policy regarding redemptions elected by a holder of L Bonds prior to maturity, including our obligation to redeem L Bonds upon the death, bankruptcy or total permanent disability of any holder of the L Bonds, but only so long as such modifications do not materially and adversely affect any then-existing obligations under pending repurchase commitments for L Bonds;

         to comply with requirements of the SEC in order to effect or maintain the qualification of the indenture under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, or to comply with other applicable federal or state laws or regulations;

         to comply with the rules or policies of a depositary of the L Bonds; or

         in connection with an amendment, extension, replacement, renewal or substitution of any senior debt, to amend the subordination provisions of the indenture to conform to the reasonable requirements of the holder or holders of such senior debt.

Rights of L Bond Holders

As an L Bond holder, you have limited rights to vote on our actions as set forth in the indenture. In general, you will have the right to vote on whether or not to approve some amendments to the indenture. For a description of these rights, see “— Amendment, Supplement and Waiver” above. You will also have the right to direct some actions that the trustee takes if there is an event of default with respect to the L Bonds. For a description of these rights, see above under the caption “— Events of Default.” For a complete description of your rights as an L Bond holder, we encourage you to read a copy of the indenture, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. We will also provide you with a copy of the indenture upon your request.

The trustee and the L Bond holders will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for some of the remedies available, except as otherwise provided in the indenture. The trustee may require reasonable indemnity, satisfactory to the trustee, from L Bond holders before acting at their direction. You will not have any right to pursue any remedy with respect to the indenture or the L Bonds unless you satisfy the conditions contained in the indenture.

The Indenture Trustee

General

Bank of Utah has agreed to be the trustee under the indenture. The indenture contains certain limitations on the rights of the trustee, should it become one of our creditors, to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain property received in respect of any claim as security or otherwise. The trustee will be permitted to engage in other transactions with us.

Subject to certain exceptions, the holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding L Bonds will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the trustee. The indenture provides that if an event of default specified in the indenture shall occur and not be cured, the trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of care of a reasonable person in the conduct of his own affairs. Subject to such provisions, the trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the indenture at the request of any holder of L Bonds, unless the holder shall have offered to the trustee security and indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

Resignation or Removal of the Trustee

The trustee may resign at any time, or may be removed by the holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding L Bonds. In addition, we may remove the trustee for certain failures in its duties, including the insolvency of the trustee or the trustee’s ineligibility to serve as trustee under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939. However, no resignation or removal of the trustee may become effective until a successor trustee has accepted the appointment as provided in the indenture.

62

Reports to Trustee

We will provide the trustee with (i) a calculation date report by the 15 th day of each month containing a calculation of the debt coverage ratio that includes a summary of all cash, life insurance policy investments serving as collateral, as well as our total outstanding indebtedness including outstanding principal balances, interest credited and paid, transfers made, any redemption or repayment and interest rate paid; (ii) copies of our audited annual financials, no earlier than when the same become a matter of public record; and (iii) any additional information reasonably requested by the trustee.

Certain Charges

We and our servicing agents, if any, may assess service charges for changing the registration of any L Bond to reflect a change in name of the holder, multiple changes in interest payment dates or transfers (whether by operation of law or otherwise) of an L Bond by the holder to another person. The indenture permits us to set off, against amounts otherwise payable to you under the L Bonds, the amount of these charges.

Variations in Terms and Conditions

We may from time to time vary the terms and conditions of the L Bonds offered, including but not limited to minimum initial principal investment amount requirements, maximum aggregate principal amount limits, interest rates, minimum denominations, service and other fees and charges, and redemption provisions. Terms and conditions may be varied by state, locality, principal amount, type of investor (for example, new or current investor) or as otherwise permitted under the indenture governing the securities offered by this prospectus. No change in terms, however, will apply to any L Bonds already issued and outstanding at the time of such change.

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

The indenture shall cease to be of further effect upon the payment in full of all of the outstanding L Bonds and the delivery of an officer’s certificate to the trustee stating that we do not intend to issue additional L Bonds under the indenture or, with certain limitations, upon deposit with the trustee of funds sufficient for the payment in full of all of the outstanding L Bonds.

Reports

We will publish annual reports containing financial statements and quarterly reports containing financial information for the first three quarters of each fiscal year. We will send copies of these reports, at no charge, to any holder of L Bonds who sends us a written request.

63

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

General

We are offering up to 1,000,000 Units, representing $1,000,000,000 in aggregate principal amount, of L Bonds (referred to throughout this prospectus simply as “L Bonds”) on a continuous basis. The L Bonds will be sold at $1,000 per Unit, and in minimum amounts of 25 Units, or $25,000 or more in principal. There is no minimum amount of L Bonds that must be sold before we access and use the proceeds. The proceeds of new sales of L Bonds will be paid directly to us promptly following each sale and will not be placed in an escrow account. Even if we sell less than the entire $1,000,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of L Bonds Units being offered, the L Bonds that we sell will be issued, and the proceeds of those L Bond sales will be used by us, as described in this prospectus.

The L Bonds will be offered and sold on a best efforts basis by Emerson Equity LLC (our “dealer manager”). Our dealer manager will enter into participating dealer agreements with certain other broker-dealers that are members of FINRA, referred to as “selling group members,” to authorize those broker-dealers to sell our L Bonds. The L Bonds will be offered to the public on the terms set forth in this prospectus and any prospectus supplements we may file from time to time. Neither our dealer manager nor any selling group members will have any obligation to take or purchase any L Bonds. In addition to forming the selling group, our dealer manager provides services to us, which include conducting broker-dealer seminars, holding informational meetings and providing information and answering any questions investors or selling group members may have concerning this offering.

Members of the selling group will receive sales commissions of up to 5.00% of the gross offering proceeds depending upon the maturity of the L Bonds sold. In addition, our dealer manager and selling group members may receive up to 3.00% of the gross offering proceeds as additional compensation consisting of the following:

         a dealer-manager fee payable to the dealer manager in an amount equal to 0.50% of the principal amount of all L Bonds sold;

         an accountable expense allowance to be paid to the selling group members, which may include due diligence expenses of the dealer manager and selling group members set forth in a detailed and itemized invoice and as further described below;

         wholesaling fees, which may consist of commissions and non-transaction-based compensation of the wholesalers;

         non-cash compensation, which may consist of an occasional meal, a ticket to a sporting event or the theater, or comparable entertainment that is neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety and is not preconditioned on achievement of a sales target, the national and regional sales conferences of our selling group members, training and education meetings for registered representatives of our selling group members, and permissible forms of non-cash compensation to registered representatives of our selling group members, such as gifts that do not exceed an aggregate value of $100 per annum per registered representative and that are not pre-conditioned on achievement of a sales target, including but not limited to seasonal gifts; and

         up to a 1.00% reallowance to selling group members.

As part of the accountable expense allowance, the dealer manager and selling group members are expected to be reimbursed for accountable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them during the course of the offering. Expenses eligible for reimbursement may include:

         travel, lodging, and meals for the wholesalers who are our employees and associated with the dealer manager;

         reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by selling group members and their associated persons, including reimbursement of actual costs of third-party professionals retained by them; and

         due diligence expenses of the dealer manager and selling group members set forth in a detailed and itemized invoice.

64

Upon the sale of L Bonds by a selling group member, the selling group member effecting the sale will receive selling commissions and additional compensation in connection therewith pursuant to the terms of the soliciting dealer agreement between the dealer manager and the selling group member.

In no event will the total selling commissions and additional compensation, including accountable due diligence expenses and reimbursements, exceed 8.00% of the aggregate gross offering proceeds we receive from the sale of L Bonds.

We may also sell our L Bonds at a discount through the following distribution channels in the event that the investor:

         purchases L Bonds through fee-based programs, also known as wrap accounts;

         purchases L Bonds through a selling group member that has an alternative fee arrangement with its clients;

         purchases L Bonds through certain registered investment advisers;

         purchases L Bonds through bank trust departments or any other organization or person authorized to act in a fiduciary capacity for its clients or customers; or

         is an endowment, foundation, pension fund or other institutional investor.

If an investor purchases shares through one of the above distribution channels in our offering, we will sell the L Bonds at a discount, reflecting that selling commissions are not being paid in connection with such purchase. The net proceeds to us will not be affected by any such reduction in selling commissions. Such reduction in the selling price will be credited to the purchaser in the form of additional L Bonds.

Our officers and directors and their family members may purchase the L Bonds offered hereby for investment and not for distribution at a discount from the public offering price. For purposes of this discount, we consider a family member to be a spouse, parent, child, sibling, mother- or father-in-law, son- or daughter-in-law or brother- or sister-in-law. In addition, if approved by our Board of Directors, certain of our joint venture partners, consultants and other service providers may purchase the L Bonds offered hereby at a discount from the public offering price. We will sell such L Bonds reflecting that selling commissions will not be paid in connection with such sales. Such reduction would be credited in the form of the issuance of additional L Bonds. The net proceeds to us from such sales made net of commissions will be the same as the net proceeds we receive from other sales of L Bonds.

Also, we may sell L Bonds to the dealer manager, selling group members, their retirement plans, their representatives and the family members as described above, IRAs and qualified plans of their representatives at a purchase price reflecting that selling commissions will not be payable in consideration of the services rendered by such dealer manager, selling group members, and their representatives in the offering. Such sales, however, may not be made for the period of time from the effective date through 90 days after the effective date. The reduction would be credited in the form of the issuance of additional L Bonds. The net proceeds to us from the sales of these L Bonds will be the same as the net proceeds we receive from other sales of L Bonds.

Neither our dealer manager nor its affiliates will directly or indirectly compensate any person engaged as an investment advisor or a bank trust department by a potential investor as an inducement for such investment advisor or bank trust department to advise favorably for an investment in the L Bonds offered hereby. Also, we will not pay referral or similar fees to any accountants, attorneys or other persons in connection with the distribution of the L Bonds.

In addition to the sales commissions, fees, allowances, reimbursements and expenses described above, we expect to pay approximately $1,500,500 in offering and related costs and expenses in connection with this offering. These kinds of expenses include all expenses to be paid by us in connection with the offering (other than sales commissions, additional compensation, and expense allowances and reimbursement to our selling group members), including but not limited to legal, accounting, printing and mailing expenses, registration, qualification and associated securities filing fees and other costs and expenses.

The table below sets forth the maximum amount of sales commissions and additional compensation, as described in footnote (1) to the table below, we may pay in connection with this offering.

65

L Bond Term

 

Sales
Commission

 

Additional
Compensation (1)

 

Total (2)

2 years

 

3.25

%

 

4.75

%

 

8.00

%

3 years

 

4.25

%

 

3.75

%

 

8.00

%

5 years

 

4.90

%

 

3.10

%

 

8.00

%

7 years

 

5.00

%

 

3.00

%

 

8.00

%

____________

(1)       As described above, additional compensation includes: (i) a dealer-manager fee payable to the dealer manager in an amount equal to 0.50% of the principal amount of all L Bonds sold; (ii) an accountable expense allowance to the selling group members as described above, which may include due-diligence expenses of the dealer manager and selling group members set forth in a detailed and itemized invoice; (iii) wholesaling fees, which may consist of commissions and non-transaction-based compensation of the wholesalers, (iv) non-cash compensation, which may consist of an occasional meal, a ticket to a sporting event or the theater, or comparable entertainment that is neither so frequent nor so extensive as to raise any question of propriety and is not preconditioned on achievement of a sales target, the national and regional sales conferences of our selling group members, training and education meetings for registered representatives of our selling group members, and permissible forms of non-cash compensation to registered representatives of our selling group members, such as gifts that do not exceed an aggregate value of $100 per annum per registered representative and that are not pre-conditioned on achievement of a sales target, including but not limited to seasonal gifts; and (v) up to a 1.00% reallowance to selling group members.

(2)       The combined selling commissions and additional compensation for this offering will not exceed 8.00% of the aggregate gross proceeds of this offering.

The line items reflected in the table below are our current estimates of average sales commissions and additional compensation (including accountable expenses) that we will pay. Specifically, we estimate that the average sales commission will be 5.00%, or $50,000,000 based on $1,000,000,000 in principal amount of L Bonds sold, and the average additional compensation will be 3.00%, or $30,000,000 based on $1,000,000,000 in principal amount of L Bonds sold. The components of “additional compensation” are detailed in footnote (1) to the table above. Actual costs may differ from the percentages and amounts shown in the table below, subject, however, to the limitations noted above.

L Bonds Sold

 

Sales
Commission

 

Additional
Compensation

 

Total

$500,000,000

 

$

25,000,000

 

$

15,000,000

 

8.00

%

$750,000,000

 

$

37,500,000

 

$

22,500,000

 

8.00

%

$1,000,000,000

 

$

50,000,000

 

$

30,000,000

 

8.00

%

The wholesalers employed by us are registered with and associated persons of our dealer manager. The wholesalers will:

         attend local, regional and national conferences of the selling group members; and

         contact selling group members and their registered representatives to make presentations concerning us and this offering.

The wholesalers will receive a portion of their non-transaction based compensation as compensation for their selling efforts. We host training and education meetings for selling group members and their representatives. The costs of the training and education meetings will be borne by us, but counted toward the 8.00% underwriting compensation limit.

Certain of our employees who are also registered representatives and supervisory principals of the dealer manager have been granted certain share appreciation rights (“SARs”) as part of their compensation. The SARs give such individual the contractual right to receive from us additional cash compensation at any point before the SAR’s expiration, but only if the price of our common stock has increased between the grant date and the date when we receive notice of such individual’s intention to exercise the SAR. At the termination of this offering, the aggregate of the appreciation amount, as defined in the SAR agreement, will be calculated and added to the other items of value (e.g., selling commissions and additional forms of compensation) to ensure that aggregate compensation paid in connection with this offering does not exceed 8.00% of the gross offering proceeds.

In accordance with FINRA rules, in no event will our total compensation to FINRA members, including but not limited to sales commissions, the dealer-manager fee and accountable expense and other reimbursements to our

66

dealer manager and selling group members, including non-transaction-based compensation of the wholesalers and non-cash compensation, exceed 8.00% of our gross offering proceeds, in the aggregate.

We will indemnify the selling group members and our dealer manager against some civil liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933 and liabilities arising from breaches of our representations and warranties contained in the Dealer Manager Agreement.

The foregoing is a summary of the material terms relating to the plan of distribution of the L Bonds contained in the Dealer Manager Agreement. Any amendment to the Dealer Manager Agreement will be filed as an exhibit to an amendment to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Settlement Procedures

You can place an order for the purchase of L Bonds using DTC Settlement through your selling group member. A selling group member using DTC settlement will have an account with a DTC participant in which your funds will be placed to facilitate settlement. Orders may be placed until the cyclical order due date. Orders will be executed by such selling group member electronically and you must coordinate with your selling group member’s registered representative to pay the full purchase price of the L Bonds by the trade date. If you purchase your L Bonds using DTC settlement, you will be credited with ownership of an L Bond on the second business day after the end of the DTC closing cycle in which the subscription is made (typically, closings will occur on a bi-monthly cycle). If you purchase your L Bonds in this manner, your purchase price will not be held in escrow.

You also have the option to elect to settle your purchase directly with us, the Company. If you elect to use direct settlement with us, you should complete and sign a Subscription Agreement similar to the one filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. A form of Subscription Agreement is available from your selling group member’s registered representative. Once completed and signed, your Subscription Agreement should be provided to your selling group member who will deliver it to us to be held, together with your related subscription funds, until our acceptance of your subscription. In connection with a direct settlement subscription, you should pay the full purchase price of the L Bonds to us as set forth in the Subscription Agreement. Subscribers may not withdraw funds from the subscription account. Subscriptions will be effective upon our acceptance of your Subscription Agreement and related funds, and we reserve the right to reject any subscription in whole or in part.

Covered Security

Our L Bonds are a “covered security.” The term “covered security” applies to securities exempt from state registration because of their oversight by federal authorities and national-level regulatory bodies pursuant to Section 18 of the Securities Act of 1933. Generally, securities listed on national exchanges are the most common type of covered security exempt from state registration. A non-traded security also can be a covered security if it has a seniority greater than or equal to other securities from the same issuer that are listed on a national exchange. Our L Bonds are a covered security because they are senior to our common stock, which is listed on The Nasdaq Capital Market, and therefore our offering of L Bonds will be exempt from state registration.

Although the status of our L Bonds as a “covered security” will facilitate their purchase and sale to a broader range of investors than would otherwise be available to us, and although the offer and sale of a “covered security” generally involves fewer issuance costs to the issuer of such securities, our L Bonds are not a suitable purchase for all investors. In this regard, please carefully review the “Risk Factors” contained in this prospectus, as well as the disclosures on page 12 under the heading “Covered Security.”

67

MATERIAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS

The following is a general discussion of the material United States (“U.S.”) federal income tax considerations relating to the initial purchase, ownership and disposition of the L Bonds by U.S. and non-U.S. holders. This discussion is a summary only and is not a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the L Bonds. We have based this summary on current provisions of the Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, judicial opinions, and published rulings of the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”), all as in effect on the date of this prospectus. However, these laws and other guidance are subject to differing interpretations or change, possibly with retroactive effect. In addition, we have not sought, and will not seek, a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel with respect to any tax consequences of purchasing, owning or disposing of L Bonds. Thus, the IRS could take a different position regarding one or more of the tax consequences or matters described in this prospectus; and there can be no assurance that any position taken by the IRS would not be sustained.

This discussion is limited to purchasers of L Bonds who acquire the L Bonds from us in this offering and hold the L Bonds as capital assets for federal income tax purposes. This discussion does not address all possible tax consequences that may be applicable to you in light of your specific circumstances. For instance, this discussion does not address the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code, or special rules applicable to some categories of investors such as financial institutions, insurance companies, tax-exempt organizations, dealers in securities, real estate investment trusts, regulated investment companies, or persons who hold L Bonds as part of a hedge, conversion or constructive sale transaction, straddle or other risk reduction transaction that may be subject to special rules. This discussion also does not address the tax consequences arising under the laws of any foreign, state or local jurisdiction; or any U.S. estate or gift tax laws.

If you are considering the purchase of an L Bond, you should consult your own tax advisors as to the particular tax consequences to you of acquiring, holding or otherwise disposing of the L Bonds, including the effect and applicability of state, local or foreign tax laws, or any U.S. estate and gift tax laws.

As used in this discussion, the term “U.S. holder” means a holder of an L Bond that is:

(i)        for United States federal income tax purposes, a citizen or resident of the United States;

(ii)       a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under the laws of the United States or of any political subdivision thereof or other entity characterized as a corporation or partnership for federal income tax purposes;

(iii)      an estate, the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

(iv)      a trust, the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and which has one or more United States persons with authority to control all substantial decisions, or if the trust was in existence on August 20, 1996, and has elected to continue to be treated as a United States trust.

For the purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” means any holder of L Bonds other than a U.S. holder. Any L Bond purchaser who is not a U.S. citizen will be required to furnish documentation, on IRS Form W-8BEN, that clearly states whether it is subject to U.S. withholding taxes, in accordance with applicable requirements of the United States taxing authority.

Characterization of the L Bonds

The federal income tax consequences of owning L Bonds depend on characterization of the L Bonds as debt for federal income tax purposes, rather than as equity interests or a partnership among the holders of the L Bonds. We believe that the L Bonds have been structured in a manner that will allow the L Bonds to be characterized as debt for federal income tax purposes. However, this is only our belief; and no ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel has been sought in this regard. Thus, the IRS could successfully challenge this characterization.

If the L Bonds were treated as equity interests, there could be adverse effects on some holders. For example, payments on the L Bonds could (1) if paid to non-U.S. holders, be subject to federal income tax withholding; (2) constitute unrelated business taxable income to some tax-exempt entities, including pension funds and some retirement accounts (if the relationship were characterized as a partnership for tax purposes); and (3) cause the timing and amount of income that accrues to holders of L Bonds to be different from that described below.

68

Because of these potential adverse effects, you are urged to consult your own tax advisors as to the tax consequences that may apply to your particular situation in the event the L Bonds are re-characterized as equity interests; and as to the likelihood that the L Bonds could be so re-characterized. The remainder of this discussion assumes that the L Bonds are characterized as debt.

Taxation of U.S. Holders

Stated Interest

Under general federal income tax principles, you must include stated interest in income in accordance with the method of accounting you use for federal income tax purposes. Accordingly, if you are using the accrual method of tax accounting, you must include stated interest in income as it accrues. If you are using the cash method of tax accounting, you must include stated interest in income as it is actually or constructively received. Payments of interest to taxable holders of L Bonds will constitute portfolio income, and not passive activity income, for the purposes of the passive loss limitations of the Code. Accordingly, income arising from payments on the L Bonds will not be subject to reduction by losses from passive activities of a holder.

Income attributable to interest payments on the L Bonds may be offset by investment expense deductions, subject to the limitation that individual investors may only deduct miscellaneous itemized deductions, including investment expenses other than interest, to the extent these deductions exceed 2% of the investor’s adjusted gross income.

If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds L Bonds, the tax treatment of a partner generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner in a partnership purchasing L Bonds, we urge you to consult your tax advisor.

Disposition of L Bonds

In general, a U.S. holder will recognize gain or loss upon the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of an L Bond measured by the difference between (1) the sum of the cash and the fair market value of all other property received on such disposition, excluding any portion of the payment that is attributable to accrued interest on the L Bonds; and (2) your adjusted tax basis in the L Bond. A U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in an L Bond generally will be equal to the price the U.S. holder paid for the L Bond. Any of this gain or loss generally will be long-term capital gain or loss if, at the time of any such taxable disposition, the L Bond was a capital asset in the hands of the holder and was held for more than one year. Net long-term capital gain recognized by individual U.S. holders is eligible for a reduced rate of taxation. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to annual limitations.

The terms of the L Bonds may be modified upon the consent of a specified percentage of holders and, in some cases, without consent of the holders. In addition, the L Bonds may be assumed upon the occurrence of specific transactions. The modification or assumption of an L Bond could, in some instances, give rise to a deemed exchange of an L Bond for a new debt instrument for federal income tax purposes. If an exchange is deemed to occur by reason of a modification or assumption, you could realize gain or loss without receiving any cash.

Additional Tax on Net Investment Income

If you are a U.S. holder other than a corporation, you generally will be subject to a 3.8% additional tax on the lesser of (1) your “net investment income” for the taxable year, and (2) the excess of your modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold. Your net investment income generally will include any income or gain recognized by you with respect to our L Bonds, unless such income or gain is derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of your trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities).

Considerations for Tax-Exempt Holders of L Bonds

Tax-exempt entities, including charitable corporations, pension plans, profit sharing or stock bonus plans, individual retirement accounts and some other employee benefit plans are subject to federal income tax on unrelated business taxable income. For example, net income derived from the conduct of a trade or business regularly carried on by a tax-exempt entity or by a partnership in which it is a partner is treated as unrelated business taxable income.

69

A $1,000 special deduction is allowed in determining the amount of unrelated business taxable income subject to tax. Tax-exempt entities taxed on their unrelated business taxable income are also subject to the alternative minimum tax for items of tax preference which enter into the computation of unrelated business taxable income.

In general, interest income does not constitute unrelated business taxable income. However, under the debt-financed property rules, if tax-exempt holders of L Bonds finance the acquisition or holding of L Bonds with debt, interest on the L Bonds will be taxable as unrelated business taxable income. The L Bonds will be treated as debt-financed property if the debt was incurred to acquire the L Bonds or was incurred after the acquisition of the L Bonds, so long as the debt would not have been incurred but for the acquisition and, at the time of the acquisition, the incurrence of the debt has already occurred or was foreseeable.

Non-U.S. Holders

The following discussion is a summary of the principal U.S. federal income consequences resulting from the ownership of the L Bonds by non-U.S. holders. However, application of the U.S. federal income tax rules associated with non-U.S. holders is complex and factually sensitive. Thus, if you could be considered to be a non-U.S. holder, you are urged to consult your own tax advisors with respect to the application of the federal income tax rules for your particular situation.

Payments of Interest to Non-U.S. Holders

Subject to the discussion below under “Backup Withholding and Information Reporting,” payments of interest received by a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax, provided (1) that (a) the non-U.S. holder does not own, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of our stock entitled to vote; (b) the non-U.S. holder is not a controlled foreign corporation, actually or constructively, through stock ownership; and (c) the beneficial owner of the L Bond complies with the certification requirements, including delivery of a statement, signed by the holder under penalties of perjury, certifying that the holder is a foreign person and provides its name and address; or (2) that the non-U.S. holder is entitled to the benefits of an income tax treaty under which the interest is exempt from U.S. withholding tax and the non-U.S. holder complies with the reporting requirements. If an L Bond is held through a securities clearing organization or other specified financial institutions (an “Intermediary”), the Intermediary may provide the relevant signed statement and, unless the Intermediary is a “qualified” intermediary as defined under the Code, the signed statement provided by the Intermediary must be accompanied by a copy of a valid Form W-8BEN provided by the non-U.S. beneficial holder of the L Bond.

Payments of interest not exempt from United States federal withholding tax as described above will be subject to a withholding tax at the rate of 30%, subject to reduction under an applicable income tax treaty.

Payments of interest on an L Bond to a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax, as opposed to withholding tax, unless the income is effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business in the United States. To claim the benefit of a lower treaty withholding rate, a non-U.S. holder must provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN to us or our paying agent before the payment of stated interest; and may be required to obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number and provide documentary evidence issued by foreign governmental authorities to prove residence in the foreign country. You should consult your own tax advisor to determine the effects of the application of the U.S. federal withholding tax to your particular situation.

Disposition of the L Bonds by Non-U.S. Holders

Subject to the discussion below under “Backup Withholding and Information Reporting,” a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax, and generally no tax will be withheld with respect to gains realized on the disposition of an L Bond, unless (a) the gain is effectively connected with a United States trade or business conducted by the non-U.S. holder or (b) the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 or more days during the taxable year of the disposition and other requirements are satisfied.

70

Non-U.S. Holders Subject to U.S. Income Taxation

If interest and other payments received by a non-U.S. holder with respect to the L Bonds, including proceeds from the disposition of the L Bonds, are effectively connected with the conduct by the non-U.S. holder of a trade or business within the United States, or the non-U.S. holder is otherwise subject to United States federal income taxation on a net basis with respect to the holder’s ownership of the L Bonds, or are individuals that have by operation of law become residents in the United States for federal income tax purposes, the non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to the rules described above applicable to U.S. holders of L Bonds, subject to any modification provided under an applicable income tax treaty. If any of these non-U.S. holders is a corporation, it may also be subject to a U.S. “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

Non-corporate U.S. holders may be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% on payments of principal, premium, and interest on, and the proceeds of the disposition of, the L Bonds. In general, backup withholding will be imposed only if the U.S. holder (1) fails to furnish its taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), which for an individual would be his or her Social Security number; (2) furnishes an incorrect TIN; (3) is notified by the IRS that it has failed to report payments of interest or dividends; or (4) under some circumstances, fails to certify under penalty of perjury that it has furnished a correct TIN and has been notified by the IRS that it is subject to backup withholding tax for failure to report interest or dividend payments. In addition, the payments of principal and interest to U.S. holders generally will be subject to information reporting. You should consult your tax advisors regarding your qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining an exemption, if applicable.

Backup withholding generally will not apply to payments made to a non-U.S. holder of an L Bond who provides the certification that it is a non-U.S. holder, and the payor does not have actual knowledge that a certificate is false, or otherwise establishes an exemption from backup withholding. Payments by United States office of a broker of the proceeds of a disposition of the L Bonds generally will be subject to backup withholding at a rate of 28% unless the non-U.S. holder certifies it is a non-U.S. holder under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption. In addition, if a foreign office of a foreign custodian, foreign nominee or other foreign agent of the beneficial owner, or if a foreign office of a foreign “broker” pays the proceeds of the sale of an L Bond to the seller, backup withholding and information reporting will not apply; provided that the nominee, custodian, agent or broker is not a “United States related person,” or a person which derives more than 50% of its gross income for some periods from the conduct of a trade or business in the United States or is a controlled foreign corporation. The payment by a foreign office of a broker that is a United States person or a United States related person of the proceeds of the sale of L Bonds will not be subject to backup withholding, but will be subject to information reporting unless the broker has documentary evidence in its records that the beneficial owner is not a United States person for purposes of the backup withholding and information reporting requirements and other conditions are met, or the beneficial owner otherwise establishes an exemption.

The amount of any backup withholding imposed on a payment to a holder of an L Bond will be allowed as a credit against the holder’s United States federal income tax liability and may entitle the holder to a refund; provided that the required information is furnished to the IRS.

71

STATE, LOCAL AND FOREIGN TAXES

We make no representations regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership or disposition of the L Bonds under the tax laws of any state, locality or foreign country. You should consult your own tax advisors regarding these state and foreign tax consequences.

ERISA CONSIDERATIONS

General

Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and Section 4975 of the Code impose restrictions on employee benefit plans that are subject to ERISA, or plans or arrangements that are subject to Code Section 4975, and on persons who are parties in interest or disqualified persons with respect to those plans or arrangements. Some employee benefit plans, like governmental plans and church plans (if no election has been made under Section 410(d) of the Code), are not subject to the restrictions of Title I of ERISA or Code Section 4975, and assets of these plans may be invested in the L Bonds without regard to the ERISA considerations described below, subject to the Code and other applicable federal and state laws affecting tax-exempt organizations generally. Any plan fiduciary that proposes to cause a plan to acquire any of the L Bonds should consult with its counsel with respect to the potential consequences under ERISA and the Code of the plan’s acquisition and ownership of the L Bonds. Investments by plans are also subject to ERISA’s and the Code’s general fiduciary requirements, including the requirement of investment prudence and diversification and the requirement that a plan’s investments be made in accordance with the documents governing the plan.

Prohibited Transactions

General

Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code prohibits certain “parties in interest” and “disqualified persons” with respect to a plan from engaging in select transactions involving a plan and its assets unless a statutory, regulatory or administrative exemption applies to the transaction. Section 4975 of the Code imposes excise taxes on parties in interest that engage in non-exempt “prohibited transactions.” Section 502(i) of ERISA requires the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Labor (“Labor”) to assess a civil penalty against a fiduciary who breaches any fiduciary responsibility under, or commits any other violation of, part 4 of Title I of ERISA, or any other person who knowingly participates in a breach or violation.

Plan Asset Regulations

Labor has issued regulations concerning the definition of what constitutes the assets of a plan for purposes of ERISA and the prohibited transaction provisions of the Code. The plan asset regulations describe the circumstances where the assets of an entity in which a plan invests will be considered to be “plan assets,” so that any person who exercises control over the assets would be subject to ERISA’s fiduciary standards. Generally, under the plan asset regulation, when a plan invests in another entity, the plan’s assets do not include, solely by reason of the investment, any of the underlying assets of the entity. However, the plan asset regulation provides that, if a plan acquires an “equity interest” in an entity that is neither a “publicly-offered security” nor a security issued by an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 the assets of the entity will be treated as assets of the plan investor unless exceptions apply.

Under the plan asset regulations the term “equity interest” is defined as any interest in an entity other than an instrument that is treated as indebtedness under “applicable local law” and that has no “substantial equity features.” Although the plan asset regulation is silent with respect to the question of which law constitutes “applicable local law” for this purpose, Labor has stated that these determinations should be made under the state law governing interpretation of the instrument in question. In the preamble to the plan asset regulation, Labor declined to provide a precise definition of what features are equity features or the circumstances under which the features would be considered “substantial,” noting that the question of whether a plan’s interest has substantial equity features is an inherently factual one, but that in making that determination it would be appropriate to take into account whether the equity features are such that a plan’s investment would be a practical vehicle for the indirect provision of investment management services. We believe that the L Bonds will be classified as indebtedness without substantial equity features for ERISA purposes.

72

Under the plan asset regulations the term “publicly-offered security” is defined as a security that is (i) freely transferable, (ii) part of a class of securities that is widely held, and (iii) either (A) part of a class of securities registered under section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or (B) sold to the plan as part of an offering of securities to the public pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 and the class of securities of which such security is a part is registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year of the issuer during which the offering of such securities to the public occurred. For purposes of the above, a class of securities is considered to be “widely held” if it is owned by 100 or more investors independent of the issuer and of one another. In the case of this offering, while the offer and sale of the L Bonds have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, the L Bonds themselves have not been registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. For this reason, we believe that the L Bonds will not likely meet the definition for “publicly-offered security” under the plan asset regulations.

In light of the foregoing, if the L Bonds were deemed to be equity interests for this purpose and no statutory, regulatory, or administrative exception applies, we could be considered to hold plan assets by reason of a plan’s investment in the L Bonds. These plan assets would include an undivided interest in all of our assets. In this case, we may be considered a fiduciary with respect to the investing plans. We would be subject to the fiduciary responsibility provisions of Title I of ERISA, including the prohibited transaction provisions of Section 406 of ERISA and Section 4975 of the Code, and to Section 4975 of the Code with respect to transactions involving any of our assets. The ERISA fiduciary standards could affect the way we conduct the business, which would have consequences for all investors, not just those that are employee benefit plans.

Depending on the relevant facts and circumstances, prohibited transaction exemptions may apply to the purchase or holding of the L Bonds. See, for example, Prohibited Transaction Class Exemption (“PTE”) 96-23, which exempts some transactions effected on behalf of a plan or by an “in-house asset manager;” PTE 95-60, which exempts some transactions between insurance company general accounts and parties in interest; PTE 91-38, which exempts some transactions between bank collective investment funds and parties in interest; PTE 90-1, which exempts some transactions between insurance company pooled separate accounts and parties in interest; or PTE 84-14, which exempts some transactions effected on behalf of a plan by a “qualified professional asset manager.” However, there can be no assurance that any of these exemptions will apply with respect to any plan’s investment in the L Bonds, or that the exemption, if it did apply, would apply to all prohibited transactions that may occur in connection with the investment.

Any plan fiduciary considering whether to purchase L Bonds on behalf of a plan should consult with its counsel regarding the applicability of the fiduciary responsibility and prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA and the Code. Before purchasing any L Bonds, a fiduciary of a plan should make its own determination as to (1) whether GWG Holdings, as issuer of and borrower under the L Bonds, is a “party in interest” under ERISA or a “disqualified person” under the Code with respect to the plan; (2) the availability of the relief provided in the plan asset regulation and (3) the availability of any other prohibited transaction exemptions. In addition, purchasers that are insurance companies should consult their own ERISA counsel with respect to their fiduciary responsibilities associated with their purchase and ownership of the L Bonds, including any responsibility under the Supreme Court case John Hancock Mutual Life Insurance Co. v. Harris Trust and Savings Bank .

73

LEGAL MATTERS

Certain legal matters in connection with the L Bonds will be passed upon for us by Maslon LLP, of Minneapolis, Minnesota.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of GWG Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, included in this prospectus and in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, have been audited by Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. As indicated in their report with respect thereto, these consolidated financial statements are included in this prospectus in reliance upon the authority of such firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the L Bonds to be offered and sold pursuant to the prospectus which is a part of that registration statement. This prospectus does not contain all the information contained in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the L Bonds to be sold in this offering, we refer you to the registration statement, including the agreements, other documents and schedules filed as exhibits to the registration statement.

We file annual, quarterly and current reports, and other information with the SEC. We intend to make these filings available on our website at www.gwgh.com . Information on our website is not incorporated by reference in this prospectus. We maintain an office at 220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200, Minneapolis, MN 55402 where all records concerning the L Bonds are to be retained. L Bond holders and their representatives can request information regarding the L Bonds by contacting our office by mail at our address or by telephone at (612) 746-1944 or by fax at (612) 746-0445. Upon request, we will provide copies of our filings with the SEC free of charge to our investors. Our SEC filings, including the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, will also be available on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov . You may read and copy all or any portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements or other information we file at the SEC’s public reference room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. In addition, you may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference room. You may receive copies of these documents upon payment of a duplicating fee by writing to the SEC.

74

INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

We are incorporating certain information about us that we have filed with the SEC by reference in this prospectus, which means that we are disclosing important information to you by referring you to those documents. The information we incorporate by reference is an important part of this prospectus.

We incorporate by reference the documents listed below and any future filings we will make with the Commission under Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act (i) after the date of the initial filing of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and prior to effectiveness of such registration statement, and (ii) from the date of this prospectus but prior to the termination of the offering of the securities covered by this prospectus:

         Our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2016, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2017 (including all exhibits thereto);

         Our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q for the periods ended March 31, 2017 and June 30, 2017, filed with the SEC on May 12, 2017 and August 10, 2017, respectively (including all exhibits thereto);

         Our Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 9, February 22, March 8, April 3, April 19, May 10, June 30, and August 10, 2017 (including all exhibits thereto); and

         Our definitive proxy statement filed with the SEC on March 30, 2017 (including all exhibits thereto).

We are not, however, incorporating by reference any documents or portions thereof, whether specifically listed above or filed in the future, that are not deemed “filed” with the SEC or any information furnished pursuant to Items 2.02 or 7.01 of Form 8-K or certain exhibits furnished pursuant to Item 9.01 of Form 8-K.

The section entitled “Where You Can Find More Information” above describes how you can obtain or access any documents or information that we have incorporated by reference herein. The information relating to us contained in this prospectus does not purport to be comprehensive and should be read together with the information contained in the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in this prospectus.

Upon written or oral request, we will provide, free of charge, to each person, including any beneficial owner, to whom a prospectus is delivered, a copy of any or all of the reports or documents that are incorporated by reference into this prospectus. Such written or oral requests should be made to:

William Acheson, Chief Financial Officer

220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Telephone Number: (612) 746-1944

In addition, such reports and documents may be found on our website at www.gwgh.com .

75

GWG HOLDINGS, INC.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

 

 

Page

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

F-3

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

F-4

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

 

F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-8

 

 

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2017, and December 31, 2016

 

F-29

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016

 

F-30

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the three and six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016

 

F-31

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity

 

F-33

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-34

F-1

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Shareholders, Audit Committee and Board of Directors
GWG Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Minneapolis, MN

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of GWG Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. We also have audited GWG Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) (2013 framework). The company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements include examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of GWG Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 and the results of their operations and cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, GWG Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) (2013 framework).

/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP
Minneapolis, Minnesota
March 15, 2017

F-2

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

December 31,
2016

 

December 31,
2015

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

78,486,982

 

 

$

34,425,105

 

Restricted cash

 

 

37,826,596

 

 

 

2,341,900

 

Investment in life insurance policies, at fair value

 

 

511,192,354

 

 

 

356,649,715

 

Secured MCA advances

 

 

5,703,147

 

 

 

 

Life insurance policy benefits receivable

 

 

5,345,000

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

4,688,103

 

 

 

2,461,045

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

643,242,182

 

 

$

395,877,765

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior credit facilities

 

$

156,064,818

 

 

$

63,279,596

 

Series I Secured Notes

 

 

16,404,836

 

 

 

23,287,704

 

L Bonds

 

 

381,312,587

 

 

 

276,482,796

 

Accounts payable

 

 

2,226,712

 

 

 

1,517,440

 

Interest payable

 

 

16,160,599

 

 

 

12,340,061

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

1,676,761

 

 

 

1,060,786

 

Deferred taxes, net

 

 

2,097,371

 

 

 

1,763,968

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

$

575,943,684

 

 

$

379,732,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK – Series A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(par value $0.001; shares authorized 40,000,000; shares outstanding 2,640,521 and 2,781,735; liquidation preference of $19,804,000 and $20,863,000 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)

 

 

19,701,133

 

 

 

20,784,841

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK – RPS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(par value $0.001; shares authorized 100,000; shares outstanding 59,183 as of December 31, 2016)

 

 

59,025,164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(par value $0.001: shares authorized 210,000,000; shares issued and outstanding 5,980,190 and 5,941,790 as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively)

 

 

5,980

 

 

 

5,942

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

7,383,515

 

 

 

14,563,834

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(18,817,294

)

 

 

(19,209,203

)

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

67,298,498

 

 

 

16,145,414

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

643,242,182

 

 

$

395,877,765

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31,
2016

 

December 31,
2015

REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on life insurance policies, net

 

$

67,801,565

 

 

$

39,381,003

 

MCA income

 

 

929,303

 

 

 

 

Interest and other income

 

 

746,466

 

 

 

251,249

 

TOTAL REVENUE

 

 

69,477,334

 

 

 

39,632,252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

42,343,374

 

 

 

29,518,718

 

Employee compensation and benefits

 

 

11,784,296

 

 

 

8,010,020

 

Legal and professional fees

 

 

3,947,376

 

 

 

3,152,783

 

Other expenses

 

 

10,676,976

 

 

 

7,784,350

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

 

68,752,022

 

 

 

48,465,871

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

725,312

 

 

 

(8,833,619

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

333,403

 

 

 

(3,509,587

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS)

 

 

391,909

 

 

 

(5,324,032

)

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

(3,537,287

)

 

 

(2,069,242

)

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

 

$

(3,145,378

)

 

$

(7,393,274

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(0.53

)

 

$

(1.25

)

Diluted

 

$

(0.53

)

 

$

(1.25

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

5,967,274

 

 

 

5,906,761

 

Diluted

 

 

5,967,274

 

 

 

5,906,761

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-4

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

Preferred
Stock
Shares

 

Preferred
Stock

 

Common
Shares

 

Common
Stock
(par)

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Total
Equity

Balance, December 31, 2014

 

2,738,966

 

 

$

20,527,866

 

 

5,870,193

 

$

5,870

 

$

15,741,371

 

 

$

(13,885,171

)

 

$

22,389,936

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,324,032

)

 

 

(5,324,032

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,000

 

 

60

 

 

581,940

 

 

 

 

 

 

582,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series A Preferred Stock conversion to common stock

 

(15,463

)

 

 

(115,973

)

 

11,597

 

 

12

 

 

115,961

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of preferred stock

 

58,232

 

 

 

372,948

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

372,948

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,069,242

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,069,242

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

193,804

 

 

 

 

 

 

193,804

 

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

2,781,735

 

 

$

20,784,841

 

 

5,941,790

 

$

5,942

 

$

14,563,834

 

 

$

(19,209,203

)

 

$

16,145,414

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

391,909

 

 

 

391,909

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,450

 

 

36

 

 

244,149

 

 

 

 

 

 

244,185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock

 

(239,749

)

 

 

(1,788,451

)

 

1,950

 

 

2

 

 

19,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,768,951

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock

 

98,535

 

 

 

704,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

704,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance Redeemable Preferred Stock

 

59,183

 

 

 

59,025,164

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,133,525

)

 

 

 

 

 

54,891,639

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,537,288

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,537,288

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

226,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

226,847

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

2,699,704

 

 

$

78,726,297

 

 

5,980,190

 

$

5,980

 

$

7,383,515

 

 

$

(18,817,294

)

 

$

67,298,498

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-5

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31,
2016

 

December 31,
2015

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

391,909

 

 

$

(5,324,032

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows used in operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on life insurance policies

 

 

(48,988,406

)

 

 

(39,371,059

)

Amortization of deferred financing and issuance costs

 

 

8,445,252

 

 

 

3,712,056

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

333,402

 

 

 

(3,509,587

)

Preferred stock issued in lieu of cash dividends

 

 

689,742

 

 

 

683,133

 

Preferred stock dividends payable

 

 

302,972

 

 

 

6,800

 

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from related parties

 

 

1,169

 

 

 

(1,256

)

Life insurance policy benefits receivable

 

 

(5,345,000

)

 

 

1,750,000

 

Other assets

 

 

(23,022,962

)

 

 

(304,526

)

Increase in operating liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

709,272

 

 

 

313,864

 

Interest payable

 

 

4,868,196

 

 

 

2,213,529

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

(4,399,443

)

 

 

2,183,393

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(66,013,897

)

 

 

(37,647,685

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in life insurance policies

 

 

(94,952,879

)

 

 

(38,906,934

)

Carrying value of matured life insurance policies

 

 

10,992,624

 

 

 

4,511,289

 

Investment in Secured MCA advances

 

 

(8,727,924

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from Secured MCA advances

 

 

2,553,466

 

 

 

 

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(90,134,713

)

 

 

(34,395,645

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net borrowings on (repayments of) Senior Credit Facilities

 

 

97,713,952

 

 

 

(7,150,000

)

Payments for redemption of Series I Secured Notes

 

 

(7,469,462

)

 

 

(4,891,681

)

Proceeds from issuance of L Bonds

 

 

153,874,402

 

 

 

131,159,348

 

Payments for issuance and redemption of L Bonds

 

 

(10,149,316

)

 

 

(7,499,601

)

Payments for redemption of L Bonds

 

 

(45,754,691

)

 

 

(35,984,061

)

Proceeds from (increase in) restricted cash

 

 

(35,484,697

)

 

 

1,954,153

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

244,185

 

 

 

582,000

 

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

 

 

57,112,501

 

 

 

 

Payments for issuance costs of preferred stock

 

 

(4,140,866

)

 

 

 

Payments for redemption of preferred stock

 

 

(2,198,233

)

 

 

(295,185

)

Payments of preferred stock dividends

 

 

(3,537,288

)

 

 

(2,069,242

)

NET CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

200,210,487

 

 

 

75,805,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

44,061,877

 

 

 

3,762,401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BEGINNING OF YEAR

 

 

34,425,105

 

 

 

30,662,704

 

END OF YEAR

 

$

78,486,982

 

 

$

34,425,105

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-6

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS — CONTINUED

 

 

Year Ended
December 31,

 

 

2016

 

2015

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

34,607,000

 

$

22,648,000

Premiums paid

 

$

40,240,000

 

$

26,650,000

Stock-based compensation

 

$

227,000

 

$

194,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

Options issued to purchase common stock

 

 

638,000

 

 

353,000

Series I Secured Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of accrued interest and commission payable to principal

 

$

234,000

 

$

203,000

L Bonds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of accrued interest and commission payable to principal

 

$

1,988,000

 

$

806,000

Series A Preferred Stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion to common stock

 

$

39,000

 

$

116,000

Issuance of preferred stock in lieu of cash dividends

 

$

690,000

 

$

683,000

Investment in life insurance policies included in accounts payable

 

$

605,000

 

$

1,079,000

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-7

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business — We are a financial services company committed to finding new ways of disrupting and transforming the life insurance and related industries through innovative products and services, business processes, financing strategies, and advanced epigenetic technology. Historically, we have focused on creating opportunities for consumers to obtain significantly more value for their life insurance policies as compared to the traditional options offered by the insurance industry. As part of our business, we create opportunities for investors to receive income and capital appreciation from our various activities in the life insurance and related industries. Through its wholly owned subsidiaries, GWG Holdings, Inc. owns a portfolio of life insurance policies. As of the date of this report, our portfolio had an aggregate fair value of $511.2 million. We earn income from changes in the fair value of our portfolio and through the benefits we receive upon the mortality of insureds.

GWG Holdings, Inc. and all of its subsidiaries are incorporated and organized in Delaware. Unless the context otherwise requires or we specifically so indicate, all references in these footnotes to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our Company,” “GWG,” or the “Company” refer to GWG Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries collectively and on a consolidated basis. References to the full names of particular entities, such as “GWG Holdings, Inc.” or “GWG Holdings,” are meant to refer only to the particular entity referenced.

On September 30, 2015, GWG Holdings formed a wholly owned subsidiary, Wirth Park Agency, LLC. Wirth Park Agency was formed to convert term life insurance policies into universal, or permanent life insurance. Wirth Pa rk A gency produces commission revenue through this activity.

On December 7, 2015, GWG Holdings formed a wholly owned subsidiary, GWG MCA, LLC. On January 13, 2016, GWG MCA, LLC was converted to a corporation and became GWG MCA Capital, Inc. GWG MCA Capital, Inc. was formed to engage in the merchant cash advance business.

On August 25, 2016, GWG Holdings formed a wholly owned subsidiary, Actüa Life & Annuity Ltd. to engage in various life insurance related businesses and activities.

Use of Estimates — The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue during the reporting period. We regularly evaluate estimates and assumptions, which are based on current facts, historical experience, and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances. The actual results that we experience may differ materially and adversely from our estimates. The most significant estimates with regard to these consolidated financial statements relate to (1) the determination of the assumptions used in estimating the fair value of our investments in life insurance policies, and (2) the value of our deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Cash and Cash Equivalents — We consider cash in demand deposit accounts and temporary investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. We maintain our cash and cash equivalents with highly rated financial institutions. The balances in our bank accounts may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limits. We periodically evaluate the risk of exceeding insured levels and may transfer funds as we dee m a ppropriate.

Life Insurance Policies — ASC 325-30 permits a reporting entity to account for its investments in life insurance policies using either the investment method or the fair value method. We elected to use the fair value method to account for our life insurance policies. Under the fair value method we recognize our initial investment at the purchase price. At each subsequent reporting period, we re-measure the investment at fair value in its entirety and recognize the change in fair value as revenue in the current period net of premiums paid.

We also recognize realized gain (revenue) from a life insurance policy upon one of the two following events: (1) our receipt of notice or verified mortality of the insured; or (2) our sale of the policy, filing of change-of-ownership forms and receipt of payment. In the case of mortality, the gain (or loss) we recognize is the difference between the policy benefits and the carrying values of the policy once we determine that collection of the policy benefits is realizable and reasonably assured. In the case of a policy sale, the gain (or loss) we recognize is the difference between the sale price and the carrying value of the policy on the date of our receipt of sale proceeds.

F-8

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

In a case where our acquisition of a policy is not complete as of a reporting date, but we have nonetheless advanced direct costs and deposits for the acquisition, those costs and deposits are recorded as “other assets” on our balance sheet until the acquisition is complete and we have secured title to the policy. On December 31, 2016 and 2015, a total of $42,000 and $31,000, respectively, of our “other assets” comprised direct costs and deposits that we advanced for policy acquisitions.

Other Assets — Actüa Life & Annuity Ltd. (“Actüa”) is a new wholly-owned subsidiary of GWG Holdings engaged in various life insurance businesses and activities. In August 2016, Actüa entered into an exclusive option agreement with the Regents of the University of California to explore the use of predictive mortality forecasting using an epigenetic mortality predictor invented by Dr. Steve Horvath. The cost of entering into this exclusive option agreement is listed as “other assets.”

Stock-Based Compensation : We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based payments at fair value over the requisite service period. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the weighted average fair value of options. For restricted stock grants, fair value is determined as the average price of our common stock on the date of grant. Equity-based compensation expense is recorded in administrative expenses based on the classification of the employee or vendor. The determination of fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by our stock price as well as by assumptions regarding a number of subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors.

The expected terms of the options are based on evaluations of historical and expected future employee exercise behavior. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rates at the date of grant with maturity dates approximately equal to the expected life at grant date. Volatility is based on historical and expected future volatility of our stock. To date, we have not paid any dividends on our common stock. Forfeitures for both option and restricted stock grants are estimated at the time of the grant and revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from estimates.

Deferred Financing and Issuance Costs — Loans advanced to us under our senior credit facilities, as described in Notes 5 and 6, are reported net of financing costs, which include issuance costs, sales commissions and other direct expenses, which are amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the facility. The Series I Secured Notes and L Bonds, as respectively described in Notes 7 and 8, are reported net of financing costs, which are amortized using the interest method over the term of those borrowings. The Series A, as described in Note 9, is reported net of financing costs (including the fair value of warrants issued), all of which were fully amortized using the interest method as of December 31, 2016. Selling and issuance costs of RPS and Series 2 Redeemable Preferred Stock (“RPS 2”), described in Notes 10 and 11, are netted against additional paid-in-capital.

Earnings (loss) per Share — Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders are calculated using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the reported period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share are calculated based on the potential dilutive impact of our outstanding Series A, RPS, warrants and stock options. Due to our net loss for years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, there are no dilutive securities.

Recently Adopted Pronouncements — On April 7, 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update N o. 2 015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (“ASU 2015-03”), as part of its simplification initiative. AS U 2 015-03 changes the presentation of debt issuance costs by presenting those costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the related debt liability. Amortization of the costs is reported as interest expense. We adopted ASU 2015-03 effective January 1, 2016, as required for public reporting entities.

On February 25, 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02 Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. ASU 2016-02 provides more transparency and comparability in the financial statements of lessees by recognizing all leases with a term greater than twelve months on the balance sheet. Leasees will also be required to disclose key information about their leases. Early adoption is permitted. We have not adopted ASU 2016-02 as of December 31, 2016.

F-9

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(2) Restrictions on Cash

Under the terms of our senior credit facilities (discussed in Notes 5 and 6), we are required to maintain collection and escrow accounts that are used to fund the acquisition of policies, pay annual policy premiums, pay interest and other charges under the facility, and collect policy benefits. The agent for the lender authorizes the disbursements from these accounts. At December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, there was a balance of $37,827,000, and $2,342,000, respectively, in these restricted cash accounts.

(3) Investment in Life Insurance Policies

Life insurance policies are valued based on unobservable inputs that are significant to their overall fair value. Changes in the fair value of these policies are recorded as gain or loss on life insurance policies, net of cash premiums paid on those policies, in our consolidated statements of operations. Fair value is determined on a discounted cash flow basis that incorporates life expectancy assumptions generally derived from reports obtained from widely accepted life expectancy providers, assumptions relating to cost-of-insurance (premium) rates and other assumptions. The discount rate we apply incorporates current information about discount rate applied by other reporting companies owning portfolios of life insurance policies, the discount rates observed in the life insurance secondary market, market interest rates, the credit exposure to the insurance companies that issued the life insurance policies and management’s estimate of the risk premium a purchaser would require to receive the future cash flows derived from our portfolio as a whole. As a result of management’s analysis, discount rates of 10.96% and 11.09% were applied to our portfolio as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.

A summary of our policies, organized according to their estimated life expectancy dates as of the dates indicated, is as follows:

 

 

As of December 31, 2016

 

As of December 31, 2015

Years Ending December 31,

 

Number of
Policies

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Face Value

 

Number of
Policies

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Face Value

2016

 

 

$

 

$

 

5

 

$

7,503,000

 

$

8,500,000

2017

 

11

 

 

14,837,000

 

 

16,939,000

 

12

 

 

12,875,000

 

 

17,418,000

2018

 

23

 

 

30,830,000

 

 

42,564,000

 

27

 

 

37,109,000

 

 

58,428,000

2019

 

55

 

 

57,556,000

 

 

88,858,000

 

51

 

 

54,242,000

 

 

100,967,000

2020

 

93

 

 

85,414,000

 

 

159,814,000

 

59

 

 

64,750,000

 

 

137,868,000

2021

 

86

 

 

73,825,000

 

 

158,744,000

 

48

 

 

45,724,000

 

 

116,805,000

2022

 

66

 

 

56,909,000

 

 

147,222,000

 

44

 

 

38,394,000

 

 

116,998,000

Thereafter

 

356

 

 

191,821,000

 

 

747,534,000

 

150

 

 

96,053,000

 

 

387,860,000

Totals

 

690

 

$

511,192,000

 

 

1,361,675,000

 

396

 

$

356,650,000

 

$

944,844,000

We recognized life insurance benefits of $48,452,000 and $31,232,000 during 2016 and 2015, respectively, related to policies with a carrying value of $10,993,000 and $4,511,000, respectively, and as a result recorded realized gains of $37,459,000 and $26,721,000.

Reconciliation of gain on life insurance policies:

 

 

Years Ended
December 31,

 

 

2016

 

2015

Change in fair value

 

$

70,582,000

 

 

$

39,371,000

 

Premiums and other annual fees

 

 

(40,240,000

)

 

 

(26,711,000

)

Policy maturities

 

 

37,460,000

 

 

 

26,721,000

 

Gain on life insurance policies, net

 

$

67,802,000

 

 

$

39,381,000

 

F-10

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(3) Investment in Life Insurance Policies (cont.)

We currently estimate that premium payments and servicing fees required to maintain our current portfolio of life insurance policies in force for the next five years, assuming no mortalities, are as follows:

Years Ending December 31,

 

Premiums

 

Servicing

 

Premiums and
Servicing Fees

2017

 

$

44,787,000

 

$

534,000

 

$

45,321,000

2018

 

 

50,165,000

 

 

534,000

 

 

50,699,000

2019

 

 

55,685,000

 

 

534,000

 

 

56,219,000

2020

 

 

60,561,000

 

 

534,000

 

 

61,095,000

2021

 

 

67,824,000

 

 

534,000

 

 

68,358,000

 

 

$

279,022,000

 

$

2,670,000

 

$

281,692,000

Management anticipates funding the premium payments estimated above with proceeds from our senior credit facilities, proceeds from additional debt and equity financing, and proceeds from maturities of life insurance policies. The proceeds of these capital sources may also be used for the purchase, financing, and maintenance of additional life insurance policies.

(4) Fair Value Definition and Hierarchy

ASC 820 establishes a hierarchical disclosure framework that prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring assets and liabilities at fair value. Market price observability is affected by a number of factors, including the type of investment, the characteristics specific to the investment and the state of the marketplace, including the existence and transparency of transactions between market participants. Assets and liabilities with readily available and actively quoted prices, or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices in an orderly market, generally will have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment used in measuring fair value. ASC 820 maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring the use of observable inputs whenever available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect assumptions about how market participants price an asset or liability developed based on the best available information. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows:

         Level 1 — Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that we have the ability to access. Since valuations are based quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

         Level 2 — Valuations based on one or more quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

         Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The availability of observable inputs can vary by types of assets and liabilities and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, whether an instrument is established in the marketplace, the liquidity of markets and other characteristics particular to the transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by management in determining fair value is greatest for assets and liabilities categorized in Level 3.

F-11

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(4) Fair Value Definition and Hierarchy (cont.)

Level 3 Valuation Process

The estimated fair value of our portfolio of life insurance policies is determined on a quarterly basis by our portfolio management committee, taking into consideration changes in discount rate assumptions, estimated premium payments and life expectancy estimate assumptions, as well as any changes in economic and other relevant conditions. The discount rate incorporates current information about discount rate applied by other reporting companies owning portfolios of life insurance policies, the discount rates observed in the life insurance secondary market, market interest rates, the credit exposure to the insurance company that issued the life insurance policy and management’s estimate of the risk premium a purchaser would require to receive the future cash flows derived from our portfolio as a whole.

These inputs are then used to estimate the discounted cash flows from the portfolio using the Model Actuarial Pricing System probabilistic portfolio price model, which estimates the cash flows using various mortality probabilities and scenarios. The valuation process includes a review by senior management as of each valuation date. We also engage a third-party expert to independently test the accuracy of the valuations using the inputs we provide on a quarterly basis.

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending fair value of our Level 3 investments in our portfolio of life insurance policies for the periods ended December 31, as follows:

 

 

Years Ended
December 31,

 

 

2016

 

2015

Beginning balance

 

$

356,650,000

 

 

$

282,883,000

 

Purchases

 

 

94,953,000

 

 

 

38,907,000

 

Maturities (initial cost basis)

 

 

(10,993,000

)

 

 

(4,511,000

)

Net change in fair value

 

 

70,582,000

 

 

 

39,371,000

 

Ending balance

 

$

511,192,000

 

 

$

356,650,000

 

In the past, we periodically updated the independent life expectancy estimates on the insured lives in our portfolio, other than insured lives covered under small face amount policies (i.e., $1 million in face value benefits or less), on a continuous rotating three-year cycle, and through that effort attempted to update life expectancies for approximately one-twelfth of our portfolio each quarter. Nevertheless, the terms of our senior credit facility with LNV Corporation currently requires us to attempt to update life expectancies on a rotating two-year cycle.

The following table summarizes the inputs utilized in estimating the fair value of our portfolio of life insurance policies:

 

 

As of
December 31,
2016

 

As of
December 31,
2015

Weighted-average age of insured, years

 

 

81.6

 

 

 

82.6

 

Weighted-average life expectancy, months

 

 

83.2

 

 

 

79.3

 

Average face amount per policy

 

$

1,973,000

 

 

$

2,386,000

 

Discount rate

 

 

10.96

%

 

 

11.09

%

These assumptions are, by their nature, inherently uncertain and the effect of changes in estimates may be significant. For example, if the life expectancy estimates were increased or decreased by four and eight months on each outstanding

F-12

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(4) Fair Value Definition and Hierarchy (cont.)

policy, and the discount rates were increased or decreased by 1% and 2%, while all other variables were held constant, the fair value of our investment in life insurance policies would increase or (decrease) as summarized below:

Change in Fair Value of the Investment in Life Insurance Policies

 

 

Change in life expectancy estimates

 

 

minus
8 months

 

minus
4 months

 

plus
4 months

 

plus
8 months

December 31, 2016

 

$

69,253,000

 

$

34,601,000

 

$

(33,846,000

)

 

$

(67,028,000

)

December 31, 2015

 

$

48,339,000

 

$

24,076,000

 

$

(23,501,000

)

 

$

(46,482,000

)

 

 

 

Change in discount rate

 

 

minus 2%

 

minus 1%

 

plus 1%

 

plus 2%

December 31, 2016

 

$

53,764,000

 

$

25,728,000

 

$

(23,668,000

)

 

$

(45,491,000

)

December 31, 2015

 

$

35,024,000

 

$

16,786,000

 

$

(15,485,000

)

 

$

(29,803,000

)

Other Fair Value Considerations

The carrying value of receivables, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities and low credit risk. Using the income-based valuation approach, the estimated fair value of our Series I Secured Notes and L Bonds, having a combined aggregate face value of $403,681,000 as of December 31, 2016, is approximately $414,419,000 based on a weighted-average market interest rate of 6.45%. The carrying value of the senior credit facilities reflects interest charged at the commercial paper rate or 12-month LIBOR, as applicable, plus an applicable margin. The margin represents our credit risk, and the strength of the portfolio of life insurance policies collateralizing the debt. The overall rate reflects market, and the carrying value of the facility approximates fair value.

GWG MCA participates in the merchant cash advance industry by directly advancing sums to merchants and lending money, on a secured basis, to companies that advance sums to merchants. Each quarter, we review the carrying value of these advances and loans, and determine if an impairment reserve is necessary. At December 31, 2016 one of our secured loans was potentially impaired. The secured loan to Nulook Capital LLC had an outstanding balance of $2,527,000 and a loan loss reserve of $600,000 at December 31, 2016. We deem fair value to be the estimated collectible value on each loan or advance made from GWG MCA. Where we estimate the collectible amount to be less than the outstanding balance, we record a reserve for the difference.

The following table summarizes outstanding warrants as of December 31, 2016:

Month issued

 

Warrants
issued

 

Fair value
per share

 

Risk free
rate

 

Volatility

 

Term

March 2012

 

38,130

 

$

0.52

 

0.38

%

 

36.20

%

 

5 years

June 2012

 

161,840

 

$

1.16

 

0.41

%

 

47.36

%

 

5 years

July 2012

 

144,547

 

$

1.16

 

0.41

%

 

47.36

%

 

5 years

September 2012

 

2,500

 

$

0.72

 

0.31

%

 

40.49

%

 

5 years

September 2014

 

16,000

 

$

1.26

 

1.85

%

 

17.03

%

 

5 years

 

 

363,017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 (5) Credit Facility — Autobahn Funding Company LLC

Through DLP III, we are party to a $105 million senior credit facility with Autobahn Funding Company LLC (“Autobahn”), with a maturity date of June 30, 2018. The facility is governed by a Credit and Security Agreement (the “Agreement”), and DZ Bank AG Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank (“DZ Bank”) acts as the agent for Autobahn under the Agreement. On September 14, 2016, we paid off the senior credit facility in full with funds received from a new senior credit facility with LNV Corporation as described in Note 6.

F-13

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(5) Credit Facility — Autobahn Funding Company LLC (cont.)

Advances under the facility bear interest at a commercial paper rate of the lender at the time of the advance, or at the lender’s cost of borrowing plus 4.25%. We make interest payments on a monthly basis. The effective rate of interest was 5.42% at September 14, 2016 and 5.58% at December 31, 2015.

The amount outstanding under this facility was $0 and $65,011,000 at December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. GWG Holdings is a performance guarantor of the various obligations of GWG Life, as servicer, under the Agreement. Obligations under the facility are secured by our pledge of ownership in our life insurance policies to DZ Bank through an arrangement under which Wells Fargo serves as a securities intermediary.

The Agreement has certain financial (as described below) and nonfinancial covenants, and we were in compliance with these covenants at both December 31, 2016 and 2015.

We have agreed to maintain (i) a positive consolidated net income on a non-GAAP basis (as defined and calculated under the Agreement) for each complete fiscal year, (ii) a tangible net worth on a non-GAAP basis (again, as defined and calculated under the Agreement) of not less than $45 million, and (iii) maintain cash and eligible investments of $15 million or above.

Consolidated non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP tangible net worth as of and for the four quarters ended December 31, 2016, as calculated under the Agreement, was $38,642,000 and $182,514,000, respectively.

Total funds available for additional borrowings under the facility at December 31, 2016 and 2015, were $0 and $39,989,000, respectively.

(6) Credit Facility — CSG Investments, Inc.

On September 14, 2016, we entered into a senior credit facility with LNV Corporation as lender through our subsidiary GWG DLP Funding IV, LLC (“DLP IV”). The facility is governed by a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”), with CLMG Corp. acting as administrative agent on behalf of the lenders under the Loan Agreement. The Loan Agreement makes available a total of up to $172,300,000 in credit with a maturity date of September 14, 2026. Additional quarterly advances are available under the Loan Agreement at the LIBOR rate as defined by the lender. Interest will accrue on amounts borrowed under the agreement at an annual interest rate, determined as of each date of borrowing or quarterly if there is no borrowing, equal to (A) the greater of 12-month LIBOR or the federal funds rate (as defined in the agreement) plus one-half of one percent per annum, plus (B) 5.75% per annum. Interest payments are made on a quarterly basis.

The amount outstanding under this facility was $162,725,000 at December 31, 2016. Obligations under the facility are secured by a security interest in DLP IV’s assets, for the benefit of the lenders under the Loan Agreement, through an arrangement under which Wells Fargo serves as security intermediary. The life insurance policies owned by DLP IV do not serve as direct collateral for the obligations of GWG Holdings under its L Bonds or Series I Secured Notes. The difference between the outstanding balance as of December 31, 2016 and the carrying amount relates to unamortized debt issuance costs.

The Loan Agreement requires DLP IV to maintain a reserve account in an amount sufficient to pay 12 months of servicing, administrative and third party expenses identified under the Loan Agreement, and 12 months of debt service as calculated under the Loan Agreement. As of December 31, 2016, the amount set aside in the reserve account was $27,500,000.

The Agreement has certain financial and nonfinancial covenants, and we were in compliance with these covenants at December 31, 2016.

Total funds available for additional borrowings under the facility at December 31, 2016 was $0.

F-14

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(7) Series I Secured Notes

Series I Secured Notes (“Series I”) are legal obligations of GWG Life and were privately offered and sold from August 2009 through June 2011. The Series I are secured by the assets of GWG Life and are subordinate to obligations under our senior credit facilities (see Notes 5 and 6). We are party to a Third Amended and Restated Note Issuance and Security Agreement dated November 1, 2011, as amended, under which GWG Life is obligor, GWG Holdings is guarantor, and Lord Securities Corporation serves as trustee of the GWG Life Trust (“Trust”). This agreement contains certain financial and non-financial covenants, and we were in compliance with these covenants at both December 31, 2016 and 2015.

The Series I were sold with original maturity dates ranging from six months to seven years, and with fixed interest rates varying from 5.65% to 9.55% depending on the term of the note. The Series I have renewal features under which we may elect to permit their renewal, subject to the right of bondholders to elect to receive payment at maturity. Effective September 1, 2016, we no longer renew the Series I.

Interest on the Series I is payable monthly, quarterly, annually or at maturity depending on the election of the investor. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the weighted-average interest rate of our Series I was 8.68% and 8.47%, respectively. The principal amount of Series I outstanding was $16,614,000 and $23,578,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The difference between the amount outstanding on the Series I and the carrying amount on our balance sheet is due to netting of unamortized deferred issuance costs. Overall, interest expense includes amortization of deferred financing and issuance costs of $332,000 and $362,000 in 2016 and 2015, respectively. Future expected amortization of deferred financing costs is $209,000 in total over the next five years.

Future contractual maturities of Series I payable and future amortization of their deferred financing costs at December 31, 2016 are as follows:

Years Ending December 31,

 

Contractual
Maturities

 

Amortization of
Deferred
Financing Costs

2017

 

$

10,523,000

 

$

41,000

2018

 

 

2,401,000

 

 

41,000

2019

 

 

1,024,000

 

 

20,000

2020

 

 

1,725,000

 

 

52,000

2021

 

 

941,000

 

 

55,000

 

 

$

16,614,000

 

$

209,000

 (8) L Bonds

Our L Bonds are legal obligations of GWG Holdings. Obligations under the L Bonds are secured by the assets of GWG Holdings and by GWG Life, as a guarantor, and are subordinate to the obligations under our senior credit facilities (see Notes 5 and 6). We began publicly offering and selling L Bonds in January 2012 under the name “Renewable Secured Debentures.” These debt securities were re-named “L Bonds” in January 2015. L Bonds are publicly offered and sold on a continuous basis under a registration statement permitting us to sell up to $1.0 billion in principal amount of L Bonds. We are party to an indenture governing the L Bonds dated October 19, 2011, as amended (“Indenture”), under which GWG Holdings is obligor, GWG Life is guarantor, and Bank of Utah serves as indenture trustee. The Indenture contains certain financial and non-financial covenants, and we were in compliance with these covenants at December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Effective September 1, 2016, we ceased selling 6-month and 1-year L Bonds until further notice. In addition, effective September 1, 2016, the L Bond interest rates changed to 5.50%, 6.25%, 7.50% and 8.50% for the 2-, 3-, 5- and 7-year L Bonds, respectively. The bonds have renewal features under which we may elect to permit their renewal, subject to the right of bondholders to elect to receive payment at maturity. Interest is payable monthly or annually depending on the election of the investor.

F-15

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(8) L Bonds (cont.)

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, the weighted-average interest rate of our L Bonds was 7.23% and 7.16%, respectively. The principal amount of L Bonds outstanding was $387,067,000 and $282,171,000 at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The difference between the amount of outstanding L Bonds and the carrying amount on our balance sheets is due to netting of unamortized deferred issuance costs and cash receipts for new issuances in process. Amortization of deferred issuance costs was $7,099,000 and $5,285,000 in 2016 and 2015, respectively. Future expected amortization of deferred financing costs as of December 31, 2016 is $11,636,000 in total over the next eight years.

Future contractual maturities of L Bonds, and future amortization of their deferred financing costs, at December 31, 2016 are as follows:

Years Ending December 31,

 

Contractual
Maturities

 

Amortization of
Deferred
Financing Costs

2017

 

$

106,955,000

 

$

1,178,000

2018

 

 

109,407,000

 

 

3,000,000

2019

 

 

90,463,000

 

 

3,450,000

2020

 

 

20,679,000

 

 

809,000

2021

 

 

28,923,000

 

 

1,512,000

Thereafter

 

 

30,640,000

 

 

1,687,000

 

 

$

387,067,000

 

$

11,636,000

 (9) Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

From July 2011 until September 2012, we privately offered shares of Series A of GWG Holdings at $7.50 per share. In the offering, we sold an aggregate of 3,278,000 shares for gross consideration of $24,582,000. Holders of Series A are entitled to cumulative dividends at the rate of 10% per annum, paid quarterly. Dividends on the Series A are accumulating and are recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. Under certain circumstances described in the Certificate of Designation for the Series A, additional Series A shares may be issued in lieu of cash dividends at the rate of $7.00 per share.

Holders of Series A are entitled to a liquidation preference equal to the stated value of their preferred shares (i.e., $7.50 per share) plus accrued but unpaid dividends. Holders of Series A may presently convert each share of their Series A into 0.75 shares of our common stock at a price of $10.00 per share.

As of December 31, 2016, we issued an aggregate of 473,000 shares of Series A in satisfaction of $3,310,000 in dividends on the Series A, and an aggregate of 696,000 shares of Series A were converted into 522,000 shares of our common stock. As of December 31, 2016, we had 2,640,000 Series A shares outstanding with respect to which we incurred aggregate issuance costs of $2,838,000, all of which is included as a component of additional paid-in capital.

Purchasers of Series A in our offering received warrants to purchase an aggregate of 431,954 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $12.50 per share. The grant date fair value of these warrants was $428,000. As of December 31, 2016, none of these warrants were exercised, 69,000 warrants have expired. The weighted-average remaining life of these warrants was 0.56 and 1.43 years at December 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

In September 2014, we completed, at our discretion, a public offering of our common stock and, as a result, the Series A was reclassified from temporary equity to permanent equity. We may redeem Series A shares at a price equal to 110% of their liquidation preference ($7.50 per share) at any time. As of December 31, 2016, we have redeemed an aggregate of 277,000 shares of Series A.

F-16

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(10) Redeemable Preferred Stock

Beginning November 30, 2015, we began publicly offering up to 100,000 shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock (“RPS”) at $1,000 per share. Holders of RPS are entitled to cumulative dividends at the rate of 7% per annum, paid monthly. Dividends on the RPS are recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. Under certain circumstances described in the Certificate of Designation for the RPS, additional shares of RPS may be issued in lieu of cas h dividends.

The RPS ranks senior to our common stock and pari passu with our Series A, and entitles its holders to a liquidation preference equal to the stated value per share (i.e., $1,000) plus accrued but unpaid dividends. Holders of RPS may presently convert their RPS into our common stock at a conversion price equal to the volume-weighted average price of our common stock for the 20 trading days immediately prior to the date of conversion, subject to a minimum conversion price of $15.00 and in an aggregate amount limited to 15% of the stated value of RPS originally purchased by such holder from us and still held by such holder.

Holders of RPS may request that we redeem their RPS at a price equal to their stated value plus accrued but unpaid dividends, less an applicable redemption fee, if any. Nevertheless, the Certificate of Designation for RPS permits us complete discretion to grant redemption requests. Subject to certain restrictions and conditions, we may also redeem shares of RPS without a redemption fee upon a holder’s death, total disability or bankruptcy. In addition, after one year from the date of original issuance, we may, at our option, call and redeem shares of RPS at a price equal to their liquidation preference.

As of December 31, 2016, we had sold 59,183 shares of RPS for aggregate gross consideration of $59,025,000, and incurred approximately $4,134,000 of selling costs related to the sale of those shares.

At the time of its issuance, we determined that the RPS contained two embedded features: (1) optional redemption by the holder at our discretion and (2) optional conversion by the holder. We determined that each of the embedded features met the definition of a derivative and that the RPS should be considered an equity host for the purposes of assessing the embedded derivatives for potential bifurcation. Based on our assessment under ASC 470 “Debt” we do not believe bifurcation of either the holder’s redemption or conversion feature is appropriate.

(11) Series 2 Redeemable Preferred Stock

On February 14, 2017, our public offering up to 150,000 shares of Series 2 Redeemable Preferred Stock (“RPS 2”) at $1,000 per share was declared effective. Holders of RPS 2 are entitled to cumulative dividends at the rate of 7% per annum, paid monthly. Dividends on the RPS 2, when payable, will be recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. Under certain circumstances described in the Certificate of Designation for the RPS 2, additional shares of RPS 2 may be issued in lieu of cash dividends.

The RPS 2 ranks senior to our common stock and pari passu with our Series A and RPS, and entitles its holders to a liquidation preference equal to the stated value per share (i.e., $1,000) plus accrued but unpaid dividends. Holders of RPS 2 may, less an applicable conversion discount, if any, convert their RPS 2 into our common stock at a conversion price equal to the volume-weighted average price of our common stock for the 20 trading days immediately prior to the date of conversion, subject to a minimum conversion price of $12.75 and in an aggregate amount limited to 10% of the stated value of RPS 2 originally purchased from us.

Holders of RPS 2 may request that we redeem their RPS 2 at a price equal to their liquidation preference at a price equal to their stated value plus accrued but unpaid dividends, less an applicable redemption fee, if any. Nevertheless, the Certificate of Designation for RPS 2 permits us complete discretion to decline requests for redemption. Subject to certain restrictions and conditions, we may also redeem shares of RPS 2 without a redemption fee upon a holder’s death, total disability or bankruptcy. In addition, we may, at our option, call and redeem shares of RPS 2 at a price equal to their liquidation preference (subject to a minimum redemption price, in the event of redemptions occurring less than one year after issuance, of 107% of the stated value of the shares being redeemed).

We have not sold any shares of RPS 2.

F-17

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(12) GWG MCA Capital, Inc — 9% Preferred Stock

Beginning March 31, 2016, GWG MCA began privately offering up to 2,000,000 shares of GWG MCA 9% Preferred Stock (“MCA Preferred”) at $10.00 per share. Holders of MCA Preferred are entitled to cumulative dividends at a rate of 9% per annum, paid monthly. Dividends on the MCA Preferred are included as interest expense in the statements of operations. As of December 31, 2016, a total of 7,155 shares of MCA Preferred had been sold for aggregate gross consideration of $72,000 and approximately $7,000 of selling costs related to the sale of these shares were incurred.

Holders of MCA Preferred were redeemed as of December 31, 2016 at the stated value of their shares plus accrued but unpaid dividends.

(13) Income Taxes

We had a current income tax liability of $0 as of both December 31, 2016 and 2015. The components of deferred income tax expense (benefit) for 2016 and 2015, respectfully, consisted of the following:

 

 

2016

 

2015

Income tax provision:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

252,000

 

$

(2,660,000

)

State

 

 

81,000

 

 

(850,000

)

Total income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

333,000

 

$

(3,510,000

)

We provided a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset related to a note receivable, which was charged-off for financial reporting purposes, because we believe that, when realized for tax purposes, it will result in a capital loss that will not be utilized because we have no expectation of generating a capital gain within the applicable carryforward period. Therefore, we do not believe that it is “more likely than not” that the deferred tax asset will be realized.

We also provided a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset related to a tax basis capital loss generated with respect to our settlement and subsequent disposal of an earlier investment. As we have no expectation of generating capital gains with the applicable carryforward period, we do not believe that it is “more likely than not” that the deferred asset will be realized.

The primary differences between the December 31, 2016 effective tax rate and the statutory federal rate are state taxes, and other non-deductible expenses. The most significant temporary differences between GAAP net income and taxable net income are the treatment of interest costs with respect to the acquisition of the life insurance policies and revenue recognition with respect to the mark-to-market of our life insurance portfolio.

The following table provides a reconciliation of our income tax expense (benefit) at the statutory federal tax rate to our actual income tax expense (benefit):

 

 

2016

 

2015

Statutory federal income tax

 

$

247,000

 

34.0

%

 

$

(3,004,000

)

 

34.0

%

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

56,000

 

7.8

%

 

 

(561,000

)

 

6.3

%

Other permanent differences

 

 

30,000

 

4.2

%

 

 

55,000

 

 

(0.6

)%

Total income tax expense

 

$

333,000

 

46.0

%

 

$

(3,510,000

)

 

39.7

%

F-18

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(13) Income Taxes (cont.)

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to deferred income taxes were as follows:

 

 

2016

 

2015

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note receivable from related party

 

$

2,023,000

 

 

$

2,023,000

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

 

10,781,000

 

 

 

7,049,000

 

Other assets

 

 

1,130,000

 

 

 

375,000

 

Subtotal

 

 

13,934,000

 

 

 

9,447,000

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(2,164,000

)

 

 

(2,164,000

)

Deferred tax assets

 

 

11,770,000

 

 

 

7,283,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in life insurance policies

 

 

(13,867,000

)

 

 

(9,046,000

)

Other

 

 

 

 

 

(1,000

)

Net deferred tax liability

 

$

(2,097,000

)

 

$

(1,764,000

)

At December 31, 2016 and 2015, we had federal net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards of $26,642,000 and $17,451,000, respectively, and aggregate state NOL carryforwards of approximately $26,616,000 and $17,423,000, respectively. The NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2031. Future utilization of NOL carryforwards is subject to limitations under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. This section generally relates to a more than 50 percent change in ownership over a three-year period. We currently do not believe that any issuance of common stock has resulted in an ownership change under Section 382.

We provide for a valuation allowance when it is not considered “more likely than not” that our deferred tax assets will be realized. At both December 31, 2016 and 2015 based upon all available evidence, we provided a valuation allowance of $2,164,000, against deferred tax assets related to the likelihood of recovering the tax benefit of a capital loss on a note receivable from a related entity and other capital losses. Management believes all other deferred tax assets are recoverable.

ASC 740 requires the reporting of certain tax positions that do not meet a threshold of “more-likely-than-not” to be recorded as uncertain tax benefits. It management’s responsibility to determine whether it is “more-likely-than-not” that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based upon the technical merits of the position. Management has reviewed all income tax positions taken or expected to be taken for all open years and determined that the income tax positions are appropriately stated and supported. We do not anticipate that the total unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change prior to December 31, 2016.

Under our accounting policies, interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits, as well as interest received from favorable tax settlements are recognized as components of income tax expense. At December 31, 2016 and 2015, we recorded no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

Our income tax returns for tax years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016, when filed, remain open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and various state taxing jurisdictions. Our tax return for tax year 2012 has now been examined by the IRS (finalized April of 2015) but is open for examination by various state taxing jurisdictions.

F-19

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(14) Common Stock

In September 2014, we consummated an initial public offering of our common stock resulting in the sale of 800,000 shares of common stock at $12.50 per share, and net proceeds of approximately $8.6 million after the payment of underwriting commissions, discounts and expense reimbursements. In connection with this offering, we listed our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol “GWGH.”

On June 24, 2015 we issued 60,000 restricted common shares at $9.70 per share, determined by the closing market price on the date of grant, to a vendor as payment for services to be rendered over three years. The cost of these shares is amortized over a 12-month period. On March 17, 2016, we issued an additional 6,500 restricted common shares at an average price of $7.16 per share, determined by the closing market price on the date of grant, to this same vendor for additional services provided to us. On April 25, 2016, we issued 25,000 restricted shares of common stock at $6. 25 per sh are, determined by the closing market price on the date of grant, to a vendor as a form of payment for services the vendor is providing to us, which is expensed in the current period.

(15) Stock Incentive Plan

We adopted our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan in March 2013. The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors is responsible for the administration the plan. Incentives under the plan may be granted incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options; stock appreciation rights; stock awards; restricted stock; restricted stock units; and performance shares. Eligible participants include officers and employees of GWG Holdings and its subsidiaries, members of our Board of Directors, and consultants. 2,000,000 common shares are presently issuable under the plan.

In September 2014, we entered into a stock option agreement with a new management employee granting the employee the right to purchase up to 318,000 of our common stock at an exercise price of $12.50. The grant of such rights to purchase our common stock was treated as an inducement grant and was issued outside the GWG Holdings Inc. 2013 Stock Incentive Plan.

Through December 31, 2016, we had issued stock options for 2,048,000 shares of common stock to employees, officers, and directors under the plan. Options for 738,000 shares have vested, and the remaining options are scheduled to vest over three years. The options were issued with an exercise price between $6.35 and $10.18 for those beneficially owning more than 10% of our common stock, and between $6.00 and $10.25 for all others, which is equal to the estimated market price of the shares on the date of grant. The expected annualized volatility used in the Black-Scholes model valuation of options issued during the period was 25.9%. The annual volatility rate is based on the standard deviation of the average continuously compounded rate of return of five selected comparable companies over the previous 52 weeks. A forfeiture rate of 15% is based on historical information and expected future trend. As of December 31, 2016, stock options for 437,000 shares were forfeited and stock options for 28,000 shares were exercised.

Outstanding stock options:

 

 

Vested

 

Un-vested

 

Total

Balance as of December 31, 2014

 

314,288

 

 

685,813

 

 

1,000,101

 

Granted during the year

 

79,500

 

 

273,700

 

 

353,200

 

Vested during the year

 

238,999

 

 

(238,999

)

 

 

Exercised during the year

 

(27,667

)

 

 

 

(27,667

)

Forfeited during the year

 

(121,417

)

 

(150,602

)

 

(272,019

)

Balance as of December 31, 2015

 

483,703

 

 

569,912

 

 

1,053,615

 

Granted during the year

 

22,500

 

 

608,350

 

 

630,850

 

Vested during the year

 

251,788

 

 

(251,788

)

 

 

Forfeited during the year

 

(19,926

)

 

(82,140

)

 

(102,066

)

Balance as of December 31, 2016

 

738,065

 

 

844,334

 

 

1,582,399

 

Compensation expense related to un-vested options not yet recognized is $525,000. We expect to recognize this compensation expense over the next three years ($265,000 in 2017, $157,000 in 2018, and $103,000 in 2019).

F-20

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(15) Stock Incentive Plan (cont.)

Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs) — On September 19, 2016 we issued SARs for 145,388 shares of the common stock to employees. The strike price of the SARs was $8.76, which was equal to the market price of the common stock at the close of business on September 19, 2016. 56,358 of the SARs were vested as of December 31, 2016, on which date the market price of the common stock was $8.82. A forfeiture rate of 15% was used in calculating our liability for th e S ARs.

Outstanding Stock Appreciation Rights:

 

 

Vested

 

Un-vested

 

Total

Balance as of December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Granted during the year

 

106,608

 

133,127

 

239,735

Forfeited during the year

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

 

106,608

 

133,127

 

239,735

A liability for Stock Appreciation Rights — Compensation Expense was recorded on December 31, 2016 in the amount of $4,266 and Compensation Expense was charged for the same amount.

(16) Net Loss per Common Share

We have outstanding Series A and RPS, as described in Notes 9 and 10. The Series A and RPS are anti-dilutive to our net loss attributable to common shareholders calculation for the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015. We also issued warrants to purchase common stock in conjunction with the sale of Series A (see Note 9). Both those warrants and our vested stock options are anti-dilutive at December 31, 2016 and 2015 and have not been included in the fully diluted net loss per common share calculation.

(17) Commitments

We are party to an office lease with U.S. Bank National Association as the landlord. On September 1, 2015, we entered into an amendment to our original lease that expanded the leased space to 17,687 square feet and extended the term through 2026. Under the amended lease we are obligated to pay base rent plus common area maintenance and a share of building operating costs. Rent expenses under this agreement were $415,000 and $283,000 during 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Minimum lease payments under the amended lease are as follows:

2017

 

 

178,000

2018

 

 

185,000

2019

 

 

191,000

2020

 

 

198,000

2021

 

 

204,000

2022

 

 

210,000

2023

 

 

217,000

2024

 

 

223,000

2025

 

 

230,000

 

 

$

1,836,000

 (18) Contingencies

Litigation — In the normal course of business, we are involved in various legal proceedings. In the opinion of management, any liability resulting from such proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

F-21

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(19) Guarantee of L Bonds

We are publicly offering and selling L Bonds under a registration statement declared effective by the SEC, as described in Note 8. Our obligations under the L Bonds are secured by substantially all the assets of GWG Holdings, a pledge of all our common stock held individually by our largest stockholders, and by a guarantee and corresponding grant of a security interest in substantially all the assets of GWG Life. As a guarantor, GWG Life has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the payment of principal and interest on the L Bonds. Substantially all of our life insurance policies are held by DLP III, DLP IV and the Trust. The policies held by DLP III and DLP IV are not collateral for the L Bond obligations as such policies serve as direct collateral for the senior credit facilities.

The consolidating financial statements are presented in lieu of separate financial statements and other related disclosures of the subsidiary guarantor and issuer because management does not believe that separate financial statements and related disclosures would be material to investors. There are currently no significant restrictions on the ability of GW G H oldings or GWG Life, the guarantor subsidiary, to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan, except as described in these notes. A majority of insurance policies we own are subject to a collateral arrangement with LN V d escribed in Note 6. Under this arrangement, collection and escrow accounts are used to fund premiums for the insurance policies and to pay interest and other charges under the senior credit facility.

The following represents consolidating financial information as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, with respect to the financial position, and as of December 31, 2016 and 2015, with respect to results of operations and cash flows of GWG Holdings and its subsidiaries. The parent column presents the financial information of GWG Holdings, the primary obligor for the L Bonds. The guarantor subsidiary column presents the financial information of GWG Life, the guarantor subsidiary of the L Bonds, presenting its investment in DLP III, DLP IV and the Trust under the equity method. The non-guarantor subsidiaries column presents the financial information of all non-guarantor subsidiaries, including DLP III, DLP IV and the Trust.

F-22

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(19) Guarantee of L Bonds (cont.)

Consolidating Balance Sheets

December 31, 2016

 

Parent

 

Guarantor
Subsidiary

 

Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

28,481,047

 

 

$

49,360,952

 

$

644,983

 

$

 

 

$

78,486,982

 

Restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

2,117,649

 

 

35,708,947

 

 

 

 

 

37,826,596

 

Investment in life insurance policies, at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

41,277,896

 

 

469,914,458

 

 

 

 

 

511,192,354

 

Secured MCA advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,703,147

 

 

 

 

 

5,703,147

 

Life insurance policy benefits receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,345,000

 

 

 

 

 

5,345,000

 

Other assets

 

 

3,854,233

 

 

 

2,056,822

 

 

810,640

 

 

(2,033,592

)

 

 

4,688,103

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

429,971,148

 

 

 

352,337,037

 

 

 

 

(782,308,185

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

462,306,428

 

 

$

447,150,356

 

$

518,127,175

 

$

(784,341,777

)

 

$

643,242,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior credit facilities

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

156,064,818

 

$

 

 

$

156,064,818

 

Series I Secured Notes

 

 

 

 

 

16,404,836

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,404,836

 

L Bonds

 

 

381,312,587

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

381,312,587

 

Accounts payable

 

 

853,470

 

 

 

731,697

 

 

641,545

 

 

 

 

 

2,226,712

 

Interest payable

 

 

9,882,133

 

 

 

3,743,277

 

 

2,535,189

 

 

 

 

 

16,160,599

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

862,369

 

 

 

544,032

 

 

2,303,952

 

 

(2,033,592

)

 

 

1,676,761

 

Deferred taxes, net

 

 

2,097,371

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,097,371

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

395,007,930

 

 

 

21,423,842

 

 

161,545,504

 

 

(2,033,592

)

 

 

575,943,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member capital

 

 

 

 

 

425,726,514

 

 

356,581,671

 

 

(782,308,185

)

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

 

19,701,133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,701,133

 

Redeemable preferred stock

 

 

59,025,164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59,025,164

 

Common stock

 

 

5,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,980

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

7,383,515

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,383,515

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(18,817,294

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,817,294

)

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

67,298,498

 

 

 

425,726,514

 

 

356,581,671

 

 

(782,308,185

)

 

 

67,298,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

462,306,428

 

 

$

447,150,356

 

$

518,127,175

 

$

(784,341,777

)

 

$

643,242,182

 

F-23

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(19) Guarantee of L Bonds (cont.)

Consolidating Balance Sheets (continued)

December 31, 2015

 

Parent

 

Guarantor
Subsidiary

 

Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

32,292,162

 

 

$

1,982,722

 

 

$

150,221

 

$

 

 

$

34,425,105

 

Restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

2,102,257

 

 

 

239,643

 

 

 

 

 

2,341,900

 

Investment in life insurance policies, at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

356,649,715

 

 

 

 

 

356,649,715

 

Other assets

 

 

1,742,074

 

 

 

688,071

 

 

 

30,900

 

 

 

 

 

2,461,045

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

269,886,254

 

 

 

291,295,951

 

 

 

 

 

(561,182,205

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

303,920,490

 

 

$

296,069,001

 

 

$

357,070,479

 

$

(561,182,205

)

 

$

395,877,765

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior credit facilities

 

$

 

 

$

(1,000,000

)

 

$

64,279,596

 

$

 

 

$

63,279,596

 

Series I Secured Notes

 

 

 

 

 

23,287,704

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,287,704

 

L Bonds

 

 

276,482,796

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

276,482,796

 

Accounts payable

 

 

280,988

 

 

 

157,217

 

 

 

1,079,235

 

 

 

 

 

1,517,440

 

Interest payable

 

 

8,529,959

 

 

 

3,544,626

 

 

 

265,476

 

 

 

 

 

12,340,061

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

717,365

 

 

 

343,421

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,060,786

 

Deferred taxes, net

 

 

1,763,968

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,763,968

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

287,775,076

 

 

 

26,332,968

 

 

 

65,624,307

 

 

 

 

 

379,732,351

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member capital

 

 

 

 

 

269,736,033

 

 

 

291,446,172

 

 

(561,182,205

)

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

 

20,784,841

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,784,841

 

Common stock

 

 

5,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,942

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

14,563,834

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,149,391

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(19,209,203

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,209,203

)

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

16,145,414

 

 

 

269,736,033

 

 

 

291,446,172

 

 

(561,182,205

)

 

 

16,145,414

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

303,920,490

 

 

$

296,069,001

 

 

$

357,070,479

 

$

(561,182,205

)

 

$

395,877,765

 

F-24

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(19) Guarantee of L Bonds (cont.)

Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the year ended December 31, 2016

 

Parent

 

Guarantor
Subsidiary

 

Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy servicing fees

 

$

 

 

$

13,417

 

 

$

 

$

(13,417

)

 

$

 

Gain on life insurance policies, net

 

 

 

 

 

379,405

 

 

 

67,422,160

 

 

 

 

 

67,801,565

 

MCA income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

929,303

 

 

 

 

 

929,303

 

Interest and other income

 

 

260,087

 

 

 

59,340

 

 

 

639,414

 

 

(212,375

)

 

 

746,466

 

TOTAL REVENUE

 

 

260,087

 

 

 

452,162

 

 

 

68,990,877

 

 

(225,792

)

 

 

69,477,334

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Origination and servicing fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,417

 

 

(13,417

)

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

32,149,577

 

 

 

2,311,819

 

 

 

8,094,353

 

 

(212,375

)

 

 

42,343,374

 

Employee compensation and benefits

 

 

6,874,368

 

 

 

4,358,406

 

 

 

551,522

 

 

 

 

 

11,784,296

 

Legal and professional fees

 

 

2,107,053

 

 

 

1,628,408

 

 

 

211,915

 

 

 

 

 

3,947,376

 

Other expenses

 

 

5,822,621

 

 

 

2,871,318

 

 

 

1,983,037

 

 

 

 

 

10,676,976

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

 

46,953,619

 

 

 

11,169,951

 

 

 

10,854,244

 

 

(225,792

)

 

 

68,752,022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EQUITY IN INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

(46,693,532

)

 

 

(10,717,789

)

 

 

58,136,633

 

 

 

 

 

725,312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY IN INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

47,418,844

 

 

 

58,822,543

 

 

 

 

 

(106,241,387

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

725,312

 

 

 

48,104,754

 

 

 

58,136,633

 

 

(106,241,387

)

 

 

725,312

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

 

333,403

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

333,403

 

NET INCOME

 

 

391,909

 

 

 

48,104,754

 

 

 

58,136,633

 

 

(106,241,387

)

 

 

391,909

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

(3,537,287

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,537,287

)

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

 

$

(3,145,378

)

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

(3,145,378

)

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

Parent

 

Guarantor
Subsidiary

 

Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy servicing fees

 

$

 

 

$

2,217,471

 

 

$

 

$

(2,217,471

)

 

$

 

Gain on life insurance policies, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

39,381,003

 

 

 

 

 

39,381,003

 

Interest and other income

 

 

45,613

 

 

 

62,125

 

 

 

143,511

 

 

 

 

 

 

251,249

 

TOTAL REVENUE

 

 

45,613

 

 

 

2,279,596

 

 

 

39,524,514

 

 

(2,217,471

)

 

 

39,632,252

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Origination and servicing fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,217,471

 

 

(2,217,471

)

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

22,416,821

 

 

 

2,703,124

 

 

 

4,398,743

 

 

 

 

 

29,518,718

 

Employee compensation and benefits

 

 

6,007,347

 

 

 

2,002,673

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,010,020

 

Legal and professional fees

 

 

2,115,580

 

 

 

1,037,203

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,152,783

 

Other expenses

 

 

4,295,085

 

 

 

3,347,294

 

 

 

141,971

 

 

 

 

 

7,784,350

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

 

34,834,863

 

 

 

9,090,294

 

 

 

6,758,185

 

 

(2,217,471

)

 

 

48,465,871

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EQUITY IN INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

(34,789,250

)

 

 

(6,810,698

)

 

 

32,766,329

 

 

 

 

 

(8,833,619

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY IN INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

25,955,631

 

 

 

32,766,108

 

 

 

 

 

(58,721,739

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

(8,833,619

)

 

 

25,955,410

 

 

 

32,766,329

 

 

(58,721,739

)

 

 

(8,833,619

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME TAX BENEFIT

 

 

(3,509,587

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,509,587

)

NET INCOME (LOSS)

 

 

(5,324,032

)

 

 

25,955,410

 

 

 

32,766,329

 

 

(58,721,739

)

 

 

(5,324,032

)

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

(2,069,242

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,069,242

)

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

 

$

(7,393,274

)

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

(7,393,274

)

F-25

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(19) Guarantee of L Bonds (cont.)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the year ended December 31, 2016

 

Parent

 

Guarantor Sub

 

Non-Guarantor
Sub

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

391,909

 

 

$

48,104,754

 

 

$

58,136,633

 

 

$

(106,241,387

)

 

$

391,909

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Equity) of subsidiaries

 

 

(47,418,845

)

 

 

(58,822,542

)

 

 

 

 

 

106,241,387

 

 

 

 

Gain on life insurance policies, gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(48,988,406

)

 

 

 

 

 

(48,988,406

)

Amortization of deferred financing and issuance costs

 

 

7,720,065

 

 

 

(1,307,640

)

 

 

2,032,827

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,445,252

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

333,402

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

333,402

 

Preferred stock issued in lieu of cash dividends

 

 

689,742

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

689,742

 

Preferred stock dividends payable

 

 

302,972

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

302,972

 

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance policy benefits receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,345,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5,345,000

)

Due from related parties

 

 

 

 

 

1,169

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,169

 

Other assets

 

 

(112,725,117

)

 

 

(44,866,357

)

 

 

19,683,919

 

 

 

114,884,593

 

 

 

(23,022,962

)

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to related party

 

 

(2,033,592

)

 

 

 

 

 

2,033,592

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

572,483

 

 

 

574,481

 

 

 

(437,692

)

 

 

 

 

 

709,272

 

Interest payable

 

 

2,191,113

 

 

 

420,259

 

 

 

2,256,824

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,868,196

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

706,718

 

 

 

2,873,233

 

 

 

(7,979,395

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,399,444

)

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(149,269,149

)

 

 

(53,022,643

)

 

 

21,393,302

 

 

 

114,884,593

 

 

 

(66,013,897

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(94,952,879

)

 

 

 

 

 

(94,952,879

)

Carrying value of matured life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,992,624

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,992,624

 

Investment in Secured MCA advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8,727,924

)

 

 

 

 

 

(8,727,924

)

Proceeds from Secured MCA advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,553,466

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,553,466

 

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(90,134,713

)

 

 

 

 

 

(90,134,713

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net borrowings on senior credit facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

97,713,952

 

 

 

 

 

 

97,713,952

 

Payments for redemption of Series I Secured Notes

 

 

 

 

 

(7,469,462

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,469,462

)

Proceeds from issuance of L Bonds

 

 

153,874,402

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

153,874,402

 

Payment of deferred issuance costs for L Bonds

 

 

(10,149,316

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,149,316

)

Payments for redemption of L Bonds

 

 

(45,754,691

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(45,754,691

)

Issuance of common stock

 

 

244,185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

244,185

 

Proceeds (payments) from restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

(15,392

)

 

 

(35,469,305

)

 

 

 

 

 

(35,484,697

)

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

 

 

57,040,946

 

 

 

 

 

 

71,555

 

 

 

 

 

 

57,112,501

 

Payments for issuance costs of preferred stock

 

 

(4,133,526

)

 

 

 

 

 

(7,340

)

 

 

 

 

 

(4,140,866

)

Payments for redemption of preferred stock

 

 

(2,126,678

)

 

 

 

 

 

(71,555

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,198,233

)

Payments of preferred stock dividends

 

 

(3,537,288

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,537,288

)

Issuance of member capital

 

 

 

 

 

107,885,727

 

 

 

6,998,866

 

 

 

(114,884,593

)

 

 

 

NET CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

145,458,034

 

 

 

100,400,873

 

 

 

69,236,173

 

 

 

(114,884,593

)

 

 

200,210,487

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

(3,811,115

)

 

 

47,378,230

 

 

 

494,762

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,061,877

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD

 

 

32,292,162

 

 

 

1,982,722

 

 

 

150,221

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,425,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

END OF THE PERIOD

 

$

28,481,047

 

 

$

49,360,952

 

 

$

644,983

 

 

$

 

 

$

78,486,982

 

F-26

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(19) Guarantee of L Bonds (cont.)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued)

For the year ended December 31, 2015

 

Parent

 

Guarantor Sub

 

Non-Guarantor
Sub

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(5,324,032

)

 

$

25,955,410

 

 

$

32,766,329

 

 

$

(58,721,739

)

 

$

(5,324,032

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Equity) of subsidiaries

 

 

(25,955,632

)

 

 

(32,766,107

)

 

 

 

 

 

58,721,739

 

 

 

 

Gain on life insurance policies, gross

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,371,059

)

 

 

 

 

 

(39,371,059

)

Amortization of deferred financing and issuance costs

 

 

4,081,051

 

 

 

362,457

 

 

 

(731,452

)

 

 

 

 

 

3,712,056

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(3,509,587

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,509,587

)

Preferred stock issued in lieu of cash dividends

 

 

683,133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

683,133

 

Preferred stock dividends payable

 

 

6,800

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,800

 

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due from related parties

 

 

 

 

 

(1,256

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,256

)

Life insurance policy benefits receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,750,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,750,000

 

Other assets

 

 

(58,689,451

)

 

 

(43,314,345

)

 

 

 

 

 

101,699,270

 

 

 

(304,526

)

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(129,909

)

 

 

(85,463

)

 

 

529,236

 

 

 

 

 

 

313,864

 

Interest payable

 

 

2,730,921

 

 

 

233,786

 

 

 

(751,178

)

 

 

 

 

 

2,213,529

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

2,059,136

 

 

 

149,242

 

 

 

(24,985

)

 

 

 

 

 

2,183,393

 

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(84,047,570

)

 

 

(49,466,276

)

 

 

(5,833,109

)

 

 

101,699,270

 

 

 

(37,647,685

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(38,906,934

)

 

 

 

 

 

(38,906,934

)

Proceeds from settlement of life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,511,289

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,511,289

 

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(34,395,645

)

 

 

 

 

 

(34,395,645

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net repayment of senior credit facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,150,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

(7,150,000

)

Payments for redemption of Series I Secured Notes

 

 

 

 

 

(4,891,681

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,891,681

)

Proceeds from issuance of L Bonds

 

 

131,159,348

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

131,159,348

 

Payment of deferred issuance costs for L Bonds

 

 

(7,499,601

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,499,601

)

Payments for redemption of L Bonds

 

 

(35,984,061

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35,984,061

)

Proceeds (payments) from restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

(2,019,757

)

 

 

3,973,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,954,153

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

582,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

582,000

 

Payments for redemption of preferred stock

 

 

(295,185

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(295,185

)

Payments of preferred stock dividends

 

 

(2,069,242

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,069,242

)

Issuance of member capital

 

 

 

 

 

58,144,205

 

 

 

43,555,065

 

 

 

(101,699,270

)

 

 

 

NET CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

85,893,259

 

 

 

51,232,767

 

 

 

40,378,975

 

 

 

(101,699,270

)

 

 

75,805,731

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

1,845,689

 

 

 

1,766,491

 

 

 

150,221

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,762,401

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD

 

 

30,446,473

 

 

 

216,231

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,662,704

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

END OF THE PERIOD

 

$

32,292,162

 

 

$

1,982,722

 

 

$

150,221

 

 

$

 

 

$

34,425,105

 

F-27

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(20) Concentration

We purchase life insurance policies written by life insurance companies having investment-grade ratings by independent rating agencies. As a result, there may be certain concentrations of policies with life insurance companies. The following summarizes the face value of insurance policies with specific life insurance companies exceeding 10% of the total face value held by us.

 

 

As of December 31,

Life insurance company

 

2016

 

2015

John Hancock

 

14.36

%

 

12.73

%

AXA Equitable

 

13.42

%

 

14.00

%

Lincoln National

 

11.22

%

 

*

____________

*          percentage does not exceed 10% of the total face value.

The following summarizes the number of insurance policies held in specific states exceeding 10% of the total face value held by us:

 

 

As of December 31,

State of residence

 

2016

 

2015

California

 

20.72

%

 

25.25

%

Florida

 

19.42

%

 

19.95

%

 (21) Subsequent Events

Subsequent to December 31, 2016, eight policies covering seven individuals have matured. The combined insurance benefits of these policies were $15,975,000. We recorded realized gains of $13,956,000 on these seven policies.

Subsequent to December 31, 2016, we have issued approximately an additional $15,318,000 in principal amount of L Bonds.

Subsequent to December 31, 2016 we have issued approximately $16,871,000 of RPS.

On February 9, 2017, we declared a special cash dividend in the amount of $2.50 per share, payable on or about April 14, 2017, to the holders of RPS of record as of the close of business on April 5, 2017.

On February 14, 2017, we began a public offering of up to 150,000 shares of RPS 2 at $1,000 per share. As of the date of this report, we have not sold any shares of RPS 2.

Effective February 16, 2017, Paul Siegert, Director and Executive Chairman, voluntarily resigned from the Board of Directors. As part of his resignation, we agreed to repurchase Mr. Siegert’s 200,445 shares of GWG common stock for an aggregate of approximately $1.604 million. As a separation payment, Mr. Siegert will continue to receive his regular salary payments (annualized to approximately $201,000) through December 31, 2017 and he forfeited all options, both unvested and vested, to purchase shares of GWG common stock. Following his resignation, the Board of Directors appointed Mark Schwarzmann as a director of the Board and Jon Sabes was appointed Chairman o f the Board.

(22) Reclassification of Preferred Stock Dividends

For the quarter ended December 31, 2016, we identified an error relating to prior periods in the classification of preferred stock dividends on the consolidated statement of operations and balance sheet. Preferred stock dividends have been classified as interest expense since the third quarter of 2014, when our initial public offering became effective. As a result, dividend cost resulted in an increase of the accumulated deficit on the balance sheet. The preferred stock dividends should have been charged directly to additional paid-in capital and are separately reflected as preferred stock dividends on the consolidated statement of operations. The reclassification of preferred stock dividends did not result in any changes to total equity in any of the periods effected. Additionally, the reclassification did not result in any changes to net loss attributable to common shareholders or net loss per common share for the year ended December 31, 2015.

F-28

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

June 30,
2017

(unaudited)

 

December 31,
2016

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

52,293,472

 

 

$

78,486,982

 

Restricted cash

 

 

46,159,631

 

 

 

37,826,596

 

Investment in life insurance policies, at fair value

 

 

577,049,552

 

 

 

511,192,354

 

Secured MCA advances

 

 

3,525,381

 

 

 

5,703,147

 

Life insurance policy benefits receivable

 

 

6,970,000

 

 

 

5,345,000

 

Deferred taxes, net

 

 

1,620,303

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

3,875,810

 

 

 

4,688,103

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

691,494,149

 

 

$

643,242,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Credit Facilities

 

$

149,008,826

 

 

$

156,064,818

 

Series I Secured Notes

 

 

6,680,961

 

 

 

16,404,836

 

L Bonds

 

 

400,832,308

 

 

 

381,312,587

 

Accounts payable

 

 

4,160,097

 

 

 

2,226,712

 

Interest payable

 

 

14,387,044

 

 

 

16,160,599

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

2,535,674

 

 

 

1,676,761

 

Deferred taxes, net

 

 

 

 

 

2,097,371

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

577,604,910

 

 

 

575,943,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(par value $0.001; shares authorized 40,000,000; shares outstanding 2,671,663 and 2,640,521; liquidation preference of $20,037,000 and $19,804,000 as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively)

 

 

19,732,262

 

 

 

19,701,133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(par value $0.001; shares authorized 100,000; shares outstanding 99,127 and 59,183; liquidation preference of $99,127,000 and $59,183,000 as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively)

 

 

97,728,821

 

 

 

59,025,164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SERIES 2 REDEEMABLE PREFERRED STOCK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(par value $0.001; shares authorized 150,000; shares outstanding 22,536 and 0; liquidation preference of $22,536,000 and $0 as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively)

 

 

20,979,019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMMON STOCK

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(par value $0.001: shares authorized 210,000,000; shares issued and outstanding 5,783,555 and 5,980,190 as of June 30, 2017 and
December 31, 2016, respectively)

 

 

5,784

 

 

 

5,980

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

 

 

 

7,383,515

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(24,556,647

)

 

 

(18,817,294

)

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

113,889,239

 

 

 

67,298,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES & EQUITY

 

$

691,494,149

 

 

$

643,242,182

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-29

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(unaudited)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

June 30,
2016

 

June 30,
2017

 

June 30,
2016

REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on life insurance policies, net

 

$

11,296,266

 

 

$

20,383,347

 

$

30,696,086

 

 

$

38,097,059

MCA income

 

 

133,583

 

 

 

223,255

 

 

380,159

 

 

 

368,216

Interest and other income

 

 

237,737

 

 

 

170,880

 

 

679,686

 

 

 

216,100

TOTAL REVENUE

 

 

11,667,586

 

 

 

20,777,482

 

 

31,755,931

 

 

 

38,681,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

12,246,025

 

 

 

9,764,657

 

 

25,490,241

 

 

 

18,913,811

Employee compensation and benefits

 

 

3,741,299

 

 

 

3,071,507

 

 

6,904,360

 

 

 

5,537,705

Legal and professional fees

 

 

1,330,589

 

 

 

1,304,353

 

 

2,276,937

 

 

 

2,510,481

Provision for MCA advances

 

 

878,000

 

 

 

300,000

 

 

878,000

 

 

 

400,000

Other expenses

 

 

2,883,098

 

 

 

2,032,685

 

 

5,663,420

 

 

 

4,344,845

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

 

21,079,011

 

 

 

16,473,202

 

 

41,212,958

 

 

 

31,706,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

(9,411,425

)

 

 

4,304,280

 

 

(9,457,027

)

 

 

6,974,533

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)

 

 

(3,717,174

)

 

 

1,822,030

 

 

(3,717,674

)

 

 

2,906,747

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCOME (LOSS)

 

 

(5,694,251

)

 

 

2,482,250

 

 

(5,739,353

)

 

 

4,067,786

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

2,031,097

 

 

 

600,924

 

 

3,898,857

 

 

 

1,112,155

NET INCOME (LOSS) ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

 

$

(7,725,348

)

 

$

1,881,326

 

$

(9,638,210

)

 

$

2,955,631

NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

(1.34

)

 

$

0.32

 

$

(1.69

)

 

$

0.50

Diluted

 

$

(1.34

)

 

$

0.30

 

$

(1.69

)

 

$

0.49

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

5,777,724

 

 

 

5,967,098

 

 

5,710,909

 

 

 

5,954,944

Diluted

 

 

5,777,724

 

 

 

8,017,349

 

 

5,710,909

 

 

 

8,002,335

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-30

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
(unaudited)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

June 30, 2017

 

June 30, 2016

 

June 30, 2017

 

June 30, 2016

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(5,694,251

)

 

$

2,482,250

 

 

$

(5,739,353

)

 

$

4,067,786

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of life insurance policies

 

 

(15,235,502

)

 

 

(21,241,376

)

 

 

(29,119,335

)

 

 

(32,772,929

)

Amortization of deferred financing and issuance costs

 

 

1,497,948

 

 

 

2,527,974

 

 

 

4,164,151

 

 

 

3,312,162

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(3,717,174

)

 

 

1,851,018

 

 

 

(3,717,674

)

 

 

2,906,747

 

Preferred stock dividends payable

 

 

363,959

 

 

 

166,472

 

 

 

700,748

 

 

 

330,049

 

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance policy benefits receivable

 

 

2,005,000

 

 

 

9,083,817

 

 

 

(1,625,000

)

 

 

(6,829,022

)

Other assets

 

 

(557,988

)

 

 

(1,210,892

)

 

 

868,330

 

 

 

(1,037,466

)

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to related party

 

 

(1,970

)

 

 

(1,814,173

)

 

 

(9,785

)

 

 

(101,781

)

Accounts payable and other accrued expenses

 

 

1,038,855

 

 

 

(775,213

)

 

 

2,256,087

 

 

 

1,192,756

 

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(20,301,123

)

 

 

(8,930,123

)

 

 

(32,221,831

)

 

 

(28,931,698

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in life insurance policies

 

 

(19,432,338

)

 

 

(24,373,714

)

 

 

(42,121,671

)

 

 

(48,700,036

)

Carrying value of matured life insurance policies

 

 

3,014,834

 

 

 

1,691,764

 

 

 

5,383,808

 

 

 

6,302,243

 

Investment in Secured MCA advances

 

 

(39,671

)

 

 

(1,293,829

)

 

 

(39,671

)

 

 

(5,647,414

)

Proceeds from Secured MCA advances

 

 

653,315

 

 

 

907,649

 

 

 

1,423,702

 

 

 

1,025,792

 

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(15,803,860

)

 

 

(23,068,130

)

 

 

(35,353,832

)

 

 

(47,019,415

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net borrowings on (repayments of) Senior Credit Facilities

 

 

(3,845,037

)

 

 

(3,000,000

)

 

 

(7,099,537

)

 

 

17,000,000

 

Payments for issuance of senior debt

 

 

(1,076,118

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,190,412

)

 

 

 

Payments for redemption of Series I Secured Notes

 

 

(4,348,372

)

 

 

(485,350

)

 

 

(9,798,261

)

 

 

(5,722,743

)

Proceeds from issuance of L Bonds

 

 

31,875,811

 

 

 

36,757,771

 

 

 

56,744,470

 

 

 

71,126,660

 

Payments for issuance and redemption of L Bonds

 

 

(15,025,566

)

 

 

(11,753,782

)

 

 

(39,197,163

)

 

 

(22,663,475

)

Transfer from (payments to) restricted cash

 

 

1,931,958

 

 

 

8,667,826

 

 

 

(8,333,035

)

 

 

(8,818,894

)

Issuance (repurchase) of common stock

 

 

4

 

 

 

166,125

 

 

 

(1,603,556

)

 

 

212,670

 

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

 

 

34,301,747

 

 

 

9,472,673

 

 

 

61,480,941

 

 

 

10,501,209

 

Payment for issuance and redemption of preferred stock

 

 

(3,318,211

)

 

 

(845,361

)

 

 

(5,722,437

)

 

 

(1,617,914

)

Payment of preferred stock dividends

 

 

(2,031,097

)

 

 

(600,924

)

 

 

(3,898,857

)

 

 

(1,112,155

)

NET CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

38,465,119

 

 

 

38,378,978

 

 

 

41,382,153

 

 

 

58,905,358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

2,360,136

 

 

 

6,380,725

 

 

 

(26,193,510

)

 

 

(17,045,755

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BEGINNING OF PERIOD

 

 

49,933,336

 

 

 

10,998,625

 

 

 

78,486,982

 

 

 

34,425,105

 

END OF PERIOD

 

$

52,293,472

 

 

$

17,379,350

 

 

$

52,293,472

 

 

$

17,379,350

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-31

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS – CONTINUED
(unaudited)

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

June 30, 2017

 

June 30, 2016

 

June 30, 2017

 

June 30, 2016

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

 

$

14,323,000

 

$

10,294,000

 

$

26,548,000

 

$

16,399,000

Premiums paid

 

$

11,646,000

 

$

8,995,000

 

$

22,606,000

 

$

17,441,000

Stock-based compensation

 

$

89,000

 

$

41,000

 

$

406,000

 

$

50,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Series I Secured Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of accrued interest and commissions payable to principal

 

$

 

$

142,000

 

$

 

$

187,000

L Bonds:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Conversion of accrued interest and commissions payable to principal

 

$

397,000

 

$

370,000

 

$

905,000

 

$

661,000

Series A Preferred Stock:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock in lieu of cash dividends

 

$

166,000

 

$

171,000

 

$

337,000

 

$

339,000

Investment in life insurance policies included in accounts payable

 

$

1,296,000

 

$

780,000

 

$

1,296,000

 

$

780,000

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-32

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(unaudited)

 

 

Preferred
Stock
Shares

 

Preferred
Stock

 

Common
Shares

 

Common
Stock
(par)

 

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

 

Accumulated
Deficit

 

Total
Equity

Balance, December 31, 2015

 

2,781,735

 

 

$

20,784,841

 

 

5,941,790

 

 

$

5,942

 

 

$

14,563,834

 

 

$

(19,209,203

)

 

$

16,145,414

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

391,909

 

 

 

391,909

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,450

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

244,149

 

 

 

 

 

 

244,185

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock

 

(239,749

)

 

 

(1,788,451

)

 

1,950

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

19,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,768,951

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock

 

98,535

 

 

 

704,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

704,743

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Redeemable Preferred Stock

 

59,183

 

 

 

59,025,164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,133,525

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

54,891,639

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,537,288

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,537,288

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

226,847

 

 

 

 

 

 

226,847

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

2,699,704

 

 

$

78,726,297

 

 

5,980,190

 

 

$

5,980

 

 

$

7,383,515

 

 

$

(18,817,294

)

 

$

67,298,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,739,353

)

 

 

(5,739,353

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redemption of
common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

(200,445

)

 

 

(200

)

 

 

(1,603,360

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,603,560

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redemption of Series A Preferred Stock

 

(17,033

)

 

 

(126,997

)

 

3,810

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(126,993

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Series A Preferred Stock

 

48,175

 

 

 

210,230

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

210,230

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of Redeemable Preferred Stock and Series 2 Redeemable Preferred Stock,
net of costs

 

63,041

 

 

 

60,247,764

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,017,487

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

58,230,277

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Redemption of Redeemable Preferred Stock and Series 2 Redeemable Preferred Stock

 

(561

)

 

 

(561,277

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(561,277

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock dividends*

 

 

 

 

 

(122,323

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,776,534

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,898,857

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

66,408

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,866

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

80,274

 

Balance, June 30, 2017

 

2,793,326

 

 

$

138,440,102

 

 

5,783,555

 

 

$

5,784

 

 

$

 

 

$

(24,556,647

)

 

$

113,889,239

 

____________

*          Preferred stock dividends were paid from additional paid-in capital until the latter was exhausted in the second quarter of 2017. Subsequent dividends were charged against the carrying values of the respective series of the Company’s preferred stock resulting in a difference between the Company’s preferred stock book balances and liquidation preference of the respective series of preferred stock.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-33

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(1) Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business — We are a financial services company committed to finding new ways of disrupting and transforming the life insurance and related industries. We built our business by creating opportunities for consumers to obtain significantly more value for their life insurance policies as compared to the traditional options offered by the insurance industry by creating a secondary market. We are enhancing and extending these activities through innovation in our products and services, business processes, financing strategies, and advanced epigenetic technologies. At the same time, we are creating opportunities for investors to receive income and capital appreciation from our investment activities in the life insurance and related industries.

GWG Holdings, Inc. and all of its subsidiaries are incorporated and organized in Delaware. Unless the context otherwise requires or we specifically so indicate, all references in these footnotes to “we,” “us,” “our,” “our Company,” “GWG,” or the “Company” refer to GWG Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries collectively and on a consolidated basis. References to the full names of particular entities, such as “GWG Holdings, Inc.” or “GWG Holdings,” are meant to refer only to the particular entity referenced.

On December 7, 2015, GWG Holdings formed a wholly owned subsidiary, GWG MCA, LLC. On January 13, 2016, GWG MCA, LLC was converted to a corporation and became GWG MCA Capital, Inc. GWG MCA Capital, Inc. (“GWG MCA”) was formed to provide cash advances to small businesses.

On August 25, 2016, GWG Holdings formed a wholly owned subsidiary, Actüa Life & Annuity Ltd. (“Actüa”), to engage in various life insurance related businesses and activities related to its exclusive license for “DNA Methylation Based Predictor of Mortality” technology.

Use of Estimates — The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions affecting the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenue during the reporting period. We regularly evaluate estimates and assumptions, which are based on current facts, historical experience, management’s judgment, and various other factors that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Our actual results may differ materially and adversely from our estimates. The most significant estimates with regard to these consolidated financial statements relate to (1) the determination of the assumptions used in estimating the fair value of our investments in life insurance policies, and (2) the value of our deferred tax assets and liabilities.

Cash and Cash Equivalents — We consider cash in demand deposit accounts and temporary investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. We maintain our cash and cash equivalents with highly rated financial institutions. The balances in our bank accounts may exceed Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation limits. We periodically evaluate the risk of exceeding insured levels and may transfer funds as we deem appropriate.

Life Insurance Policies — Accounting Standards Codification 325-30, Investments in Insurance Contracts (“ASC 325-30”), permits a reporting entity to account for its investments in life insurance policies using either the investment method or the fair value method. We elected to use the fair value method to account for our life insurance policies. We initially record our purchase of life insurance policies at the transaction price, which is the amount paid for the policy, inclusive of all external fees and costs associated with the acquisition. At each subsequent reporting period, we re-measure the investment at fair value in its entirety and recognize the change in fair value as unrealized gain (revenue) in the current period, net of premiums paid.

In a case where our acquisition of a policy is not complete as of a reporting date, but we have nonetheless advanced direct costs and deposits for the acquisition, those costs and deposits are recorded as “other assets” on our balance sheet until the acquisition is complete and we have secured title to the policy. On June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, a total of $339,000 and $42,000, respectively, of our “other assets” comprised direct costs and deposits that we had advanced for policy acquisitions.

We also recognize realized gain (or loss) from a life insurance policy upon one of the two following events: (1) our receipt of notice or verified mortality of the insured; or (2) our sale of the policy, filing of change-of-ownership forms

F-34

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(1) Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

and receipt of payment. In the case of mortality, the gain (or loss) we recognize is the difference between the policy benefits and the carrying values of the policy once we determine that collection of the policy benefits is realizable and reasonably assured. In the case of a policy sale, the gain (or loss) we recognize is the difference between the sale price and the carrying value of the policy on the date we receive sale proceeds.

Other Assets — Actüa is engaged in various life insurance related businesses and activities related to its exclusive license for the “DNA Methylation Based Predictor of Mortality” technology for the life insurance industry. The cost of entering into this license agreement is listed as “other assets.”

Stock-Based Compensation — We measure and recognize compensation expense for all stock-based payments at fair value over the requisite service period. We use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the weighted-average fair value of options. For restricted stock grants, fair value is determined as of the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant. Stock-based compensation expense is recorded in general and administrative expenses based on the classification of the employee or vendor. The determination of fair value of stock-based payment awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model is affected by our stock price as well as by assumptions regarding a number of subjective variables. These variables include, but are not limited to, the expected stock price volatility over the term of the awards, and actual and projected employee stock option exercise behaviors.

The expected terms of the options are based on evaluations of historical and expected future employee exercise behavior. The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury rates at the date of grant with maturity dates approximately equal to the expected life at grant date. Volatility is based on the standard deviation of the average continuously compounded rate of return of five selected comparable companies over the previous 52 weeks. We have not historically issued any common stock dividends and do not expect to do so in the foreseeable future. Forfeitures for both option and restricted stock grants are estimated at the time of the grant and revised in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from estimates.

Deferred Financing and Issuance Costs — Loans advanced to us under our senior credit facilities, as described in Notes 5 and 6, are reported net of financing costs, including issuance costs, sales commissions and other direct expenses, which are amortized using the straight-line method over the term of the facility. The Series I Secured Notes and L Bonds, as respectively described in Notes 7 and 8, are reported net of financing costs, which are amortized using the interest method over the term of those borrowings. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A”), as described in Note 9, is reported net of financing costs (including the fair value of warrants issued), all of which were fully amortized using the interest method as of June 30, 2017. Selling and issuance costs of Redeemable Preferred Stock (“RPS”) and Series 2 Redeemable Preferred Stock (“RPS 2”), described in Notes 10 and 11, are netted against additional paid-in-capital and against the principal balance of the preferred stock.

Earnings (loss) per Share — Basic earnings (loss) per share attributable to common shareholders are calculated using the weighted-average number of shares outstanding during the reported period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share are calculated based on the potential dilutive impact of our Series A, RPS, RPS 2, warrants and stock options. Due to our net loss for the three and six months ended June 30, 2017, there are no dilutive securities.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements — On April 7, 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs (“ASU 2015-03”), as part of its simplification initiative. ASU 2015-03 changes the presentation of debt issuance costs by presenting those costs in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the related debt liability. Amortization of the costs is reported as interest expense. We adopted ASU 2015-03 effective January 1, 2016, as required for public reporting entities.

On February 25, 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-02 Leases (“ASU 2016-02”). The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018. ASU 2016-02 provides more transparency and comparability in the financial statements of lessees by recognizing all leases with a term greater than twelve months on the balance sheet. Lessees will also be required to disclose key information about their leases. Early adoption is permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of this pronouncement and have not yet adopted ASU 2016-02 as of June 30, 2017.

F-35

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(1) Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (cont.)

In March 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2016-09 (“ASU 2016-09”) to simplify the accounting for stock compensation related to the following items: income tax accounting, award classification, estimation of forfeitures, and cash flow presentation. The new guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016. We are currently in the process of adopting this pronouncement.

(2) Restrictions on Cash

Under the terms of our senior credit facilities (discussed in Notes 5 and 6), we are required to maintain collection and escrow accounts that are used to fund the acquisition of policies, pay annual policy premiums, pay interest and other charges under the facility, and collect policy benefits. The agents for the lenders authorize disbursements from these accounts. At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, there was a balance of $46,160,000, and $37,827,000, respectively, in these restricted cash accounts.

(3) Investment in Life Insurance Policies

Life insurance policies are valued based on unobservable inputs that are significant to their overall fair value. Changes in the fair value of these policies are recorded as gain or loss on life insurance policies, net of premiums paid on those policies, in our consolidated statements of operations. Fair value is determined on a discounted cash flow basis that incorporates life expectancy assumptions generally derived from reports obtained from widely accepted life expectancy providers, other than insured lives covered under small face amount policies (i.e., $1 million in face value benefits or less), assumptions relating to cost-of-insurance (premium) rates and other assumptions. The discount rate we apply incorporates current information about discount rates applied by other reporting companies owning portfolios of life insurance policies, the discount rates observed in the life insurance secondary market, market interest rates, the credit exposure to the insurance companies that issued the life insurance policies and management’s estimate of the risk premium a purchaser would require to receive the future cash flows derived from our portfolio as a whole. Management has discretion regarding the combination of these and other factors when determining the discount rate. As a result of management’s analysis, a discount rate of 10.81% was applied to our portfolio as of June 30, 2017 as compared to 10.96% as of December 31, 2016.

A summary of our policies, organized according to their estimated life expectancy dates as of the reporting date, is as follows:

 

 

As of June 30, 2017

 

As of December 31, 2016

Years Ending December 31,

 

Number of
Policies

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Face Value

 

Number of
Policies

 

Estimated
Fair Value

 

Face Value

2017

 

4

 

$

3,044,000

 

$

3,375,000

 

11

 

$

14,837,000

 

$

16,939,000

2018

 

11

 

 

16,462,000

 

 

20,853,000

 

23

 

 

30,830,000

 

 

42,564,000

2019

 

61

 

 

64,377,000

 

 

92,676,000

 

55

 

 

57,556,000

 

 

88,858,000

2020

 

96

 

 

92,535,000

 

 

159,203,000

 

93

 

 

85,414,000

 

 

159,814,000

2021

 

85

 

 

71,872,000

 

 

142,961,000

 

86

 

 

73,825,000

 

 

158,744,000

2022

 

88

 

 

80,308,000

 

 

184,162,000

 

66

 

 

56,909,000

 

 

147,222,000

2023

 

80

 

 

58,506,000

 

 

166,527,000

 

64

 

 

44,953,000

 

 

128,581,000

Thereafter

 

368

 

 

189,946,000

 

 

755,606,000

 

292

 

 

146,868,000

 

 

618,953,000

Totals

 

793

 

$

577,050,000

 

$

1,525,363,000

 

690

 

$

511,192,000

 

 

1,361,675,000

We recognized life insurance benefits of $10,935,000 and $9,829,000 during the three months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to policies with a carrying value of $3,014,000 and $1,692,000, respectively, and as a result recorded realized gains of $7,920,000 and $8,137,000, respectively. We recognized life insurance benefits of $29,910,000 and $29,067,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, related to policies with a carrying value of $5,384,000 and $6,302,000, respectively, and as a result recorded realized gains of $24,526,000 and $22,765,000, respectively.

F-36

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(3) Investment in Life Insurance Policies (cont.)

Reconciliation of gain on life insurance policies:

 

 

Three Months Ended June 30,

 

Six Months Ended June 30,

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2017

 

2016

Change in estimated probabilistic cash flows

 

$

16,446,000

 

 

$

17,972,000

 

 

$

32,849,000

 

 

$

27,425,000

 

Unrealized gain on acquisitions

 

 

8,044,000

 

 

 

9,822,000

 

 

 

18,646,000

 

 

 

17,841,000

 

Premiums and other annual fees

 

 

(11,859,000

)

 

 

(8,995,000

)

 

 

(22,949,000

)

 

 

(17,441,000

)

Change in discount rates (1)

 

 

4,143,000

 

 

 

629,000

 

 

 

4,143,000

 

 

 

838,000

 

Change in life expectancy evaluation (2)

 

 

(6,662,000

)

 

 

(1,545,000

)

 

 

(8,604,000

)

 

 

(914,000

)

Realized gain on maturities

 

 

7,920,000

 

 

 

8,137,000

 

 

 

24,526,000

 

 

 

22,765,000

 

Fair value of matured policies

 

 

(6,736,000

)

 

 

(5,637,000

)

 

 

(17,915,000

)

 

 

(12,417,000

)

Gain on life insurance policies, net

 

$

11,296,000

 

 

$

20,383,000

 

 

$

30,696,000

 

 

$

38,097,000

 

____________

(1)       The discount rate applied to estimate the fair value of the portfolio of life insurance policies we own was 10.81% as of June 30, 2017, compared to 10.96% as of December 31, 2016 and 11.05% as of June 30, 2016. The carrying value of policies acquired during each quarterly reporting period is adjusted to current fair value using the fair value discount rate applied to the entire portfolio as of that reporting date.

(2)       The change in fair value due to updating independent life expectancy estimates on certain life insurance policies in our portfolio.

We currently estimate that premium payments and servicing fees required to maintain our current portfolio of life insurance policies in force for the next five years, assuming no mortalities, are as follows:

Years Ending December 31,

 

Premiums

 

Servicing

 

Premiums and
Servicing Fees

Six months ending December 31, 2017

 

$

24,455,000

 

$

654,000

 

$

25,109,000

2018

 

 

52,611,000

 

 

654,000

 

 

53,265,000

2019

 

 

58,206,000

 

 

654,000

 

 

58,860,000

2020

 

 

65,722,000

 

 

654,000

 

 

66,376,000

2021

 

 

74,105,000

 

 

654,000

 

 

74,759,000

2022

 

 

83,310,000

 

 

654,000

 

 

83,964,000

 

 

$

358,409,000

 

$

3,924,000

 

$

362,333,000

Management anticipates funding the premium payments estimated above with proceeds from the receipt of policy benefits from our portfolio of life insurance policies, net proceeds from our offering of L Bonds and RPS 2, and from our senior credit facilities. The proceeds of these capital sources may also be used for the purchase, financing, and maintenance of additional life insurance policies.

(4) Fair Value Definition and Hierarchy

Accounting Standards Codification 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures (“ASC 820”) establishes a hierarchical disclosure framework that prioritizes and ranks the level of market price observability used in measuring assets and liabilities at fair value. Market price observability is affected by a number of factors, including the type of investment, the characteristics specific to the investment and the state of the marketplace, including the existence and transparency of transactions between market participants. Assets and liabilities with readily available and actively quoted prices, or for which fair value can be measured from actively quoted prices in an orderly market, generally will have a higher degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of judgment used in measuring fair value. ASC 820 maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs by requiring the use of observable inputs whenever available. Observable inputs are inputs that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources. Unobservable inputs are inputs that reflect assumptions about how market participants price an asset or liability based on the best available information. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (i.e., the “exit price”) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.

F-37

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(4) Fair Value Definition and Hierarchy (cont.)

The hierarchy is broken down into three levels based on the observability of inputs as follows:

         Level 1 — Valuations based on quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Since valuations are based on quoted prices that are readily and regularly available in an active market, valuation of these products does not entail a significant degree of judgment.

         Level 2 — Valuations based on one or more quoted prices in markets that are not active or for which all significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly.

         Level 3 — Valuations based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement.

The availability of observable inputs can vary by types of assets and liabilities and is affected by a wide variety of factors, including, for example, whether an instrument is established in the marketplace, the liquidity of markets and other characteristics particular to the transaction. To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are less observable or unobservable in the market, the determination of fair value requires more judgment. Accordingly, the degree of judgment exercised by management in determining fair value is greatest for assets and liabilities categorized in Level 3.

Level 3 Valuation Process

The estimated fair value of our portfolio of life insurance policies is determined on a quarterly basis by our portfolio management committee, taking into consideration changes in discount rate assumptions, estimated premium payments and life expectancy estimate assumptions, as well as any changes in economic and other relevant conditions. The discount rate incorporates current information about discount rates applied by other reporting companies owning portfolios of life insurance policies, the discount rates observed in other competitive purchases in the life insurance secondary market, market interest rates, the credit exposure to the insurance company that issued the life insurance policy and management’s estimate of the risk premium a purchaser would require to receive the future cash flows derived from our portfolio as a whole. Management has discretion regarding the combination of these and other factors when determining the discount rate.

These inputs are then used to estimate the discounted cash flows from the portfolio using the Model Actuarial Pricing System probabilistic portfolio price model, which estimates the cash flows using various mortality probabilities and scenarios. The valuation process includes a review by senior management as of each valuation date. We also engage a third-party expert to independently test the accuracy of the valuations using the inputs we provide on a quarterly basis.

The following table reconciles the beginning and ending fair value of our Level 3 investments in our portfolio of life insurance policies for the periods ended June 30, as follows:

 

 

Three months ended June 30,

 

Six months ended June 30,

 

 

2017

 

2016

 

2017

 

2016

Beginning balance

 

$

545,397,000

 

 

$

387,402,000

 

 

$

511,192,000

 

 

$

356,650,000

 

Purchases

 

 

19,432,000

 

 

 

24,869,000

 

 

 

42,122,000

 

 

 

48,700,000

 

Maturities (initial cost basis)

 

 

(3,014,000

)

 

 

(1,692,000

)

 

 

(5,384,000

)

 

 

(6,303,000

)

Net change in fair value

 

 

15,235,000

 

 

 

21,241,000

 

 

 

29,120,000

 

 

 

32,773,000

 

Ending balance

 

$

577,050,000

 

 

$

431,820,000

 

 

$

577,050,000

 

 

$

431,820,000

 

In the past, we periodically updated the independent life expectancy estimates on the insured lives in our portfolio, other than insured lives covered under small face amount policies (i.e., $1 million in face value benefits or less), on a continuous rotating three-year cycle, and through that effort attempted to update life expectancies for approximately one-twelfth of our portfolio each quarter. Currently, however, the terms of our senior credit facility with LNV Corporation require us to attempt to update life expectancies on a rotating two-year cycle.

F-38

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(4) Fair Value Definition and Hierarchy (cont.)

The following table summarizes the inputs utilized in estimating the fair value of our portfolio of life insurance policies:

 

 

As of
June 30,

2017

 

As of
December 31,
2016

Weighted-average age of insured, years*

 

 

81.5

 

 

 

81.6

 

Weighted-average life expectancy, months*

 

 

82.6

 

 

 

83.2

 

Average face amount per policy

 

$

1,924,000

 

 

$

1,973,000

 

Discount rate

 

 

10.81

%

 

 

10.96

%

____________

(*)       Weighted average by face amount of policy benefits

Life expectancy estimates and market discount rates are, by their nature, inherently uncertain and the effect of changes in estimates may be significant. For example, if the life expectancy estimates were increased or decreased by four and eight months on each outstanding policy, and the discount rates were increased or decreased by 1% and 2%, while all other variables were held constant, the fair value of our investment in life insurance policies would increase or decrease as summarized below:

Change in Fair Value of the Investment in Life Insurance Policies

 

 

Change in life expectancy estimates

 

 

minus
8 months

 

minus
4 months

 

plus
4 months

 

plus
8 months

June 30, 2017

 

$

78,665,000

 

$

39,075,000

 

$

(38,334,000

)

 

$

(75,932,000

)

December 31, 2016

 

$

69,253,000

 

$

34,601,000

 

$

(33,846,000

)

 

$

(67,028,000

)

 

 

 

Change in discount rate

 

 

minus 2%

 

minus 1%

 

plus 1%

 

plus 2%

June 30, 2017

 

$

60,606,488

 

$

29,002,000

 

$

(26,678,000

)

 

$

(51,277,000

)

December 31, 2016

 

$

53,764,000

 

$

25,728,000

 

$

(23,668,000

)

 

$

(45,491,000

)

Other Fair Value Considerations

The carrying value of receivables, prepaid expenses, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value due to their short-term maturities and low credit risk. Using the income-based valuation approach, the estimated fair value of our Series I Secured Notes and L Bonds, having a combined aggregate face value of $414,666,000 as of June 30, 2017, is approximately $424,793,000 based on a weighted-average market interest rate of 6.60%. The carrying value of the senior credit facilities reflects interest charged at the commercial paper rate or 12-month LIBOR, as applicable, plus an applicable margin. The margin represents our credit risk, and the strength of the portfolio of life insurance policies collateralizing the debt. The overall rate reflects market, and the carrying value of the facility approximates fair value.

GWG MCA participates in the merchant cash advance industry by directly advancing sums to merchants and lending money, on a secured basis, to companies that advance sums to merchants. Each quarter, we review the carrying value of these advances and loans, and determine if an impairment reserve is necessary. At June 30, 2017 one of our secured loans was potentially impaired. The secured loan to Nulook Capital LLC had an outstanding balance of $2,060,000 and a loan loss reserve of $1,478,000 at June 30, 2017. We deem fair value to be the estimated collectible value on each loan or advance made from GWG MCA. Where we estimate the collectible amount to be less than the outstanding balance, we record a reserve for the difference. We recorded an impairment charge of $870,000 for the quarter ended June 30, 2017.

F-39

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(4) Fair Value Definition and Hierarchy (cont.)

The following table summarizes outstanding warrants related to our Series A offering (see Note 9) and the Company’s initial public offering as of June 30, 2017:

Month issued

 

Warrants
issued

 

Fair value
per share

 

Risk free
rate

 

Volatility

 

Term

September 2012

 

2,500

 

$

0.72

 

0.31

%

 

40.49

%

 

5 years

September 2014

 

16,000

 

$

1.26

 

1.85

%

 

17.03

%

 

5 years

 

 

18,500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 (5) Credit Facility — Autobahn Funding Company LLC

Through GWG DLP Funding III, LLC (“DLP III”) we are party to a $105 million senior credit facility with Autobahn Funding Company LLC (“Autobahn”), with a maturity date of June 30, 2018. The facility is governed by a Credit and Security Agreement (the “Agreement”), and DZ Bank AG Deutsche Zentral-Genossenschaftsbank (“DZ Bank”) acts as the agent for Autobahn under the Agreement. On September 14, 2016, we paid off this senior credit facility in full with funds received from a new senior credit facility with LNV Corporation as described in Note 6.

Advances under the facility bear interest at a commercial paper rate of the lender at the time of the advance, or at the lender’s cost of borrowing plus 4.25%.

The amount outstanding under this facility was $0 at both June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. GWG Holdings is a performance guarantor of the various obligations of GWG Life, as servicer, under the Agreement. Obligations under the facility are secured by our pledge of ownership in our life insurance policies to DZ Bank through an arrangement under which Wells Fargo serves as securities intermediary.

The Agreement has certain financial (as described below) and non-financial covenants, and we were in compliance with these covenants at both June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

We have agreed to maintain (i) a positive consolidated net income on a non-GAAP basis (as defined and calculated under the Agreement) for each complete fiscal year, (ii) a tangible net worth on a non-GAAP basis (again, as defined and calculated under the Agreement) of not less than $45 million, and (iii) cash and eligible investments of $15 million or above.

Consolidated non-GAAP net income and non-GAAP tangible net worth for the four quarters ended and as of June 30, 2017, as calculated under the Agreement, was $29,590,000 and $225,661,000, respectively.

No life insurance policies were pledged and no funds were available for additional borrowings under the facility at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

(6) Credit Facility — LNV Corporation

On September 14, 2016, we entered into a senior credit facility with LNV Corporation as lender through our subsidiary GWG DLP Funding IV, LLC. The Loan Agreement governing the facility makes available a total of up to $172,300,000 in credit with a maturity date of September 14, 2026. Additional quarterly advances are available under the Loan Agreement at the LIBOR rate as defined in the Loan Agreement. Interest will accrue on amounts borrowed under the Loan Agreement at an annual interest rate, determined as of each date of borrowing or quarterly if there is no borrowing, equal to (A) the greater of 12-month LIBOR or the federal funds rate (as defined in the agreement) plus one-half of one percent per annum, plus (B) 5.75% per annum. The effective rate at June 30, 2017 was 7.59%. Interest payments are made on a quarterly basis.

The amount outstanding under this facility was $155,625,000 at June 30, 2017 and $162,725,000 at December 31, 2016. Obligations under the facility are secured by a security interest in DLP IV’s assets, for the benefit of the lenders under the Loan Agreement, through an arrangement under which Wells Fargo serves as securities intermediary. The

F-40

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(6) Credit Facility — LNV Corporation (cont.)

life insurance policies owned by DLP IV do not serve as direct collateral for the obligations of GWG Holdings under its L Bonds or Series I Secured Notes. The difference between the outstanding balance as of June 30, 2017 and the carrying amount relates to unamortized debt issuance costs.

The Loan Agreement requires DLP IV to maintain a reserve account in an amount sufficient to pay 12 months of servicing, administrative and third party expenses identified under the Loan Agreement, and 12 months of debt service as calculated under the Loan Agreement. As of June 30, 2017, the amount set aside in this specific reserve account was $27,523,000.

The Loan Agreement has certain financial and nonfinancial covenants, and we were in compliance with these covenants at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

No funds were available for additional borrowings under the facility at June 30, 2017.

(7) Series I Secured Notes

Series I Secured Notes (“Series I”) are legal obligations of GWG Life and were privately offered and sold from August 2009 through June 2011. The Series I are secured by the assets of GWG Life and are subordinate to obligations under our senior credit facilities (see Notes 5 and 6). We are party to a Third Amended and Restated Note Issuance and Security Agreement dated November 1, 2011, as amended, under which GWG Life is obligor, GWG Holdings is guarantor, and Lord Securities Corporation serves as trustee of the GWG Life Trust (“Trust”). This agreement contains certain financial and non-financial covenants, and we were in compliance with these covenants at both June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

The Series I were sold with original maturity dates ranging from six months to seven years, and with fixed interest rates varying from 5.65% to 9.55% depending on the term of the note. The Series I have renewal features under which we may elect to permit their renewal, subject to the right of noteholders to elect to receive payment at maturity. Since September 1, 2016, we are no longer renewing the Series I.

Interest on the Series I is payable monthly, quarterly, annually or at maturity depending on the election of the investor. At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the weighted-average interest rate of our Series I was 8.72% and 8.68%, respectively. The principal amount of Series I outstanding was $6,815,000 and $16,614,000 at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The difference between the amount outstanding on the Series I and the carrying amount on our balance sheet is due to netting of unamortized deferred issuance costs and including redemptions in process. Overall, interest expense includes amortization of deferred financing and issuance costs of $29,000 and $74,000 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2017 and $82,000 and $193,000 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2016. Future expected amortization of deferred financing costs is $134,000 in total over the next five years.

Future contractual maturities of Series I payable, and future amortization of their deferred financing costs, at June 30, 2017 are as follows:

Years Ending December 31,

 

Contractual
Maturities

 

Amortization of
Deferred
Financing Costs

Six months ending December 31, 2017

 

$

749,000

 

$

3,000

2018

 

 

2,376,000

 

 

25,000

2019

 

 

1,024,000

 

 

17,000

2020

 

 

1,725,000

 

 

41,000

2021

 

 

941,000

 

 

48,000

 

 

$

6,815,000

 

$

134,000

F-41

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(8) L Bonds

Our L Bonds are legal obligations of GWG Holdings. Obligations under the L Bonds are secured by the assets of GWG Holdings and by GWG Life, as a guarantor, and are subordinate to the obligations under our senior credit facilities (see Notes 5 and 6). We began publicly offering and selling L Bonds in January 2012 under the name “Renewable Secured Debentures.” These debt securities were re-named “L Bonds” in January 2015. L Bonds are publicly offered and sold on a continuous basis under a registration statement permitting us to sell up to $1.0 billion in principal amount of L Bonds. We are party to an indenture governing the L Bonds dated October 19, 2011, as amended (“Indenture”), under which GWG Holdings is obligor, GWG Life is guarantor, and Bank of Utah serves as indenture trustee. The Indenture contains certain financial and non-financial covenants, and we were in compliance with these covenants at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016.

Effective September 1, 2016, we ceased selling 6-month and 1-year L Bonds until further notice. In addition, effective September 1, 2016, the L Bond interest rates that we offer changed to 5.50%, 6.25%, 7.50% and 8.50% for the 2-, 3-, 5- and 7-year L Bonds, respectively. The bonds have renewal features under which we may elect to permit their renewal, subject to the right of bondholders to elect to receive payment at maturity. Interest is payable monthly or annually depending on the election of the investor.

At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the weighted-average interest rate of our L Bonds was 7.30% and 7.23%, respectively. The principal amount of L Bonds outstanding was $407,850,000 and $387,067,000 at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively. The difference between the amount of outstanding L Bonds and the carrying amount on our balance sheets is due to netting of unamortized deferred issuance costs, cash receipts for new issuances and payments of redemptions in process. Amortization of deferred issuance costs was $927,000 and $2,856,000 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2017 and $1,721,000 and $3,289,000 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2016. Future expected amortization of deferred financing costs as of June 30, 2017 is $13,539,000 in total over the next seven years.

Future contractual maturities of L Bonds, and future amortization of their deferred financing costs, at June 30, 2017 are as follows:

Years Ending December 31,

 

Contractual
Maturities

 

Amortization of
Deferred
Financing Costs

Six months ending December 31, 2017

 

$

47,068,000

 

$

353,000

2018

 

 

108,772,000

 

 

2,181,000

2019

 

 

116,767,000

 

 

4,128,000

2020

 

 

49,062,000

 

 

2,147,000

2021

 

 

28,753,000

 

 

1,411,000

Thereafter

 

 

57,428,000

 

 

3,319,000

 

 

$

407,850,000

 

$

13,539,000

 (9) Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

From July 2011 through September 2012, we privately offered shares of Series A of GWG Holdings at $7.50 per share. In the offering, we sold an aggregate of 3,278,000 shares for gross consideration of $24,582,000. Holders of Series A are entitled to cumulative dividends at the rate of 10% per annum, paid quarterly. Dividends on the Series A are accumulating and are recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. Under certain circumstances described in the Certificate of Designation for the Series A, additional Series A shares may be issued in lieu of cash dividends at the rate of $7.00 per share.

Holders of Series A are entitled to a liquidation preference equal to the stated value of their preferred shares (i.e., $7.50 per share) plus accrued but unpaid dividends. Holders of Series A may presently convert each share of their Series A into 0.75 shares of our common stock at a price of $10.00 per share.

F-42

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(9) Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (cont.)

As of June 30, 2017, we issued an aggregate of 521,000 shares of Series A in satisfaction of $3,647,000 in dividends on the Series A, and an aggregate of 696,000 shares of Series A were converted into 522,000 shares of our common stock. As of June 30, 2017, we had 2,672,000 Series A shares outstanding with respect to which we incurred aggregate issuance costs of $2,838,000, all of which is included as a component of additional paid-in capital.

Purchasers of Series A in our offering received warrants to purchase an aggregate of 431,954 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $12.50 per share. The grant date fair value of these warrants was $428,000. As of June 30, 2017, none of these warrants had been exercised and 413,000 warrants have expired. The weighted-average remaining life of these warrants was 1.94 and 0.56 years at June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, respectively.

In September 2014, we completed, at our discretion, a public offering of our common stock and, as a result, the Series A was reclassified from temporary equity to permanent equity. We may redeem Series A shares at a price equal to 110% of their liquidation preference ($7.50 per share) at any time. As of June 30, 2017, we have redeemed an aggregate of 439,000 shares of Series A.

(10) Redeemable Preferred Stock

On November 30, 2015, our public offering of up to 100,000 shares of Redeemable Preferred Stock (“RPS”) at $1,000 per share was declared effective. Holders of RPS are entitled to cumulative dividends at the rate of 7% per annum, paid monthly. Dividends on the RPS are recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in capital. Under certain circumstances described in the Certificate of Designation for the RPS, additional shares of RPS may be issued in lieu of cash dividends.

The RPS ranks senior to our common stock and pari passu with our Series A, and entitles its holders to a liquidation preference equal to the stated value per share (i.e., $1,000) plus accrued but unpaid dividends. Holders of RPS may presently convert their RPS into our common stock at a conversion price equal to the volume-weighted average price of our common stock for the 20 trading days immediately prior to the date of conversion, subject to a minimum conversion price of $15.00 and in an aggregate amount limited to 15% of the stated value of RPS originally purchased by such holder from us and still held by such holder.

Holders of RPS may request that we redeem their RPS at a price equal to their stated value plus accrued but unpaid dividends, less an applicable redemption fee, if any. Nevertheless, the Certificate of Designation for RPS permits us complete discretion to grant or decline redemption requests. Subject to certain restrictions and conditions, we may also redeem shares of RPS without a redemption fee upon a holder’s death, total disability or bankruptcy. In addition, after one year from the date of original issuance, we may, at our option, call and redeem shares of RPS at a price equal to their liquidation preference.

As of June 30, 2017, we had sold 99,127 shares of RPS for aggregate gross consideration of $99,127,000, and incurred approximately $7,019,000 of selling costs related to the sale of those shares. On March 31, 2017, we closed the RPS offering to investors.

At the time of its issuance, we determined that the RPS contained two embedded features: (1) optional redemption by the holder and (2) optional conversion by the holder. We determined that each of the embedded features met the definition of a derivative and that the RPS should be considered an equity host for the purposes of assessing the embedded derivatives for potential bifurcation. Based on our assessment under Accounting Standards Codification 470 “Debt” (“ASC 470”) we do not believe bifurcation of either the holder’s redemption or conversion feature is appropriate.

(11) Series 2 Redeemable Preferred Stock

On February 14, 2017, our public offering of up to 150,000 shares of Series 2 Redeemable Preferred Stock (“RPS 2”) at $1,000 per share was declared effective. Holders of RPS 2 are entitled to cumulative dividends at the rate of 7% per annum, paid monthly. Dividends on the RPS 2, when payable, will be recorded as a reduction to additional paid-in

F-43

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(11) Series 2 Redeemable Preferred Stock (cont.)

capital. Under certain circumstances described in the Certificate of Designation for the RPS 2, additional shares of RPS 2 may be issued in lieu of cash dividends.

The RPS 2 ranks senior to our common stock and pari passu with our Series A and RPS, and entitles its holders to a liquidation preference equal to the stated value per share (i.e., $1,000) plus accrued but unpaid dividends. Holders of RPS 2 may, less an applicable conversion discount, if any, convert their RPS 2 into our common stock at a conversion price equal to the volume-weighted average price of our common stock for the 20 trading days immediately prior to the date of conversion, subject to a minimum conversion price of $12.75 and in an aggregate amount limited to 10% of the stated value of RPS 2 originally purchased by such holder from us and still held by such holder.

Holders of RPS 2 may request that we redeem their RPS 2 shares at a price equal to their liquidation preference, less an applicable redemption fee, if any. Nevertheless, the Certificate of Designation for RPS 2 permits us complete discretion to grant or decline requests for redemption. Subject to certain restrictions and conditions, we may also redeem shares of RPS 2 without a redemption fee upon a holder’s death, total disability or bankruptcy. In addition, we may, at our option, call and redeem shares of RPS 2 at a price equal to their liquidation preference (subject to a minimum redemption price, in the event of redemptions occurring less than one year after issuance, of 107% of the stated value of the shares being redeemed).

As of June 30, 2017, we had sold 22,536 shares of RPS 2 for aggregate gross consideration of $22,536,000, and incurred approximately $1,078,000 of selling costs related to the sale of those shares.

At the time of its issuance, we determined that the RPS 2 contained two embedded features: (1) optional redemption by the holder and (2) optional conversion by the holder. We determined that each of the embedded features met the definition of a derivative and that the RPS 2 should be considered an equity host for the purposes of assessing the embedded derivatives for potential bifurcation. Based on our assessment under ASC 470 we do not believe bifurcation of either the holder’s redemption or conversion feature is appropriate.

(12) Income Taxes

We had a current income tax liability of $0 as of both June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016. The components of deferred income tax expense (benefit) for the three and six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, respectfully, consisted of the following:

 

 

Three Months Ended

 

Six Months Ended

 

 

June 30,
2017

 

June 30,
2016

 

June 30,
2017

 

June 30,
2016

Income tax provision (benefit):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(27,000

)

 

$

(23,000

)

 

$

 

 

$

State

 

$

(7,000

)

 

$

(6,000

)

 

$

 

 

$

Total current tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(34,000

)

 

 

(29,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(2,798,000

)

 

$

1,397,000

 

 

$

(2,818,000

)

 

$

2,203,000

State

 

$

(885,000

)

 

$

454,000

 

 

$

(900,000

)

 

$

704,000

Total deferred tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(3,683,000

)

 

 

1,851,000

 

 

 

(3,718,000

)

 

 

2,907,000

Total income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(3,717,000

)

 

 

1,822,000

 

 

 

(3,718,000

)

 

 

2,907,000

We provide for a valuation allowance when it is not considered “more likely than not” that our deferred tax assets will be realized. At both June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, based upon all available evidence, we provided a valuation allowance of $2,164,000 against deferred tax assets related to the likelihood of recovering the tax benefit of a capital loss on a note receivable from a related entity and other capital losses.

F-44

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(12) Income Taxes (cont.)

The Company is engaged in acquiring of life insurance policies and holding them to maturity. Due to the nature of holding policies and the aging of the underlying insureds, it will be more likely than not that the Company will recognize taxable income as the policies in our portfolio start maturing at an accelerated rate in the near future. Due to this we believe that sufficient taxable income will be recognized during the net operating loss carryover period to utilize the reported deferred tax asset, and that no additional valuation allowance, other than that already recorded, is required.

Accounting Standards Codification 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”) requires the reporting of certain tax positions that do not meet a threshold of “more likely than not” to be recorded as uncertain tax benefits. It is management’s responsibility to determine whether it is “more likely than not” that a tax position will be sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation, based upon the technical merits of the position. Management has reviewed all income tax positions taken or expected to be taken for all open years and determined that the income tax positions are appropriately stated and supported. We do not anticipate that the total unrecognized tax benefits will significantly change prior to June 30, 2017.

Under our accounting policies, interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits, as well as interest received from favorable tax settlements, are recognized as components of income tax expense. At June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, we recorded no accrued interest or penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

Our income tax returns for tax years ended December 31, 2013, 2014, 2015 and 2016 remain open to examination by the Internal Revenue Service and various state taxing jurisdictions. Our tax return for tax year 2012 has now been examined by the IRS (finalized April of 2015) but is open for examination by various state taxing jurisdictions.

(13) Common Stock

In September 2014, we consummated an initial public offering of our common stock resulting in the sale of 800,000 shares of common stock at $12.50 per share, and net proceeds of approximately $8.6 million after the payment of underwriting commissions, discounts and expense reimbursements. In connection with this offering, we listed our common stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the ticker symbol “GWGH.”

(14) Stock Incentive Plan

We adopted our 2013 Stock Incentive Plan in March 2013. The Compensation Committee of our Board of Directors is responsible for the administration of the plan. Participants under the plan may be granted incentive stock options and non-statutory stock options; stock appreciation rights; stock awards; restricted stock; restricted stock units; and performance shares. Eligible participants include officers and employees of GWG Holdings and its subsidiaries, members of our Board of Directors, and consultants. As of June 30, 2017, 3,000,000 common stock options are issuable under the plan.

Stock Options

Through June 30, 2017, we had issued stock options for 1,532,000 shares of common stock to employees, officers, and directors under the plan. Options for 740,000 shares have vested, and the remaining options are scheduled to vest over three years. The options were issued with an exercise price between $6.35 and $10.38 for those beneficially owning more than 10% of our common stock, and between $4.83 and $10.76 for all others, which is equal to the estimated market price of the shares on the date of grant. The expected annualized volatility used in the Black-Scholes model valuation of options issued during the period was 20.0%. The annual volatility rate is based on the standard deviation of the average continuously compounded rate of return of five selected comparable companies over the previous 52 weeks. A forfeiture rate of 15% is based on historical information and expected future trend. As of June 30, 2017, stock options for 679,000 shares had been forfeited and stock options for 70,000 shares had been exercised.

F-45

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(14) Stock Incentive Plan (cont.)

On April 17, 2017, GWG Holdings, Inc. entered into a Separation Agreement with Mr. Jon Gangelhoff. Under this agreement, Mr. Gangelhoff retired and resigned his position as Chief Operating Officer. In addition, all of Mr. Gangelhoff’s unvested outstanding common stock options at the time of his separation were vested under the Separation Agreement.

Outstanding stock options:

 

 

Vested

 

Un-vested

 

Total

Balance as of December 31, 2015

 

483,703

 

 

569,912

 

 

1,053,615

 

Granted during the year

 

22,500

 

 

608,350

 

 

630,850

 

Vested during the year

 

251,788

 

 

(251,788

)

 

 

Exercised during the year

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited during the year

 

(19,926

)

 

(82,140

)

 

(102,066

)

Balance as of December 31, 2016

 

738,065

 

 

844,334

 

 

1,582,399

 

Granted year-to-date

 

20,100

 

 

213,300

 

 

233,400

 

Vested year-to-date

 

165,783

 

 

(165,783

)

 

 

Exercised year-to-date

 

(42,000

)

 

 

 

(42,000

)

Forfeited year-to-date

 

(142,119

)

 

(99,415

)

 

(241,534

)

Balance as of June 30, 2017

 

739,829

 

 

792,436

 

 

1,532,265

 

Compensation expense related to unvested options not yet recognized is $541,000. We expect to recognize this compensation expense over the next three years ($89,000 in 2017, $217,000 in 2018, $167,000 in 2019, and $68,000 in 2020).

Stock Appreciation Rights (SARs)

As of June 30, 2017, we have issued SARs for 280,472 shares of common stock to employees. The strike price of the SARs was between $7.84 and $10.38, which was equal to the market price of the common stock at the date of issuance. As of June 30, 2017, 114,031 of the SARs were vested. On June 30, 2017 the market price of GWG’s common stock was $10.58.

Outstanding Stock Appreciation Rights:

 

 

Vested

 

Un-vested

 

Total

Balance as of December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

Granted during the year

 

106,608

 

133,127

 

 

239,735

Forfeited during the year

 

 

 

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016

 

106,608

 

133,127

 

 

239,735

Granted during the year

 

4,063

 

36,674

 

 

40,737

Vested during the year

 

3,360

 

(3,360

)

 

 

Forfeited during the year

 

 

 

 

Balance as of June 30, 2017

 

114,031

 

166,441

 

 

280,472

A liability for the SARs was recorded on June 30, 2017 in the amount of $316,000 and compensation expense was charged for the amount of $312,000.

Upon the exercise of SARs, the Company is obligated to make cash payment equal to the positive difference between the fair market value of the Company’s common stock on the date of exercise less the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant.

F-46

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(15) Net Loss per Common Share

We have outstanding Series A, RPS and RPS 2, as described in Notes 9, 10 and 11. The Series A, RPS and RPS 2 are anti-dilutive to our net loss or income attributable to common shareholders calculation at both June 30, 2017 and 2016. We also issued warrants to purchase common stock in conjunction with the sale of Series A (see Note 9). Both those warrants and our vested stock options are anti-dilutive at both June 30, 2017 and 2016 and have not been included in the fully diluted net loss per common share calculation.

(16) Commitments

We are party to an office lease with U.S. Bank National Association as the landlord. On September 1, 2015, we entered into an amendment to our original lease that expanded the leased space to 17,687 square feet and extended the term through 2025. Under the amended lease we are obligated to pay base rent plus common area maintenance and a share of building operating costs. Rent expenses under this agreement were $110,000 and $223,000 during the three and six months ended June 30, 2017 and $123,000 and $232,000 for the three and six months ended June 30, 2016.

Minimum lease payments under the amended lease are as follows:

Six months ending December 31, 2017

 

$

90,000

2018

 

 

185,000

2019

 

 

191,000

2020

 

 

198,000

2021

 

 

204,000

2022

 

 

210,000

2023

 

 

217,000

2024

 

 

223,000

2025

 

 

230,000

 

 

$

1,748,000

 (17) Contingencies

Litigation — In the normal course of business, we are involved in various legal proceedings. In the opinion of management, any liability resulting from such proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

(18) Guarantee of L Bonds

We are publicly offering and selling L Bonds under a registration statement declared effective by the SEC, as described in Note 8. Our obligations under the L Bonds are secured by substantially all the assets of GWG Holdings, a pledge of all our common stock held individually by our largest stockholders, and by a guarantee and corresponding grant of a security interest in substantially all the assets of GWG Life. As a guarantor, GWG Life has fully and unconditionally guaranteed the payment of principal and interest on the L Bonds. Substantially all of our life insurance policies are held by DLP III, DLP IV and the Trust. GWG Life’s equity in DLP III and DLP IV serve as collateral for our L Bond obligations. The policies held by DLP III and DLP IV are not collateral for the L Bond obligations as such policies serve as direct collateral for the senior credit facilities.

The consolidating financial statements are presented in lieu of separate financial statements and other related disclosures of the subsidiary guarantor and issuer because management does not believe that separate financial statements and related disclosures would be material to investors. There are currently no significant restrictions on the ability of GWG Holdings or GWG Life, the guarantor subsidiary, to obtain funds from its subsidiaries by dividend or loan, except as described in these notes. A majority of insurance policies we own are subject to a collateral arrangement with LNV Corporation described in Note 6. Under this arrangement, collection and escrow accounts are used to fund premiums for the insurance policies and to pay interest and other charges under the senior credit facility.

F-47

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(18) Guarantee of L Bonds (cont.)

The following represents consolidating financial information as of June 30, 2017 and December 31, 2016, with respect to the financial position, and for the three and six months ended June 30, 2017 and 2016, with respect to results of operations and cash flows of GWG Holdings and its subsidiaries. The parent column presents the financial information of GWG Holdings, the primary obligor for the L Bonds. The guarantor subsidiary column represents the financial information of GWG Life, the guarantor subsidiary of the L Bonds, presenting its investment in DLP III, DLP IV and the Trust under the equity method. The non-guarantor subsidiaries column presents the financial information of all non-guarantor subsidiaries, including DLP III, DLP IV and the Trust.

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets

June 30, 2017

 

Parent

 

Guarantor
Subsidiary

 

Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

49,632,850

 

 

$

1,451,260

 

 

$

1,209,362

 

$

 

 

$

52,293,472

 

Restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

4,454,226

 

 

 

41,705,405

 

 

 

 

 

46,159,631

 

Investment in life insurance policies, at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

41,720,141

 

 

 

535,329,411

 

 

 

 

 

577,049,552

 

Secured MCA advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,525,381

 

 

 

 

 

3,525,381

 

Life insurance policy benefits receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,970,000

 

 

 

 

 

6,970,000

 

Deferred taxes, net

 

 

1,620,303

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,620,303

 

Other assets

 

 

3,030,391

 

 

 

1,435,297

 

 

 

352,461

 

 

(942,339

)

 

 

3,875,810

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

473,239,085

 

 

 

429,798,593

 

 

 

 

 

(903,037,678

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

527,522,629

 

 

$

478,859,517

 

 

$

589,092,020

 

$

(903,980,017

)

 

$

691,494,149

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior credit facilities

 

$

 

 

$

(1,076,118

)

 

$

150,084,944

 

$

 

 

$

149,008,826

 

Series I Secured Notes

 

 

 

 

 

6,680,961

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,680,961

 

L Bonds

 

 

400,832,308

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

400,832,308

 

Accounts payable

 

 

1,166,827

 

 

 

1,377,121

 

 

 

1,616,149

 

 

 

 

 

4,160,097

 

Interest and dividends payable

 

 

10,312,340

 

 

 

1,087,782

 

 

 

2,995,669

 

 

(8,747

)

 

 

14,387,044

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

1,321,915

 

 

 

990,255

 

 

 

1,157,096

 

 

(933,592

)

 

 

2,535,674

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

413,633,390

 

 

 

9,060,001

 

 

 

155,853,858

 

 

(942,339

)

 

 

577,604,910

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member’s capital

 

 

 

 

 

469,799,516

 

 

 

433,238,162

 

 

(903,037,678

)

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

 

19,732,262

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,732,262

 

Redeemable preferred stock and Series 2 redeemable preferred stock

 

 

118,707,840

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

118,707,840

 

Common stock

 

 

5,784

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,784

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(24,556,647

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24,556,647

)

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

113,889,239

 

 

 

469,799,516

 

 

 

433,238,162

 

 

(903,037,678

)

 

 

113,889,239

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

527,522,629

 

 

$

478,859,517

 

 

$

589,092,020

 

$

(903,980,017

)

 

$

691,494,149

 

F-48

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(18) Guarantee of L Bonds (cont.)

Condensed Consolidating Balance Sheets (continued)

December 31, 2016

 

Parent

 

Guarantor
Subsidiary

 

Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

28,481,047

 

 

$

49,360,952

 

$

644,983

 

$

 

 

$

78,486,982

 

Restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

2,117,649

 

 

35,708,947

 

 

 

 

 

37,826,596

 

Investment in life insurance policies, at fair value

 

 

 

 

 

41,277,896

 

 

469,914,458

 

 

 

 

 

511,192,354

 

Secured MCA advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,703,147

 

 

 

 

 

5,703,147

 

Life insurance policy benefits receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,345,000

 

 

 

 

 

5,345,000

 

Other assets

 

 

3,854,233

 

 

 

2,056,822

 

 

810,640

 

 

(2,033,592

)

 

 

4,688,103

 

Investment in subsidiaries

 

 

429,971,148

 

 

 

352,337,037

 

 

 

 

(782,308,185

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

$

462,306,428

 

 

$

447,150,356

 

$

518,127,175

 

$

(784,341,777

)

 

$

643,242,182

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Senior credit facilities

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

156,064,818

 

$

 

 

$

156,064,818

 

Series I Secured Notes

 

 

 

 

 

16,404,836

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,404,836

 

L Bonds

 

 

381,312,587

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

381,312,587

 

Accounts payable

 

 

853,470

 

 

 

731,697

 

 

641,545

 

 

 

 

 

2,226,712

 

Interest and dividends payable

 

 

9,882,133

 

 

 

3,743,277

 

 

2,535,189

 

 

 

 

 

16,160,599

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

862,369

 

 

 

544,032

 

 

2,303,952

 

 

(2,033,592

)

 

 

1,676,761

 

Deferred taxes, net

 

 

2,097,371

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,097,371

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES

 

 

395,007,930

 

 

 

21,423,842

 

 

161,545,504

 

 

(2,033,592

)

 

 

575,943,684

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member’s capital

 

 

 

 

 

425,726,514

 

 

356,581,671

 

 

(782,308,185

)

 

 

 

Convertible preferred stock

 

 

19,701,133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

19,701,133

 

Redeemable preferred stock

 

 

59,025,164

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59,025,164

 

Common stock

 

 

5,980

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,980

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

7,383,515

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,383,515

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(18,817,294

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,817,294

)

TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

67,298,498

 

 

 

425,726,514

 

 

356,581,671

 

 

(782,308,185

)

 

 

67,298,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

$

462,306,428

 

 

$

447,150,356

 

$

518,127,175

 

$

(784,341,777

)

 

$

643,242,182

 

F-49

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(18) Guarantee of L Bonds (cont.)

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations

For the three months ended June 30, 2017

 

Parent

 

Guarantor
Subsidiary

 

Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy servicing income

 

$

 

 

$

133,250

 

 

$

 

$

(133,250

)

 

$

 

Gain on life insurance policies, net

 

 

 

 

 

201,685

 

 

 

11,094,581

 

 

 

 

 

11,296,266

 

MCA income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

133,583

 

 

 

 

 

133,583

 

Interest and other income

 

 

69,221

 

 

 

30,134

 

 

 

164,558

 

 

(26,176

)

 

 

237,737

 

TOTAL REVENUE

 

 

69,221

 

 

 

365,069

 

 

 

11,392,722

 

 

(159,426

)

 

 

11,667,586

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy servicing fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

133,250

 

 

(133,250

)

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

8,325,874

 

 

 

391,061

 

 

 

3,555,266

 

 

(26,176

)

 

 

12,246,025

 

Employee compensation and benefits

 

 

2,109,562

 

 

 

1,529,188

 

 

 

102,549

 

 

 

 

 

3,741,299

 

Legal and professional fees

 

 

284,756

 

 

 

179,461

 

 

 

866,372

 

 

 

 

 

1,330,589

 

Provision for MCA advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

878,000

 

 

 

 

 

878,000

 

Other expenses

 

 

1,885,146

 

 

 

650,320

 

 

 

347,632

 

 

 

 

 

2,883,098

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

 

12,605,338

 

 

 

2,750,030

 

 

 

5,883,069

 

 

(159,426

)

 

 

21,079,011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EQUITY IN INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

(12,536,117

)

 

 

(2,384,961

)

 

 

5,509,653

 

 

 

 

 

(9,411,425

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY IN INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

3,124,692

 

 

 

7,241,779

 

 

 

 

 

(10,366,471

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

(9,411,425

)

 

 

4,856,818

 

 

 

5,509,653

 

 

(10,366,471

)

 

 

(9,411,425

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME TAX BENEFIT

 

 

(3,717,174

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,717,174

)

NET INCOME (LOSS)

 

 

(5,694,251

)

 

 

4,856,818

 

 

 

5,509,653

 

 

(10,366,471

)

 

 

(5,694,251

)

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

2,031,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,031,097

 

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

 

$

(7,725,348

)

 

$

4,856,818

 

 

$

5,509,653

 

$

(10,366,471

)

 

$

(7,725,348

)

 

For the three months ended June 30, 2016

 

Parent

 

Guarantor
Subsidiary

 

Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy servicing income

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

$

 

 

$

Gain on life insurance policies, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20,383,347

 

 

 

 

 

20,383,347

MCA income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

223,255

 

 

 

 

 

223,255

Interest and other income

 

 

71,222

 

 

 

706

 

 

 

157,927

 

 

(58,975

)

 

 

170,880

TOTAL REVENUE

 

 

71,222

 

 

 

706

 

 

 

20,764,529

 

 

(58,975

)

 

 

20,777,482

EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy servicing fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

7,530,444

 

 

 

644,735

 

 

 

1,648,452

 

 

(58,975

)

 

 

9,764,656

Employee compensation and benefits

 

 

1,638,893

 

 

 

1,283,968

 

 

 

148,646

 

 

 

 

 

3,071,507

Legal and professional fees

 

 

783,596

 

 

 

476,505

 

 

 

44,252

 

 

 

 

 

1,304,353

Other expenses

 

 

1,519,349

 

 

 

425,354

 

 

 

387,982

 

 

 

 

 

2,332,685

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

 

11,472,282

 

 

 

2,830,562

 

 

 

2,229,332

 

 

(58,975

)

 

 

16,473,201

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EQUITY IN INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

(11,401,060

)

 

 

(2,829,856

)

 

 

18,535,197

 

 

 

 

 

4,304,281

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY IN INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

15,705,341

 

 

 

18,835,036

 

 

 

 

 

(34,540,377

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

4,304,281

 

 

 

16,005,180

 

 

 

18,535,197

 

 

(34,540,377

)

 

 

4,340,281

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

 

1,822,030

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,822,030

NET INCOME

 

 

2,482,250

 

 

 

16,005,180

 

 

 

18,535,197

 

 

(34,540,377

)

 

 

2,482,250

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

600,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

600,924

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

 

$

1,881,326

 

 

$

16,005,180

 

 

$

18,535,197

 

$

(34,540,377

)

 

$

1,881,326

F-50

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(18) Guarantee of L Bonds (cont.)

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Operations (continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2017

 

Parent

 

Guarantor
Subsidiary

 

Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy servicing income

 

$

 

 

$

186,275

 

 

$

 

$

(186,275

)

 

$

 

Gain on life insurance policies, net

 

 

 

 

 

1,701,012

 

 

 

28,995,074

 

 

 

 

 

30,696,086

 

MCA income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

380,159

 

 

 

 

 

380,159

 

Interest and other income

 

 

154,228

 

 

 

49,010

 

 

 

543,643

 

 

(67,195

)

 

 

679,686

 

TOTAL REVENUE

 

 

154,228

 

 

 

1,936,297

 

 

 

29,918,876

 

 

(253,470

)

 

 

31,755,931

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy servicing fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

186,275

 

 

(186,275

)

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

17,587,908

 

 

 

677,415

 

 

 

7,292,113

 

 

(67,195

)

 

 

25,490,241

 

Employee compensation and benefits

 

 

4,038,357

 

 

 

2,750,770

 

 

 

115,232

 

 

 

 

 

6,904,359

 

Legal and professional fees

 

 

777,571

 

 

 

440,549

 

 

 

1,058,817

 

 

 

 

 

2,276,937

 

Provision for MCA advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

878,000

 

 

 

 

 

878,000

 

Other expenses

 

 

3,548,149

 

 

 

1,533,051

 

 

 

582,221

 

 

 

 

 

5,663,421

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

 

25,951,985

 

 

 

5,401,785

 

 

 

10,112,658

 

 

(253,470

)

 

 

41,212,958

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EQUITY IN INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

(25,797,757

)

 

 

(3,465,488

)

 

 

19,806,218

 

 

 

 

 

(9,457,027

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY IN INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

16,340,730

 

 

 

21,305,986

 

 

 

 

 

(37,646,716

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

(9,457,027

)

 

 

17,840,498

 

 

 

19,806,218

 

 

(37,646,716

)

 

 

(9,457,027

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME TAX BENEFIT

 

 

(3,717,674

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,717,674

)

NET INCOME (LOSS)

 

 

(5,739,353

)

 

 

17,840,498

 

 

 

19,806,218

 

 

(37,646,716

)

 

 

(5,739,353

)

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

(3,898,857

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,898,857

)

NET LOSS ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

 

$

(9,638,210

)

 

$

17,840,498

 

 

$

19,806,218

 

$

(37,646,716

)

 

$

(9,638,210

)

 

For the six months ended June 30, 2016

 

Parent

 

Guarantor
Subsidiary

 

Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

REVENUE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy servicing income

 

$

 

 

$

13,417

 

 

$

 

$

(13,417

)

 

$

 

Gain on life insurance policies, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

38,097,059

 

 

 

 

 

38,097,059

 

MCA income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

368,216

 

 

 

 

 

368,216

 

Interest and other income

 

 

106,019

 

 

 

1,012

 

 

 

198,946

 

 

(89,877

)

 

 

216,100

 

TOTAL REVENUE

 

 

106,019

 

 

 

14,429

 

 

 

38,664,221

 

 

(103,294

)

 

 

38,681,375

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Policy servicing fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,417

 

 

(13,417

)

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

14,618,037

 

 

 

1,301,971

 

 

 

3,083,680

 

 

(89,877

)

 

 

18,913,811

 

Employee compensation and benefits

 

 

3,175,323

 

 

 

2,113,049

 

 

 

249,333

 

 

 

 

 

5,537,705

 

Legal and professional fees

 

 

1,378,335

 

 

 

1,011,155

 

 

 

120,991

 

 

 

 

 

2,510,481

 

Other expenses

 

 

2,777,326

 

 

 

1,394,028

 

 

 

573,491

 

 

 

 

 

4,744,845

 

TOTAL EXPENSES

 

 

21,949,021

 

 

 

5,820,203

 

 

 

4,040,912

 

 

(103,294

)

 

 

31,706,842

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EQUITY IN INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

(21,843,002

)

 

 

(5,805,774

)

 

 

34,623,309

 

 

 

 

 

6,974,533

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EQUITY IN INCOME OF SUBSIDIARIES

 

 

28,817,535

 

 

 

35,136,402

 

 

 

 

 

(63,953,937

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES

 

 

6,974,533

 

 

 

29,330,628

 

 

 

34,623,309

 

 

(63,953,937

)

 

 

6,974,533

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

 

2,906,747

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,906,747

 

NET INCOME

 

 

4,067,786

 

 

 

29,330,628

 

 

 

34,623,309

 

 

(63,953,937

)

 

 

4,067,786

 

Preferred stock dividends

 

 

(1,112,155

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,112,155

)

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS

 

$

2,955,631

 

 

$

29,330,628

 

 

$

34,623,309

 

$

(63,953,937

)

 

$

2,955,631

 

F-51

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(18) Guarantee of L Bonds (cont.)

Condensed Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows

For the three months ended June 30, 2017

 

Parent

 

Guarantor
Subsidiary

 

Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(5,694,251

)

 

$

4,856,818

 

 

$

5,509,653

 

 

$

(10,366,471

)

 

$

(5,694,251

)

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity of subsidiaries

 

 

(3,124,692

)

 

 

(7,241,779

)

 

 

 

 

 

10,366,471

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

(134,399

)

 

 

(15,101,103

)

 

 

 

 

 

(15,235,502

)

Amortization of deferred financing and issuance costs

 

 

926,816

 

 

 

28,964

 

 

 

542,168

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,497,948

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(3,717,174

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,717,174

)

Preferred stock dividends payable

 

 

363,959

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

363,959

 

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance policy benefits receivable

 

 

 

 

 

600,000

 

 

 

1,405,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,005,000

 

Other assets

 

 

(32,646,205

)

 

 

(23,493,280

)

 

 

(297,040

)

 

 

55,878,537

 

 

 

(557,988

)

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to related party

 

 

398,030

 

 

 

 

 

 

(400,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,970

)

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

1,213,002

 

 

 

(1,405,114

)

 

 

1,230,967

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,038,855

 

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(42,280,515

)

 

 

(26,788,790

)

 

 

(7,110,355

)

 

 

55,878,537

 

 

 

(20,301,123

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,432,338

)

 

 

 

 

 

(19,432,338

)

Carrying value of matured life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

256,152

 

 

 

2,758,682

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,014,834

 

Investment in Secured MCA advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,671

)

 

 

 

 

 

(39,671

)

Proceeds from Secured MCA advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

653,315

 

 

 

 

 

 

653,315

 

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

256,152

 

 

 

(16,060,012

)

 

 

 

 

 

(15,803,860

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net borrowings on senior credit facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,845,037

)

 

 

 

 

 

(3,845,037

)

Payments for issuance of senior debt

 

 

 

 

 

(1,076,118

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,076,118

)

Payments for redemption of Series I Secured Notes

 

 

 

 

 

(4,348,372

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,348,372

)

Proceeds from issuance of L Bonds

 

 

31,875,811

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,875,811

 

Payments for issuance and redemption of L Bonds

 

 

(15,025,566

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(15,025,566

)

Payments to restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

(893,893

)

 

 

2,825,851

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,931,958

 

Issuance of member capital

 

 

 

 

 

31,450,843

 

 

 

24,427,694

 

 

 

(55,878,537

)

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4

 

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

 

 

34,301,747

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,301,747

 

Payments for issuance and redemption of preferred stock

 

 

(3,318,211

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,318,211

)

Payments of preferred stock dividends

 

 

(2,031,097

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,031,097

)

NET CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

45,802,688

 

 

 

25,132,460

 

 

 

23,408,508

 

 

 

(55,878,537

)

 

 

38,465,119

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

3,522,173

 

 

 

(1,400,178

)

 

 

238,141

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,360,136

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD

 

 

46,110,677

 

 

 

2,851,438

 

 

 

971,221

 

 

 

 

 

 

49,933,336

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

END OF THE PERIOD

 

$

49,632,850

 

 

$

1,451,260

 

 

$

1,209,362

 

 

$

 

 

$

52,293,472

 

F-52

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(18) Guarantee of L Bonds (cont.)

Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows (continued)

For the three months ended June 30, 2016

 

Parent

 

Guarantor
Subsidiary

 

Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

2,482,250

 

 

$

16,005,180

 

 

$

18,535,197

 

 

$

(34,540,377

)

 

$

2,482,250

 

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity of subsidiaries

 

 

(15,705,341

)

 

 

(18,835,036

)

 

 

 

 

 

34,540,377

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21,241,376

)

 

 

 

 

 

(21,241,376

)

Amortization of deferred financing and issuance costs

 

 

2,261,032

 

 

 

(282,257

)

 

 

549,199

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,527,974

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

1,851,018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,851,018

 

Preferred stock dividends payable

 

 

166,472

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

166,472

 

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance policy benefits receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,083,817

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,083,817

 

Other assets

 

 

(21,796,633

)

 

 

(12,903,506

)

 

 

 

 

 

33,489,247

 

 

 

(1,210,892

)

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to related party

 

 

(71,975

)

 

 

17,802

 

 

 

(1,760,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,814,173

)

Accounts payable and other accrued expenses

 

 

1,458,476

 

 

 

130,596

 

 

 

(2,364,285

)

 

 

 

 

 

(775,213

)

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(29,354,701

)

 

 

(15,867,221

)

 

 

2,802,552

 

 

 

33,489,247

 

 

 

(8,930,123

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(24,373,714

)

 

 

 

 

 

(24,373,714

)

Carrying value of matured life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,691,764

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,691,764

 

Investment in Secured MCA advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,293,829

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,293,829

)

Proceeds from Secured MCA advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

907,649

 

 

 

 

 

 

907,649

 

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(23,068,130

)

 

 

 

 

 

(23,068,130

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net repayment of senior credit facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,000,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,000,000

)

Payments for redemption of Series I Secured Notes

 

 

 

 

 

(485,350

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(485,350

)

Proceeds from issuance of L Bonds

 

 

36,757,771

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

36,757,771

 

Payments for issuance and redemption of L Bonds

 

 

(11,753,782

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(11,753,782

)

Payments to restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

(116,672

)

 

 

8,784,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,667,826

 

Issuance of member capital

 

 

 

 

 

18,951,362

 

 

 

14,537,885

 

 

 

(33,489,247

)

 

 

 

Issuance of common stock

 

 

166,125

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

166,125

 

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

 

 

9,401,118

 

 

 

 

 

 

71,555

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,472,673

 

Payments for issuance and redemption of preferred stock

 

 

(838,021

)

 

 

 

 

 

(7,340

)

 

 

 

 

 

(845,361

)

Payments of preferred stock dividends

 

 

(600,924

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(600,924

)

NET CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

33,132,287

 

 

 

18,349,340

 

 

 

20,386,598

 

 

 

(33,489,247

)

 

 

38,378,978

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

3,777,586

 

 

 

2,482,119

 

 

 

121,020

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,380,725

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD

 

 

6,274,035

 

 

 

4,340,365

 

 

 

384,225

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,998,625

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

END OF THE PERIOD

 

$

10,051,621

 

 

$

6,822,484

 

 

$

505,245

 

 

$

 

 

$

17,379,350

 

F-53

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(18) Guarantee of L Bonds (cont.)

Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows (continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2017

 

Parent

 

Guarantor
Subsidiary

 

Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(5,739,353

)

 

$

17,840,498

 

 

$

19,806,218

 

 

$

(37,646,716

)

 

$

(5,739,353

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity of subsidiaries

 

 

(16,340,730

)

 

 

(21,305,986

)

 

 

 

 

 

37,646,716

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

(1,193,821

)

 

 

(27,925,514

)

 

 

 

 

 

(29,119,335

)

Amortization of deferred financing and issuance costs

 

 

2,855,809

 

 

 

74,384

 

 

 

1,233,958

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,164,151

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(3,717,674

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,717,674

)

Preferred stock dividends payable

 

 

700,748

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

700,748

 

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance policy benefits receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,625,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,625,000

)

Other assets

 

 

(27,138,260

)

 

 

(55,534,365

)

 

 

458,179

 

 

 

83,082,776

 

 

 

868,330

 

Increase (decrease) in operating liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to related party

 

 

1,089,895

 

 

 

320

 

 

 

(1,100,000

)

 

 

 

 

 

(9,785

)

Accounts payable and other accrued expenses

 

 

1,637,970

 

 

 

(1,563,846

)

 

 

2,181,963

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,256,087

 

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(46,651,595

)

 

 

(61,682,816

)

 

 

(6,970,196

)

 

 

83,082,776

 

 

 

(32,221,831

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(42,121,671

)

 

 

 

 

 

(42,121,671

)

Carrying value of matured life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

751,576

 

 

 

4,632,232

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,383,808

 

Investment in Secured MCA advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,671

)

 

 

 

 

 

(39,671

)

Proceeds from Secured MCA advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,423,702

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,423,702

 

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

751,576

 

 

 

(36,105,408

)

 

 

 

 

 

(35,353,832

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net repayment of senior credit facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,099,537

)

 

 

 

 

 

(7,099,537

)

Payments for issuance of senior debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,076,118

)

 

 

(114,294

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,190,412

)

Payments for redemption of Series I Secured Notes

 

 

 

 

 

(9,798,261

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,798,261

)

Proceeds from issuance of L Bonds

 

 

56,744,470

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

56,744,470

 

Payments for issuance and redemption of L Bonds

 

 

(39,197,163

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,197,163

)

Payments to restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

(2,336,577

)

 

 

(5,996,458

)

 

 

 

 

 

(8,333,035

)

Issuance of member capital

 

 

 

 

 

26,232,504

 

 

 

56,850,272

 

 

 

(83,082,776

)

 

 

 

Payments for issuance and redemption of common stock

 

 

(1,603,556

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,603,556

)

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

 

 

61,480,941

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61,480,941

 

Payments for issuance and redemption of preferred stock

 

 

(5,722,437

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,722,437

)

Payments of preferred stock dividends

 

 

(3,898,857

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,898,857

)

NET CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

67,803,398

 

 

 

13,021,548

 

 

 

43,639,983

 

 

 

(83,082,776

)

 

 

41,382,153

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

21,151,803

 

 

 

(47,909,692

)

 

 

564,379

 

 

 

 

 

 

(26,193,510

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD

 

 

28,481,047

 

 

 

49,360,952

 

 

 

644,983

 

 

 

 

 

 

78,486,982

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

END OF THE PERIOD

 

$

49,632,850

 

 

$

1,451,260

 

 

$

1,209,362

 

 

$

 

 

$

52,293,472

 

F-54

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(18) Guarantee of L Bonds (cont.)

Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows (continued)

For the six months ended June 30, 2016

 

Parent

 

Guarantor
Subsidiary

 

Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Eliminations

 

Consolidated

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

4,067,786

 

 

$

29,330,628

 

 

$

34,623,309

 

 

$

(63,953,937

)

 

$

4,067,786

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity of subsidiaries

 

 

(28,817,535

)

 

 

(35,136,402

)

 

 

 

 

 

63,953,937

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(32,772,929

)

 

 

 

 

 

(32,772,929

)

Amortization of deferred financing and issuance costs

 

 

3,909,923

 

 

 

(1,446,463

)

 

 

848,702

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,312,162

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

2,906,747

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,906,747

 

Preferred stock dividends payable

 

 

330,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

330,049

 

(Increase) decrease in operating assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Life insurance policy benefits receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,829,022

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6,829,022

)

Other assets

 

 

(60,457,838

)

 

 

(37,895,574

)

 

 

 

 

 

97,315,946

 

 

 

(1,037,466

)

Increase in operating liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to related party

 

 

(2,802,976

)

 

 

1,195

 

 

 

2,700,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

(101,781

)

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

2,240,523

 

 

 

717,298

 

 

 

(1,765,065

)

 

 

 

 

 

1,192,756

 

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

(78,623,321

)

 

 

(44,429,318

)

 

 

(3,195,005

)

 

 

97,315,946

 

 

 

(28,931,698

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(48,700,036

)

 

 

 

 

 

(48,700,036

)

Carrying value of matured life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,302,243

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,302,243

 

Investment in Secured MCA advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,647,414

)

 

 

 

 

 

(5,647,414

)

Proceeds from Secured MCA advances

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,025,792

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,025,792

 

NET CASH FLOWS USED IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(47,019,415

)

 

 

 

 

 

(47,019,415

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net borrowings on senior credit facilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,000,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,000,000

 

Payments for redemption of Series I Secured Notes

 

 

 

 

 

(5,722,743

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,722,743

)

Proceeds from issuance of L Bonds

 

 

71,126,660

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

71,126,660

 

Payments for issuance and redemption of L Bonds

 

 

(22,663,475

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(22,663,475

)

Payments to restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

(2,822,051

)

 

 

(5,996,843

)

 

 

 

 

 

(8,818,894

)

Issuance of common stock

 

 

212,670

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

212,670

 

Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock

 

 

10,429,654

 

 

 

 

 

 

71,555

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,501,209

 

Payments for issuance and redemption of preferred stock

 

 

(1,610,574

)

 

 

 

 

 

(7,340

)

 

 

 

 

 

(1,617,914

)

Payments of preferred stock dividends

 

 

(1,112,155

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,112,155

)

Issuance of member capital

 

 

 

 

 

57,813,874

 

 

 

39,502,072

 

 

 

(97,315,946

)

 

 

 

NET CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

56,382,780

 

 

 

49,269,080

 

 

 

50,569,444

 

 

 

(97,315,946

)

 

 

58,905,358

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

(22,240,541

)

 

 

4,839,762

 

 

 

355,024

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17,045,755

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BEGINNING OF THE PERIOD

 

 

32,292,162

 

 

 

1,982,722

 

 

 

150,221

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,425,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

END OF THE PERIOD

 

$

10,051,621

 

 

$

6,822,484

 

 

$

505,245

 

 

$

 

 

$

17,379,350

 

F-55

GWG HOLDINGS, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(unaudited)

(19) Concentrations

We purchase life insurance policies written by life insurance companies having investment-grade ratings by independent rating agencies. As a result, there may be certain concentrations of policies with life insurance companies. The following summarizes the face value of insurance policies with specific life insurance companies exceeding 10% of the total face value of our portfolio.

Life insurance company

 

June 30,
2017

 

December 31,
2016

John Hancock

 

14.13

%

 

14.36

%

AXA Equitable

 

12.69

%

 

13.42

%

Lincoln National

 

10.86

%

 

11.22

%

Transamerica

 

10.31

%

 

*

____________

*          percentage does not exceed 10% of the total face value.

The following summarizes the number of insurance policies held in specific states exceeding 10% of the total face value of our portfolio:

State of Residence

 

June 30,
2017

 

December 31,
2016

Florida

 

20.30

%

 

19.42

%

California

 

19.29

%

 

20.72

%

 (20) Subsequent events

Since June 30, 2017, we have issued approximately $15,789,000 of L Bonds.

Since June 30, 2017, we have issued approximately $12,762,000 of RPS 2.

As of the date of this report, we exercised our contractual rights to call for the redemption of our Series I Secured Notes and our Series A Preferred Stock and all outstanding warrants related to our Series A offering.

F-56

1,000,000 Units

($1,000,000,000)

GWG HOLDINGS, INC.

L Bonds

_________________________

PROSPECTUS

_________________________

            , 2017

 

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13. OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

Set forth below are expenses (other than the selling agent’s commissions, dealer-manager fees and allowance expenses) we expect to be incurred in connection with the issuance and distribution of the securities registered hereby. With the exception of the Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee, the amounts set forth below are estimates and actual expenses may vary considerably from these estimates depending upon how long the notes are offered and other factors:

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee

 

$

115,900

Accounting fees and expenses

 

$

200,000

Legal fees and expenses

 

$

500,000

Blue sky fees and expenses

 

$

20,000

Printing expenses

 

$

200,000

Trustee fees and expenses

 

$

0

Miscellaneous

 

$

164,100

Total

 

$

1,200,000

ITEM 14. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides for, under certain circumstances, the indemnification of our officers, directors, employees and agents against liabilities that they may incur in such capacities. A summary of the circumstances in which such indemnification provided for is contained herein, but that description is qualified in its entirety by reference to the relevant Section of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

In general, the statute provides that any director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation may be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred in a proceeding (including any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceeding) to which the individual was a party by reason of such status. Such indemnity may be provided if the indemnified person’s actions resulting in the liabilities: (i) were taken in good faith; (ii) were reasonably believed to have been in or not opposed to our best interest; and (iii) with respect to any criminal action, such person had no reasonable cause to believe the actions were unlawful. Unless ordered by a court, indemnification generally may be awarded only after a determination of independent members of the Board of Directors or a committee thereof, by independent legal counsel or by vote of the stockholders that the applicable standard of conduct was met by the individual to be indemnified.

The statutory provisions further provide that to the extent a director, officer, employee or agent is wholly successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding to which he was a party, he is entitled to receive indemnification against expenses, including attorneys’ fees, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the proceeding.

Indemnification in connection with a proceeding by or in the right of GWG Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) in which the director, officer, employee or agent is successful is permitted only with respect to expenses, including attorneys’ fees actually and reasonably incurred in connection with the defense. In such actions, the person to be indemnified must have acted in good faith, in a manner believed to have been in our best interest and must not have been adjudged liable to us unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability, in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expense which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper. Indemnification is otherwise prohibited in connection with a proceeding brought on behalf of the Company in which a director is adjudged liable to us, or in connection with any proceeding charging improper personal benefit to the director in which the director is adjudged liable for receipt of an improper personal benefit.

II-1

Delaware law authorizes us to reimburse or pay reasonable expenses incurred by a director, officer, employee or agent in connection with a proceeding in advance of a final disposition of the matter. Such advances of expenses are permitted if the person furnishes to us a written agreement to repay such advances if it is determined that he is not entitled to be indemnified by us.

The statutory section cited above further specifies that any provisions for indemnification of or advances for expenses does not exclude other rights under our certificate of incorporation, corporate bylaws, resolutions of our stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise. These indemnification provisions continue for a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such persons.

The statutory provision cited above also grants the power to the Company to purchase and maintain insurance policies that protect any director, officer, employee or agent against any liability asserted against or incurred by him in such capacity arising out of his status as such. Such policies may provide for indemnification whether or not the corporation would otherwise have the power to provide for it.

Article 6 of our corporate bylaws provides that we shall indemnify our directors, officers, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling the Company pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we understand that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in that Act and is therefore unenforceable.

We have purchased directors’ and officers’ liability insurance in order to limit the exposure to liability for indemnification of directors and officers, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

In 2014, the Company issued 110,584 shares of Series A Preferred Stock as in-kind dividends payable on account of the preferred stock. The preferred stock was sold solely to accredited investors in a private placement under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, and Regulation D/Rule 506 thereunder.

In 2014, the Company issued 60,000 shares of common stock to Brewer Consulting Group in exchange for certain advisory services including financial consulting and marketing support to be provided to the Company by Brewer Consulting Group. The common stock was sold to Brewer Consulting Group, as accredited investor, in a private placement under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, and Regulation D/Rule 506 thereunder.

In 2015, the Company issued 97,590 shares of Series A Preferred Stock as in-kind dividends payable on account of the preferred stock. The preferred stock was sold solely to accredited investors in a private placement under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, and Regulation D/Rule 506 thereunder.

In 2016, the Company issued 99,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock as in-kind dividends payable on account of the preferred stock. The preferred stock was sold solely to accredited investors in a private placement under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, and Regulation D/Rule 506 thereunder.

From January 1 through June 30, 2017, the Company issued 48,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock as in-kind dividends payable on account of the preferred stock.  The preferred stock was sold solely to accredited investors in a private placement under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, and Regulation D/Rule 506 thereunder.

II-2

ITEM 16. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Exhibits . The exhibits listed below are filed as a part of this registration statement.

Exhibit

 

Description

1.1

 

Form of Dealer Manager Agreement with Emerson Equity (filed herewith)

1.2

 

Form of Soliciting Dealer Agreement (filed herewith)

3.1

 

Certificate of Incorporation (1)

3.2

 

Bylaws (as amended to and including June 2, 2015) (11)

3.3

 

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation (2)

3.4

 

Certificate of Designations for Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (2)

3.5

 

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation (5)

3.6

 

Certificate of Designation for Redeemable Preferred Stock (7)

3.7

 

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Designation for Redeemable Preferred Stock (4)

3.8

 

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Designation for Redeemable Preferred Stock (7)

3.9

 

Certificate of Designation for Series 2 Redeemable Preferred Stock (10)

4.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Indenture with Bank of Utah (filed herewith)

4.2

 

Form of Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement by and among GWG Holdings, Inc., GWG Life, LLC, Jon R. Sabes, Steven F. Sabes, and Bank of Utah (filed herewith)

4.3

 

Form of L Bond (8)

4.4

 

Form of Subscription Agreement for L Bonds (filed herewith)

5.1

 

Opinion of Maslon (filed herewith)

10.1

 

Loan and Security Agreement with GWG DLP Funding IV, LLC (as borrower), CLMG Corp. (as agent) and LNV Corporation (as lender), dated September 14, 2016 (9)

10.2

 

Employment Agreement with Jon R. Sabes, dated June 14, 2011 (3)

10.3

 

Employment Agreement with Steven F. Sabes, dated June 14, 2011 (3)

10.4

 

Employment Agreement with William B. Acheson, dated June 28, 2017 (13)

10.5

 

2013 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended) (12)

10.6

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement used with 2013 Stock Incentive Plan (6)

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries (11)

23.1

 

Consent of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP (filed herewith)

23.2

 

Consent of Maslon LLP (contained within Exhibit 5.1 above)

25.1

 

Statement of Eligibility of Trustee (filed herewith)

____________

(1)       Incorporated by reference to Form S-1 Registration Statement filed on June 14, 2011 (File No. 333-174887).

(2)       Incorporated by reference to Form S-1/A Registration Statement filed on August 23, 2011 (File No. 333-174887).

(3)       Incorporated by reference to Form S-1/A Registration Statement filed on September 20, 2011 (File No. 333-174887).

(4)       Incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on April 28, 2016.

(5)       Incorporated by reference to Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 8, 2014.

(6)       Incorporated by reference to Form S-1/A Registration Statement filed on June 6, 2014 (File No. 333-195505).

(7)       Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 22, 2016.

(8)       Incorporated by reference to Form S-1/A Registration Statement filed on October 30, 2014 (File No. 333-197227).

(9)       Incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 19, 2016.

(10)    Incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 22, 2017.

(11)    Incorporated by reference to Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 15, 2017.

(12)    Incorporated by reference to the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement filed on April 30, 2015.

(13)    Incorporated by reference to Current Report on Form 8-K filed on June 30, 2017.

ITEM 17. UNDERTAKINGS

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”) may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the

II-3

event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(a)(2)    That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3)         To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

(4)         [intentionally omitted]

(5)         For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act to any purchaser, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

(6)         That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

(i)        Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

(ii)       Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

(iii)      The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

(iv)      Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

(b)         That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each filing of the registrant’s annual report pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (and, where applicable, each filing of an employee benefit plan’s annual report pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) that is incorporated by reference in the registration statement shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

II-4

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Minneapolis, State of Minnesota, on October 10, 2017.

 

 

GWG HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Jon R. Sabes

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed, as of October 10, 2017, by the following persons in the capacities indicated below.

Nam e

 

Title

 

 

 

/s/ Jon R. Sabes

 

Director, Chief Executive Officer

Jon R. Sabes

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

/s/ William Acheson

 

Chief Financial Officer

William Acheson

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

/s/ Steven F. Sabes

 

Director, Executive Vice President and Secretary

Steven F. Sabes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Director

David H. Abramson

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Charles H. Maguire III

 

Director

Charles H. Maguire III

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jeffrey L. McGregor

 

Director

Jeffrey L. McGregor

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Shawn R. Gensch

 

Director

Shawn R. Gensch

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mark E. Schwarzmann

 

Director

Mark E. Schwarzmann

 

 

II-5

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Minneapolis, State of Minnesota, on October 10, 2017.

 

 

GWG LIFE, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Jon R. Sabes

 

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed, as of October 10, 2017, by the following persons in the capacities indicated below.

Name

 

Title

 

 

 

/s/ Jon R. Sabes

 

Chief Executive Officer

Jon R. Sabes

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

/s/ William Acheson

 

Chief Financial Officer

William Acheson

 

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

/s/ Jon R. Sabes

 

Manager of GWG Life, LLC

Jon R. Sabes

 

 

II-6

EXHIBIT 1.1

 

EMERSON EQUITY, LLC

 

FORM OF DEALER MANAGER AGREEMENT

 

________________, 2017

 

Emerson Equity, LLC

155 Bovet Road, Suite 725

San Mateo, California 94402

 

RE: GWG HOLDINGS, INC.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

GWG Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation. The Company proposes to offer up to $1,000,000,000 in aggregate principal amount (the “Offering”) of the Company’s L Bonds (“L Bonds”). The L Bonds will be issued in “Units” at a public offering price of $1,000 per Unit.

 

Upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in this Dealer Manager Agreement (this “Agreement”), the Company hereby appoints Emerson Equity, LLC, a California limited liability company (the “Dealer Manager”), to act as the exclusive dealer manager for the Offering, and the Dealer Manager desires to accept such engagement.

 

1. Representations and Warranties of the Company. The Company hereby represents, warrants and agrees, as of the date of this Agreement and on each Effective Date (as defined below) as follows:

 

(a) Registration Statement and Prospectus . In connection with the Offering, the Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement (File No. 333-220288) on Form S-1 for the registration of the public offer and sale of the Units under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder (the “Securities Act Rules and Regulations”); and one or more amendments to such registration statement have been or may be so prepared and filed. The registration statement on Form S-1 and the prospectus contained therein, as finally amended at the date the registration statement is declared effective by the Commission (the “Effective Date”) are respectively hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement” and the “Prospectus,” except that:

 

(i) if the Company files a post-effective amendment to such registration statement, then the term “Registration Statement” shall, from and after the declaration of the effectiveness of such post-effective amendment by the Commission, refer to such registration statement as amended by such post-effective amendment, and the term “Prospectus” shall refer to the amended prospectus then on file with the Commission; and

 

(ii) if the prospectus filed by the Company pursuant to either Rule 424(b) or 424(c) of the Securities Act Rules and Regulations shall differ from the prospectus on file at the time the Registration Statement or the most recent post-effective amendment thereto, if any, shall have become effective, then the term “Prospectus” shall refer to such prospectus filed pursuant to either Rule 424(b) or 424(c), as the case may be, from and after the date on which it shall have been filed. The term “preliminary Prospectus” as used herein shall mean a preliminary prospectus related to the Units as contemplated by Rule 430 or Rule 430A of the Securities Act Rules and Regulations included at any time as part of the Registration Statement. As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement”, “preliminary Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein.

 

 

 

 

As used herein, the term “Effective Date” also shall refer to the effective date of each post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

(b) Compliance with the Securities Act. During the term of this Agreement:

 

(i) the Registration Statement, the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto have complied, and will comply, in all material respects with the Securities Act, the Securities Act Rules and Regulations, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act Rules and Regulations”);

 

(ii) the Registration Statement does not, and any amendment thereto will not, in each case as of the applicable Effective Date, include any untrue statement of material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; and the Prospectus does not, and any amendment or supplement thereto will not, as of the applicable filing date, include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this Section 1(b) will not extend to any statements contained in or omitted from the Registration Statement or the Prospectus that are based upon written information furnished to the Company by the Dealer Manager expressly for use in the Offering; and

 

(iii) the documents incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in the Prospectus, at the time they are hereafter filed with the Commission, will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Rules and Regulations, and, when read together with the other information in the Prospectus, at each applicable Effective Date, did not and will not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(c) Securities Matters. There has not been:

 

(i) any request by the Commission for any further amendment to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or for any additional information;

 

(ii) any issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or the institution or, to the Company’s knowledge, threat of any proceeding for that purpose; or

 

(iii) any notification with respect to the suspension of the qualification of the Units for sale in any jurisdiction or any initiation or, to the Company’s knowledge, threat of any proceeding for such purpose.

 

  2  

 

 

The Company is in compliance in all material respects with all federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations applicable to it and its activities, including, without limitation, with respect to the Offering and the sale of the Units.

 

(d) Corporate Status and Good Standing . The Company is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the State of Delaware and is in good standing with the Delaware Secretary of State, with all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder.

 

(e) Authorization of Agreement. This Agreement is duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Company and, assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery of the same by the Dealer Manager, constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Company enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws of the United States, any state or any political subdivision thereof which affect creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to the availability of remedies or except to the extent that the enforceability of the indemnity and contribution provisions contained in this Agreement may be limited under applicable securities laws.

 

(f) Absence of Conflict or Default. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the performance of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and the fulfillment of the terms hereof, do not and will not conflict with, or result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under:

 

(i) the Company’s or any of its subsidiaries’ charter, bylaws, or other organizational documents, as the case may be;

 

(ii) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, voting trust agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties is bound except, for purposes of this clause (ii) only, for such conflicts, breaches or defaults that do not result in and could not reasonably be expected to result in, individually or in the aggregate, a Company MAE (as defined below in this Section 1(f)); or

 

(iii) any statute, rule or regulation or order of any court or other governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any of their properties, except for such conflicts, breaches or defaults that do not result in and would not reasonably be expected to result in, individually or in the aggregate, a Company MAE (as defined in this Section 1(f)).

 

No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or other governmental agency or body has been or is required for the performance of this Agreement or for the consummation by the Company of any of the transactions contemplated hereby (except as have been obtained under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, or as may be required under the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) or state securities or applicable blue sky laws in connection with the offer and sale of the Units or under the laws of states in which the Company may own real properties in connection with its qualification to transact business in such states or as may be required by subsequent events which may occur). Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is in violation of its charter, bylaws or other organizational documents, as the case may be, that would reasonably be expected to result in a Company MAE.

 

  3  

 

 

As used in this Agreement, “Company MAE” means any event, circumstance, occurrence, fact, condition, change or effect, individually or in the aggregate, that is, or could reasonably be expected to be, materially adverse to (A) the condition, financial or otherwise, earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, or (B) the ability of the Company to perform its obligations under this Agreement or the validity or enforceability of this Agreement or the Units. As used in this Agreement, “business prospects” excludes any development resulting from any event, circumstance, development, change or effect (1) in general economic or business conditions, (2) in financial or securities markets generally, or (3) generally affecting the business or industry in which the Company operates.

 

(g) Actions or Proceedings. As of the initial Effective Date, there are no actions, suits or proceedings against, or investigations of, the Company or its subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, before any court, arbitrator, administrative agency or other tribunal:

 

(i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement;

 

(ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Units or the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement;

 

(iii) that would reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the performance by the Company of its obligations under or the validity or enforceability of, this Agreement or the Units;

 

(iv) that would reasonably be expected to result in a Company MAE, or

 

(v) seeking to affect adversely the federal income tax attributes of the Units except as described in the Prospectus.

 

The Company promptly will give notice to the Dealer Manager of the occurrence of any action, suit, proceeding or investigation of the type referred to above arising or occurring on or after the initial Effective Date.

 

(h) Sales Literature. Any supplemental sales literature or advertisement (including, without limitation any “broker-dealer use only” or institutional material), regardless of how labeled or described, used in addition to the Prospectus in connection with the Offering which previously has been, or hereafter is, furnished or approved by the Company (collectively, “Approved Sales Literature”), shall, to the extent required, be filed with and approved by the appropriate securities agencies and bodies, provided that the Dealer Manager will make all FINRA filings, to the extent required. Any and all Approved Sales Literature, when used in connection with the Prospectus, did not or will not at the time provided for use include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(i) Authorization of Units. The Units have been duly authorized and, when issued and sold as contemplated by the Prospectus and upon payment therefor as provided in this Agreement and the Prospectus, will be validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and will conform in all material aspects to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus.

 

(j) Taxes. Any taxes, fees and other governmental charges in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the execution, delivery and sale of the Units have been or will be paid when due.

 

  4  

 

 

(k) Investment Company. The Company is not, and neither the offer or sale of the Units nor any of the activities of the Company will cause the Company to be, an “investment company” or under the control of an “investment company” as such terms are defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

(l) Tax Returns. The Company has filed or will file all material federal, state and foreign income tax returns required to be filed by or on behalf of the Company on or before the due dates therefor (taking into account all extensions of time to file) and has paid or provided for the payment of all such material taxes, except those being contested in good faith, indicated by such tax returns and all assessments received by the Company to the extent that such taxes or assessments have become due.

 

(m) Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. The accounting firm that has certified certain financial statements appearing in the Prospectus is an independent registered public accounting firm within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Securities Act Rules and Regulations. Such accounting firm has not been engaged by the Company to perform any “prohibited activities” (as defined in Section 10A of the Exchange Act).

 

The Company and its subsidiaries each maintains a system of internal accounting and other controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States (“GAAP”), including, without limitation: (i) policies and procedures that: (A) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect in all material respects the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company or its subsidiaries; (B) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company or its subsidiaries are being made only in accordance with general or specific authorizations of the Company’s management and directors; and (C) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ assets that could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial statements; and (ii) policies and procedures that provide reasonable assurances that: (A) transactions are executed only in accordance with general or specific authorizations of the Company’s management or directors; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets: (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with general or specific authorization of the Company’s management or directors; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

Except as described in the Registration Statement, since the end of the Company’s most recent audited fiscal year, there has been (1) no material weakness in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (whether or not remediated), and (2) no change in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that has materially adversely affected, or is reasonably likely to materially adversely affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

(n) Preparation of the Financial Statements. The financial statements filed with the Commission as a part of the Registration Statement and included in the Prospectus present fairly the consolidated financial position of the Company and its subsidiaries as of and at the dates indicated and the results of their operations and cash flows for the periods specified. Such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods involved, except as may be expressly stated in the related notes thereto. No other financial statements or supporting schedules are required to be included in the Registration Statement or any applicable Prospectus.

 

  5  

 

 

(o) Material Adverse Change. Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as may otherwise be stated therein or contemplated thereby, there has not occurred a Company MAE, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business.

 

(p) Government Permits. The Company and its subsidiaries possess such certificates, authorities or permits issued by the appropriate state, federal or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to conduct the business now operated by them, other than those the failure to possess or own would not have, individually or in the aggregate, a Company MAE. Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such certificate, authority or permit which, individually or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Company MAE.

 

2. Representations and Warranties of the Dealer Manager. The Dealer Manager represents and warrants to the Company as of the date of this Agreement and on each Effective Date that:

 

(a) Organization Status. The Dealer Manager is a limited liability company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of California, with all requisite power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to carry out its obligations hereunder.

 

(b) Authorization of Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Dealer Manager, and assuming due authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Company, will constitute a valid and legally binding agreement of the Dealer Manager enforceable against the Dealer Manager in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability and except that rights to indemnity and contribution hereunder may be limited by applicable law and public policy.

 

(c) Absence of Conflict or Default. The execution and delivery of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated and compliance with the terms of this Agreement by the Dealer Manager will not conflict with or constitute a default under:

 

(i) its organizational or charter documents;

 

(ii) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust or lease to which the Dealer Manager is a party or by which it may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Dealer Manager is subject; or

 

(iii) any statute, rule, regulation, writ, injunction or decree of any government, governmental instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Dealer Manager or its assets, properties or operations, except in the case of clause (ii) or (iii) for such conflicts or defaults that would not individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), business, properties or results of operations of the Dealer Manager.

 

  6  

 

 

(d) Broker-Dealer Registration; FINRA Membership. The Dealer Manager is, and during the term of this Agreement will be, duly registered as a broker-dealer pursuant to the provisions of the Exchange Act, a member in good standing of FINRA, and a broker or dealer duly registered as such in those states where the Dealer Manager is required to be registered in order to carry out the Offering as contemplated by this Agreement. Moreover, the Dealer Manager’s employees and representatives have all required licenses and registrations to act under this Agreement. There is no provision in the Dealer Manager’s FINRA membership agreement that would restrict the ability of the Dealer Manager to carry out the Offering as contemplated by this Agreement.

 

The information under the caption “Plan of Distribution” in the Prospectus insofar as it relates to the Dealer Manager, and all other information furnished to the Company by the Dealer Manager in writing specifically for use in the Registration Statement, any preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus, does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading

 

3. Offering and Sale of the Units. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Company hereby appoints the Dealer Manager as its agent and exclusive distributor to solicit and retain the Soliciting Dealers (as defined in Section 3(a)) to solicit subscriptions for the Units at the subscription price to be paid in cash. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, the Dealer Manager hereby accepts such agency and exclusive distributorship and agrees to use its best efforts to sell or cause to be sold the Units in such quantities and to such persons in accordance with such terms as are set forth in this Agreement, the Prospectus and the Registration Statement.

 

The Dealer Manager shall do so during the period commencing on the initial Effective Date and ending on the earliest to occur of the following: (1) the acceptance by the Company of subscriptions for the amount offered in the Offering; (2) the termination of the Offering by the Company, which the Company shall have the right to terminate in its sole and absolute discretion at any time; (3) the termination of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, which is three years from the initial Effective Date; (4) the liquidation or dissolution of the Company; and (5) the termination of this Agreement by either party as contemplated in Section 9(a) (such period being the “Offering Period”).

 

The number of Units, if any, to be reserved for sale by each Soliciting Dealer may be determined by mutual agreement, from time to time, by the Dealer Manager and the Company. In the absence of such determination, the Company shall, subject to the provisions of Section 3(b), accept subscriptions based upon a first-come, first-accepted basis or other similar method (subject, however, to the right of the Company to reject subscriptions as described in the Prospectus and paragraph (c) below). Under no circumstances will the Dealer Manager be obligated to underwrite or purchase any Units for its own account and, in soliciting purchases of Units, the Dealer Manager shall act solely as the Company’s agent and not as an underwriter or principal.

 

(a) Soliciting Dealers. The Units offered and sold through the Dealer Manager under this Agreement shall be offered and sold only by the Dealer Manager and other securities dealers the Dealer Manager may retain (collectively the “Soliciting Dealers”); provided, however, that:

 

(i) the Dealer Manager reasonably believes that all Soliciting Dealers are registered with the Commission, members of FINRA and are duly licensed or registered by the regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which they will offer and sell Units; and

 

(ii) all such engagements are evidenced by written agreements, the terms and conditions of which substantially conform to the form of Soliciting Dealer Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “Soliciting Dealer Agreement”).

 

  7  

 

 

(b) Subscription Documents. Each person desiring to purchase Units through the Dealer Manager, or any other Soliciting Dealer, will be required to complete and execute the subscription documents or comply with other procedures described in the Prospectus.

 

(c) Completed Sale. The Company will sell Units directly (“Direct Settlement”) or through a closing service provided by the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), DTC closing (“DTC Settlement”). A sale of a Unit shall be deemed by the Company to be completed if and only if (i) the Company has received payment of the full purchase price of each purchased Unit, from an investor who satisfies the minimum purchase requirements set forth in the Registration Statement as determined by the Soliciting Dealer, or the Dealer Manager, as applicable, in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, (ii) the Company has accepted such subscription, and, if using Direct Settlement, a properly completed and executed Subscription Agreement, and (iii) such investor has been issued the L Bond. In addition, no sale of Units shall be completed until after the date on which the subscriber receives a copy of the Prospectus. The Dealer Manager hereby acknowledges and agrees that the Company, in its sole and absolute discretion, may accept or reject any subscription, in whole or in part, for any reason whatsoever or no reason, and no commission or Dealer Manager Fee (as defined below) will be paid to the Dealer Manager with respect to that portion of any subscription which is rejected. As used in this Agreement, “business day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

(d) Dealer-Manager Compensation.

 

(i) Subject to the special circumstances described in or otherwise provided in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the Prospectus or this Section 3(d), the table below sets forth the amount of sales commissions and additional compensation that the Company will pay in connection with the Offering:

 

  L Bond Term   Sales Commission     Additional Compensation     Total  
  2 years     3.25 %     4.75 %     8.00 %
  3 years     4.25 %     3.75 %     8.00 %
  5 years     4.90 %     3.10 %     8.00 %
  7 years     5.00 %     3.00 %     8.00 %

 

The sales commission and additional compensation equal the percentages of the selling price of each Unit sold in the Offering as set forth above. As described above, additional compensation includes: (i) a Dealer Manager Fee payable to the Dealer Manager in an amount equal to 0.50% of the principal amount of all L Bonds sold; (ii) an accountable expense allowance to the Soliciting Dealers, which may include due-diligence expenses set forth in a detailed and itemized invoice; (iii) wholesaling fees, which may consist of commissions and non-transaction-based compensation of the wholesalers, (iv) non-cash compensation; and (v) up to a 1.00% reallowance to Soliciting Dealers.

 

(ii) Subject to the special circumstances described in or otherwise provided in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the Prospectus or this Section 3(d), as compensation for acting as the dealer manager, the Company will pay the Dealer Manager a dealer manager fee in the amount of up to and including 0.50% of the selling price of each Unit sold in the Offering (the “Dealer Manager Fee”).

 

  8  

 

 

Further, the Dealer Manager is entitled to receive:

 

an accountable allowance expense, which includes, subject to Section 3(e), due diligence expenses and wholesaling expenses other than salaries and commissions to the wholesalers;

 

a wholesaling fee which may consist of commissions and non-transaction based compensation; and

 

non-cash compensation.

 

up to a 1.00% reallowance of the selling price to be paid to Soliciting Dealers for each Unit sold.

 

The Dealer Manager may retain or re-allow up to 1.00% of any additional compensation it receives, subject to federal and state securities laws, to the Soliciting Dealer who sold the Units, as described more fully in the Soliciting Dealer Agreement.

 

(iii) All selling commissions and Dealer Manager Fees payable to the Dealer Manager will be paid at least within twenty (20) business days after each subscription for Units is accepted the Company, in an amount equal to the sales commissions plus the Dealer Manager Fee payable with respect to such Units.

 

(iv) In no event shall the total aggregate underwriting compensation payable to the Dealer Manager and any Soliciting Dealers participating in the Offering, including, but not limited to, selling commissions and the Dealer Manager Fee exceed eight percent (8.0%) of gross offering proceeds from the Offering in the aggregate.

 

(v) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if the Company pays any selling commission to a Soliciting Dealer of one or more Units and the subscription is rescinded as to one or more of the Units covered by such subscription, then the Company shall decrease the next payment of selling commissions or other compensation otherwise payable to the Soliciting Dealer by the Company under this Agreement by an amount equal to the commission rate established in this Section 3(d), multiplied by the number of Units as to which the subscription is rescinded. If no payment of selling commissions or other compensation is due to the Soliciting Dealer after such withdrawal occurs, then the Soliciting Dealer shall pay the amount specified in the preceding sentence to the Company within a reasonable period of time not to exceed thirty (30) days following receipt of notice by the Soliciting Dealer from the Company stating the amount owed as a result of rescinded subscriptions.

 

(e) Reasonable Bona Fide Due Diligence Expenses. The Company shall only reimburse the Dealer Manager or any Soliciting Dealer for such approved bona fide due diligence expenses to the extent such expenses have actually been incurred and are supported by detailed and itemized invoice(s) provided to the Company.

 

(f) Company Expenses. Subject to the limitations described above, the Company agrees to pay all costs and expenses incident to the Offering, whether or not the transactions contemplated hereunder are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, including expenses, fees and taxes in connection with:

 

(i) the registration fee, the preparation and filing of the Registration Statement (including without limitation financial statements, exhibits, schedules and consents), the Prospectus, and any amendments or supplements thereto, and the printing and furnishing of copies of each thereof to the Dealer Manager and to Soliciting Dealers (including costs of mailing and shipment);

 

  9  

 

 

(ii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of certificates, if any, for the Units, including any transfer taxes or duties payable upon the sale of the Units;

 

(iii) all fees and expenses of the Company’s legal counsel, independent public or certified public accountants and other advisors;

 

(iv) the determination of the Units’ eligibility for sale or an exemption under state law and the printing and furnishing of copies of blue sky surveys if any;

 

(v) the filing fees in connection with filing for review by FINRA, if required, of all necessary documents and information relating to the Offering and the Units;

 

(vi) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Units and miscellaneous expenses referred to in the Registration Statement;

 

(vii) all costs and expenses incident to the travel and accommodation of the Company officers and directors, in making road show presentations and presentations to Soliciting Dealers and other broker-dealers and financial advisors with respect to the offering of the Units ; and

 

(viii) the performance of the Company’s other obligations hereunder.

 

4. Conditions to the Dealer Manager’s Obligations. The Dealer Manager’s obligation to use its best efforts to offer and sell Units pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

(a) The representations and warranties on the part of the Company contained in this Agreement hereof shall be true and correct in all material respects and the Company shall have complied with its covenants, agreements and obligations contained in this Agreement in all material respects;

 

(b) The Registration Statement shall have become effective and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued by the Commission and, to the best knowledge of the Company, no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted, threatened or contemplated by the Commission; and any request by the Commission for additional information (to be included in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or otherwise) shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Dealer Manager; and

 

(c) The Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and any amendment or any supplement thereto, shall not contain any untrue statement of material fact, or omit to state a material fact that is required to be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

5. Covenants of the Company. The Company covenants and agrees with the Dealer Manager as follows:

 

(a) Registration Statement. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement and any subsequent amendments thereto to become effective as promptly as possible and will furnish a copy of any proposed amendment or supplement of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus to the Dealer Manager. The Company will comply in all material respects with all federal and state securities laws, rules and regulations which are required to be complied with in order to permit the continuance of offers and sales of the Units in accordance with the provisions hereof and of the Prospectus.

 

  10  

 

 

(b) Commission Orders. If the Commission shall issue any stop order or any other order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus, or shall institute any proceedings for that purpose, then the Company will promptly notify the Dealer Manager and use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order and, if any such order is issued, to use its best efforts to obtain the removal thereof as promptly as possible.

 

(c) Blue Sky Qualifications. If required by applicable law or regulation, the Company will use its best efforts to qualify the Units for offering and sale under the securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Dealer Manager and the Company shall mutually agree upon and to make such applications, file such documents and furnish such information as may be reasonably required for that purpose. The Company will, at the Dealer Manager’s request, furnish the Dealer Manager with a copy of such papers filed by the Company in connection with any such qualification. The Company will promptly advise the Dealer Manager of the issuance by such securities administrators of any stop order preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus or of the institution of any proceedings for that purpose, and will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order and if any such order is issued, to use its best efforts to obtain the removal thereof as promptly as possible.

 

(d) Amendments and Supplements. If, at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Units is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, any event shall have occurred to the knowledge of the Company, or the Company receives notice from the Dealer Manager that it believes such an event has occurred, as a result of which the Prospectus or any Approved Sales Literature as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact, or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus relating to the Units to comply with the Securities Act, then the Company will promptly notify the Dealer Manager thereof (unless the information shall have been received from the Dealer Manager) and will prepare and file with the Commission an amendment or supplement which will correct such statement or effect such compliance to the extent required, and shall make available to the Dealer Manager thereof sufficient copies for its own use and/or distribution to the Soliciting Dealers.

 

(e) Requests from Commission. The Company will promptly advise the Dealer Manager of any request made by the Commission or a state securities administrator for amending the Registration Statement, supplementing the Prospectus or for additional information.

 

(f) Copies of Registration Statement. Upon request, the Company will furnish the Dealer Manager with one signed copy of the Registration Statement, including its exhibits, and such additional copies of the Registration Statement, without exhibits, and the Prospectus and all amendments and supplements thereto, which are finally approved by the Commission, as the Dealer Manager may reasonably request for sale of the Units.

 

(g) Qualification to Transact Business. The Company will take all steps necessary to ensure that at all times the Company will validly exist as a Delaware corporation and will be qualified to do business in all jurisdictions in which the conduct of its business requires such qualification and where such qualification is required under local law.

 

  11  

 

 

(h) Authority to Perform Agreements. The Company undertakes to obtain all consents, approvals, authorizations or orders of any court or governmental agency or body which are required for the Company’s performance of this Agreement and under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended (as the same may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Company’s Charter”), and the Company’s Bylaws, each in the form included as exhibits to the Registration Statement for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, respectively, or the conducting by the Company of the business described in the Prospectus.

 

(i) Sales Literature. The Company will furnish to the Dealer Manager as promptly as shall be practicable upon request any Approved Sales Literature (provided that the use of said material has been first approved for use to the extent required by all appropriate regulatory agencies). Any supplemental sales literature or advertisement, regardless of how labeled or described, used in addition to the Prospectus in connection with the Offering which is furnished or approved by the Company (including, without limitation, Approved Sales Literature) shall, to the extent required, be filed with and, to the extent required, approved by the appropriate securities agencies and bodies, provided that the Dealer Manager will make all FINRA filings, to the extent required. The Company will not (and will instruct its affiliates not to): show or give to any investor or prospective investor or reproduce any material or writing that is marked “broker-dealer use only,” institutional, or otherwise bears a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the sale of Units to members of the public; or show or give to any investor or prospective investor in a particular jurisdiction any material or writing if such material bears a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the sale of Units to members of the public in such jurisdiction.

 

(j) Use of Proceeds. The Company will apply the proceeds from the sale of the Units as set forth in the Prospectus.

 

(k) Customer Information. The Dealer Manager and the Company shall, when applicable:

 

(i) abide by and comply with (A) the privacy standards and requirements of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”) and applicable regulations promulgated thereunder, (B) the privacy standards and requirements of any other applicable federal or state law, including but not limited to, the Fair Credit Reporting Act (“FCRA”), and (C) its own internal privacy policies and procedures, each as may be amended from time to time;

 

(ii) refrain from the use or disclosure of nonpublic personal information (as defined under the GLB Act) of all customers who have opted out of such disclosures except as necessary to service the customers or as otherwise necessary or required by applicable law;

 

(iii) except as expressly permitted under the FCRA, the Dealer Manager and the Company shall not disclose any information that would be considered a “consumer report” under the FCRA; and

 

(iv) determine which customers have opted out of the disclosure of nonpublic personal information by periodically reviewing and, if necessary, retrieving an aggregated list of such customers from the Soliciting Dealers (the “List”) to identify customers that have exercised their opt-out rights. If either party uses or discloses nonpublic personal information of any customer for purposes other than servicing the customer, or as otherwise required by applicable law, that party will consult the List to determine whether the affected customer has exercised his or her opt-out rights. Each party understands that it is prohibited from using or disclosing any nonpublic personal information of any customer that is identified on the List as having opted out of such disclosures.

 

  12  

 

 

(l) Dealer Manager’s Review of Proposed Amendments and Supplements. Prior to amending or supplementing the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (including any amendment or supplement through incorporation of any report filed under the Exchange Act), the Company shall furnish to the Dealer Manager for review, a reasonable amount of time prior to the proposed time of filing or use thereof, a copy of each such proposed amendment or supplement, and the Company shall not file or use any such proposed amendment or supplement without the Dealer Manager’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(m) Certain Payments. Without the prior consent of the Dealer Manager, none of the Company, the Manager or any of their respective affiliates will make any payment (cash or non-cash) to any associated Person or registered representative of the Dealer Manager.

 

6. Covenants of the Dealer Manager. The Dealer Manager covenants and agrees with the Company as follows:

 

(a) Compliance with Laws. With respect to the Dealer Manager’s participation and the participation by each Soliciting Dealer in the offer and sale of the Units (including, without limitation, any resales and transfers of Units), the Dealer Manager agrees, and each Soliciting Dealer in its Soliciting Dealer Agreement will agree, to comply in all material respects with all applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the Securities Act Rules and Regulations, the Exchange Act, the Exchange Act Rules and Regulations and all other federal regulations applicable to the Offering, the sale of Units and with all applicable state securities or blue sky laws, and FINRA rules and regulations applicable to the Offering, from time to time in effect, specifically including, but not in any way limited to, NASD Conduct Rule 2340 (Customer Account Statements) and FINRA Rules 2040 (Payments to Unregistered Persons), 2111 (Suitability), 5110 (Corporate Financing Rule – Underwriting Terms and Arrangements), 5130 (Restrictions on the Purchase and Sale of Initial Equity Public Offerings), and 5141 (Sale of Securities in a Fixed Price Offering) therein. The Dealer Manager will not offer the Units for sale in any jurisdiction unless and until it has been advised that the Units are either registered in accordance with, or exempt from, the securities and other laws applicable thereto.

 

In addition, the Dealer Manager shall, in accordance with applicable law or as prescribed by any state securities administrator, provide, or require in the Soliciting Dealer Agreement that the Soliciting Dealer shall provide, to any prospective investor copies of any prescribed document which is part of the Registration Statement and any supplements thereto during the course of the Offering and prior to the sale. The Company may provide the Dealer Manager with certain Approved Sales Literature to be used by the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealers in connection with the solicitation of purchasers of the Units. The Dealer Manager agrees not to deliver the Approved Sales Literature to any person prior to the initial Effective Date. If the Dealer Manager elects to use such Approved Sales Literature after the initial Effective Date, then the Dealer Manager agrees that such material shall not be used by it in connection with the solicitation of purchasers of the Units and that it will direct Soliciting Dealers not to make such use unless accompanied or preceded by the Prospectus, as then currently in effect, and as it may be amended or supplemented in the future.

 

  13  

 

 

The Dealer Manager agrees that it will not use any Approved Sales Literature other than those provided to the Dealer Manager by the Company for use in the Offering. The use of any other sales material is expressly prohibited.

 

(b) No Additional Information. In offering the Units for sale, the Dealer Manager shall not, and each Soliciting Dealer shall agree not to, give or provide any information or make any representation other than those contained in the Prospectus or the Approved Sales Literature.

 

(c) Sales of Units. The Dealer Manager shall, and each Soliciting Dealer shall agree to, solicit purchases of the Units only in the jurisdictions in which the Dealer Manager and such Soliciting Dealer are legally qualified to so act and in which the Dealer Manager and each Soliciting Dealer have been advised by the Company or counsel to the Company that such solicitations can be made.

 

(d) Subscription Agreement. The Dealer Manager will comply in all material respects with the subscription procedures and “Plan of Distribution” set forth in the Prospectus. Subscriptions using Direct Settlement will be submitted by the Dealer Manager and each Soliciting Dealer to the Company only on the subscription agreement, substantially in the form included as an exhibit to the Registration Statement. The Dealer Manager understands and acknowledges, and each Soliciting Dealer shall acknowledge if using Direct Settlement, that the Subscription Agreement must be executed and initialed by the subscriber as provided for by the Subscription Agreement.

 

(e) Suitability. The Dealer Manager will offer Units, and in its agreement with each Soliciting Dealer will require that the Soliciting Dealer offer Units, only to persons that it has reasonable grounds to believe meet the financial qualifications set forth in the Prospectus or in any suitability letter or memorandum sent to it by the Company and will only make offers to persons in the states in which it is advised in writing by the Company that the Units are qualified for sale or that such qualification is not required. In offering Units, the Dealer Manager will comply, and in its agreements with the Soliciting Dealers, the Dealer Manager will require that the Soliciting Dealers comply, with the provisions of all applicable rules and regulations relating to suitability of investors, including applicable FINRA Rules.

 

The Dealer Manager agrees that in recommending the purchase of the Units in the Offering to an investor, the Dealer Manager and each person associated with the Dealer Manager that make such recommendation shall have, and each Soliciting Dealer in its Soliciting Dealer Agreement shall agree with respect to investors to which it makes a recommendation shall agree that it shall have, reasonable grounds to believe, on the basis of information obtained from the investor concerning the investor’s investment objectives, other investments, financial situation and needs, and any other information known by the Dealer Manager, the person associated with the Dealer Manager or the Soliciting Dealer that:

 

(i) the investor is or will be in a financial position appropriate to enable the investor to realize to a significant extent the benefits described in the Prospectus, including the tax benefits where they are a significant aspect of the Company;

 

(ii) the investor has a fair market net worth sufficient to sustain the risks inherent in the program, including loss of investment and lack of liquidity; and

 

(iii) an investment in the Units offered in the Offering is otherwise suitable for the investor.

 

  14  

 

 

The Dealer Manager agrees as to investors to whom it makes a recommendation with respect to the purchase of the Units in the Offering (and each Soliciting Dealer in its Soliciting Dealer Agreement shall agree, with respect to Investors to whom it makes such recommendations) to maintain in the files of the Dealer Manager (or the Soliciting Dealer, as applicable) documents disclosing the basis upon which the determination of suitability was reached as to each investor.

 

In making the determinations as to financial qualifications and as to suitability, the Dealer Manager and Soliciting Dealers may rely on (A) representations from investment advisers who are not affiliated with a Soliciting Dealer, and banks acting as trustees or fiduciaries, and (B) information it has obtained from a prospective investor, including such information as the investment objectives, other investments, financial situation and needs of the person or any other information known by the Dealer Manager (or Soliciting Dealer, as applicable), after due inquiry. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Dealer Manager shall not, and each Soliciting Dealer shall agree not to, execute any transaction in the Company in a discretionary account without prior written approval of the transaction by the customer.

 

(f) Soliciting Dealer Agreements. All engagements of the Soliciting Dealers will be evidenced by a Soliciting Dealer Agreement.

 

(g) Electronic Delivery. If the Dealer Manager uses electronic delivery to distribute the Prospectus to any person, it will comply with all applicable requirements of the Commission, the Blue Sky laws and/or FINRA and any other laws or regulations related to the electronic delivery of documents.

 

(h) AML Compliance. The Dealer Manager represents to the Company that it has established and implemented an anti-money laundering compliance program (“AML Program”) in accordance with Section 352 of the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “PATRIOT Act”) and FINRA Rule 3310, that complies with applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, the customer identification program requirements of Section 326 of the PATRIOT Act, and the suspicious activity reporting requirements of Section 356 of the PATRIOT Act, and the laws, regulations and Executive Orders administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury (collectively, “AML/OFAC Laws”). The Dealer Manager hereby covenants to remain in compliance with the AML/OFAC Laws and shall, upon request by the Company, provide a certification to the Company that, as of the date of such certification, its AML Program is compliant with the AML/OFAC Laws.

 

(i) Customer Information. The Dealer Manager will use its best efforts to provide the Company with any and all subscriber information that the Company requests in order for the Company to satisfy its obligations under the AML/OFAC Laws and comply with the requirements under Section 5(k) above.

 

(j) Recordkeeping. The Dealer Manager will comply, and will require each Soliciting Dealer to comply, with the record keeping requirements of the Exchange Act, including, but not limited to, Rules 17a-3 and 17a-4 promulgated under the Exchange Act, and shall maintain, for at least six years or for a period of time not less than that required in order to comply with all applicable federal, state and other regulatory requirements, whichever is later, such records with respect to each investor who purchases Units, information used to determine that the investor meets the suitability standards imposed on the offer and sale of the Units, the amount of Units sold, and a representation of the investor that the investor is investing for the investor’s own account or, in lieu of such representation, information indicating that the investor for whose account the investment was made met the suitability standards.

 

  15  

 

 

(k) Suspension or Termination of Offering. The Dealer Manager agrees, and will require that each of the Soliciting Dealers agree, to suspend or terminate the offering and sale of the Units upon request of the Company at any time and to resume the offering and sale of the Units upon subsequent request of the Company.

 

7. Indemnification.

 

(a) Indemnified Parties Defined. For the purposes of this Agreement, an “Indemnified Party” shall mean a person or entity entitled to indemnification under this Section 7, as well as such person’s or entity’s officers, directors, employees, members, partners, affiliates, agents and representatives, and each person, if any, who controls such person or entity within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act.

 

(b) Indemnification of the Dealer Manager and Soliciting Dealers. The Company will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealers, and their respective Indemnified Parties, from and against any losses, claims, expenses (including reasonable legal and other expenses incurred in investigating and defending such claims or liabilities), damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which any such Soliciting Dealers or the Dealer Manager, or their respective Indemnified Parties, may become subject under the Securities Act, the Securities Act Rules and Regulations, the Exchange Act, the Exchange Act Rules and Regulations or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, expenses, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon:

 

(i) any material inaccuracy in a representation or warranty contained herein by the Company, any material breach of a covenant contained herein by the Company, or any material failure by the Company to perform its obligations hereunder or to comply with state or federal securities laws applicable to the Offering;

 

(ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained (A) in any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or in the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus, (B) in any Approved Sales Literature or (C) in any blue sky application or other document executed by the Company or on its behalf specifically for the purpose of qualifying any or all of the Units for sale under the securities laws of any jurisdiction or based upon written information furnished by the Company under the securities laws thereof (any such application, document or information being hereinafter called a “Blue Sky Application”); or

 

(iii) the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereof or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the prospectus or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

The Company will reimburse each Soliciting Dealer or the Dealer Manager, and their respective Indemnified Parties, for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred by such Soliciting Dealer or the Dealer Manager, and their respective Indemnified Parties, in connection with investigating or defending such loss, claim, expense, damage, liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, expense, damage or liability arises out of, or is based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Dealer Manager expressly for use in the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereof or the Prospectus or any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Company may otherwise have.

 

  16  

 

 

(c) Dealer Manager Indemnification of the Company. The Dealer Manager will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and each of its Indemnified Parties and each person who has signed the Registration Statement, from and against any losses, claims, expenses (including the reasonable legal and other expenses incurred in investigating and defending any such claims or liabilities), damages or liabilities to which any of the aforesaid parties may become subject under the Securities Act, the Securities Act Rules and Regulations, the Exchange Act, the Exchange Act Rules and Regulations or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, expenses, damages (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon:

 

(i) any material inaccuracy in a representation or warranty contained herein by the Dealer Manager, or any material breach of a covenant contained herein by the Dealer Manager;

 

(ii) any untrue statement or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained (A) in any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or in the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus, (B) in any Approved Sales Literature, or (C) any Blue Sky Application;

 

(iii) the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereof to make the statements therein not misleading, or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that in each case described in clauses (ii) and (iii) to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Dealer Manager expressly for use in the Registration Statement or any such post-effective amendments thereof or the Prospectus or any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto;

 

(iv) any use of sales literature, including “broker-dealer use only” materials, by the Dealer Manager that is not Approved Sales Literature; or

 

(v) any untrue statement made by the Dealer Manager, or omission by the Dealer Manager to state a fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in connection with the Offering; provided, however, this clause (v) shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in conformity with the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any Approved Sales Literature or any other materials or information furnished by or on behalf of the Company.

 

The Dealer Manager will reimburse the aforesaid parties for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigation or defense of such loss, claim, expense, damage, liability or action. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which the Dealer Manager may otherwise have.

 

  17  

 

 

(d) Soliciting Dealer Indemnification of the Company. By virtue of entering into the Soliciting Dealer Agreement, each Soliciting Dealer severally will agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company, the Dealer Manager, each of their respective Indemnified Parties, and each person who signs the Registration Statement, from and against any losses, claims, expenses, damages or liabilities to which the Company, the Dealer Manager, or any of their respective Indemnified Parties, or any person who signed the Registration Statement, may become subject, under the Securities Act or otherwise, as more fully described in the Soliciting Dealer Agreement.

 

(e) Action Against Parties; Notification. Promptly after receipt by any Indemnified Party under this Section 7 of notice of the commencement of any action, such Indemnified Party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 7, promptly notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent it shall have been actually prejudiced by such failure. In case any such action is brought against any Indemnified Party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to participate in the defense thereof, with separate counsel.

 

Such participation shall not relieve such indemnifying party of the obligation to reimburse the Indemnified Party for reasonable legal and other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party in defending itself, except for such expenses incurred after the indemnifying party has deposited funds sufficient to effect the settlement, with prejudice, of, and unconditional release of all liabilities from, the claim in respect of which indemnity is sought. Any such indemnifying party shall not be liable to any such Indemnified Party on account of any settlement of any claim or action effected by the Indemnified Party without the consent of such indemnifying party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(f) Reimbursement of Fees and Expenses. An indemnifying party under this Section 7 of this Agreement shall be obligated to reimburse an Indemnified Party for reasonable legal and other expenses as follows:

 

(i) In the case of the Company indemnifying the Dealer Manager, the advancement of funds to the Dealer Manager for legal expenses and other costs incurred as a result of any legal action for which indemnification is being sought shall be permissible only if all of the following conditions are satisfied: (A) the legal action relates to acts or omissions with respect to the performance of duties or services on behalf of the Company; (B) the legal action is initiated by a third party who is not a stockholder of the Company or the legal action is initiated by a stockholder of the Company acting in his or her capacity as such and a court of competent jurisdiction specifically approves such advancement; and (C) the Dealer Manager undertakes to repay the advanced funds to the Company, together with the applicable legal rate of interest thereon, in cases in which the Dealer Manager is found not to be entitled to indemnification.

 

(ii) In any case of indemnification other than that described in Section 7(f)(i) above, the indemnifying party shall pay all legal fees and expenses reasonably incurred by the Indemnified Party in the defense of such claims or actions; provided, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be obligated to pay legal expenses and fees to more than one law firm in connection with the defense of similar claims arising out of the same alleged acts or omissions giving rise to such claims notwithstanding that such actions or claims are alleged or brought by one or more parties against more than one Indemnified Party. If such claims or actions are alleged or brought against more than one Indemnified Party, then the indemnifying party shall only be obliged to reimburse the expenses and fees of the one law firm that has been agreed upon by a majority of the Indemnified Parties against which such action is finally brought; and if a majority of such Indemnified Parties is unable to agree on which law firm for which expenses or fees will be reimbursable by the indemnifying party, then payment shall be made to the first law firm of record representing an Indemnified Party against the action or claim. Such law firm shall be paid only to the extent of services performed by such law firm and no reimbursement shall be payable to such law firm on account of legal services performed by another law firm.

 

  18  

 

 

8. Contribution.

 

(a) If Indemnification is Unavailable. If the indemnification provided for in Section 7 is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an Indemnified Party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such Indemnified Party, as incurred:

 

(i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company, the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealer, respectively, from the proceeds received in Offering pursuant to this Agreement and the relevant Soliciting Dealer Agreement; or

 

(ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Company, the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealer, respectively, in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

(b) Relative Benefits. The relative benefits received by the Company, the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealer, respectively, in connection with the proceeds received in the Offering pursuant to this Agreement and the relevant Soliciting Dealer Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportion as the total net proceeds from the Offering pursuant to this Agreement and the relevant Soliciting Dealer Agreement (before deducting expenses), received by the Company, the total Dealer Manager Fees received by the Dealer Manager, and the total selling commissions and additional compensation, other than the Dealer Manager Fee, received by the Soliciting Dealers, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Units sold in the Offering as set forth on such cover. In the event that the Dealer Manager receives actual selling commissions and additional compensation in addition to the Dealer Manager Fee, then the relative benefits received by the Dealer Manager shall be calculated so as to include the actual selling commissions and additional compensation as well as the Dealer Manager Fees received by the Dealer Manager.

 

(c) Relative Fault. The relative fault of the Company, the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealer, respectively, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact related to information supplied by the Company, by the Dealer Manager or by the Soliciting Dealer, respectively, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

  19  

 

 

(d) Pro Rata is Unreasonable. The Company, the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealer (by virtue of entering into the Soliciting Dealer Agreement) agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8 were determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable contributions referred to above in this Section 8. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an Indemnified Party and referred to above in this Section 8 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such Indemnified Party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

(e) Limits. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealer shall not be required to contribute any amount by which the total price at which the Units sold in the Offering to the public by them exceeds the amount of any damages which the Dealer Manager and the Soliciting Dealer have otherwise been required to pay by reason of any untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

(f) Fraudulent Misrepresentation. No party guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any party who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

(g) Benefits of Contribution. For the purposes of this Section 8, the Dealer Manager’s officers, directors, employees, members, partners, agents and representatives, and each person, if any, who controls the Dealer Manager within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution of the Dealer Manager, and each officers, directors, employees, members, partners, agents and representatives of the Company, each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and each person, if any, who controls the Company, within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act shall have the same rights to contribution of the Company. The Soliciting Dealers’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8 are several in proportion to the number of Units sold by each Soliciting Dealer in the Offering and not joint.

 

9. Termination of this Agreement.

 

(a) Term; Expiration. This Agreement shall become effective on the initial Effective Date and the obligations of the parties hereunder shall not commence until the initial Effective Date. This Agreement may be terminated by either party upon 30 calendar days’ written notice to the other party. This Agreement shall automatically expire on the conclusion of the Offering Period.

 

(b) Delivery of Records Upon Expiration or Early Termination. Upon the expiration or early termination of this Agreement for any reason, the Dealer Manager shall:

 

(i) promptly forward any and all funds, if any, in its possession which were received from investors for the sale of Units for deposit;

 

(ii) to the extent not previously provided to the Company a list of all investors who have subscribed for or purchased Units and all broker-dealers with whom the Dealer Manager has entered into a Soliciting Dealer Agreement;

 

(iii) notify Soliciting Dealers of such termination; and

 

  20  

 

 

(iv) promptly deliver to the Company copies of any sales literature designed for use specifically for the Offering that it is then in the process of preparing. Upon expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, the Company shall pay to the Dealer Manager all compensation to which the Dealer Manager is or becomes entitled under Section 3(d) at such time as such compensation becomes payable.

 

10. Miscellaneous

 

(a) Survival. The following provisions of the Agreement shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement: Section 3(d) (Dealer-Manager Compensation) (solely with respect to the sale of Units prior to termination of this Agreement); Section 3(e) (Reasonable Bona Fide Due Diligence Expenses); Section 6(h) (AML Compliance); Section 7 (Indemnification); Section 8 (Contribution); Section 9 (Termination of This Agreement) and this Section 10 (Miscellaneous). Notwithstanding anything else that may be to the contrary herein, the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement shall not relieve a party for liability for any breach occurring prior to such expiration or earlier termination. In no event shall the Dealer Manager be entitled to payment of any compensation in connection with the Offering in the event the Offering is not completed; provided, however, that the reimbursement of out-of-pocket accountable expenses actually incurred by the Dealer Manager or person associated with the Dealer Manager shall not be presumed to be unfair or unreasonable and shall be payable under normal circumstances.

 

(b) Notices. All notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be deemed given or delivered: (i) when delivered personally or by commercial messenger; (ii) one business day following deposit with a recognized overnight courier service, provided such deposit occurs prior to the deadline imposed by such service for overnight delivery; (iii) when transmitted, if sent by facsimile copy, provided confirmation of receipt is received by sender and such notice is sent by an additional method provided hereunder; in each case above provided such communication is addressed to the intended recipient thereof as set forth below:

 

If to the Company:

 

GWG Holdings, Inc.
220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Attention: Jacky Junek, Senior Counsel

 

with a copy to:

 

Maslon LLP
3300 Wells Fargo Center
90 South Seventh Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
Attention: Paul D. Chestovich

 

If to the Dealer Manager:

 

Emerson Equity, LLC
1431 Greenway Drive, Suite 710
Irving, TX 75038
Attention: Mr. Brent Barton

 

  21  

 

 

with a copy to:

 

Kunzman & Bollinger, Inc.
5100 N. Brookline Avenue, Suite 600
Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73112
Attention: Wallace W. Kunzman, Jr.

 

Any party may change its address specified above by giving each party notice of such change in accordance with this Section 10(b).

 

(c) Successors and Assigns. No party shall assign (voluntarily, by operation of law or otherwise) this Agreement or any right, interest or benefit under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the other party. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be fully binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

(d) Invalid Provision. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

 

(e) Applicable Law. This Agreement and any disputes relative to the interpretation or enforcement hereto shall be governed by and construed under the internal laws, as opposed to the conflicts-of-laws provisions, of the State of New York.

 

(f) Waiver. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) RELATED TO OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT. The parties hereto each hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York and the Federal courts of the United States of America located in the Eastern District of New York, in respect of the interpretation and enforcement of the terms of this Agreement, and in respect of the transactions contemplated hereby, and each hereby waives, and agrees not to assert, as a defense in any action, suit or proceeding for the interpretation or enforcement hereof, that it is not subject thereto or that such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or is not maintainable in said courts or that the venue thereof may not be appropriate or that this Agreement may not be enforced in or by such courts, and the parties hereto each hereby irrevocably agrees that all claims with respect to such action or proceeding shall be heard and determined in such a New York State or Federal court.

 

(g) Attorneys’ Fees. If a dispute arises concerning the performance, meaning or interpretation of any provision of this Agreement or any document executed in connection with this Agreement, then the prevailing party in such dispute shall be awarded any and all costs and expenses incurred by the prevailing party in enforcing, defending or establishing its rights hereunder or thereunder, including, without limitation, court costs and attorneys and expert witness fees. In addition to the foregoing award of costs and fees, the prevailing also shall be entitled to recover its attorneys’ fees incurred in any post-judgment proceedings to collect or enforce any judgment.

 

(h) No Partnership. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted to constitute the Dealer Manager or the Soliciting Dealer as being in association with or in partnership with the Company or one another, and instead, this Agreement only shall constitute the Soliciting Dealer as a broker authorized by the Company to sell and to manage the sale by others of the Units according to the terms set forth in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus or this Agreement. Nothing herein contained shall render the Dealer Manager or the Company liable for the obligations of any of the Soliciting Dealers or one another.

 

  22  

 

 

(i) Third Party Beneficiaries. Except for the persons and entities referred to in Section 7 (Indemnification) and Section 8 (Contribution), there shall be no third-party beneficiaries of this Agreement, and no provision of this Agreement is intended to be for the benefit of any person or entity not a party to this Agreement, and no third party shall be deemed to be a beneficiary of any provision of this Agreement. Except for the persons and entities referred to in Section 7 and Section 8, no third party shall by virtue of any provision of this Agreement have a right of action or an enforceable remedy against any party to this Agreement. Each of the persons and entities referred to in Section 7 and Section 8 shall be a third-party beneficiary of this Agreement.

 

(j) Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous agreements, understandings, inducements and conditions, express or implied, oral or written, of any nature whatsoever with respect to the subject matter hereof. The express terms hereof control and supersede any course of performance and/or usage of the trade inconsistent with any of the terms hereof. This Agreement may not be modified or amended other than by an agreement in writing.

 

(k) Nonwaiver. The failure of any party to insist upon or enforce strict performance by any other party of any provision of this Agreement or to exercise any right under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment to any extent of such party’s right to assert or rely upon any such provision or right in that or any other instance; rather, such provision or right shall be and remain in full force and effect.

 

(l) Access to Information. The Company may authorize the Company’s transfer agent to provide information to the Dealer Manager and each Soliciting Dealer regarding recordholder information about the clients of such Soliciting Dealer who have invested with the Company on an on-going basis for so long as such Soliciting Dealer has a relationship with such clients. The Dealer Manager shall require in the Soliciting Dealer Agreement that Soliciting Dealers not disclose any password for a restricted website or portion of website provided to such Soliciting Dealer in connection with the Offering and not disclose to any person, other than an officer, director, employee or agent of such Soliciting Dealers, any material downloaded from such a restricted website or portion of a restricted website.

 

(m) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed (including by facsimile transmission) with counterpart signature pages or in counterpart copies, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument comprising this Agreement.

 

(n) Absence of Fiduciary Relationships. The parties acknowledge and agree that:

 

(i) the Dealer Manager’s responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature; and

 

(ii) the Dealer Manager does not owe the Company, any of its affiliates or any other person or entity any fiduciary (or other similar) duty as a result of this Agreement or any of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, kindly sign and return it to us, whereupon this instrument will become a binding agreement between you and the Company in accordance with its terms.

 

  23  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have each duly executed this Dealer Manager Agreement as of the day and year set forth above.

 

  THE COMPANY:
   
  GWG Holdings, Inc.
       
  By:  
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

Accepted as of the date first above written:

 

  THE DEALER MANAGER:
   
  EMERSON EQUITY, LLC
       
  By:      
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 1.2

 

FORM OF SOLICITING DEALER AGREEMENT

 

WITH EMERSON EQUITY, LLC

 

To: Soliciting Dealer

 

RE: GWG HOLDINGS, INC.

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Emerson Equity, LLC (the “Dealer Manager”) entered into a dealer manager agreement, dated as of ____________, 2017 (the “Dealer Manager Agreement”), with GWG Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), under which the Dealer Manager agreed to use its best efforts to solicit subscriptions in connection with the public offering (the “Offering”) of up to $1,000,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of the Company’s L Bonds (“L Bonds”). The L Bonds will be sold in “Units” at a public offering price of $1,000 per Unit. The Offering will commence on the initial Effective Date (as defined below). Unless otherwise defined herein, capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings therefor as in the Dealer Manager Agreement.

 

In connection with the performance of the Dealer Manager’s obligations under Section 3 of the Dealer Manager Agreement, the Dealer Manager is authorized to retain the services of securities dealers (the “Soliciting Dealers”) who are members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) to solicit subscriptions for Units in connection with the Offering. You are hereby invited to become a Soliciting Dealer and, as such, to use your reasonable best efforts to solicit subscribers for Units, in accordance with the following terms and conditions of this Soliciting Dealer Agreement (this “Agreement”). The Company will sell Units directly or through a service provided by the Depository Trust Company (“DTC”), called DTC closing (“DTC Settlement”).

 

1. Registration Statement .

 

(a) Registration Statement and Prospectus. A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-220288), including a preliminary prospectus, has been prepared by the Company and was initially filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on August 31, 2017, in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and the applicable rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder (the “Securities Act Rules and Regulations”) for the registration of the public offer and sale of the Units. The Company has prepared and filed such amendments thereto and such amended prospectus as may have been required to the date hereof, and will file such additional amendments and supplements thereto as may hereafter be required. The registration statement on Form S-1 and the prospectus contained therein, as finally amended at the date the registration statement is declared effective by the Commission (the “Effective Date”) are respectively hereinafter referred to as the “Registration Statement” and the “Prospectus,” except that:

 

(i) if the Company files a post-effective amendment to such registration statement, then the term “Registration Statement” shall, from and after the declaration of the effectiveness of such post-effective amendment by the Commission, refer to such registration statement as amended by such post-effective amendment, and the term “Prospectus” shall refer to the amended prospectus then on file with the Commission; and

 

 

 

 

(ii) if the prospectus filed by the Company pursuant to either Rule 424(b) or 424(c) of the Securities Act Rules and Regulations shall differ from the prospectus on file at the time the Registration Statement or the most recent post-effective amendment thereto, if any, shall have become effective, then the term “Prospectus” shall refer to such prospectus filed pursuant to either Rule 424(b) or 424(c), as the case may be, from and after the date on which it shall have been filed. The term “preliminary Prospectus” as used herein shall mean a preliminary prospectus related to the Units as contemplated by Rule 430 or Rule 430A of the Securities Act Rules and Regulations included at any time as part of the Registration Statement.

 

As used herein, the terms “Registration Statement”, “preliminary Prospectus” and “Prospectus” shall include the documents, if any, incorporated by reference therein. As used herein, the term “Effective Date” also shall refer to the effective date of each post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement, unless the context otherwise requires.

 

2. Compliance with Applicable Rules and Regulations; License and Association Membership .

 

Upon the date of this Agreement, the undersigned securities dealer will become one of the “Soliciting Dealers” referred to in the Dealer Manager Agreement and is referred to herein as “Soliciting Dealer.” Soliciting Dealer agrees that solicitation and other activities by it hereunder shall comply with, and shall be undertaken only in accordance with, the terms of the Dealer Manager Agreement, the terms of this Agreement, the Securities Act, the Securities Act Rules and Regulations, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) and the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (the “Exchange Act Rules and Regulations”), the FINRA Rules applicable to the Offering from time to time in effect, specifically including, but not in any way limited to, NASD Conduct Rule 2340 (Customer Account Statements) and FINRA Rules 2040 (Payments to Unregistered Persons), 2111 (Suitability), 5110 (Corporate Financing Rule – Underwriting Terms and Arrangements), 5130 (Restrictions on the Purchase and Sale of Initial Equity Public Offerings), and 5141 (Sale of Securities in a Fixed Price Offering), and all other applicable federal and state laws and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Soliciting Dealer’s acceptance of this Agreement constitutes a representation to the Company and to the Dealer Manager that Soliciting Dealer is a properly registered or licensed broker-dealer, duly authorized to sell Units under federal and state securities laws and regulations in all states where it offers or sells Units, and that it is a member in good standing of FINRA. Soliciting Dealer represents and warrants that it is currently licensed as a broker-dealer in the jurisdictions identified on Schedule II to this Agreement and that its independent contractors and registered representatives have the appropriate licenses to offer and sell the Units in such jurisdictions.

 

This Agreement shall automatically terminate with no further action by either party if Soliciting Dealer ceases to be a member in good standing of FINRA or with the securities commission of the state in which Soliciting Dealer’s principal office is located. Soliciting Dealer agrees to notify the Dealer Manager immediately if Soliciting Dealer ceases to be a member in good standing of FINRA or with the securities commission of any state in which Soliciting Dealer is currently registered or licensed.

 

3. Limitation of Offer; Investor Suitability .

 

(a) Soliciting Dealer will not offer Units and will not permit any of its registered representatives to offer Units in any jurisdiction unless both Soliciting Dealer and such registered representative are duly licensed to transact securities business in such jurisdiction. In offering Units, Soliciting Dealer shall comply with the provisions of the FINRA Rules.

 

Emerson Equity, LLC    
Soliciting Dealer Agreement 2  

 

 

(b) In offering the sale of Units to any person, Soliciting Dealer will have reasonable grounds to believe (based on such information obtained from the investor concerning the investor’s age, investment objectives, other investments, financial situation, needs or any other information known by Soliciting Dealer after due inquiry) that: (A) such person is in a financial position appropriate to enable such person to realize to a significant extent the benefits described in the Prospectus, including the tax benefits where they are a significant aspect of the Company; (B) the investor has a fair market net worth sufficient to sustain the risks inherent in the program, including loss of investment and lack of liquidity; (C) the purchase of the Units is otherwise suitable for such person.   Soliciting Dealer further will use its best efforts to determine the suitability and appropriateness of an investment in the Units of each proposed investor solicited by a person associated with Soliciting Dealer by reviewing documents and records disclosing the basis upon which the determination as to suitability was reached as to each proposed investor, whether such documents and records relate to accounts which have been closed, accounts which are currently maintained or accounts hereinafter established. For Units a Soliciting Dealer has sold that are settled directly through the Company (“Direct Settlement”), Soliciting Dealer shall maintain all Subscription Agreements (as defined below) for at least six years or for a period of time not less than that required in order to comply with all applicable federal and other regulatory requirements. Soliciting Dealer may satisfy its obligation by contractually requiring Subscription Agreements to be maintained by the investment advisers or banks it engages. Soliciting Dealer further agrees to comply with the record keeping requirements of the Exchange Act, including, but not limited to, Rules 17a-3 and 17a-4 promulgated under the Exchange Act. Soliciting Dealer agrees to make such documents and records available to the Dealer Manager and the Company upon request, and representatives of the Commission and FINRA upon Soliciting Dealer’s receipt of an appropriate document subpoena or other appropriate request for documents from any such agency.

 

4. Delivery of Prospectus and Approved Sales Literature.

 

(a) Delivery of Prospectus and Approved Sales Literature. Soliciting Dealer will:

 

(i) deliver a Prospectus, as then supplemented or amended, to each person who subscribes for Units prior to the tender of such person’s subscription agreement (the “Subscription Agreement”), if using Direct Settlement, or prior to submitting orders, if using DTC Settlement;

 

(ii) promptly comply with the written request of any person for a copy of the Prospectus, as then supplemented or amended, during the period between the initial Effective Date and the termination of the Offering;

 

(iii) deliver to any person, in accordance with applicable law or as prescribed by any state securities administrator, a copy of any prescribed document included within or incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement and any supplements thereto during the course of the Offering;

 

(iv) not use any sales materials in connection with the solicitation of purchasers of the Units except Approved Sales Literature;

 

(v) to the extent the Company provides Approved Sales Literature, not use such materials unless accompanied or preceded by the Prospectus, as then currently in effect, and as may be amended or supplemented in the future; and

 

(vi) not give or provide any information or make any representation or warranty other than information or representations contained in the Prospectus or the Approved Sales Literature. Soliciting Dealer will not publish, circulate or otherwise use any other advertisement or solicitation material in connection with the Offering without the Dealer Manager’s express prior written approval. As used in this Agreement, “Approved Sales Literature” has the meaning set forth in the Dealer Manager Agreement, but excludes material or writing marked “broker-dealer use only” or otherwise bearing a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the offer or sale of Units.

 

Emerson Equity, LLC    
Soliciting Dealer Agreement 3  

 

 

(b) Agency is Not Created. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be deemed or construed to make Soliciting Dealer an employee, agent, representative or partner of the Dealer Manager or the Company, and Soliciting Dealer is not authorized to act for the Dealer Manager or the Company.

 

(c) Documents Must Be Accompanied or Preceded by a Prospectus. Soliciting Dealer will not send or provide amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or any Approved Sales Literature to any investor unless it has previously sent or provided a Prospectus and all amendments and supplements thereto to that investor, or has simultaneously sent or provided a Prospectus and all amendments and supplements thereto with such Prospectus amendment or supplement or Approved Sales Literature.

 

(d) Broker-Dealer Use Only Material. Soliciting Dealer will not show to or provide any investor or reproduce any material or writing which is supplied to it by the Dealer Manager and marked “broker-dealer use only,” institutional communication, or otherwise bearing a legend denoting that it is not to be used in connection with the offer or sale of Units to members of the public.

 

(e) Copies of Prospectuses and Approved Sales Literature. The Dealer Manager will supply Soliciting Dealer with reasonable quantities of the Prospectus (including any supplements thereto), as well as any Approved Sales Literature, for delivery to investors.

 

(f) Prospectus Delivery Requirement. Soliciting Dealer shall furnish a copy of any revised preliminary Prospectus to each person to whom it has furnished a copy of any previous preliminary Prospectus, and further agrees that it will mail or otherwise deliver all preliminary and final Prospectuses required for compliance with the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 under the Exchange Act.

 

(g) Reliance by Soliciting Dealer. Soliciting Dealer agrees that it will rely upon no statement whatsoever, written or oral, other than the statements in the final Prospectus (as amended or supplemented from time to time) or in Approved Sales Literature. Soliciting Dealer is not authorized by the Dealer Manager nor the Company to give any information or to make any representation not contained in the final Prospectus (as amended or supplemented from time to time) or in Approved Sales Literature in connection with the sale of the Units.

 

5. Submission of Orders; Right to Reject Orders.

 

(a) With respect to Soliciting Dealer’s participation in any resales or transfers of the Units, Soliciting Dealer agrees to comply with any applicable requirements set forth in Section 2.

 

(b) If using Direct Settlement:

 

When settling a purchase directly with the Company, the investor’s completed and executed Subscription Agreement, together with his or her subscription amount, shall be sent to the address listed below. The subscription amount should be paid through a certified check or personal check payable to the order of “GWG Holdings, Inc.—Subscription Account” (or wire sent to the Subscription Account). In lieu of paying by check, the subscription amount may be wired to the account referenced below.

 

GWG Holdings, Inc.
220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200
Minneapolis, MN 55402

 

Wire Instructions
GWG Holdings, Inc. — Subscription Account
Account: [●]
Routing: [●]
Bank Name: Bell State Bank & Trust

 

Emerson Equity, LLC    
Soliciting Dealer Agreement 4  

 

  

(c) When Soliciting Dealer’s internal supervisory procedures are conducted at the site at which the Subscription Agreement and check for the purchase of Units were initially received by Soliciting Dealer from the subscriber, Soliciting Dealer shall transmit the Subscription Agreement and check for the purchase of Units to the Company by the end of the next business day following receipt of the check and Subscription Agreement. When, pursuant to Soliciting Dealer’s internal supervisory procedures, Soliciting Dealer’s final internal supervisory procedures are conducted at a different location (the “Final Review Office”), Soliciting Dealer shall transmit the check for the purchase of Units and Subscription Agreement to the Final Review Office by the end of the next business day following Soliciting Dealer’s receipt of the Subscription Agreement and check for the purchase of Units. The Final Review Office will, by the end of the next business day following its receipt of the Subscription Agreement and check for the purchase of Units, forward both the Subscription Agreement and check for the purchase of Units to the Company. If any Subscription Agreement solicited by Soliciting Dealer is rejected by the Company, then the Subscription Agreement and check will be promptly returned to the rejected subscriber. As used in this Agreement, “business day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of New York are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

 

(d) If using DTC Settlement, the Soliciting Dealer will coordinate for payment in connection with their electronically placed orders. In this regard, Soliciting Dealer must have the ability and consent to allow investors to purchase the Units in the Offering and settle such purchase through DTC. Soliciting Dealer must utilize a participant in the DTC system. In such a case, a person desiring to purchase through DTC can place an order for the purchase of Units through Soliciting Dealer. Soliciting Dealer using this service will have an account with a DTC participant in which the investor’s funds will be placed to facilitate investor’s purchase in the Offering. Orders will be executed by Soliciting Dealer electronically and investors must coordinate with Soliciting Dealer’s registered representative to pay the full purchase price for the Units by the settlement date (i.e., the date on which the subscription agreement is accepted). Soliciting Dealer will place the order through DTC at the public offering price of $1,000 less sales commission as set forth below:

 

L Bond Term   Sales Commission     Net Asset Value 1  
2 years     3.25 %   $ 967.50  
3 years     4.25 %   $ 957.50  
5 years     4.90 %   $ 951.00  
7 years     5.00 %   $ 950.00  

 

(1) Offering price minus sales commission

 

Soliciting Dealer may submit an indication of interest for a sale of Units by the [●] day of each month (i.e. the “order date”), which indication of interest must be followed by an order. The final settlement date will be the date on which investor’s purchase is accepted and consummated, which is anticipated to occur on a monthly basis. Investor will be credited with ownership of Units on the settlement date. Investor’s purchase price for the Units purchased in this way will not be held in escrow.

 

Emerson Equity, LLC    
Soliciting Dealer Agreement 5  

 

 

(e) All subscriptions and orders, whether initial or additional, are subject to acceptance by and shall become effective upon confirmation by the Company, which reserves the right to reject, in whole or in part, any subscription or order in its sole discretion for any or no reason. Subscriptions and orders not accompanied by the required instrument of payment for Units may be rejected. Issuance and delivery of a Unit will be made only after a sale of a Unit is deemed by the Company to be completed in accordance with Section 3(c) of the Dealer Manager Agreement. If a subscription or order is rejected, cancelled or rescinded for any reason, then Soliciting Dealer will return to the Dealer Manager any selling commissions or Dealer Manager Fees theretofore paid with respect to such order, and, if Soliciting Dealer fails to so return any such selling commissions or Dealer Manager Fees, the Dealer Manager shall have the right to offset amounts owned against future commissions or Dealer Manager Fees due and otherwise payable to Soliciting Dealer (it being understood and agreed that such right to offset shall not be in limitation of any other rights or remedies that the Dealer Manager may have in connection with such failure).

 

6. Soliciting Dealer Compensation.

 

(a) Selling Commissions. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the Dealer Manager Agreement and, subject to the special circumstances and discounts described in the “Plan of Distribution” section of the Prospectus, the Dealer Manager shall pay to Soliciting Dealer a selling commission up to and including the percentage of the gross proceeds from the Units sold by it and accepted and confirmed by the Company, as set forth below based on the term of the L Bond sold and in the Prospectus:

 

L Bond Term   Sales Commission  
2 years     3.25 %
3 years     4.25 %
5 years     4.90 %
7 years     5.00 %

 

For purposes of this Section 6(a), Units are “sold” for Direct Settlement only if an executed Subscription Agreement is accepted by the Company and the Company has thereafter distributed the selling commission in connection with such transaction pursuant to the Dealer Manager Agreement. For purposes of this Section 6(a), Units are “sold” for DTC Settlement only when electronically submitted orders are confirmed by the Dealer Manager.

 

(b) Dealer Manager’s Authority to Issue Confirmation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that no commission shall be payable with respect to particular Units if the Dealer Manager or the Company rejects a proposed subscriber’s Subscription Agreement. Accordingly, Soliciting Dealer shall have no authority to issue a confirmation (pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 10b-10) to any subscriber; such authority residing solely in the Dealer Manager, as the Dealer Manager and processing broker-dealer.

 

(c) Reallowance. The Dealer Manager may, in its sole discretion, direct payment of up to 1.0% of gross offering proceeds of the Units sold by Soliciting Dealer as additional compensation to the Soliciting Dealer.

 

Emerson Equity, LLC    
Soliciting Dealer Agreement 6  

 

 

Subject to the immediately succeeding paragraph, the Dealer Manager may, in its sole discretion, request the Company to reimburse Soliciting Dealer for reasonable accountable bona fide due diligence expenses, provided such expenses have actually been incurred, are supported by detailed and itemized invoices provided to the Company and the Dealer Manager, and the Company or the Dealer Manager had theretofore given its prior written approval of the incurrence of such expenses. The due diligence reimbursement is paid from and in no event will exceed the accountable expense allowance that is paid from the Company to the Dealer Manager.

 

(d) Non-Cash Compensation. Certain non-cash compensation such as Soliciting Dealer conferences may be paid to Soliciting Dealer.

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, Soliciting Dealer will not be entitled to receive any non-cash compensation which would cause the aggregate amount of selling commissions, dealer manager fees and other forms of underwriting compensation (as defined in accordance with FINRA Rule 5110) received by the Dealer Manager and all Soliciting Dealers to exceed 8.0% of the gross proceeds raised from the sale of Units in the Offering.

 

(e) Limitations on Dealer Manager’s Liability for Commissions. The Company is liable and responsible to the Soliciting Dealer for the payment of any selling commissions or any reallowance of fees to Soliciting Dealer. Soliciting Dealer hereby waives any and all rights to receive payments of commissions, or any other fees or reallowance payable to the Soliciting Dealer, if any, from the Dealer Manager. Soliciting Dealer acknowledges and agrees that the Dealer Manager is not liable for commissions or other fees or reallowances payable to Soliciting Dealer.

 

7. Reserved Units. No Units may be reserved by any Soliciting Dealer.

 

8. Dealer Manager’s Authority. Subject to the Dealer Manager Agreement, the Dealer Manager shall have full authority to take such action as it may deem advisable with respect to all matters pertaining to the Offering or arising thereunder. The Dealer Manager shall not be under any liability to Soliciting Dealer, except (i) for its own lack of good faith and (ii) for obligations expressly assumed by the Dealer Manager hereunder.

 

9. Indemnification.

 

(a) Incorporation of Indemnification Obligations Under the Dealer Manager Agreement. Under the Dealer Manager Agreement, the Company has agreed to indemnify Soliciting Dealer and the Dealer Manager and each of their respective Indemnified Parties, in certain instances and against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act in certain circumstances. Soliciting Dealer hereby agrees to indemnify the Company and each of its Indemnified Parties as provided in the Dealer Manager Agreement and to indemnify the Dealer Manager to the extent and in the manner that Soliciting Dealer agrees to indemnify the Company in the Dealer Manager Agreement.

 

(b) Soliciting Dealer’s Hold Harmless Obligation. In furtherance of, and not in limitation of the foregoing, Soliciting Dealer will indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Dealer Manager and the Company, and their officers, directors, employees, members, partners, affiliates, agents and representatives, and each person, if any, who controls such entity within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, and each person who has signed the Registration Statement (“Indemnified Parties”), from and against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which any of the Indemnified Parties may become subject, under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims and expenses (including the reasonable legal and other expenses incurred in investigating and defending any such claims or liabilities), damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon:

 

Emerson Equity, LLC    
Soliciting Dealer Agreement 7  

 

 

(i) in whole or in part, any material inaccuracy in the representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or any material breach of a covenant contained herein by Soliciting Dealer;

 

(ii) any untrue statement or any alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto or in the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus; or in any Approved Sales Literature;

 

(iii) the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereof to make the statements therein not misleading or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact required to be stated in the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, provided, however , that in each case described in clauses (ii) and (iii), to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or the Dealer Manager by Soliciting Dealer specifically for use with reference to Soliciting Dealer in the preparation of the Registration Statement or any such post-effective amendments thereof or the Prospectus or any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto;

 

(iv) any use of sales literature, including “broker dealer use only” or institutional materials, by Soliciting Dealer that is not Approved Sales Literature;

 

(v) any untrue statement made by Soliciting Dealer or Soliciting Dealer’s representatives or agents or omission by Soliciting Dealer or Soliciting Dealer’s representatives or agents to state a fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading in connection with the offer and sale of the Units in each case, other than statements or omissions made in conformity with the Registration Statement, Prospectus, Approved Sales Literature or any other materials or information furnished by or on behalf of the Company; or

 

(vi) any failure by Soliciting Dealer to comply with applicable laws governing money laundry abatement and anti-terrorist financing efforts in connection with the Offering, including applicable FINRA Rules, Exchange Act Rules and Regulations and the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 (the “PATRIOT Act”).

 

Soliciting Dealer will reimburse the aforesaid parties for any reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigation or defense of such loss, claim, damage, liability or action. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability which Soliciting Dealer may otherwise have.

 

(c) Notice of Claim. Promptly after receipt by any indemnified party under this Section 9 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 9, promptly notify the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof; provided, however , the failure to give such notice shall not relieve the indemnifying party of its obligations hereunder except to the extent it shall have been prejudiced by such failure.

 

Emerson Equity, LLC    
Soliciting Dealer Agreement 8  

 

 

In case any such action is brought against any indemnified party, and it notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the indemnifying party will be entitled, to the extent it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to participate in the defense thereof, with separate counsel. Such participation shall not relieve such indemnifying party of the obligation to reimburse the indemnified party for reasonable legal and other expenses incurred by such indemnified party in defending itself, except for such expenses incurred after the indemnifying party has deposited funds sufficient to effect the settlement, with prejudice, of, and unconditional release of all liabilities from, the claim in respect of which indemnity is sought. Any such indemnifying party shall not be liable to any such indemnified party on account of any settlement of any claim or action effected without the consent of such indemnifying party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(d) Reimbursement. An indemnifying party under Section 9 of this Agreement shall be obligated to reimburse an indemnified party for reasonable legal and other expenses as follows: the indemnifying party shall pay all legal fees and expenses reasonably incurred by the indemnified party in the defense of such claims or actions; provided, however, that the indemnifying party shall not be obligated to pay legal expenses and fees to more than one law firm in connection with the defense of similar claims arising out of the same alleged acts or omissions giving rise to such claims notwithstanding that such actions or claims are alleged or brought by one or more parties against more than one indemnified party.

 

If such claims or actions are alleged or brought against more than one indemnified party, then the indemnifying party shall only be obliged to reimburse the expenses and fees of the one law firm (in addition to local counsel) that has been participating by a majority of the indemnified parties against which such action is finally brought; and in the event a majority of such indemnified parties is unable to agree on which law firm for which expenses or fees will be reimbursable by the indemnifying party, then payment shall be made to the first law firm of record representing an indemnified party against the action or claim. Such law firm shall be paid only to the extent of services performed by such law firm and no reimbursement shall be payable to such law firm on account of legal services performed by another law firm.

 

10. Contribution. If the indemnification provided for in Section 9 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, the contributions provisions set forth in Section 8 of the Dealer Manager Agreement shall be applicable.

 

11. Company as Party to Agreement. The Company shall be a third-party beneficiary of Soliciting Dealer’s representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in Sections 2, 3, 4, 5, 9 and 10. No provision of Sections 2, 3, 4, 5, 9 or 10 may be amended or waived without the prior written consent of the Company. The Company shall have all enforcement rights in law and in equity with respect to those portions of this Agreement as to which it is a third-party beneficiary.

 

12. Privacy Laws; Compliance.

 

(a) Soliciting Dealer agrees to:

 

(i) abide by and comply with (A) the privacy standards and requirements of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 (the “GLB Act”); (B) the privacy standards and requirements of any other applicable federal or state law; and (C) Soliciting Dealer’s own internal privacy policies and procedures, each as may be amended from time to time;

 

(ii) refrain from the use or disclosure of nonpublic personal information (as defined under the GLB Act) of all customers, except as necessary to service the customers or as otherwise necessary or required by applicable law; and

 

Emerson Equity, LLC    
Soliciting Dealer Agreement 9  

 

 

(iii) determine which customers have opted out of the disclosure of nonpublic personal information by periodically reviewing and, if necessary, retrieving an aggregated list of such customers (the “List”) as provided by each to identify customers that have exercised their opt-out rights.

 

(b) If either party uses or discloses nonpublic personal information of any customer for purposes other than servicing the customer, or as otherwise required by applicable law, that party will consult the List to determine whether the affected customer has exercised his or her opt-out rights. Each party understands that it is prohibited from using or disclosing any nonpublic personal information of any customer that is identified on the List as having opted out of such disclosures.

 

13. Anti-Money Laundering Compliance Programs. Soliciting Dealer represents to the Dealer Manager and to the Company that it has established and implemented an anti-money laundering compliance program (“AML Program”) in accordance with Section 352 of the PATRIOT Act and FINRA Rule 3310, that complies with applicable anti-money laundering laws and regulations, including, but not limited to, the customer identification program requirements of Section 326 of the PATRIOT Act, and the suspicious activity reporting requirements of Section 356 of the PATRIOT Act, and the laws, regulations and Executive Orders administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”) of the U.S. Department of Treasury (collectively, “AML/OFAC Laws”). The Soliciting Dealer hereby covenants to remain in compliance with the AML/OFAC Laws and shall, upon request by the Dealer Manager and/or the Company, provide a certification to the Dealer Manager and/or the Company that, as of the date of such certification, its AML Program is compliant with the AML/OFAC Laws.

 

Upon request by the Dealer Manager and/or the Company at any time, Soliciting Dealer will (i) furnish a written copy of its AML Program, or a summary of its AML Program, to the Dealer Manager and/or the Company for review, and (ii) furnish any information that the Dealer Manager and/or the Company may request to satisfy applicable AML/OFAC laws.

 

14. Confidentiality. Each party to this Agreement agrees to maintain all information received from the other party pursuant to this Agreement in confidence, and each party to this Agreement agrees not to use any such information for any purpose, or disclose any such information to any person or entity, except as permitted by this Agreement or applicable laws, rules and regulations. This Section 14 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

15. Non-Solicitation. Subject to this Section 15, the Dealer Manager agrees that it will not (and the Dealer Manager will use reasonable good faith efforts to ensure that its employees and representatives do not) solicit business from any of Soliciting Dealer’s contacts or customers or knowingly recruit any of Soliciting Dealer’s independent registered representatives. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Dealer Manager may solicit Soliciting Dealer’s contacts, customers or independent registered representatives but only to the extent that the Dealer Manager can demonstrate a relationship with such contacts, customers or independent registered representatives that was not derived through the efforts of Soliciting Dealer’s representatives who are engaged in selling efforts directly in connection with the Offering. This Section 15 shall survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

16. Miscellaneous.

 

(a) Ratification of Dealer Manager Agreement. Soliciting Dealer hereby authorizes and ratifies the execution and delivery of the Dealer Manager Agreement by the Dealer Manager as Dealer Manager for itself and on behalf of all Soliciting Dealers (including Soliciting Dealer party hereto) and authorizes the Dealer Manager to agree to any variation of its terms or provisions and to execute and deliver any amendment, modification or supplement thereto. Soliciting Dealer hereby agrees to be bound by all provisions of the Dealer Manager Agreement relating to Soliciting Dealers. Soliciting Dealer also authorizes the Dealer Manager to exercise, in the Dealer Manager’s discretion, all the authority or discretion now or hereafter vested in the Dealer Manager by the provisions of the Dealer Manager Agreement and to take all such actions as the Dealer Manager may believe desirable in order to carry out the provisions of the Dealer Manager Agreement and of this Agreement.

 

Emerson Equity, LLC    
Soliciting Dealer Agreement 10  

 

 

(b) Termination. This Agreement, except for the provisions of Sections 8 (Dealer Manager’s Authority), 9 (Indemnification), 10 (Contribution), 11 (Company as Party to Agreement), 12 (Privacy Laws; Compliance), 14 (Confidentiality), 15 (Non-Solicitation) and this Section 16 (Miscellaneous), may be terminated at any time by either party hereto by five days’ prior written notice to the other party and, in all events, this Agreement shall terminate on the termination date of the Dealer Manager Agreement, except for the provisions of Sections 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 15 and this Section 16.

 

(c) Communications. Any communications from Soliciting Dealer should be in writing addressed to the Dealer Manager at:

 

Emerson Equity, LLC

1431 Greenway Drive, Suite 710

Irving, Texas 75038

Attention: Mr. Robert Jones

 

with a copy to:

 

Kunzman & Bollinger, Inc.

5100 N. Brookline Avenue, Suite 600

Oklahoma City, Oklahoma 73112

Facsimile No: (405) 942-3527

Attention: Wallace W. Kunzman, Jr.

 

(d) Any notice from the Dealer Manager to Soliciting Dealer shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed, communicated by electronic delivery or facsimile or delivered by overnight courier to Soliciting Dealer at Soliciting Dealer’s address shown below.

 

(e) No Partnership. Nothing herein contained shall constitute the Dealer Manager, Soliciting Dealer, the other Soliciting Dealers or any of them as an association, partnership, limited liability company, unincorporated business or other separate entity.

 

(f) Notice of Registration Statement Effectiveness. If this Agreement is executed before the initial Effective Date, then the Dealer Manager will notify Soliciting Dealer in writing when the initial Effective Date has occurred. Soliciting Dealer agrees that Soliciting Dealer will not make any offers to sell the Units or solicit purchasers for the Units until Soliciting Dealer has received such written notice of the initial Effective Date from the Dealer Manager or the Company. This Agreement shall be effective for all sales by Soliciting Dealer on and after the initial Effective Date.

 

(g) Transfer Agent. The Company may authorize its transfer agent to provide information to the Dealer Manager and Soliciting Dealer regarding record holder information about the clients of Soliciting Dealer who have invested with the Company on an on-going basis for so long as Soliciting Dealer has a relationship with such client. Soliciting Dealer shall not disclose any password for a restricted website or portion of a website provided to Soliciting Dealer in connection with the Offering and shall not disclose to any person, other than an officer, director, employee or agent of Soliciting Dealer, any material downloaded from such restricted website or portion of a restricted website.

 

Emerson Equity, LLC    
Soliciting Dealer Agreement 11  

 

 

(h) Assignment. Soliciting Dealer shall have no right to assign this Agreement or any of its rights hereunder or to delegate any of its obligations. Any purported assignment or delegation by Soliciting Dealer shall be null and void. The Dealer Manager shall have the right to assign any or all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement by written notice, and Soliciting Dealer shall be deemed to have consented to such assignment by execution hereof. Dealer Manager shall provide written notice of any such assignment to Soliciting Dealer.

 

(i) Amendment. This Agreement may be amended from time to time by consent of the parties hereto. Soliciting Dealer’s consent will be deemed to have been given to an amendment to this Agreement, and such amendment will be effective, five business days following written notice to Soliciting Dealer of such amendment if it does not notify the Dealer Manager in writing prior to the close of business on such fifth business day that Soliciting Dealer does not consent to such amendment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Soliciting Dealer agrees that (i) it shall consent to any amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Agreement requested by FINRA, and (ii) any amendment, supplement or modification of the terms of this Agreement will be effective immediately and Soliciting Dealer’s consent will be deemed to have been given to any such amendment, supplement or modification by its sale of Units or otherwise receiving and retaining an economic benefit for participating in the Offering as a Soliciting Dealer.

 

(j) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed (including by facsimile transmission) with counterpart signature pages or in counterpart copies, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument comprising this Agreement.

 

(k) Invalidity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the other provisions hereof, and this Agreement shall be construed in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provision were omitted.

 

(l) Strict Performance. The failure of any party to insist upon or enforce strict performance by any other party of any provision of this Agreement or to exercise any right under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment to any extent of such party’s right to assert or rely upon any such provision or right in that or any other instance; rather, such provision or right shall be and remain in full force and effect.

 

Emerson Equity, LLC    
Soliciting Dealer Agreement 12  

 

 

If the foregoing is in accordance with Soliciting Dealer’s understanding and agreement, please sign and return the attached duplicate of this Agreement. Soliciting Dealer’s indicated acceptance thereof shall constitute a binding agreement between Soliciting Dealer and the Dealer Manager.

 

  DEALER MANAGER:
   
  EMERSON EQUITY, LLC
     
  By:              
  Name:        
  Title:  

 

The undersigned dealer confirms its agreement to act as a Soliciting Dealer pursuant to all the terms and conditions of the above Soliciting Dealer Agreement and the attached Dealer Manager Agreement. The undersigned dealer hereby represents that it will comply with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the published rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, and applicable blue sky or other state securities laws. The undersigned dealer represents and warrants that the undersigned dealer is duly registered as a broker-dealer under the provisions of the Exchange Act and the Exchange Act Rules and Regulations or is exempt from such registration. The undersigned dealer confirms that it and each salesperson acting on its behalf are members in good standing of FINRA and duly licensed by each regulatory authority in each jurisdiction in which the undersigned dealer or such salesperson will offer and sell Units, or are exempt from registration with such authorities. The undersigned dealer hereby represents that it will comply with the Rules of FINRA and all rules and regulations promulgated by FINRA.

 

Dated: ____________, 2017            
    Name of Soliciting Dealer
     
              
    Federal Identification Number
     
              
    CRD Number
     
  By:                
    Name:                  
    Authorized Signatory

 

If you wish to receive a physical check for commissions, please complete the information as follows: (Please type or print) See Schedule I for wires.

 

Name of Firm:     
     
Address:    
  Street  
     
     
  City  
     
     
  State and Zip Code  
     
     
  (Area Code) Telephone No.  
     
Attention:    

 

Emerson Equity, LLC    
Soliciting Dealer Agreement 13  

 

 

SCHEDULE I

 

TO SOLICITING DEALER AGREEMENT WITH EMERSON EQUITY LLC, FOR THE GWG HOLDINGS, INC.
OFFERING OF UP TO $1,000,000,000 L BONDS

 

NAME OF ISSUER: GWG HOLDINGS, INC.

 

NAME OF SOLICITING DEALER:   

 

SCHEDULE TO AGREEMENT DATED:    

 

Soliciting Dealer hereby authorizes the Company or its agent to deposit selling commissions, and other payments due to it pursuant to the Soliciting Dealer Agreement to its bank account specified below. This authority will remain in force until Soliciting Dealer notifies the Dealer Manager and Company in writing to cancel it. In the event that the Company deposits funds erroneously into Soliciting Dealer’s account, the Company is authorized to debit the account with no prior notice to the Soliciting Dealer for an amount not to exceed the amount of the erroneous deposit

 

Bank Name:  

 

Bank Address:   

 

Bank Routing Number:   

 

Account Number:   

 

Email Address Statements should be directed to:    

 

Custodian/Clearing Firms Used:   

 

E&O Coverage Provided By:    

 

“SOLICITING DEALER”  
   
   
(Print Name of Soliciting Dealer)  
   
By:    
     
Name:                  
     
Title:    
     
Date:    

 

Emerson Equity, LLC    
Soliciting Dealer Agreement 14  

 

 

SCHEDULE II

 

TO

 

SOLICITING DEALER AGREEMENT WITH

 

EMERSON EQUITY, LLC

 

Soliciting Dealer represents and warrants that it is currently licensed as a broker-dealer in the following jurisdictions:

 

o        Alabama o        Nebraska
   
o        Alaska o        Nevada
   
o        Arizona o        New Hampshire
   
o        Arkansas o        New Jersey
   
o        California o        New Mexico
   
o        Colorado o        New York
   
o        Connecticut o        North Carolina
   
o        Delaware o        North Dakota
   
o        District of Columbia o        Ohio
   
o        Florida o        Oklahoma
   
o        Georgia o        Oregon
   
o        Hawaii o        Pennsylvania
   
o        Idaho o        Puerto Rico
   
o        Illinois o        Rhode Island
   
o        Indiana o        South Carolina
   
o        Iowa o        South Dakota
   
o        Kansas o        Tennessee
   
o        Kentucky o        Texas
   
o        Louisiana o        Utah
   
o        Maine o        Vermont
   
o        Maryland o        Virgin Islands
   
o        Massachusetts o        Virginia
   
o        Michigan o        Washington
   
o        Minnesota o        West Virginia
   
o        Mississippi o        Wisconsin
   
o        Missouri o        Wyoming
   
o        Montana  

 

 

 

Emerson Equity, LLC    
Soliciting Dealer Agreement 15  

 

 

EXHIBIT 4.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

INDENTURE

 

Dated as of October [●], 2017,

 

by and among

 

GWG Holdings, Inc., as obligor

 

GWG Life, LLC, as guarantor

 

and

 

Bank of Utah, as trustee

 

 

 

Debt Securities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
   
Article 1 DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE 1
Section 1.1 DEFINITIONS 1
Section 1.2 INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TRUST INDENTURE ACT 10
Section 1.3 RULES OF CONSTRUCTION 10
     
Article 2 THE SECURITIES 11
Section 2.1 SECURITY TERMS; AMOUNT; ACCOUNTS; INTEREST; MATURITY 11
Section 2.2 WRITTEN CONFIRMATION OR REJECTION; RESCISSION 14
Section 2.3 REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT 15
Section 2.4 PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST 15
Section 2.5 LIST OF HOLDERS 16
Section 2.6 TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE 16
Section 2.7 PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST; PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST RIGHTS PRESERVED 17
Section 2.8 OUTSTANDING SECURITIES 18
Section 2.9 TREASURY SECURITIES 18
Section 2.10 DEFAULTED INTEREST 18
Section 2.11 TEMPORARY NOTES 19
Section 2.12 EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY 19
Section 2.13 BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION 20
Section 2.14 CERTIFICATES 20
Section 2.15 GLOBAL SECURITIES 21
Section 2.16 INITIAL AND PERIODIC STATEMENTS 22
Section 2.17 APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS 23
Section 2.18 CUSIP Numbers 23
     
Article 3 REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE 23
Section 3.1 REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES AT THE COMPANY’S ELECTION 23
Section 3.2 REPURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT THE HOLDER’S REQUEST 24
     
Article 4 COVENANTS 25
Section 4.1 PAYMENT OF SECURITIES 25
Section 4.2 MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY 25
Section 4.3 SEC REPORTS AND REPORTS TO THE TRUSTEE 26
Section 4.4 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE 27
Section 4.5 STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS 27
Section 4.6 LIQUIDATION 27
Section 4.7 FINANCIAL COVENANT – DEBT COVERAGE RATIO 28
Section 4.8 RESTRICTION ON DIVIDENDS 28
Section 4.9 FINANCING TRANSACTIONS AND ADDITIONAL INDEBTEDNESS 28
     
Article 5 SUCCESSORS 28
Section 5.1 WHEN THE COMPANY MAY MERGE, ETC. 28
Section 5.2 SUCCESSOR ENTITY SUBSTITUTED 29

 

  i

 

 

Article 6 DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES 29
Section 6.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT 29
Section 6.2 ACCELERATION 30
Section 6.3 OTHER REMEDIES 31
Section 6.4 WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS 31
Section 6.5 CONTROL BY MAJORITY 31
Section 6.6 LIMITATION ON SUITS 31
Section 6.7 RIGHTS OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PAYMENT 32
Section 6.8 COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE 32
Section 6.9 TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM 32
Section 6.10 PRIORITIES 33
Section 6.11 UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS 33
     
Article 7 TRUSTEE 33
Section 7.1 DUTIES OF TRUSTEE 33
Section 7.2 RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE 34
Section 7.3 INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE 35
Section 7.4 TRUSTEE’S DISCLAIMER 35
Section 7.5 NOTICE OF DEFAULTS 35
Section 7.6 REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS 36
Section 7.7 COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY 36
Section 7.8 REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE 37
Section 7.9 SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC. 38
Section 7.10 ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION 37
Section 7.11 PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY 38
     
Article 8 DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE 38
Section 8.1 TERMINATION OF COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS 38
Section 8.2 APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY 39
Section 8.3 REPAYMENT TO COMPANY 39
Section 8.4 REINSTATEMENT 40
     
Article 9 AMENDMENTS 40
Section 9.1 WITHOUT CONSENT OF THE HOLDERS 40
Section 9.2 WITH CONSENT OF THE HOLDERS 41
Section 9.3 COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT 42
Section 9.4 EFFECT OF CONSENTS 42
Section 9.5 NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES 42
Section 9.6 TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC. 42
     
Article 10 SUBORDINATION 43
Section 10.1 AGREEMENT TO SUBORDINATE 43
Section 10.2 LIQUIDATION; DISSOLUTION; BANKRUPTCY 43
Section 10.3 DEFAULT ON SENIOR DEBT 45
Section 10.4 WHEN DISTRIBUTION MUST BE PAID OVER 46
Section 10.5 LIMITATION ON ACTION AGAINST COLLATERAL 46
Section 10.6 NOTICE BY COMPANY 47
Section 10.7 SUBROGATION 46
Section 10.8 RELATIVE RIGHTS 47
Section 10.9 SUBORDINATION MAY NOT BE IMPAIRED BY THE COMPANY OR HOLDERS OF SENIOR DEBT 47

 

  ii

 

 

Section 10.10 LIMITATIONS ON REMEDIES IN EVENT OF DEFAULT 48
Section 10.11 DISTRIBUTION OR NOTICE TO REPRESENTATIVE 49
Section 10.12 RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENT 49
Section 10.13 AUTHORIZATION TO EFFECT SUBORDINATION 49
Section 10.14 APPLICABILITY TO PAYING AGENT 49
Section 10.15 CERTAIN ACKNOWLEDGMENTS TO AND AGREEMENTS IN FAVOR OF HOLDERS OF SENIOR DEBT 50
Section 10.16 OTHER SUBORDINATION MATTERS 52
     
Article 11 GUARANTEE 52
Section 11.1 GUARANTEE 52
Section 11.2 Limitation on Guarantor Liability 53
Section 11.3 EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF GUARANTY 53
     
Article 12 COLLATERAL AND SECURITY 54
Section 12.1 COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS 54
Section 12.2 Recording and Opinion 55
Section 12.3 RELEASE OF COLLATERAL 55
Section 12.4 CERTIFICATES OF THE COMPANY; OPINION OF COUNSEL 56
Section 12.5 CERTIFICATES OF THE TRUSTEE 56
Section 12.6 AUTHORIZATION OF ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN BY THE TRUSTEE UNDER THE COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS 56
Section 12.7 AUTHORIZATION OF RECEIPT OF FUNDS BY THE TRUSTEE UNDER THE COLLATERAL AGREEMENT 57
Section 12.8 TERMINATION OF SECURITY INTEREST 57
     
Article 13 GENERAL PROVISIONS 57
Section 13.1 TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS 57
Section 13.2 NOTICES 57
Section 13.3 COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS WITH OTHER HOLDERS 59
Section 13.4 CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT 59
Section 13.5 STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION 59
Section 13.6 RULES BY TRUSTEE AND AGENTS 59
Section 13.7 NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS 59
Section 13.8 DUPLICATE ORIGINALS 60
Section 13.9 GOVERNING LAW 60
Section 13.10 NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS 60
Section 13.11 SUCCESSORS 60
Section 13.12 SEVERABILITY 60
Section 13.13 SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE 60
Section 13.14 COUNTERPART ORIGINALS 60
Section 13.15 TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC. 60
Section 13.16 Trustee’s Capacity. 60

 

  iii

 

 

EXHIBITS:

 

A – Form of L Bonds

 

B – Form of Guarantee Notation

 

C – Form of Pledge and Security Agreement

 

  iv

 

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE

 

*Trust Indenture Act Section   Indenture Section
<S>   <C>
310(a)(1)   7.10
(a)(2)   7.10
(a)(3)   N/A
(a)(4)   N/A
(a)(5)   N/A
(b)   7.8; 7.10
(c)   N/A
311(a)   7.11
(b)   7.11
(c)   N/A
312(a)   2.5
(b)   13.3
(c)   13.3
313(a)   7.6
(b)(1)   N/A
(b)(2)   13.3; 7.6
(c)   7.6; 11.2
(d)   7.6
314(a)   4.3
(b)   12.2
(c)(1)   N/A
(c)(2)   N/A
(c)(3)   N/A
(d)   12.3; 12.4; 12.5
(e)   N/A
(f)   N/A
315(a)   N/A
(b)   N/A
(c)   N/A
(d)   N/A
(e)   N/A
316(a) (last sentence)   N/A
(a)(1)(A)   N/A
(a)(1)(B)   N/A
(a)(2)   N/A
(b)   N/A
(c)   N/A
317(a)(1)   N/A
(a)(2)   N/A
(b)   N/A
318(a)   13.1

 

N/A means not applicable

 

* This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture

 

  v

 

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED INDENTURE is hereby entered into as of October ____, 2017, by and among GWG Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), as obligor, GWG Life, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Guarantor ”), as guarantor, and Bank of Utah, a Utah corporation, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”).

 

The parties earlier entered into an Indenture dated as of October 19, 2011, which Indenture was subsequently amended on each of December 14, 2011, January 9, 2015, and June 12, 2015 (as so amended, the “ Original Indenture ”). On or about September 8, 2015, the Guarantor has fully paid all obligations owing under that certain class of promissory notes that had privately offered and sold from time to time and referred to in the Original Indenture as the “Guarantor Secured Notes.” Given the full payment and defeasance of the Guarantor Secured Notes, and the length of the time since the parties entered into the Original Indenture, the parties now wish to amend and restate the Original Indenture primarily for the purposes of (i) eliminating references to the Guarantor Secured Notes (and replacing those references, where appropriate, with general references to Pari Passu Debt that may be incurred in the future), (ii) eliminating references to the particular “Intercreditor Agreement” that had been entered into by and among the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee, and the collateral trustee serving for the holders of the Guarantor Secured Notes, (iii) updating certain provisions of the Original Indenture, and (iv) correcting and clerical errors and formatting inconstancies in the Original Indenture and otherwise clarifying certain provisions of the Original Indenture.

 

Section 9.1(a) and 9.1(d) of the Original Indenture permit the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee to amend the Original Indenture. Accordingly, and in light of the foregoing, the Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee hereby amend and restate the Original Indenture in the form of this Amended and Restated Indenture (hereinafter, this “ Indenture ”), and agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the debt securities of the Company issued under this Indenture:

 

Article 1
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

Section 1.1 DEFINITIONS

 

Account ” means the record of beneficial ownership of a Security maintained by the Registrar.

 

Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with”), as used with respect to any Person, shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise.

 

After-Acquired Property ” shall mean all assets and property, including, to the extent permitted by law, assets and property acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate, including the Guarantor, after the date of this Indenture.

 

Agent ” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, co-registrar, Servicing Agent or any Person appointed and retained by the Company to perform certain of the duties or obligations, or exercise certain of the rights and discretions, of the Company hereunder pursuant to Section 2.17.

 

 

 

 

Bankruptcy ” shall mean, for any Person, the (i) commencement of a voluntary bankruptcy case by that Person; (ii) consent to the entry of an order for relief against such Person in an involuntary bankruptcy case; (iii) consent to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property.

 

Bankruptcy Law ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

 

Beneficial Holder ” means the holder of a beneficial interest in any Global Security.

 

Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company or any authorized committee of the Board of Directors.

 

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on which banking institutions in the State of Minnesota, the State of Utah, or at a place of payment are authorized or obligated by law, regulation or executive order to remain closed. If a payment date falls on any date other than a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

Calculation Date ” means the 15th day of each calendar month (or if such day is not a Business Day, the next succeeding Business Day).

 

Capital Stock ” means any class of capital stock of the Company, including without limitation its common stock and any class of limited or preferred stock, or any series on any class of common, limited or preferred stock, existing from time to time during the term of this Indenture.

 

Collateral ” shall mean, unless a supplemental indenture relating to a particular class or series of Securities issued under this Indenture provides otherwise: (i) all the assets of the Company, including without limitation all of its ownership interests in Subsidiaries; (ii) all the assets of the Guarantor pledged under the Pledge and Security Agreement, including without limitation all of the Guarantor’s ownership interests in its Subsidiaries; (iii) all Pledged Affiliate Stock; and (iv) any and all other items and property defined as “Collateral” in any applicable Collateral Document.

 

Collateral Documents ” means, unless a supplemental indenture relating to a particular class or series of Securities issued under this Indenture provides otherwise: (i) solely with respect to the L Bonds issued under this Indenture, the Pledge and Security Agreement; and (ii) any other agreements, documents or instruments, including any financing statements and amendments or supplements thereto, creating, perfecting or evidencing any Liens securing any Securities, and any other Obligation under this Indenture or the Collateral Documents.

 

Company ” means GWG Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, unless and until replaced by a successor in accordance with Article 5 hereof, in which case “Company” shall mean such successor.

 

Company Majority Stockholders ” shall mean Jon R. Sabes and Steven F. Sabes.

 

Corporate Trust Office ” means the office of the Trustee at which the corporate trust business of the Trustee shall, at any particular time, be principally administered, which office is, at the date as of which this Indenture is originally dated, located at Bank of Utah, 200 E. South Temple, Suite 210, Salt Lake City, UT 84111, Attention: GWG Holdings, Inc. Administrator.

 

Debt Coverage Ratio ” has the meaning set forth in 0.

 

  2  

 

 

Default ” means any event that is or that with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would be, an Event of Default.

 

Depositary ” means, with respect to Securities of any series issuable in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities, a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act and designated as Depositary by the Company pursuant to Section 2.15(a).

 

DTC ” means the Depository Trust Company.

 

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

 

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Fiscal Quarter ” means the approximately three-month period ending each March 31, June 30, September 30, and December 31.

 

Fiscal Year ” means a year ending December 31.

 

GAAP ” means, as of any date, United States generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect from time to time.

 

Global Security ” means a Security that evidences all or part of the Securities of any series and bears the legends set forth in Section 2.15 (or such other legend as may be specified for such Securities pursuant to Section 2.15), issued to a Depositary or its nominee, and registered in the name of such Depositary or nominee, with the beneficial interests in such Security being held by one or more Beneficial Holders.

 

Guarantee ” means the guarantee of the Guarantor as described in Article 11 or otherwise endorsed on any Security authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Guarantee Notation ” is evidence of the Guarantee to be used as described in Section 11.3, and attached hereto as Exhibit B .

 

Guarantor ” means GWG Life, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, unless and until replaced by a successor in accordance with this Indenture, in which case “Guarantor” shall mean such successor. “Guarantor” shall also mean any other Person that later becomes a guarantor of Obligations under any Securities issued hereunder pursuant to an amendment or supplemental indenture hereto.

 

Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Security is registered.

 

Holder Redemption Event ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(a).

 

Indebtedness ” means, with respect to any Person and without duplication, any indebtedness of such Person, whether or not contingent, in respect of borrowed money or evidenced by bonds, notes, debentures or similar instruments or letters of credit (or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof) or representing the balance deferred and unpaid of the purchase price of any property (including capital lease obligations) or the expenditure for any services or representing any hedging obligations, including without limitation, any such balance that constitutes an accrued expense or an account or trade payable, if and to the extent any of the foregoing indebtedness (other than letters of credit and hedging obligations) would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person prepared in accordance with GAAP, and also includes, to the extent not otherwise included, (a) the guarantee of items that would be included within this definition, and (b) liability for items that would arise by operation of a Person’s status as a general partner of a partnership.

 

  3  

 

 

Indenture ” means this Amended and Restated Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.

 

Insurance Company ” means, with respect to any Life Insurance Policy, the insurance company that is obligated by the terms of such Life Insurance Policy to pay the related Policy Benefit upon the death of the related Insured (or the successor to such obligation).

 

Insured ” means a natural person who is named as the insured on a Life Insurance Policy.

 

Interest Accrual Period ” means, as to each Security, the period from the later of the Issue Date of such Security or the last Payment Date upon which an interest payment was made, until and including the day before the following Payment Date (or the Maturity Date, if earlier), during which period interest accrues with respect to any Payment Date.

 

Issue Date ” means, with respect to any Security, the date on which such Security is deemed registered on the books and records of the Registrar, which shall be (i) the date the Company accepts funds for the purchase of the Security if such funds are received prior to 12:01 p.m. (Central Time) on a Business Day, or if such funds are not so received, on the next Business Day, or (ii) the date that the Security is renewed as of the Maturity Date pursuant to Section 2.1(h).

 

L Bonds ” are a class of Securities authorized for issuance under this Indenture, the form of which is attached to this Indenture as Exhibit A-2 .

 

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest or encumbrance of any kind in respect of such asset, whether or not filed, recorded or otherwise perfected under applicable law (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any lease in the nature thereof, any option or other agreement to sell or give a security interest in and any filing of or agreement to give any financing statement under the Uniform Commercial Code, or equivalent statutes, of any jurisdiction).

 

Life Expectancy ” means with respect to any Life Insurance Policy (other than a Small Life Insurance Policy), the average of two Life Expectancy Reports of the related Insured, stated in months, provided by two separate Qualified Consulting Physicians to achieve 50th percentile cumulative mortalities for such Insured, or, if not so provided, by applying the provided life expectancy in months to the most recent VBT Select Table to calculate a 50th percentile cumulative mortality schedule for such Insured, in any case as of the Life Expectancy Report Date and subsequently adjusted in the passage of time. For policies with more than one Insured that pay upon the death of the second Insured (“ Joint Policies ”), the “Life Expectancy” with respect to any such Joint Policies (other than a Small Life Insurance Policy), means the joint Life Expectancy Reports of the related Insureds in months to achieve a 50th percentile cumulative mortality for such Insureds provided for the two joint life expectancies by the Qualified Consulting Physicians and, if not provided, by applying the provided life expectancy in months to the most recent VBT Select Table to calculate a 50th percentile cumulative mortality for such Insureds, in any case as of the Life Expectancy Report Date and subsequently adjusted in the passage of time. Life Expectancy for a Small Life Insurance Policy shall be stated in months as determined by applying the most recent VBT Select Table to calculate a 50th percentile cumulative mortality schedule for such Insured, as of the Life Expectancy Report Date and subsequently adjusted in the passage of time; provided that a Life Expectancy Report may be used for a Small Life Insurance Policy, if available.

 

  4  

 

 

Life Expectancy Report ” means an assessment by a Qualified Consulting Physician, contained in a written statement dated within 180 days prior to the date of the purchase by the Company or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries of a Life Insurance Policy, of the life expectancy of one or more Insureds under such Life Insurance Policy.

 

Life Expectancy Report Date ” means, with respect to any Life Expectancy Report, the certificate date contained in the Life Expectancy Report or the date otherwise calculated in the case of a Small life Insurance Policy.

 

Life Insurance Policy ” means any life insurance policy owned by the Company, the Guarantor, or any of their direct or indirect Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

Maturity Date ” means, with respect to any Security, the date on which the principal of such Security becomes due and payable as therein provided.

 

Maturity Record Date ” means, with respect to any Security, as of the close of business on the first Business Day that is at least 31 days prior to the Maturity Date or Redemption Date applicable to such Security.

 

Net Present Asset Value of Life Insurance Policies ” means an amount equal to the net present value of the expected cash flows to be derived from Life Insurance Policies and assets relating to Life Insurance Policies (including, for example, residual interests retained in connection with a securitization transaction) owned or partially owned by the Company and direct and indirect Subsidiaries and Affiliates, as determined by applying the Pricing Model and a discount rate equal to the Weighted Average Cost of Capital of the Company and its direct and indirect Subsidiaries and Affiliates for the calendar month immediately preceding the Calculation Date, plus the amount of any Policy Benefit receivables.

 

Net Proceeds ” shall mean the aggregate cash proceeds and cash equivalents received by the Company or the Guarantor in respect of any merger, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or Guarantor, as applicable, net of the direct costs relating to such merger or sale, including without limitation legal, accounting and investment banking fees, and sales commissions, and any relocation expenses incurred as a result of the merger or asset sale, in each case taking into account, without duplication, (1) any available tax credits or deductions and any tax-sharing arrangements, and amounts required to be applied to the repayment of Indebtedness secured by a Permitted Lien on the asset or assets that were the subject of such merger or asset sale and any reserve for adjustment in respect of the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP, (2) any reserve or payment with respect to liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by the Company or the Guarantor after such sale or other disposition thereof, including without limitation severance costs pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, and (3) any cash escrows in connection with the purchase price adjustments, reserves or indemnities (until released).

 

Notice of Maturity ” means a notice from the Company to a Holder, as further described in Section 2.1(f), that the Holder’s Securities will be maturing on the related Maturity Date, which notice shall be sent by the Company at least 30 days prior to such Maturity Date.

 

  5  

 

 

Obligations ” means any principal, interest (including Post-Petition Interest), penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness, specifically including any such obligations under a Guarantee.

 

Officer ” means the Chairman of the Board or principal executive officer of the Company, the President or principal operating officer of the Company, the Chief Financial Officer or principal financial officer of the Company, the Treasurer, Controller or principal accounting officer of the Company, Secretary or any Executive or Senior Vice President of the Company.

 

Officers’ Certificate ” means a certificate signed by two Officers, at least one of whom must be the principal executive officer, principal operating officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company; provided, however, that if the opinion of an accountant is required pursuant to TIA §314(c)(3), the certificate must be signed by an Officer who is an accountant.

 

Opinion of Counsel ” means an opinion from legal counsel reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company.

 

Pari Passu Debt ” means any Indebtedness of the Company that is payable, or that has secured collateral that is shared, on a pari passu basis with the Securities.

 

Paying Agent ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

Payment Account ” means a bank account designated by the Holder to receive payments of interest or principal due on such Holder’s Securities, as may be amended by the Holder by written notice to the Registrar from time to time.

 

Payment Blockage Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.

 

Payment Date ” means, unless a supplemental indenture relating to a particular class or series of Securities issued under this Indenture provides otherwise, (i) with respect to any Security for which monthly interest payments are required to be made, the 15th day of the next following calendar month, (ii) with respect to any Security for which interest payments are required to be made annually, the 15th day of the calendar month next following the anniversary of the Issue Date of such Security, and (iii) with respect to each Security, the date specified in Section 2.1(f) for the payment upon maturity of all principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on such Security, and any Repurchase Date or Redemption Date of such Security, if applicable; provided, however, that (1) for all L Bonds issued under this Indenture (including any renewals thereof), the Payment Date of principal of and accrued but unpaid interest on maturity shall be no later than the fifth Business Day of the next following calendar month; and (2) if any such day in the preceding clauses (i) through (iii) is not a Business Day, then the Payment Date shall be the Business Day immediately following such day.

 

Permitted Liens ” means Liens on assets of the Company or any of its direct or indirect Subsidiaries or Affiliates, including the Guarantor, securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under (i) Pari Passu Debt, (ii) any Qualified Sales and Financing Transaction (whether now existing or arising or acquired in the future), which Liens may be Senior Debt having higher priority to the Liens securing Obligations under the Securities issued under this Indenture, and (iii) any Senior Debt.

 

Payment Notice ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3.

 

  6  

 

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

Pledge and Security Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement, dated as of October [●], 2017, by and among the Company, the Guarantor, the Company Majority Stockholders, affiliates of the Company Majority Stockholders through which such Company Majority Stockholders beneficially own shares of common stock of the Company, and the Trustee (in its capacity as trustee under this Indenture), as the same may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in the future, which agreement is a Collateral Document with respect to L Bonds issued hereunder. The form of Pledge and Security Agreement is attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

Pledged Affiliate Stock ” means the common stock of the Company beneficially owned (as such term is defined under Section 13d of the Exchange Act) by the Company Majority Stockholders, the number of shares of which is identified with particularity in the Pledge and Security Agreement.

 

Policy Benefit ” means, with respect to a Life Insurance Policy, the amount to be paid by the writing Insurance Company upon the mortality of the Insured.

 

Post-Petition Interest ” means interest accruing after the commencement of any Bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding with respect to the Company or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding in connection therewith, at the rate applicable to the related Indebtedness, whether or not such interest is an allowable claim in any such proceeding.

 

Pricing Model ” means the latest version of the Life Insurance Policy pricing model owned by Modeling Actuarial Pricing Systems, Inc. and licensed by Company (or a substantially similar model commonly supported by the actuarial profession), which model shall calculate expected cash flows from a portfolio of Life Insurance Policies utilizing the probabilistic methodology, the Life Expectancy of Insureds, and the VBT Select Table.

 

Property ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.15(b).

 

Prospectus ” means any prospectus under a Registration Statement at the time it was declared effective by the SEC, as supplemented by any related prospectus supplement (including interest-rate supplements) filed with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) under the Securities Act. References herein to any Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include any documents incorporated therein by reference.

 

Qualified Consulting Physician ” means any of: (a) 21st Services; (b) Fasano & Associates; (c) AVS Underwriting; (d) EMSI; (e) ISC Services; or (e) any other independent third-party consulting physician or group of consulting physicians commonly recognized within the industry as providing reputable Life Expectancy estimates that are approved by the Company.

 

Qualified Sales and Financing Transaction ” means any transaction or series of transactions (including without limitation the performance and liquidation or termination of such transactions) that may be entered into, sponsored, conducted or coordinated by or with the involvement of the Company and pursuant to which the Company, or its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, may (a) issue Senior Debt by selling, conveying, financing, pledging or otherwise transferring Collateral to (i) an SPV Entity (in the case of a transfer by the Company or any of its Affiliates) or (ii) any other Person (in the case of a transfer by the Company or an SPV Entity), or may (b) grant a security interest in or pledge any Life Insurance Policies, any securities backed by any interests in Life Insurance Policies (whether now existing or arising or acquired in the future), and any assets related thereto, which are customarily sold, transferred or pledged as security in connection with an asset securitization, secured financing or similar transaction involving receivables, including the ability to finance and sell the residual interests retained from all such transactions, or securities backed by or representing interests in such residual interests.

 

  7  

 

 

Redemption Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(i).

 

Redemption Notice ” means a written notice from the Company to the Holders (as further described in Section 2.1(i)) stating that the Company is redeeming all or a specified portion of Securities pursuant to Section 3.1, with a copy to the Registrar and the Trustee.

 

Redemption Price ” means, with respect to any Security to be redeemed, the principal amount of such Security plus the interest accrued but unpaid during the Interest Accrual Period up to but not including the Redemption Date for such Security.

 

Registrar ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

Registration Statement ” is a registration statement filed with the SEC pursuant to the Securities Act, as such registration statement is amended from time to time including through pre-effective and post-effective amendments, permitting the Company to publicly offer and, upon and during its effectiveness, sell Securities under this Indenture.

 

Regular Record Date ” means, with respect to each Payment Date, as of 11:59 p.m. of the date 15 days prior to such Payment Date.

 

Repurchase Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(c).

 

Repayment Election ” means a written notice from a Holder to the Company, as further described in Section 2.1(f), stating that repayment of the Holder’s Securities is required in connection with the maturity of such Securities.

 

Repurchase Penalty ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3.2(b).

 

Repurchase Price ” means, with respect to any Security to be repurchased, the principal amount of such Security plus the interest accrued but unpaid during the Interest Accrual Period up to but not including the Repurchase Date for such Security, minus the Repurchase Penalty, if any.

 

Repurchase Request ” means a written notice from a Holder to the Company, as further described in Section 2.1(j), stating that such Holder is making an irrevocable request for the Company to repurchase such Holder’s Securities pursuant to Section 3.2.

 

Responsible Officer ” when used with respect to the Trustee, means any officer in its Corporate Trust Office, or any other assistant officer of the Trustee in its Corporate Trust Office customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

Restricted Indenture Securities ” is defined in Section 2.6(b).

 

SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.

 

  8  

 

 

Security ” or “ Securities ” means any debt security authorized, authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, together with all classes, sub-classes, series and sub-series of any such Securities. As of the date of this Indenture, the only securities available for issuance hereunder were named “L Bonds.”

 

Securities Register ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

Senior Debt ” means any Indebtedness, other than the Securities and Pari Passu Debt (whether outstanding on the date hereof or thereafter created), incurred by the Company (including its direct or indirect Subsidiaries or Affiliates) that is senior in rank to Securities as to the right to receive payments from the Company, or senior as to the right to receive payments on or from (or otherwise with respect to) any Collateral, whether such Indebtedness is or is not specifically designated by the Company as being “Senior Debt” in its defining instruments. In this regard, Senior Debt shall include, without limitation, any and all Indebtedness and Obligations owed by the Company or its direct or indirect Subsidiaries to lenders (including LNV Corporation) under that certain Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of September 27, 2017, under which CLMG Corp. serves as administrative agent (or their affiliates, and further including any future senior lender or lenders thereunder) as of the date of this Indenture and, unless specifically designated to the contrary in its defining instruments, thereafter existing, including all amendments, restatements, alternations, substitutions, replacements and renewals thereof, and extensions thereto (which shall be understood to specifically include replacements or substitutions involving a different lender or lenders).

 

Senior Debt Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.3(a).

 

Senior Debt Payout Date ” means the date on which (i) all Senior Debt and related Obligations shall be paid in full, in cash, and (ii) the related transaction documents to which such Senior Debt relates shall terminate in accordance with their terms.

 

Servicing Agent ” means an Agent designated by the Company, if any, as agent for service of notices and demands to and from the Holders, and other communications to and from the Holders, in connection with the Securities.

 

Small Life Insurance Policy ” means a Life Insurance Policy having a Policy Benefit equal to or less than $1,000,000.

 

SPV Collateral ” means all assets and property in which either any SPV Entity has acquired, or purports to have acquired, an interest (including without limitation all assets and property which the Company or the Guarantor has transferred, or purports to have transferred, to any such SPV Entity) for the primary purpose of providing collateral security to one or more holders of Senior Debt.

 

SPV Entity ” means (i) GWG DLP Funding III, LLC (a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor); (ii) GWG DLP Funding IV, LLC (a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned Subsidiary of the Guarantor); and (iii) any other direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company or the Guarantor now existing or hereafter created whose limited purpose is to purchase and/or own Life Insurance Policies.

 

Subsidiary ” or “ Subsidiaries ” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity in which such Person directly owns securities or other ownership interests, regardless of whether such ownership constitutes a controlling or non-controlling interest. Specific references to indirect Subsidiaries means, with respect to any Person, any corporation or other entity in which such Person indirectly owns, through one or more other corporations or entities, securities or other ownership interests, regardless of whether such ownership constitutes a controlling or non-controlling interest. In the case of any Subsidiary that is not wholly owned, calculations with respect to any financial covenants shall be made in proportion to the Company’s interest, direct and indirect, in such Subsidiary.

 

  9  

 

 

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as in effect on the date on which this Indenture is qualified under the TIA.

 

Total Permanent Disability ” means a determination by a physician approved by the Company that the Holder of a Security who is a natural person, and who was gainfully employed on a full-time basis at the Issue Date of such Security, is unable to work on a full-time basis during the a period of 24 consecutive months. For purposes of this definition, “working on a full time basis” shall mean working at least 40 hours per week.

 

Trustee ” means Bank of Utah, a Utah corporation, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder. “Trustee” also means a different trustee engaged under this Indenture (e.g., pursuant to a supplement indenture) to serve as trustee with respect to any particular class or series of Securities hereunder.”

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of Delaware or any other applicable jurisdiction.

 

U.S. Government Obligations ” means direct obligations of the United States of America, or any agency or instrumentality thereof for the payment of which the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged.

 

VBT Select Table ” means the most recent actuarial tables published by The Society of Actuaries, or such other actuarial table providing mortality probabilities for Insureds deemed appropriate by the Company.

 

Weighted Average Cost of Capital ” means a percentage equal to the weighted-average interest rate paid by the Company and its direct and indirect Subsidiaries on outstanding Indebtedness for the month immediately preceding the Calculation Date. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the “interest rate paid” shall exclude all dividend payments made, and all commission payments and other underwriting compensation expenses incurred in connection with any financing transactions, by the Company and its direct and indirect Subsidiaries.

 

Written Confirmation ” means a written confirmation of the acceptance of a subscription for, or the transfer or pledge of, a Security or Securities in the form of a transaction statement executed or issued by the Company or its duly authorized Agent and delivered to the Holder of such Security or Securities with a copy to the Registrar and the Trustee.

 

Section 1.2 INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TRUST INDENTURE ACT

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, such provision is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by reference in the TIA to another statute, or defined by an SEC rule under the TIA, have the meanings so assigned to them.

 

Section 1.3 RULES OF CONSTRUCTION

 

Unless the context otherwise requires: (a) a term has the meaning assigned to it; (b) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP; (c) references to GAAP, as of any date, shall mean GAAP in effect in the United States as of such date; (d) “or” is not exclusive; (e) words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural shall include the singular; and (f) provisions apply to successive events and transactions.

 

  10  

 

 

Article 2
THE SECURITIES

 

Section 2.1 SECURITY TERMS; AMOUNT; ACCOUNTS; INTEREST; MATURITY

 

(a) The outstanding aggregate principal amount of Securities to be issued hereunder is unlimited. The Securities are secured obligations of the Company and shall be senior in right to assets of the Company, provided that such rights may be subordinate in right of payment to the Senior Debt as further described in Article 10. The Securities are an obligation and liability of the Company, and not of any other Person, including without limitation any shareholder, director, Officer, employee, Affiliate or Agent of the Company. The Securities are not certificates of deposit or similar obligations of, and are not guaranteed or insured by, any depository institution, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, any other governmental or private fund, any securities insurer or any other Person, other than as set forth in Article 11.

 

(b) In the event issued in certificated form pursuant to Section 2.14 or in a certificated Global Security form pursuant to Section 2.15: (i) the Securities, together with the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, shall be in substantially the form set forth as Exhibit A to this Indenture (or such other form as may be required by a Depositary), with any appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange or as may be otherwise determined, consistently herewith, by the officers executing such Securities to be appropriate, as evidenced by their execution of the Securities; (ii) any portion of the text of any Securities may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the Securities; and (iii) the Securities may be subject to notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, rules or custom of a Depositary, or agreements to which the Company is subject or reasonably required by usage. Upon the creation of additional Securities issuable under this Indenture, or the creation of different classes or series of any Securities issuable under this Indenture, a new Exhibit A , successively numbered in cardinal fashion (e.g., Exhibit A-2, Exhibit A-3, etc.) will be attached to and thereupon become a part of this Indenture. If a Security is to be issued or issuable in a certificated Global Security form pursuant to Section 2.15, such form shall likewise be attached to and thereupon become a part of this Indenture.

 

(c) Except as provided in Section 2.14 or Section 2.15, no Security shall be issued as, nor evidenced by, a certificated security, but rather each Security shall be issued in book-entry or uncertificated form in which the record of beneficial ownership of each such Security shall be established and maintained as Accounts by the Registrar pursuant to Section 2.13. For each Security issued in book-entry form in accordance with Section 2.13, the same terms and provisions as those set forth in the form of Security attached as the relevant Exhibit A shall be deemed to be incorporated into the terms and provision of such book-entry Securities.

 

  11  

 

 

(d) Each Security shall be in such denominations as provided by this Indenture and as may be designated from time to time by the Company, but in no event in an original denomination less than $25,000, unless otherwise authorized by the Company. Separate purchases may not be cumulated to satisfy the minimum denomination requirements. Each Security shall have a term of months or years as is determined by the Company or as designated by the Holder at the time of purchase, subject to the Company’s acceptance thereof, unless otherwise determined by the Company.

 

(e) Each Security shall bear interest from and commencing on its Issue Date at such rate of interest as the Company shall determine from time to time; provided, however, that the interest rate of each Security will be fixed for the term of such Security upon issuance, subject to change upon any renewal of the Security at maturity. Simple interest on the Securities will accrue based on a calendar year consisting of twelve 30-day months (or 360 days) and, if permitted by the Company, the Holder thereof may elect to have interest paid monthly, annually, or upon maturity, which payments shall be made on the applicable Payment Date, except that (i) no interest shall be paid to a Holder until the expiration of the Holder’s rescission right under Section 2.2(b), if applicable, and (ii) in the case of a Holder who elects interest to be paid upon maturity, such interest will compound annually. If a Holder does not elect an interest payment option, interest will be paid upon maturity or such other basis as is determined by the Company and disclosed to the Holders at the time of purchase. If permitted by the Company, the Holder of a Security paying interest upon maturity by virtue of such Holder not having made an affirmative election for the payment of interest may, once during the term of the Security but only with the approval of the Company (which the Company may grant or withhold in its discretion), change the manner in which interest is paid. Any such change shall be effective upon the first Business Day of the Fiscal Quarter next following the calendar month in which the Company shall have both (x) received written notice from the Holder requesting such change and (y) approved such change, as evidenced in a writing delivered to such Holder.

 

(f) At least 30 days prior to a Maturity Date for any Security, the Company will send to each Holder of such a Security as of its Maturity Record Date a Notice of Maturity (via first class U.S. mail, facsimile or electronic transmission). The Notice of Maturity will notify the Holder of the Security’s pending maturity and that the automatic renewal provision described in subsection (h) will take effect, unless:

 

(i) the Company states in the Notice of Maturity that it will not allow the Holder to renew the Security, in which case the Company shall pay the Holder all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest with regard to the Security on the applicable Payment Date; or

 

(ii) the Holder sends to the Company, at least 15 days prior to the Maturity Date, a Repayment Election for the payment of all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest due on the Security as of the Maturity Date; provided, however, that the Holder of a Global Security may elect to receive payment of outstanding principal and accrued interest due on such Security respecting less than all principal represented by such Global Security.

 

  12  

 

 

A Notice of Maturity shall also contain the statements and disclosures described in subsection (g) below. If a Notice of Maturity permits the Holder to renew the Security or roll-over a Security into another security of the Company (including another Security under this Indenture), then the Company shall also include the then-current applicable Prospectus, if any, together with a statement urging the Holder to review such documentation prior to any renewal. Upon receipt of a Notice of Maturity, the Holder of a maturing Security may in its discretion send to the Company a Repayment Election; provided that such Repayment Election must be sent to the Company no later than 15 days prior to the Maturity Date. If the Company receives a Repayment Election on or prior to the 15th day before the Maturity Date, the Company will pay all outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest on the Security (through the Maturity Date) no later than the Payment Date next following the Maturity Date; provided that if the Company shall have previously paid interest to the Holder for any period after the Maturity Date, then such interest shall be deducted from such payment.

 

(g) The Notice of Maturity also shall state that the Holder may submit a Repayment Election for the repayment of the maturing Security, use all or a portion of the proceeds thereof to purchase a new Security with a different term, or roll-over the maturing Security into another security of the Company (including another Security under this Indenture). To exercise an option, the Holder shall send to the Company such Holder’s Repayment Election together with such other documentation as is required to effect such transactions. The Issue Date of the new Security shall be the Maturity Date of the maturing Security. Any proceeds from the maturing Security that are not applied to the purchase of, or roll-over into, the new Security shall be sent to the Holder thereof. If a Security pays interest only on the Maturity Date, then the Notice of Maturity also shall state that the Holder may submit an “interest-only” Repayment Election in which the Holder requires the payment of the accrued and unpaid interest that such Holder has earned on the maturing Security (through the Maturity Date) and allows the principal amount of such maturing Security to renew in the manner provided in subsection (h) below.

 

(h) If a Holder of a maturing Security has not delivered a Repayment Election for repayment of the Security on or prior to the 15th day before the Maturity Date, and the Company did not notify the Holder of its intention to repay the Security in the Notice of Maturity, then such maturing Security shall be extended automatically for an additional term equal to the original term, and shall be deemed to be renewed by the Holder and the Company as of the Maturity Date of such maturing Security. A maturing Security will thereafter continue to renew as described herein absent a subsequent Redemption Notice by the Company, a Repurchase Request by the Holder, or an indication by the Company that it will repay and not allow the Security to be renewed in any subsequent Notice of Maturity. Interest on the renewed Security shall accrue from the Issue Date thereof, which shall be the Maturity Date of the maturing Security. Such renewed Security will be deemed to have the identical terms and provisions of the maturing Security, including provisions relating to payment, except that the interest rate payable during the term of the renewed Security shall be the interest rate which is then being offered by the Company on other Securities having the same term as of the Issue Date of such renewal. If other Securities having the same term are not then being offered on such date, then the interest rate upon renewal will be the rate specified by the Company on or before the Maturity Date of such Security, or the then-existing rate of the Security being renewed if no such rate is specified. If the maturing Security pays interest only on the Maturity Date, then, except as provided in subsection (g) above, upon renewal all accrued interest thereon shall be added to the principal amount of the renewed Security.

 

  13  

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything in subsection (f) to the contrary, if a Repayment Election is given or is due at a time when the Company has determined that a post-effective amendment to a Registration Statement was required but not yet effective, then the Company will provide notice to the Holder, and the Holder will be entitled to rescind his or her Repayment Election, if made, or to make a Repayment Election if not previously made, by delivering a written rescission of the earlier Repayment Election, or by delivering a written Repayment Election, as the case may be, to the Company no later than ten days after the postmark date on a notice from the Company to the Holder stating that the post-effective amendment has been declared effective. If a Repayment Election is made as described above, then outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest (through the Maturity Date) shall be paid on the Payment Date next following the Company’s receipt of such Repayment Election; and if an earlier made Repayment Election is rescinded, then the Issue Date for the renewed security shall be a date reasonably selected by the Company (but no earlier than the next Business Day after the date on which the Company shall have received any funds earlier transmitted to the Holder in connection with the rescinded Repayment Election).

 

(i) Pursuant to Section 3.1, each Security shall be redeemable by the Company at any time, without penalty, upon delivery by the Company of a Redemption Notice to the Holder of such Security. Such Redemption Notice shall set forth a date for the redemption of such Security (the “ Redemption Date ”) that is at least 30 days after the date on which such Redemption Notice shall have been sent by the Company to the Holder.

 

(j) Pursuant to and subject to the limitations set forth in Section 3.2, each Security shall be subject to repurchase at the request of the Holder upon the delivery of a Repurchase Request to the Company. Subject to the limitations on repurchase and the Repurchase Penalties described in Section 3.2, the payment of unpaid interest and principal upon the repurchase of a Security shall be made to the Holder on a Repurchase Date that is (i) selected by the Company, but no earlier than ten days and no later than 45 days after the delivery of such Repurchase Request to the Company and the Company’s acceptance of such request or, (ii) in the case of a repurchase of a Security in connection with the death, Total Permanent Disability or Bankruptcy of an applicable Holder, a Repurchase Date that is the 15th day of the month following the month in which the Company shall have received satisfactory evidence of such Holder’s death, Total Permanent Disability or Bankruptcy.

 

(k) The terms and provisions contained in the Securities shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and to the extent applicable, the Company and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, and the Holders by accepting the Securities, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound hereby and thereby. In case of any direct conflict with any other agreement, the provisions of this Indenture shall control.

 

Section 2.2 WRITTEN CONFIRMATION OR REJECTION; RESCISSION

 

(a) Except with respect to an automatically renewed Security pursuant to Section 2.1(h), a Security shall not be validly issued to a Person until the following have occurred: (i) such Person has remitted to the Company or a duly authorized Agent good and available funds for the full principal amount of such Security; (ii) a Written Confirmation of the acceptance of the purchase of the Security is sent by the Company or a duly authorized Agent to such Person; and (iii) an Account is established by the Registrar in the name of such Person as the Holder of such Security in the Securities Register. The Company or a duly authorized Agent, in their sole discretion, may reject any subscription for the purchase of Securities, in which event any funds received in relation to such subscription shall be promptly returned to the subscriber. No interest shall be paid on any funds returned from a rejected subscription.

 

  14  

 

 

(b) For a period of five Business Days following the mailing by the Company of notice that a Holder’s purchase of a Security occurred at a time when a post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement was required but not yet effective (which notice shall be accompanied by a copy of the final Prospectus comprising a part of the post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement as declared effective), such Holder shall have the right to rescind its purchase of the Security and receive repayment of the principal by presenting a written request for such rescission to the Company. Such written request for rescission (A) if personally delivered or delivered via facsimile or electronic transmission, must be received by the Company on or prior to the fifth Business Day following the mailing of such Written Confirmation or post-effective amendment notice by the Company or (B) if mailed, must be postmarked on or before the fifth Business Day following the mailing by the Company of such Written Confirmation or post-effective amendment notice. Repayment of the principal shall be made within ten days of the Company’s receipt of such request from the Holder. No interest shall be paid on any such rescinded purchase of a Security.

 

Section 2.3 REGISTRAR AND PAYING AGENT

 

(a) The Company shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Securities may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“ Registrar ”) and (ii) an office or agency where Securities may be presented for payment (“ Paying Agent ”). The Registrar shall keep a register of the Securities and of their transfer and exchange, which shall include the name, address for notices and Payment Account of the Holder and the payment election information, principal amount, term and interest rate for each Security, and which shall also include an indication as to which Securities are book-entry, certificated, or represented by a Global Security (the “ Securities Register ”). The Company may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar, and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without prior notice to any Holder; provided that the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture. The Company itself may act as Paying Agent and/or Registrar. In the event the Company uses any Agent other than the Company or the Trustee, the Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with such Agent, which agreement shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA or provide that the duties performed thereunder are subject to and governed by the provisions of this Indenture. Any such agreement shall implement or be subject to the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.7. In no event shall the Trustee be liable for the acts or omissions of any predecessor Paying Agent or Registrar.

 

(b) Pursuant to Section 2.17, the Company shall serve as the initial Registrar and Paying Agent and as agent for service of notices and demands in connection with the Securities until such time as the Company gives the Trustee written notice to the contrary.

 

  15  

 

 

Section 2.4 PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST

 

Prior to each Payment Date on any Security, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent sufficient funds to pay principal and interest then so becoming due and payable in cash. The Company shall require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal or interest on the Securities, and will notify the Trustee promptly in writing of any default by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues, the Trustee shall require a Paying Agent (if other than the Company) to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company) shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee. If the Company acts as Paying Agent, then the Company shall segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing at least five days before the Payment Date of the name and address of the Paying Agent if a Person other than the Trustee (or the Company) is named Paying Agent at any time or from time to time.

 

Section 2.5 LIST OF HOLDERS

 

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a). If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Registrar shall furnish to the Trustee within ten days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter during the term of this Indenture, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a copy of the current Securities Register as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require and the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA §312(a).

 

Section 2.6 TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE

 

(a) The Securities may be transferred so long as they shall have been offered and sold by the Company pursuant to an effective Registration Statement.

 

(i) Upon surrender to the Registrar of such a Security for registration of transfer that is certificated, accompanied by a written instrument of conveyance in form and substance satisfactory to the Company (and the Registrar, if the Company is not the Registrar) executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing, the Company will execute and the Trustee will authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees, one or more new Securities denominated as authorized by this Indenture and of a like aggregate principal amount and containing identical terms and provisions.

 

(ii) In the case of such Securities that are book-entry only and not certificated, transfers shall be effected on the book-entry system maintained in accordance with Section 2.13 upon receipt by the Company (and the Registrar, if the Company is not the Registrar) of a written instrument of transfer in form and substance satisfactory to the Company, duly executed by the Holder thereof or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing.

 

(iii) In the case of such Securities that are represented by a Global Security, transfers of such Global Security itself shall only be effected in accordance with Section 2.15(b).

 

(iv) No Beneficial Holder of an interest in a Global Security will be able to transfer that interest except in accordance with the applicable procedures of the Depositary and any other procedures specified herein.

 

  16  

 

 

(b) In cases where Securities shall not have been offered and sold by the Company pursuant to an effective Registration Statement (such Securities being referred to as “ Restricted Indenture Securities ”), such Securities may be transferred only with the prior written consent of the Company. Any such requests shall be:

 

(i) made to the Registrar in writing on a form supplied by the Registrar;

 

(ii) duly executed by the Holder of the Restricted Indenture Security, as reflected on the Registrar’s records as of the date of receipt of such transfer request, or such Holder’s attorney duly authorized in writing;

 

(iii) accompanied by the written consent of the Company to the transfer (which consent may not be unreasonably withheld), unless the Company is then serving as Registrar; and

 

(iv) if requested by the Company or the Registrar, be accompanied by (A) an opinion of Holder’s counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the requesting party) that the transfer does not violate any applicable securities laws, and (B) a signature guarantee.

 

Upon transfer of a Security, the Company, or the Registrar on behalf of the Company, will provide the new registered owner of the Security with a Written Confirmation that will evidence the transfer of the Security in the Securities Register and will establish a corresponding Account.

 

The Company or the Registrar may assess reasonable service charges to a Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange, and the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange pursuant to Section 9.5).

 

(c) With respect to the relevant Regular Record Date, the Company shall treat the Person listed as a “Holder” on each Account maintained by the Registrar as the absolute owner of the Security represented thereby for purposes of receiving payments thereon and for all other purposes whatsoever.

 

Section 2.7 PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST; PRINCIPAL AND INTEREST RIGHTS PRESERVED

 

(a) Each Security shall accrue interest at the rate specified for such Security in the Securities Register and such interest shall be payable on each Payment Date following the Issue Date for such Security, until the principal thereof becomes due and payable. Any installment of interest payable on a Security that is caused to be punctually paid or duly provided for by the Company on the applicable Payment Date shall be paid to the Holder in whose name such Security is registered in the Securities Register on the applicable Regular Record Date with respect to the Securities outstanding, by electronic deposit to such Holder’s Payment Account as it appears in the Securities Register on such Regular Record Date. The payment of any interest payable in connection with the payment of any principal payable with respect to such Security upon maturity shall be payable as provided below. In the event any payments made by electronic deposit are not accepted into the Holder’s Payment Account for any reason, such funds shall be held in accordance with Section 2.4 and Section 8.3. Any installment of interest not punctually paid or duly provided for shall be payable in the manner and to the Holders as specified in Section 2.10.

 

  17  

 

 

(b) Each of the Securities shall have stated maturities of principal as shall be indicated on such Securities or in the Written Confirmation and as set forth in the Securities Register. The principal of each Security shall be paid in full pursuant to Section 2.1(f), unless the term of such Security is renewed pursuant to Section 2.1(h) or such Security becomes due and payable at an earlier date by acceleration, redemption, repurchase or otherwise. Interest on each Security shall be due and payable on each Payment Date at the interest rate applicable to such Security for the Interest Accrual Period related to such Security and such Payment Date. Notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions with respect to payments of principal of and interest on the Securities, if the Securities have become or been declared due and payable following an Event of Default, then payments of principal of and interest on the Securities shall be made in accordance with Article 6. If certificated securities are issued, then the principal payment made on any Security upon its maturity (or the Redemption Price or the Repurchase Price of any Security required to be redeemed or repurchased, respectively), and any accrued interest thereon, shall be payable on the applicable Payment Date therefor at the office or agency of the Company maintained by it for such purpose pursuant to Section 2.3 or at the office of any Paying Agent for such Security.

 

Section 2.8 OUTSTANDING SECURITIES

 

(a) The Securities outstanding at any time are the outstanding principal balances of all Accounts owning Securities maintained by the Registrar.

 

(b) If the principal amount of any Security is considered paid under Section 4.1, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.

 

(c) Subject to Section 2.9, a Security does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or an Affiliate of the Company holds the Security.

 

Section 2.9 TREASURY SECURITIES

 

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Securities have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Securities owned by the Company or any Affiliate of the Company shall be considered as though not outstanding except that, for purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Securities that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so disregarded.

 

Section 2.10 DEFAULTED INTEREST

 

If the Company defaults in a payment of interest on any Security, it shall pay such defaulted interest and, to the extent lawful, any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Holder of such Security on a subsequent special Payment Date, which date shall be at the earliest practicable date, but in all events within 21 days following the scheduled Payment Date for the defaulted interest, in each case at the rate provided in the Security. The Regular Record Date for the scheduled Payment Date shall be the record date for the special Payment Date. Prior to any such special Payment Date, the Company (or the Trustee, in the name of and at the expense of the Company) shall mail to Holder(s) a notice identifying the special Payment Date and the amount of such interest to be paid.

 

  18  

 

 

Section 2.11 TEMPORARY NOTES

 

If Securities are issued in certificated form in the circumstances contemplated under Section 2.14, then, pending the preparation of definitive Securities, the Company may execute, and direct that the Trustee authenticate and deliver, temporary Securities which are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive Securities, in lieu of which they are issued and with such appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as the officers executing such Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities.

 

If temporary Securities are issued, the Company will cause definitive Securities to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of definitive Securities, the temporary Securities shall be exchangeable for definitive Securities upon surrender of the temporary Securities at any office or agency of the Registrar without charge to the Holder.

 

Upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefore a like principal amount of definitive Securities of authorized denominations. Until so exchanged the temporary Securities shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as definitive Securities.

 

Section 2.12 EXECUTION, AUTHENTICATION AND DELIVERY

 

(a) Subject to subsection (b) below, the Securities shall be executed on behalf of the Company by an Officer and attested by its Secretary or Assistant Secretary. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual, facsimile or electronic (.pdf). Securities bearing the manual, facsimile or electronic signatures of individuals who were at any time the proper Officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date of such Securities.

 

At the time of and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture, the Company will deliver definitive or certificated forms of Securities, if any, executed by the Company to the Trustee for authentication, together with a direction from the Company for the authentication and delivery of such Securities. The Trustee in accordance with such direction from the Company shall authenticate and deliver such Securities as in this Indenture provided and not otherwise. Securities issued hereunder shall be dated as of their Issue Date.

 

No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Security an authentication executed by or on behalf of the Trustee by manual signature, and such authentication upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder and is entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.

 

  19  

 

 

(b) Notwithstanding the preceding subsection (a) of this Section, in connection with the issuance of each Security in book-entry form pursuant to Section 2.13, each Security shall be deemed to be executed and attested to by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, in the same manner as provided in the preceding subsection (a), upon the delivery by the Company (or the Company’s duly authorized Agent) to the Holder of such Security of a Written Confirmation, with a copy of such Written Confirmation delivered to the Trustee, and the establishment by the Registrar of an Account for such Security in the name of the Holder in the Securities Register.

 

Section 2.13 BOOK-ENTRY REGISTRATION

 

Except as set forth in Section 2.14 or Section 2.15, the Registrar shall maintain a book-entry registration and transfer system through the establishment and maintenance of Accounts for the benefit of Holders of Securities as the sole method of recording the ownership and transfer of ownership interests in such Securities. The registered owners of the Accounts established by the Registrar in connection with the purchase or transfer of the Securities shall be deemed to be the Holders of the Securities outstanding for all purposes under this Indenture. The Company (or its duly authorized Agent) shall promptly notify the Registrar of the acceptance of a subscriber’s purchase of a Security by providing a copy of the related Written Confirmation, and, upon receipt of such notices, the Registrar shall establish an Account for such Security by recording a credit to its book-entry registration and transfer system to the Account of the related Holder of such Security for the principal amount of such Security owned by such Holder and issue a Written Confirmation to the Holder, with a copy being delivered to the Trustee, on behalf of the Company. The Registrar shall make appropriate credit and debit entries within each Account to record all of the applicable actions under this Indenture that relate to the ownership of the related Security and issue Written Confirmations to the related Holders as set forth herein, with copies being delivered to the Trustee, on behalf of the Company. For example, the total amount of any principal or interest due and payable to the Holders of the Accounts maintained by the Registrar as provided in this Indenture shall be credited to such Accounts by the Registrar within the time frames provided in this Indenture, and the amount of any payments of principal and/or interest distributed to the Holders of the Accounts as provided in this Indenture shall be debited to such Accounts by the Registrar. The Trustee may review the book-entry registration and transfer system as it deems necessary to ensure the Registrar’s compliance with the terms of the Indenture.

 

Section 2.14 CERTIFICATES

 

Book-entry Accounts evidencing ownership of the Securities may, at the request of a Holder, be exchanged at the end of each Fiscal Quarter for a certificated form of Securities (or earlier, if agreed to by the Company). In addition, at the election of the Company, upon written notice to the Trustee the Company may elect to terminate the book-entry system. Finally, promptly after the occurrence of any Event of Default, the Trustee shall notify all Holders of the Securities of such event and the availability of certificated forms of Securities pursuant to exchange, and the Company shall effect such exchange at the end of a Fiscal Quarter for all Holders if the Holders of a majority of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Securities (as determined based upon the latest quarterly statement provided to the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.5) advise the Trustee in writing that the continuation of the book-entry system is no longer in the best interests of such Holders.

 

  20  

 

 

Section 2.15 GLOBAL SECURITIES

 

(a) A resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company, a supplemental indenture hereto or an Officers’ Certificate shall establish whether the Securities shall be issued in whole or in part in the form of one or more Global Securities and identify the Depositary for such Global Security or Securities.

 

(b) Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary contained in Section 2.6 and in addition thereto, any Global Security shall be exchangeable pursuant to Section 2.6 for Securities registered in the names of Holders other than the Depositary for such Security or its nominee only if (i) such Depositary notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary for such Global Security or if at any time such Depositary ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act, and, in either case, the Company fails to appoint a successor Depositary registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act within 90 days of such event or (ii) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that such Global Security shall be so exchangeable. Any Global Security that is exchangeable pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be exchangeable for Securities registered in such names as the Depositary shall direct in writing in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Global Security with like tenor and terms.

 

Except as provided in this subsection (b), a Global Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary with respect to such Global Security to a nominee of such Depositary, by a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or another nominee of such Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such a successor Depositary.

 

(c) Any Global Security issued hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THIS SECURITY IS A GLOBAL SECURITY WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY. THIS SECURITY IS EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE ONLY IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY, BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY THE DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH A SUCCESSOR DEPOSITARY.

 

In addition, so long as DTC is the Depositary, each Global Security registered in the name of DTC or its nominee shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:

 

UNLESS THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION (“DTC”), TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY GLOBAL NOTE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

Such legends may be modified or added to in order to satisfy the requirements, customs or reasonable requests of a Depositary.

 

  21  

 

 

(d) The Depositary, as a Holder, may appoint agents and otherwise authorize participants to give or take any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action which a Holder is entitled to give or take under the Indenture.

 

(e) Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Indenture, unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 2.2, payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on any Global Security shall be made to the Holder thereof.

 

(f) The Company, the Trustee and any Agent shall treat a person as the Holder of such principal amount of outstanding Securities represented by a Global Security as shall be specified in a written statement of the Depositary or by the applicable procedures of such Depositary with respect to such Global Security, for purposes of obtaining any consents, declarations, waivers or directions required to be given by the Holders pursuant to this Indenture.

 

Section 2.16 INITIAL AND PERIODIC STATEMENTS

 

(a) The Registrar shall send Written Confirmations to initial purchasers, registered owners, registered pledgees, and former registered owners and former registered pledgees, within ten Business Days of its receipt of proper notice regarding the purchase, transfer or pledge of a Security, with copies of such Written Confirmations being delivered to the Trustee, on behalf of the Company.

 

(b) The Registrar shall send each Holder of a Security (and each registered pledgee) written notice (via first class U.S. mail, facsimile or electronic transmission) not later than ten Business Days after each quarter end in which such Holder had an outstanding balance in such Holder’s Account, a statement indicating as of the quarter end preceding the mailing: (i) the balance of such Account; (ii) interest credited for the period; (iii) repayments, redemptions or repurchases, if any, during the period; and (iv) the interest rates paid on the Securities in such Account during the period. The Registrar shall provide additional statements as the Holders or registered pledgees of the Securities may reasonably request from time to time. The Registrar may charge such Holders or pledgees requesting such statements a fee to cover the charges incurred by the Registrar in providing such additional statements. If a Holder refuses to accept or fails to provide the Company with information or consent to receive statements hereunder, and any additional information, electronically, the Registrar may also charge Holders or pledgees a fee to cover the expense incurred in providing such statements or additional information under this Section via facsimile or U.S. mail.

 

  22  

 

 

Section 2.17 APPOINTMENT OF AGENTS

 

The Company may from time to time engage Agents to perform its obligations and exercise its rights and discretion under the terms of this Indenture. In each such case, the Company will provide the Trustee with a copy of each agreement under which any such Agent is engaged and the name, address, telephone number and capacity of the Agent appointed. If any such Agent shall resign or be terminated by the Company, the Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of such resignation or termination, along with the name, address, telephone number and capacity of any successor Agent. Notwithstanding any engagement of an Agent hereunder, the Company shall remain obligated to fulfill each of its obligations under this Indenture.

 

Section 2.18 CUSIP Numbers

 

The Company may obtain and use one or more CUSIP numbers for the Securities (if then generally in use), and may also obtain and use different CUSIP numbers for Securities of the same class or series that have different Issue Dates, Maturity Dates or interest rates. If CUSIP numbers are so obtained, the Trustee shall use CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption or purchase as a convenience to Holders; provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice of a redemption or purchase, and any such redemption or purchase shall not be affected by any defect in or omission of such numbers. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

 

Article 3
REDEMPTION AND REPURCHASE

 

Section 3.1 REDEMPTION OF SECURITIES AT THE COMPANY’S ELECTION

 

(a) The Company may redeem, in whole or in part, any Security prior to its scheduled Maturity Date by providing, pursuant to Section 2.1(i), a Redemption Notice to the Holder thereof listed on the Securities Register, which notice shall include the Redemption Date and the Redemption Price to be paid to the Holder on the Redemption Date. No interest shall accrue on a Security to be redeemed under this Section 3.1 for any period of time after the Redemption Date for such Security, provided that the Company or the Paying Agent has timely tendered the Redemption Price to the Holder.

 

(b) The Company shall have no mandatory redemption or sinking fund obligations with respect to any of the Securities.

 

(c) In its sole discretion, the Company may offer certain Holders the ability to extend the maturity of an existing Security through the redemption of such Security and the issuance of a new Security. This redemption option shall not be subject to the 30-day notice of redemption described in Section 2.1(i).

 

  23  

 

 

Section 3.2 REPURCHASE OF SECURITIES AT THE HOLDER’S REQUEST

 

(a) Subject to subsection (c) below, within 45 days of the death, Total Permanent Disability or Bankruptcy of a Holder or Beneficial Holder who is a natural person (a “ Holder Redemption Event ”), the estate of such Holder or Beneficial Holder (in the event of death), or such Holder, Beneficial Holder or legal representative of such Holder or Beneficial Holder (in the event of Total Permanent Disability or Bankruptcy) may require the Company to repurchase, in whole but not in part, without penalty, the Securities held by such Holder (including Securities of the Holder held in his or her individual retirement accounts) or such Holder’s beneficial interest in a Global Security (including the beneficial interests of the Beneficial Holder held through his or her individual retirement accounts), as the case may be, by delivering to the Company a Repurchase Request; provided, however, that in the case of a Repurchase Request by a Beneficial Holder, such Repurchase Request shall be valid only if delivered through the Depositary, in its capacity as the registered Holder of the Global Security with respect to which such Beneficial Holder holds his or her beneficial interest in a Security.

 

Any Repurchase Request shall specify the particular Holder Redemption Event giving rise to the right of the Holder or Beneficial Holder to have his or her Securities or beneficial interest in a Global Security repurchased by the Company. If a Security or beneficial interest in a Global Security is held jointly by natural persons who are legally married, then a Repurchase Request may be made by (i) the surviving Holder or Beneficial Holder upon the occurrence of a Holder Redemption Event arising by virtue of a death, or (ii) the disabled or bankrupt Holder or Beneficial Holder (or a legal representative) upon the occurrence of a Holder Redemption Event arising by virtue of a Total Permanent Disability or Bankruptcy. In the event a Security or beneficial interest in a Global Security is held together by two or more natural persons that are not legally married (regardless of whether held as joint tenants, co-tenants or otherwise), neither of these persons shall have the right to request that the Company repurchase such Security or beneficial interest in a Global Security unless a Holder Redemption Event has occurred for all such co-Holders or co-Beneficial Holders of such Security. A Holder or Beneficial Holder that is not an individual natural person does not have the right to request repurchase under this Section.

 

(b) Subject to subsection (c) below, a Holder or Beneficial Holder may request (but not require, other than under circumstances described in subsection (a) above) the Company to repurchase, in whole but not in part, the Security held by a Holder, or the beneficial interest in a Global Security held by a Beneficial Holder, by delivering a Repurchase Request to the Company; provided, however, that in the case of a Repurchase Request by a Beneficial Holder, such Repurchase Request shall be valid only if delivered through the Depositary, in its capacity as the registered Holder of the Global Security with respect to which such Beneficial Holder holds his or her beneficial interest in a Security. Any such requested repurchase shall be made only at the Company’s discretion and, if made, will be subject to an early Repurchase Penalty to be deducted from the payment of such Holder’s or Beneficial Holder’s Repurchase Price on the Repurchase Date. The early repurchase penalty (the “ Repurchase Penalty ”) shall be equal to six percent (6.00%) of the principal amount of the Security being repurchased.

 

(c) Upon receipt of a Repurchase Request under subsection (a) above, or a Repurchase Request under subsection (b) above that the Company elects in its sole discretion to accept, the Company shall designate a date for the repurchase of such Security (the “ Repurchase Date ”), which date shall not be later than the 15th day of the month next following the month in which the Company receives facts or certifications establishing to the reasonable satisfaction of the Company the occurrence of a Holder Redemption Event or, in the case of a Repurchase Request granted pursuant to subsection (b) above, a date selected by the Company but no earlier than ten days and no later than 45 days after the Company’s acceptance of the Repurchase Request. On the Repurchase Date, the Company shall pay the Repurchase Price to the Holder, or the estate of the Holder, in accordance with Section 2.7. No interest shall accrue on a Security to be repurchased under this Section for any period of time on or after the Repurchase Date for such Security, provided that the Company or the Paying Agent has timely tendered the Repurchase Price to the Holder or the estate of the Holder, as the case may be.

 

  24  

 

 

(d) The Company may waive or reduce any early Repurchase Penalty in its sole discretion, and may at any time eliminate or modify its policy regarding the repurchase of Securities at the request of Holders or Beneficial Holders, including requests made by Holders or Beneficial Holders in connection with any Holder Redemption Event; provided, however, that no such elimination or modification shall adversely affect the rights of Holders or Beneficial Holders whose Securities the Company is then obligated to repurchase pursuant to pending repurchases under subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 3.2.

 

Article 4
COVENANTS

 

Section 4.1 PAYMENT OF SECURITIES

 

(a) The Company shall duly pay the principal of and interest on each Security on the dates and in the manner provided under this Indenture. Principal and interest (to the extent such interest is paid in cash) shall be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent, if other than the Company, holds, at least one Business Day before that date, money deposited by the Company in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal and interest then due; provided, however, that principal and interest shall not be considered paid within the meaning of this Section if money is instead held by the Paying Agent for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt pursuant to the provisions of Article 10. Such Paying Agent shall return to the Company, no later than five days following the date of payment, any money (including accrued interest, if any) that exceeds such amount of principal and interest paid on the Securities in accordance with this Section.

 

(b) To the extent lawful, the Company shall pay interest (including Post-Petition Interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate borne by the Securities, compounded semi-annually.

 

Section 4.2 MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY

 

(a) The Company will maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) where Securities may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee.

 

(b) The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Securities may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

(c) The Company hereby designates its office at 220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200, Minneapolis, MN 55402, as one such office or agency of the Company in accordance with Section 2.3.

 

  25  

 

 

Section 4.3 SEC REPORTS AND REPORTS TO THE TRUSTEE

 

(a) The Company shall provide to the Trustee:

 

(i) within 45 days after filing with the SEC, paper copies or, if such documents are readily available on the SEC’s website, notification of the availability of, the annual reports and of the information, documents, and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the SEC may by rules and regulations prescribe) that the Company is required to file with the SEC pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

 

(ii) so long as not contrary to the then-current recommendations of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, annual financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (i) above shall be accompanied by a written statement of the Company’s independent public accountants to the effect that, in making the examination necessary for certification of such financial statements, nothing has come to their attention which would lead them to believe that the Company has violated the provisions of Section 4.1 of this Indenture or, if any such violation has occurred, specifying the nature and period of existence thereof, it being understood that such accountants shall not be liable directly or indirectly to any Person for any failure to obtain knowledge of any such violation.

 

The Company shall otherwise comply with the periodic reporting requirements as set forth in TIA §314(a), and the Company shall file with the Trustee and the SEC, in accordance with the rules and regulations prescribed by the SEC, such additional information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company with the conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such rules and regulations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Trustee shall have no duty to review such documents for purposes of determining compliance with any provisions of the Indenture.

 

(b) The Company, or such other entity as the Company shall designate as Registrar, shall provide the Trustee at intervals of not more than six months with management reports providing the Trustee with such information regarding the Accounts maintained by the Company for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities as the Trustee may reasonably request, which information shall include at least the following for the relevant time interval from the date of the immediately preceding report: (i) the outstanding balance of each Account at the end of the period; (ii) interest credited for the period; (iii) repayments, repurchases and redemptions, if any, made during the period; and (iv) the interest rate paid on each Security in such Account maintained by the Registrar during the period.

 

(c) Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture to the contrary, the Company shall not have any obligation to maintain any of its securities (including the Securities hereunder), including without limitation its common stock, as securities registered under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act, or as securities listed and publicly traded on any national securities exchange.

 

  26  

 

 

Section 4.4 COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

(a) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 45 days after the end of each Fiscal Quarter, commencing with the Fiscal Quarter ending after the first Issue Date of any Security hereunder, an Officers’ Certificate:

 

(i) stating that a review of the activities of the Company during the preceding Fiscal Quarter has been made under the supervision of the signing Officers with a view to determining whether the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled its obligations under this Indenture, and further stating, as to each such Officer signing such certificate, that to the best of their knowledge the Company has kept, observed, performed and fulfilled each and every covenant contained in this Indenture and is not in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms, provisions and conditions hereof (or, if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto), and that to the best of their knowledge no event has occurred and remains in existence by reason of which payments on account of the principal of or interest, if any, on the Securities are prohibited or, if such event has occurred, a description of such event and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto; and

 

(ii) attaching thereto calculations with respect to the Company’s compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 4.7.

 

(b) The Company will, so long as any of the Securities are outstanding, deliver to the Trustee, forthwith upon any Officer becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, an Officers’ Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

Section 4.5 STAY, EXTENSION AND USURY LAWS

 

The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all beneficial advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

 

Section 4.6 LIQUIDATION

 

The Board of Directors or the stockholders of the Company shall not adopt a plan of liquidation that provides for, contemplates or the effectuation of which is preceded by (a) the merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, otherwise than (i) substantially as an entirety (Section 5.1 of this Indenture being the Section hereof which governs any such merger, sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition substantially as an entirety), or (ii) any Qualified Sales and Financing Transaction, and (b) the distribution of all or substantially all of the proceeds of such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition, and of the remaining assets of the Company, to the holders of capital stock of the Company, unless the Company, prior to making any liquidating distribution pursuant to such plan, makes provision for the satisfaction of the Company’s Obligations hereunder and under the Securities as to the payment of principal and interest.

 

  27  

 

 

Section 4.7 FINANCIAL COVENANT – DEBT COVERAGE RATIO

 

The Company covenants that, so long as any of the Securities are outstanding, the aggregate principal amount of all the Company’s Indebtedness from time to time outstanding hereunder shall not cause the Debt Coverage Ratio to exceed ninety percent (90%). The “ Debt Coverage Ratio ” is a ratio, expressed as percentage, of (A) the aggregate sum of all Indebtedness of the Company and its direct or indirect Subsidiaries (including the Securities issued in this Indenture); over (B) the sum of (i) Net Present Asset Value of all Life Insurance Policies owned by the Company and its direct or indirect Subsidiaries or Affiliates plus (ii) all cash (and cash equivalents) held by the Company and its direct or indirect Subsidiaries or Affiliates.

 

Section 4.8 RESTRICTION ON DIVIDENDS

 

The Company covenants that, so long as any of the Securities are outstanding, it shall not declare or pay any dividends or other payments of cash or other property solely on account of the Capital Stock to its stockholders (other than any dividend payable in shares of or rights to acquire shares of Capital Stock on a pro rata basis to all stockholders), unless no Default or Event of Default then exists or would exist immediately following the declaration or payment of such dividend or other payment.

 

Section 4.9 FINANCING TRANSACTIONS AND ADDITIONAL INDEBTEDNESS

 

Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary within this Indenture, the Company shall not be prohibited, restricted or otherwise limited under this Indenture from entering into, sponsoring or conducting any Qualified Sales and Financing Transaction that provides for the issuance of Senior Debt. Except for Senior Debt and as otherwise provided for herein or permitted hereunder, the Company shall not, without the approval of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities, incur Indebtedness subsequent to the date hereof which is senior in right to payment on or from the Collateral; provided, however, that the Company may incur Indebtedness, including secured Indebtedness, which is Pari Passu Debt.

 

Article 5
SUCCESSORS

 

Section 5.1 WHEN THE COMPANY MAY MERGE, ETC.

 

(a) The Company may not consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Company is the surviving corporation), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties or assets in one or more related transactions to another Person unless:

 

(i) the Company is the surviving entity, or the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition shall have been made, is a corporation, limited liability company or limited partnership organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

  28  

 

 

(ii) the Person formed by or surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Company), or the Person to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition will have been made, assumes all the obligations of the Company, pursuant to a supplemental indenture in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, under the Securities and this Indenture; and

 

(iii) immediately after such transaction, and after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.

 

(b) The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, prior to the consummation of the proposed transaction, an Officers’ Certificate to the foregoing effect and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the proposed transaction and such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture. The Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon such Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel.

 

Section 5.2 SUCCESSOR ENTITY SUBSTITUTED

 

Upon any consolidation, merger, or sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company in accordance with Section 5.1, the successor Person formed by such consolidation, or the Person into or with which the Company is merged or to which such sale, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor Person has been named as the Company herein. Upon such succession and substitution, the Company shall be released from all of its obligations and liabilities under this Indenture and the Securities.

 

Article 6
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

 

Section 6.1 EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

An “ Event of Default ” occurs if:

 

(a) the Company fails to pay interest on a Security when the same becomes due and payable and such failure continues for a period of 30 days, whether or not such payment is prohibited by the provisions of Article 10;

 

(b) the Company fails to pay the principal amount of any Security when the same becomes due and payable after maturity, on a Repurchase Date, Redemption Date or Payment Date (that relates to a Maturity Date) or otherwise, and such failure continues for a period of 30 days, whether or not prohibited by the provisions of Article 10;

 

(c) the Company fails to observe or perform any material covenant, condition or agreement on the part of the Company under this Indenture or the Company breaches any material representation or warranty of the Company under this Indenture (other than the covenants referenced in paragraph (d) below), and such failure or breach continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the Company’s receipt of written notice of such failure or breach;

 

  29  

 

 

(d) the Debt Coverage Ratio exceeds 90% for a period of 30 consecutive days, and thereafter continues unremedied for a period of 60 days after the Company’s receipt of written notice of such failure or breach;

 

(e) the Company defaults in any other material financial obligation of the Company under the documents or agreements relating to Pari Passu Debt, subject, however, to any applicable cure periods contained in such documents and agreements and further subject to any waivers, forbearances or consents by the holders of such Pari Passu Debt;

 

(f) the Company, pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law, (i) commences a voluntary case; (ii) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case; (iii) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property; (iv) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors; or (v) admits in writing its inability to pay debts as the same become due;

 

(g) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that (i) is for relief against the Company in an involuntary case; (ii) appoints a custodian of the Company or for all or substantially all of its property; (iii) orders the liquidation of the Company, and in each case the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 120 consecutive days; or

 

(h) the Company ceases conducting its business (including, for this purpose, the business conducted by or through any direct or indirect Subsidiaries) or liquidates all or substantially all of its assets (meaning, for this purpose, all or substantially all of the combined assets of the Company and its direct and indirect Subsidiaries).

 

The term “ Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11 of the U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors. The term “custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

A Default under clauses (c) or (d) of this Section 6.1 (except for a Default with respect to Section 4.6 or Section 5.1) is not an Event of Default hereunder until the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities provide the Company with written notice of the Default, and the Company does not cure the Default (or such Default is not waived pursuant to Section 6.4 within 60 days after receipt of the notice). A written notice under this Section must specify the Default, demand that it be remedied and state that the notice is a “Notice of Default.”

 

Section 6.2 ACCELERATION

 

If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(f) or Section 6.1(g)) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities by written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may declare the unpaid principal of and any accrued but unpaid interest on all the Securities to be due and payable. Upon such declaration, all unpaid principal of and accrued interest on all Securities shall be due and payable immediately; provided, however, that if any Indebtedness or Obligation is outstanding pursuant to Senior Debt, then such a declaration of acceleration shall not become effective until the earlier of (i) the day which is five Business Days after the receipt by each of the Company and the holders of Senior Debt of such written notice of acceleration or (ii) the date of acceleration of any Indebtedness under any Senior Debt. If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(f) or Section 6.1(g) occurs, then all unpaid principal of and accrued interest on all Securities shall become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

 

  30  

 

 

Section 6.3 OTHER REMEDIES

 

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may, after a declaration of acceleration under Section 6.2, pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal or interest on the Securities or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Securities or this Indenture as directed in writing to the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities, subject, however, to the provisions of Article 10. The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Securities or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.

 

Section 6.4 WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS

 

Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities by notice to the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of all Securities, waive any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences under this Indenture, including without limitation a rescission of an acceleration pursuant to Section 6.2, except for (i) a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of interest on or the principal of any Security held by a non-consenting Holder, or (ii) any waiver that would conflict with any applicable judgment or decree. Upon actual receipt of any such notice of waiver by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereon.

 

Section 6.5 CONTROL BY MAJORITY

 

The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it, on the condition that indemnification for the Trustee’s fees and expenses, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, shall have been provided. Nevertheless, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

Section 6.6 LIMITATION ON SUITS

 

A Holder may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture only if:

 

(a) the Holder gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;

 

(b) the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(c) such Holder or Holders offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(d) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and

 

(e) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

 

  31  

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder.

 

Section 6.7 RIGHTS OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PAYMENT

 

Except as set forth in this Indenture, including but not limited to Article 10, the right of any Holder of a Security to receive payment of principal and interest on the Security, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Security, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of the Holder.

 

Section 6.8 COLLECTION SUIT BY TRUSTEE

 

If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(a) or Section 6.1(b) occurs and is continuing, subject to Article 10, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company for the whole amount of principal and interest remaining unpaid on the Securities and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

 

Section 6.9 TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM

 

(a) The Trustee is authorized, subject to Article 10, to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Securities), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims, and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties which the Holders of the Securities may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.

 

(b) If the Trustee does not file a proper claim or proof of debt in the form required in any such proceeding prior to 30 days before the expiration of the time to file such claims or proofs, then any holder of Senior Debt shall have the right to demand, sue for, collect and receive the payments and distributions in respect of the Securities which are required to be paid or delivered to the holders of Senior Debt as provided in Article 10 and to file and prove all claims therefor and to take all such other action in the name of the Holders or otherwise, as such holder of Senior Debt may determine to be necessary or appropriate for the enforcement of the provisions of Article 10.

 

  32  

 

 

Section 6.10 PRIORITIES

 

If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article, it shall, subject to the provisions of Article 10, pay out the money in the following order:

 

(a) FIRST: to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.7, including payment of all compensation, expenses and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, if any, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

(b) SECOND: to holders of Senior Debt to the extent required by Article 10;

 

(c) THIRD: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Securities and Pari Passu Debt for principal and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Securities and Pari Passu Debt for principal and interest, respectively; and

 

(d) FOURTH: to the Company or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.

 

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders.

 

Section 6.11 UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS

 

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.7, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities.

 

Article 7
TRUSTEE

 

Section 7.1 DUTIES OF TRUSTEE

 

(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.

 

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

 

(i) The duties of the Trustee shall be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee.

 

  33  

 

 

(ii) In the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon resolutions, statements, reports, documents, orders, certificates, opinions or other instruments furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, in the case of any of the above that are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee pursuant to this Indenture, the Trustee shall examine them to determine whether they substantially conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own grossly negligent action, its own grossly negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(i) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b)(i) and (b)(ii) of this Section;

 

(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proven that the Trustee was grossly negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

 

(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable to the Holders with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.5.

 

(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of this Section.

 

(e) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee may refuse to perform any duty or exercise any right or power unless it receives indemnity satisfactory to it against any loss, liability or expense.

 

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money received by it, except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company or, except with respect to any money held by the Trustee over a holiday or weekend, in which event the Trustee shall remit to the Company the interest earnings on such money at a rate equal to the then current rate for money market funds invested by the Trustee; provided, that the Company has directed the Trustee to invest such money. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

Section 7.2 RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE

 

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely upon any document reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented to it by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document. The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the Company’s covenants in Article 4. In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or any Event of Default except any Default or Event of Default of which the Trustee shall have received written notification or obtained actual knowledge. Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Sections Section 4.3(a), Section 4.3(b), and Section 4.4(a) is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely conclusively on Officers’ Certificates).

 

  34  

 

 

(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officers’ Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel, or both. The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officers’ Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may consult with counsel at the Company’s expense and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

 

(c) The Trustee may act through agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence or the supervision of any agents, attorneys, custodians or nominees appointed by it with due care.

 

(d) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

 

(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Company shall be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Company.

 

(f) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of an Event of Default for any purpose under this Indenture unless notified of such Event of Default by the Company, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company) or a Holder of the Securities.

 

Section 7.3 INDIVIDUAL RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE

 

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Securities and may otherwise deal with the Company or an Affiliate of the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee is subject to Section 7.10 and Section 7.11.

 

Section 7.4 TRUSTEE’S DISCLAIMER

 

The Trustee shall not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture or the Securities, it shall not be accountable for the Company’s use of the proceeds from the Securities or any money paid to the Company or upon the Company’s direction under any provision hereof, it shall not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee and it shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Securities or any other document in connection with the sale of the Securities or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.

 

Section 7.5 NOTICE OF DEFAULTS

 

If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to Holders a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. At least five Business Days prior to the mailing of any notice to Holders under this Section 7.5, the Trustee shall provide the Company with notice of its intent to mail such notice. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment on any Security, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as the Responsible Officer of the Trustee in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders.

 

  35  

 

 

Section 7.6 REPORTS BY TRUSTEE TO HOLDERS

 

(a) Within 60 days of the end of each Fiscal Year, commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011, the Trustee shall mail to Holders (with a copy to the Company) a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA §313(a); provided, that if no event described in TIA §313(a) has occurred within the 12 months preceding the reporting date, no report need be prepared or transmitted. The Trustee also shall comply with TIA §313(b). The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA §313(c).

 

(b) Commencing at the time this Indenture is qualified under the TIA, a copy of each report mailed to Holders under this Section 7.6 (at the time of its mailing to Holders) shall be filed with the SEC and each stock exchange, if any, on which the Securities are listed. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee if and when the Securities are listed on any stock exchange.

 

Section 7.7 COMPENSATION AND INDEMNITY

 

(a) The Company shall pay to the Trustee from time to time reasonable compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and its performance of the duties and services required hereunder. The Trustee’s compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.

 

(b) The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trustee, both in its individual capacity and as Trustee, against any and all losses, liabilities or expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, except as set forth in paragraph (d) below.

 

(c) The obligations of the Company to pay compensation under paragraph (a) above through the date of termination, and for indemnification under paragraph (b) above, shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

(d) The Company need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability incurred by the Trustee through its own gross negligence, bad faith, willful misconduct or simple negligence in the handling and disbursement of funds.

 

(e) To secure the Company’s payment obligations in this Section, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Holders on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on the Securities or to pay Senior Debt. Such lien shall survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.

 

(f) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(f) or Section 6.1(g) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

  36  

 

 

Section 7.8 REPLACEMENT OF TRUSTEE

 

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee shall become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section.

 

(b) The Trustee may resign at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Company. The Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities may remove the Trustee (including any successor Trustee) at any time by so notifying the Trustee and the Company in writing. The Company may remove the Trustee if:

 

(i) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10;

 

(ii) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(iii) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property;

 

(iv) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting as Trustee under this Indenture, or

 

(v) the Company so elects, provided such replacement Trustee is qualified.

 

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

 

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after notice that the Trustee has resigned or has been removed, the Company or the Trustee or the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(e) If the Trustee after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months fails to comply with Section 7.10, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

(f) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to all Holders. The retiring Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.7. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section, the Company’s obligations to pay compensation under Section 7.7(a) through the date of termination, and for indemnification under Section 7.7(b) shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

 

  37  

 

 

Section 7.9 SUCCESSOR TRUSTEE BY MERGER, ETC.

 

If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act shall be the successor Trustee.

 

Section 7.10 ELIGIBILITY; DISQUALIFICATION

 

(a) There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state or territory thereof or of the District of Columbia authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, shall be subject to supervision or examination by federal, state, territorial or District of Columbia authority and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $5,000,000 as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.

 

(b) (b) This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §310(a)(1) and (2). The Trustee shall be subject to TIA §310(b).

 

Section 7.11 PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY

 

The Trustee shall be subject to TIA §311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA §311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA §311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

Article 8
DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

Section 8.1 TERMINATION OF COMPANY’S OBLIGATIONS

 

(a) This Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except that the Company’s obligations to pay compensation under Section 7.7(a) through the date of termination, and for indemnification under Section 7.7(b) and its obligations under Section 8.4, and the Company’s, Trustee’s and Paying Agent’s obligations under Section 8.3 shall survive) when, without violating Article 10, all outstanding Securities have been paid in full and the Company has paid all sums payable by the Company hereunder. In addition, the Company may terminate all of its obligations under this Indenture if, without violating Article 10:

 

(i) the Company irrevocably deposits in trust with the Trustee or, at the option of the Trustee, with a trustee reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company under the terms of an irrevocable trust agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, money or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient (as certified by an independent public accountant designated by the Company) to pay principal and interest on the Securities to maturity or redemption, as the case may be, and to pay all other sums payable by it hereunder, provided that (A) the trustee of the irrevocable trust shall have been irrevocably instructed to pay such money or the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to the Trustee and (B) the Trustee shall have been irrevocably instructed to apply such money or the proceeds of such U.S. Government Obligations to the payment of said principal and interest with respect to the Securities;

 

  38  

 

 

(ii) the Company delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with; and

 

(iii) no Default or Event of Default with respect to the Securities shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit.

 

Then, this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect (except as provided in this paragraph), and the Trustee, on demand of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging confirmation of and discharge under this Indenture. The Company may make the deposit only if Article 10 does not prohibit such payment. However, the Company’s obligations in Section 2.3 through Section 2.7, Section 4.2, Section 7.7(c), Section 7.8, Section 8.3 and Section 8.4, and the Trustee’s and Paying Agent’s obligations in Section 8.3, shall survive until no Securities are outstanding. Thereafter, only the Company’s obligations to pay compensation under Section 7.7(a) through the date of termination, and for indemnification under Section 7.7(b), its obligations under Section 8.4 and the Company’s, Trustee’s and Paying Agent’s obligations in Section 8.3 shall survive.

 

(b) After such irrevocable deposit made pursuant to this Section and satisfaction of the other conditions set forth herein, the Trustee upon written request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified above.

 

(c) In order to have money available on a payment date to pay principal or interest on the Securities, U.S. Government Obligations shall be payable as to principal or interest at least one Business Day before such payment date in such amounts as will provide the necessary money. U.S. Government Obligations shall not be callable at the issuer’s option.

 

Section 8.2 APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY

 

The Trustee or a trustee satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company shall hold in trust money or U.S. Government Obligations deposited with it pursuant to Section 8.1. It shall apply the deposited money and the money from U.S. Government Obligations through the Paying Agent and in accordance with this Indenture to the payment of principal and interest on the Securities.

 

Section 8.3 REPAYMENT TO COMPANY

 

(a) The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall promptly pay to the Company upon written request any excess money or securities held by them at any time.

 

(b) The Trustee and the Paying Agent shall pay to the Company upon written request any money held by them for the payment of principal or interest on the Securities that remains unclaimed for two years after the date upon which such payment shall have become due; provided, that the Company shall have either caused notice of such payment to be mailed to each Holder entitled thereto no less than 30 days prior to such repayment or within such period shall have published such notice in a newspaper of widespread circulation published in Hennepin County, Minnesota. After payment to the Company, Holders entitled to the money must look to the Company for payment as general creditors unless an applicable abandoned property law designates another Person, and all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agent with respect to such money shall cease.

 

  39  

 

 

Section 8.4 REINSTATEMENT

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.2 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Securities shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.1 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.2; provided, that if the Company has made any payment of interest on or principal of any Securities because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Securities to receive such payment, as long as no money is owed to the Trustee by the Company, from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

Article 9
AMENDMENTS

 

Amendments to this Indenture may be effected as described in this Article 9, whether pursuant to the execution and delivery of a document entitled “amendment” or pursuant to the execution and delivery of a “supplemental indenture,” including a supplemental indenture for the purpose of establishing a different class or series of Securities under this Indenture.

 

Section 9.1 WITHOUT CONSENT OF THE HOLDERS

 

The Company and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities without the consent of any Holder:

 

(a) to cure any ambiguity, defect or inconsistency;

 

(b) to comply with Section 5.1;

 

(c) to provide for the issuance of additional Securities or classes or series of Securities in conformity with this Indenture (including, for purposes of clarity, additional Securities or classes or series of Securities having rights, preferences or privileges different from those set forth herein);

 

(d) to make any change that does not materially and adversely affect the legal rights hereunder of any Holder, including but not limited to an increase in the aggregate dollar amount of class or series of Securities which may be outstanding under this Indenture;

 

(e) make any change in Section 3.2; provided, however, that no such change shall adversely affect the rights of any then-outstanding or issued Security;

 

(f) to comply with any requirements of the SEC in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

 

(g) to comply with the rules or policies of a Depositary of Securities; or

 

(h) in connection with an amendment, extension, replacement, renewal or substitution of Senior Debt, to amend the subordination provisions of this Indenture to conform to the reasonable requirements of the holder or holders of such Senior Debt.

 

  40  

 

 

Section 9.2 WITH CONSENT OF THE HOLDERS

 

(a) Other than as set forth in Section 9.1, the Company and the Trustee may amend this Indenture or the Securities with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities; provided, however, that if an amendment would affect fewer than all classes or series of Securities under this Indenture, then only the written consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding classes or series of Securities so affected shall be required.

 

The Holders of a majority in principal of the then-outstanding Securities may also waive on behalf of all Holders any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities (or class or series of Securities, as applicable). Nevertheless, without the consent of the Holder of each Security affected, an amendment or waiver under this Section may not (with respect to any Security held by a non-consenting Holder):

 

(i) reduce the aggregate principal amount of Securities whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;

 

(ii) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any outstanding Security;

 

(iii) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Security or alter the redemption provisions or the price at which the Company shall be entitled to accept an offer for repurchase of such Security pursuant to Section 3.1;

 

(iv) make any Security payable in money other than that stated in the Prospectus;

 

(v) make any change in Section 6.4 or Section 6.7;

 

(vi) make any change in Article 10 that materially adversely affects the rights of any Holders, or adversely affects the holders of Senior Debt; or

 

(vii) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or interest on any Security (except a rescission of acceleration of the Securities by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities, and a waiver of any payment default resulting from such acceleration).

 

(b) It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

(c) Any required consent of the Holders need not be affirmative. Consent of a Holder will be presumed if a Holder does not object within 30 days of a written request for consent so long as such written request specifically states in prominent type that the consent of the Holder will be presumed if no objection is made within the applicable 30-day period.

 

(d) After an amendment or waiver under this Section becomes effective, the Company shall mail to the Holders of each Security affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment or waiver. Any failure of the Company to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Section 6.4 and Section 6.7 and clauses (i) through (vii) of paragraph (a) above, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Securities then outstanding may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Company with any provision of this Indenture or the Securities.

 

  41  

 

 

Section 9.3 COMPLIANCE WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT

 

Every amendment to this Indenture shall be set forth in a supplemental indenture (or other written amendment) that complies with the TIA as then in effect if, at the time this Indenture is so amended, this Indenture is qualified under the TIA.

 

Section 9.4 EFFECT OF CONSENTS

 

(a) Until an amendment or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Security is a continuing consent by the Holder and every subsequent Holder of a Security or portion of a Security that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Security, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Security. An amendment or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.

 

(b) The Company may fix a record date for determining which Holders must consent to such amendment or waivers. If the Company fixes a record date, the record date shall be fixed at (i) the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders furnished to the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.5 prior to such solicitation, or (ii) such other date as the Company shall designate.

 

Section 9.5 NOTATION ON OR EXCHANGE OF SECURITIES

 

The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment or waiver on any Security, if certificated, or any Account statement. Failure to make any notation or issue a new Security shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment or waiver.

 

Section 9.6 TRUSTEE TO SIGN AMENDMENTS, ETC.

 

The Trustee shall sign any amendment or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if, in the Trustee’s reasonable discretion, the amendment does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does, the Trustee may, but need not, sign it. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment or supplemental indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, if requested, an indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it and to receive and, subject to Section 7.1, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel (or written advice of counsel) as conclusive evidence that such amendment or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, that it is not inconsistent herewith, and that it will be valid and binding upon the Company in accordance with its terms. The Company may not sign an amendment or supplemental indenture until approved by the Board of Directors.

 

  42  

 

 

Article 10
SUBORDINATION

 

Section 10.1 AGREEMENT TO SUBORDINATE

 

(a) The Company agrees, and each Holder by accepting a Security consents and agrees, that the Indebtedness evidenced by the Securities and the payment of the principal of and interest on the Securities is subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article, to the prior payment in full, in cash, cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, of all Obligations due in respect of Senior Debt whether outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter incurred, and that the subordination herein is for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt.

 

(b) For purposes of this Article 10, a payment or distribution on account of the Securities may consist of cash, property or securities, by set-off or otherwise, and a payment or distribution on account of any of the Securities shall include, without limitation, any redemption, purchase or other acquisition of the Securities.

 

(c) The agreement to subordinate set forth herein includes, for all purposes under this Article, the agreement of the Company, the Guarantor and the Holders of Securities that the Obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee, and the Obligations of the Company and the Guarantor under the Collateral Documents, are also subordinated in right of payment, to the extent and in the manner provided in this Article, to the prior payment in full, in cash, cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, of all Obligations due in respect of Senior Debt whether outstanding on the date hereof or hereafter incurred, and that the subordination herein is for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt.

 

(d) The priorities of the liens, claims, encumbrances, security interests or other interests established, altered or specified in this Indenture are applicable irrespective of the time or order of attachment or perfection (or the lack of attachment or perfection) thereof, the method of perfection, the time or order of filing of financing statements or the taking of possession, or the giving of or failure to give notice of the acquisition or expected acquisition of purchase money or other security interests or otherwise and irrespective of any other law, decision, fact, circumstance, act or occurrence that might otherwise affect the priorities established under this Indenture. For all purposes of this Indenture, the provisions of this Article that apply to the Company and its Obligations under the Securities shall similarly apply to the Obligations of the Company and the Guarantor under the Collateral Documents and the Obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee.

 

Section 10.2 LIQUIDATION; DISSOLUTION; BANKRUPTCY

 

(a) Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to creditors upon:

 

(i) any dissolution or winding-up or total or partial liquidation or reorganization of the Company whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not involving insolvency or Bankruptcy;

 

  43  

 

 

(ii) any Bankruptcy or insolvency case or proceeding or any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding in connection therewith, relative to the Company or to its assets; or

 

(iii) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshaling of assets of the Company;

 

then, (A) all Obligations due, or to become due, in respect of Senior Debt, including without limitation both pre-petition interest, post-petition interest, and any other interest, fees and other charges payable after the commencement of any such proceeding at the rate specified in the applicable Senior Debt (regardless of whether any such interest, fees and other charges are allowable claims in any Bankruptcy proceeding), shall first indefeasibly be paid in full, or provision shall have been made for such payment, in cash, cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, and (B) all related transaction documents to which the Senior Debt relates shall have been terminated in accordance with their respective terms, before any payment is made on account of the principal of or interest on the Securities, except that Holders may receive securities that are subordinated to at least the same extent as the Securities are to (x) Senior Debt and (y) any securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt.

 

Upon any such dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization, any payment or distribution of assets of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, to which the Holders of the Securities or the Trustee under this Indenture would be entitled, except for the provisions hereof, shall be paid by the Company or by any receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other Person making such payment or distribution, or by the Holders of the Securities or by the Trustee under this Indenture if received by them, directly to the holders of Senior Debt (in order of priority, and when of equal priority, pro rata to such holders of equal priority on the basis of the amounts of Senior Debt held by such holders) or their representative or representatives, or to the trustee or trustees under any indenture or similar instrument or agreement pursuant to which any of such Senior Debt may have been issued, as their interests may appear, for application to the payment of Senior Debt remaining unpaid until all such Senior Debt has been indefeasibly paid in full, or provisions shall have been made for such payment, in cash, cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, after giving effect to any concurrent payment, distribution or provision therefor to or for the holders of Senior Debt.

 

(b) For purposes of this Article 10, the words “cash, property or securities” shall not be deemed to include securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan of reorganization or readjustment which are subordinated, to at least the same extent as the Securities, to the payment of all Senior Debt then outstanding or to the payment of all securities issued in exchange therefor to the holders of Senior Debt at the time outstanding. The consolidation of the Company with, or the merger of the Company with or into, another Person or the liquidation or dissolution of the Company following the conveyance or transfer of its property as an entirety, or substantially as an entirety, to another Person upon the terms and conditions provided in Article 5 shall not be deemed a dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization for the purposes of this Section if such other Person shall, as part of such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer, comply with the conditions stated in Article 5.

 

(c) The provisions of paragraphs (a) and (b) above shall not prohibit, restrict or otherwise limit the Company from entering into, sponsoring or conducting any Qualified Sales and Financing Transaction.

 

  44  

 

 

Section 10.3 DEFAULT ON SENIOR DEBT

 

(a) In the event and during the continuation of:

 

(i) any default (or any event which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an event of default) in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Senior Debt or any amount owing from time to time under or in respect of Senior Debt, or in the event that any nonpayment event of default with respect to any Senior Debt shall have occurred and be continuing and shall have resulted in such Senior Debt becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable; or

 

(ii) in the event that any other nonpayment event of default (or any event which, with the passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a nonpayment default) with respect to any Senior Debt shall have occurred and be continuing permitting the holders of such Senior Debt (or a trustee on behalf of the holders thereof) to declare such Senior Debt due and payable prior to the date on which it would otherwise have become due and payable (the circumstances described in clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to as a “ Senior Debt Default ”);

 

then, in any such case, the Company shall make no payment, direct or indirect, in respect of the Securities, including but not limited to any payment which may be payable by reason of the payment of any other Indebtedness of the Company being subordinated to the payment of the Securities (other than securities that are subordinated to at least the same extent as the Securities are to (x) Senior Debt and (y) any securities issued in exchange for Senior Debt), unless and until (A) such default or potential event of default specified in clause (i) above shall have been cured or such event of default shall have been waived or shall have ceased to exist or such acceleration shall have been rescinded or annulled, or (B) in case of any other nonpayment event of default specified in clause (ii) above, during the period (a “ Payment Blockage Period ”) commencing on the date the Company and the Trustee receive written notice (a “ Payment Notice ”) of such a nonpayment event of default (which notice shall be binding on the Trustee and the Holders as to the occurrence of such an event of default) from a holder of the Senior Debt to which such default relates, and ending on the earlier of (I) the date, if any, on which such Senior Debt to which such default relates is discharged or such default is waived by the holders of such Senior Debt or otherwise cured and (II) the date on which the Trustee receives written notice from the holder of such Senior Debt to which such default relates terminating the Payment Blockage Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during any Payment Blockage Period, the Company shall make payments for rescinded subscriptions under Section 2.2(b).

 

(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 6.9 and Section 10.8, neither the Trustee nor the Holders may take any action to assert, demand, sue for, collect, enforce or realize upon the Securities or the related Obligations or any part thereof in any period during which the Company is not permitted to make payment on account of the Securities pursuant to this Section, unless and only to the extent that the commencement of a legal action may be required to toll the running of any applicable statute of limitations. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if, after 179 days have passed since the commencement of any Payment Blockage Period, and an Event of Default exists under this Indenture, the Trustee may bring suit to enforce all Obligations under the Indenture; provided, that the provisions of Section 10.4 and Section 10.5 are complied with.

 

  45  

 

 

Section 10.4 WHEN DISTRIBUTION MUST BE PAID OVER

 

(a) If the Trustee or any Holder receives any payment with respect to the Securities, whether in cash, property or securities (other than with securities that are subordinated to at least the same extent as the Securities are to the Senior Debt), then, if there exists and during the continuation of any Senior Debt Default, such payment shall be held by the Trustee or such Holder, in trust for the benefit of, and shall be paid forthwith over and delivered to, the holders of Senior Debt (in order of their priority, and when of equal priority, pro rata to such holders of equal priority on the basis of the amounts of Senior Debt held by such holders) for application to the payment of all Obligations with respect to Senior Debt remaining unpaid to the extent necessary to pay such Obligations in full, in cash, cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of Senior Debt, in accordance with the terms of such Senior Debt, after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of Senior Debt.

 

(b) With respect to the holders of Senior Debt, the Trustee undertakes to perform only such obligations on the part of the Trustee as are specifically set forth in this Article, and no implied covenants or obligations with respect to the holders of Senior Debt shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee. The Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior Debt, and shall not be liable to any such holders if the Trustee shall pay over or distribute to or on behalf of Holders or the Company or any other Person money or assets to which any holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled by virtue of this Article, except if such payment is made as a result of the willful misconduct or negligence of the Trustee.

 

Section 10.5 LIMITATION ON ACTION AGAINST COLLATERAL

 

The Trustee and each Holder by accepting a Security hereunder hereby waives the right to enforce any rights respecting the grant of collateral security effected pursuant to Article 12 (including without limitation the right to foreclose, engage in strict foreclosure, or exercise any other rights under the Collateral Documents or applicable law) until the earlier of (i) the Senior Debt Payout Date or (ii) 180 days following the date of an uncured Event of Default under this Indenture (unless such Event of Default shall have been waived in accordance with Section 6.4 prior to the expiration of the 180-day period), or an event of default under or with respect to Obligations that are junior to Securities; provided, that if prior to the expiration of such 180-day period, the holders of Senior Debt have commenced a judicial proceeding or non-judicial action to collect or enforce any rights or claims against the Company, the Guarantor or any other direct or indirect Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company, or foreclose on any collateral securing the Senior Debt, or a case or proceeding by or against the Company, the Guarantor or any other direct or indirect Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company is commenced under any Bankruptcy Law or any other insolvency law, then such 180-day period shall be extended until the Senior Debt Payout Date, or the dismissal of such proceedings, whichever event comes first.

 

  46  

 

 

Section 10.6 NOTICE BY COMPANY

 

The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of any facts known to the Company that would cause a payment of any Obligations with respect to the Company to violate this Article, but failure to give such notice shall not affect the subordination of the Securities to the Senior Debt as provided in this Article.

 

Section 10.7 SUBROGATION

 

After all Senior Debt is paid in full, in cash, cash equivalents or otherwise in a manner satisfactory to the holders of such Senior Debt, and until the Securities are paid in full, Holders shall be subrogated (equally and ratably with all other Indebtedness that is Pari Passu Debt) to the rights of holders of Senior Debt to receive distributions applicable to Senior Debt to the extent that distributions otherwise payable to the Holders have been applied to the payment of Senior Debt.

 

Section 10.8 RELATIVE RIGHTS

 

(a) This Article defines the relative rights of and between the Holders and holders of Senior Debt. Nothing in this Indenture shall:

 

(i) impair, as between the Company and the Holders, the obligations of the Company, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay principal of and interest on the Securities in accordance with their terms;

 

(ii) affect the relative rights of the Holders and creditors of the Company other than their rights in relation to holders of Senior Debt; or

 

(iii) prevent the Trustee or any Holder from exercising its available remedies upon a Default or Event of Default, subject to the rights of holders and owners of Senior Debt to receive distributions and payments otherwise payable to the Holders as described herein.

 

(b) If the Company fails because of this Article to pay principal of or interest on a Security on the due date, the failure is still a Default or Event of Default.

 

Section 10.9 SUBORDINATION MAY NOT BE IMPAIRED BY THE COMPANY OR HOLDERS OF SENIOR DEBT

 

(a) No right of any present or future holder of Senior Debt to enforce the subordination of the Indebtedness evidenced by the Securities and the Obligations related thereto shall be prejudiced or impaired by any act or failure to act by any such holder of Senior Debt or by the Company, the Trustee or any Agent or by the failure of the Company to comply with this Indenture, regardless of any knowledge thereof which any such holder may have or otherwise be charged with.

 

  47  

 

 

(b) Without limiting the effect of the preceding paragraph, any holder of Senior Debt may at any time and from time to time without the consent of or notice to any other holder or to the Trustee, without impairing or releasing any of the rights of any holder of Senior Debt under this Indenture, upon or without any terms or conditions and in whole or in part:

 

(i) change the manner, place or term of payment, or change or extend the time of payment of, renew or alter any Senior Debt or any other liability of the Company to such holder, any security therefor, or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof, and the provisions of this Article 10 shall apply to the Senior Debt as so changed, extended, renewed or altered;

 

(ii) notwithstanding the provisions of Section 5.1, sell, exchange, release, surrender, realize upon or otherwise deal with in any manner and in any order any property by whomsoever at any time pledged or mortgaged to secure, or howsoever securing, any Senior Debt or any other liability of the Company to such holder or any other liabilities incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof or hereof or any offset thereagainst;

 

(iii) exercise or refrain from exercising any rights or remedies against the Company or others or otherwise act or refrain from acting or, for any reason, fail to file, record or otherwise perfect any security interest in or lien on any property of the Company or any other Person; and

 

(iv) settle or compromise any Senior Debt or any other liability of the Company to such holder, or any security therefor, or any liability incurred directly or indirectly in respect thereof.

 

(c) All rights and interests under this Indenture of any holder of Senior Debt and all agreements and obligations of the Trustee, the Holders, and the Company under Article 6 and under this Article 10 shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of (i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any agreement or instrument relating to any Senior Debt or (ii) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Trustee, any Holder, or the Company.

 

(d) Any holder of Senior Debt is hereby authorized to demand specific performance of the provisions of this Article 10, whether or not the Company shall have complied with any of the provisions of this Article 10 applicable to it, at any time when the Trustee or any Holder shall have failed to comply with any of these provisions. The Trustee and the Holders irrevocably waive any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law that might be asserted as a bar to such remedy of specific performance.

 

(e) Each Holder by accepting a Security hereby agrees that the subordination provisions contained in this Indenture are for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt and, as such, these subordination provisions shall not impose any obligations on the holders of any Senior Debt with respect to either the transaction documents to which the Senior Debt relates or to the Senior Debt itself.

 

Section 10.10 LIMITATIONS ON REMEDIES IN EVENT OF DEFAULT

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein including in this Article 10, the Company, the Trustee, and each Holder by accepting a Security, hereby agrees that they shall not take any actions to file a petition in bankruptcy against the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate without the prior written consent of the holders of the Senior Debt or unless one year and one day shall have elapsed after the Senior Debt have been indefeasibly paid in full, in cash, and the related transaction documents to which the holders of Senior Debt are a party have been terminated.

 

  48  

 

 

Section 10.11 DISTRIBUTION OR NOTICE TO REPRESENTATIVE

 

(a) Whenever a distribution is to be made or a notice given to holders of Senior Debt, the distribution may be made and the notice given to their representatives.

 

(b) Upon any payment or distribution of assets of the Company referred to in this Article 10, the Trustee and the Holders shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree made by any court of competent jurisdiction in which bankruptcy, dissolution, winding-up, liquidation or reorganization proceedings are pending or upon any certificate of any representative of any holder of Senior Debt or of the liquidating trustee or agent or other Person making any distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders, for the purpose of ascertaining the Persons entitled to participate in such distribution, the holders of the Senior Debt and other Indebtedness of the Company, the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 10.

 

Section 10.12 RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE AND PAYING AGENT

 

(a) Notwithstanding the provisions of this Article 10 or any other provision of this Indenture, the Trustee shall not be charged with knowledge of the existence of any facts which would prohibit the making of any payment or distribution by the Trustee, or the taking of any action by the Trustee, and the Trustee or Paying Agent may continue to make payments on the Securities unless it shall have received at its Corporate Trust Office at least five Business Days prior to the date of such payment written notice of facts that would cause the payment of any Obligations with respect to the Securities to violate this Article, which notice, unless specified by a holder of Senior Debt as such, shall not be deemed to be a Payment Notice. The Trustee may conclusively rely on such notice. Only the Company or a holder of Senior Debt may give the notice. Nothing in this Article 10 shall apply to amounts due to, or impair the claims of, or payments to, the Trustee under or pursuant to Section 7.7.

 

(b) The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may hold Senior Debt with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

 

Section 10.13 AUTHORIZATION TO EFFECT SUBORDINATION

 

Each Holder of a Security by his, her or its acceptance thereof authorizes and directs the Trustee on behalf of such Holder to take such action as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate, as between the holders of Senior Debt and the Holders, the subordination as provided in this Article 10, and appoints the Trustee his attorney-in-fact for any and all such purposes.

 

Section 10.14 APPLICABILITY TO PAYING AGENT

 

In case at any time any Paying Agent (other than the Trustee or the Company) shall have been appointed by the Company and be then acting hereunder, the term “Trustee” as used in this Article 10 shall in such case (unless the context otherwise requires) be construed as extending to and including such Paying Agent within its meaning as fully for all intents and purposes as if such Paying Agent were named in this Article 10 in addition to or in place of the Trustee.

 

  49  

 

 

Section 10.15 CERTAIN ACKNOWLEDGMENTS TO AND AGREEMENTS IN FAVOR OF HOLDERS OF SENIOR DEBT

 

(a) Until the Senior Debt Payout Date, the Trustee and each Holder agrees as follows:

 

(i) It will not challenge, avoid, subordinate or contest or directly or indirectly support any other Person in challenging, avoiding, subordinating or contesting in any judicial or other proceeding, including without limitation any Bankruptcy proceeding, the priority, attachment, validity, extent, perfection or enforceability of any Lien or other adverse claim held by any holder of Senior Debt.

 

(ii) It will not interfere with any state law collection or foreclosure action brought by or on behalf of any holder of Senior Debt with respect to any collateral securing Obligations owed to any such holder, including without limitation any judicial or non-judicial foreclosure action.

 

(iii) It will not object to or oppose a sale or other disposition of any collateral securing Obligations owed to any holder of Senior Debt, free and clear of Liens or other claims of the Holders under this Indenture, under Section 363 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable law if the holders of Senior Debt have consented to such sale or disposition.

 

(iv) It agrees to turn over to the holders of Senior Debt any “adequate protection” of its interest in any Collateral that it receives in any case or proceeding relating to any Bankruptcy to the extent necessary to make the holders of Senior Debt whole, and agrees that it will not seek to have the automatic stay lifted with respect to any Collateral, appoint a Chapter 11 trustee under Section 1104 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or convert or dismiss such case or proceeding under Section 1112 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, in each case without the prior written consent of the holders of Senior Debt.

 

(v) In the event any proceeds of Collateral are received by a Holder or the Trustee for application to Obligations under this Indenture other than as expressly permitted by the terms of this Indenture, such proceeds shall be received by the Holder or Trustee, as the case may be, in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt, and the Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, shall promptly turn over such proceeds to the holders of Senior Debt (or the trustee(s) for the Senior Debt, if any) in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsement. Upon the Senior Payout Date, any remaining proceeds of the Collateral shall be delivered to the Trustee and applied to the Obligations hereunder, except as otherwise required pursuant to applicable law. In the event any proceeds of collateral securing any Senior Debt and related Obligations are received by a Holder or the Trustee, such Person will hold such proceeds in trust for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt and shall promptly turn over such proceeds to the holders of Senior Debt for application in accordance with the terms of the transaction documents to which such Senior Debt relates.

 

  50  

 

 

(b) The holders of Senior Debt have permitted the incurrence of the Obligations under this Indenture in reliance on this Agreement. Accordingly, each of the Trustee and each Holder expressly waives: (i) notice of acceptance by the holders of Senior Debt of this Agreement; (ii) notice of the existence or fact of non-payment of all or any part of any Senior Debt and related Obligations; (iii) all diligence in collection or protection of or realization upon all or any part of any collateral or any other guaranty or security and any requirement that any holder of Senior Debt protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any Property (as defined below) subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against the obligor or any other Person or any such Property; (iv) promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance and any other notice with respect to any Senior Debt and related Obligations; and (v) to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise expressly provided hereunder for the benefit of the holders of Senior Debt, all of its rights as a secured creditor (other than the right to receive notice of the sale or other disposition of the Collateral and the right to receive, in accordance with Section 9-615 of the UCC, proceeds of such sale or other disposition, if any, remaining after the application of such proceeds to pay in full, in cash, the Senior Debt and related Obligations and the occurrence of the Senior Payout Date) in connection with any dealing in the Collateral (or other collateral) by a holder of Senior Debt. For the purposes hereof, “ Property ” means, with respect to any Person, all property and interests in property of such Person, whether real, personal or mixed, whether now owned or existing or hereafter acquired or arising and wheresoever located.

 

(c) Each of the Trustee and each Holder hereby waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any rights it may have under applicable law to assert the doctrine of marshaling or otherwise to require a holder of Senior Debt to marshal any property of the Company, the Guarantor or any other direct or indirect Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company for the benefit of the Trustee or any Holder and any valuation, stay or appraisement laws.

 

(d) The Company, Guarantor, Trustee and each Holder acknowledge and agree that (i) all SPV Collateral constitutes property of the relevant SPV Entity and, in either case, is subject to the first priority perfected security interest of the applicable holder of Senior Debt (or an agent or other intermediary on behalf of such holder) pursuant to the transaction documents to which such Senior Debt relates, (ii) none of the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any Holder has any lien, claim, encumbrance, security interest or other interest in any of such SPV Collateral (it being acknowledged and agreed that the membership interest in an SPV Entity owned by the Company or the Guarantor does not constitute SPV Collateral), (iii) if an asset or other item of Property hereafter becomes included in the SPV Collateral or the Company or the Guarantor (or any other Person) otherwise transfers (or purports to transfer) any asset or other item of Property to an SPV Entity, then any lien, claim, encumbrance, security interest or other interest the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any Holder (or such other Person) or any Holder may have in such asset or other Property shall be automatically and irrevocably released without any further action by any Person, and (iv) if for any reason the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any Holder is determined to have retained or to hold any interest in any such asset or Property, then any lien, claim, encumbrance, security interest or other interest that the Company, the Guarantor, the Trustee or any Holder, as the case may be, may have in such asset or Property shall in all respects be junior and subordinate to the security interest of the holder of Senior Debt (or its agent, as the case may be) for the benefit of itself and the other related holders of Senior Debt that are the beneficiaries of such security interest under the transaction documents to which such Senior Debt relates.

 

  51  

 

 

Section 10.16 OTHER SUBORDINATION MATTERS

 

(a) The agreements contained in this Article 10 shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Senior Debt is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any holder of Senior Debt upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

 

(b) The Trustee shall notify all holders of Senior Debt (of whose identity the Trustee has received reasonable advance written notice) of the existence of any Default or Event of Default under Section 6.1 promptly after a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually becomes aware thereof; provided, that at least five Business Days prior to the notification of any holder of Senior Debt under this Section, the Trustee shall provide the Company with notice of its intent to provide such notification; provided further, that no defect in the form or delivery of the Trustee’s notice to the Company shall preclude the timely notice by the Trustee to the holders of Senior Debt.

 

(c) The holders of Senior Debt may assign any or all of their respective rights under this Article 10 to any other Person and without the consent of any other party or Person.

 

Article 11
GUARANTEE

 

Section 11.1 GUARANTEE

 

(a) Subject to this Article 11, the Guarantor unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of the Securities that:

 

(i) the principal of and interest on the Securities will be promptly paid in full when due, whether upon maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Securities, if any, if lawful, and all other Obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder, will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and

 

(ii) in the case of any extension of time of or for the payment or renewal of any Securities or any such other Obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether upon stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

 

(b) Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed or any performance so guaranteed for whatever reason, the Guarantor will be obligated to pay the same immediately. The Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.

 

(c) The Guarantor hereby agrees that its Obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Securities or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Securities with respect to any provisions hereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. The Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenant that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the Obligations contained in the Securities and this Indenture.

 

  52  

 

 

(d) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company, the Guarantor or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or the Guarantor, any amount paid either to the Trustee or such Holder, then this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.

 

(e) The Guarantor agrees that it will not be entitled to any right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any Obligations guaranteed hereby until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby. The Guarantor further agrees that, as between the Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (i) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by the Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee.

 

Section 11.2 Limitation on Guarantor Liability

 

The Guarantor, and by its acceptance of the Securities, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Guarantee of such Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law to the extent applicable to the Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the Obligations of the Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, and after giving effect to any collections from, rights to receive contribution from or payments made by or on behalf of any other guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other guarantor hereunder, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

 

Section 11.3 EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF GUARANTY

 

To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.1, the Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of such Guarantee substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Security authenticated and delivered by the Trustee or the Company and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers. The Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 11.1 will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Security a notation of such Guarantee. If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Security on which a Guarantee is endorsed, the Guarantee will be valid nevertheless. The delivery of any Security by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture on behalf of the Guarantor.

 

  53  

 

 

Section 11.04 RELEASES

 

(a) In the event of any sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, or a sale or other disposition of all of the membership interests in the Guarantor, in each case to a Person that is not (either before or after giving effect to such transactions) the Company or an Affiliate of the Company, then the Guarantor (in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all of the membership interests in the Guarantor) or the Person acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Guarantor) will be released and relieved of any obligations under the Guarantee and the Lien on the Collateral of such Guarantor under the Pledge and Security Agreement; provided, that the Net Proceeds of such sale or other disposition are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and the Guarantor ceases to be a majority-owned Subsidiary of the Company or any affiliate thereof, as a result of the sale or other disposition.

 

(b) Upon satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture in accordance with Article 8, the Guarantor will be released and relieved of any obligations under its Guarantee.

 

Article 12
COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

 

Section 12.1 COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS

 

(a) The due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on the Securities when and as the same shall be due and payable on any Payment Date (whether upon maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption or otherwise), and interest on the overdue principal of and defaulted interest (to the extent permitted by law), if any, on the Securities and performance of all other Obligations of the Company and the Guarantor to the Holders of Securities or the Trustee under this Indenture and the Securities, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured as provided in the applicable Collateral Documents. Each Holder of Securities, by its acceptance thereof, consents and agrees to the terms of the applicable Collateral Documents (including without limitation the provisions respecting the foreclosure on and release of the Collateral) as the same may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with their terms and authorizes and directs the Trustee to enter into such Collateral Documents and to perform its obligations and exercise its rights thereunder in accordance therewith.

 

(b) The Company and the Guarantor shall do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be necessary or proper, or as may be required by the provisions of any Collateral Document, to assure and confirm to the Trustee the security interest in the Collateral contemplated hereby, by any Collateral Document or any part thereof, as from time to time constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of the Holders of Securities under this Indenture, according to the intent and purposes herein expressed. The Company shall take, or shall cause its Subsidiaries to take, upon request of the Trustee, any and all actions reasonably required to cause the Collateral Documents to create and maintain, as security for the Obligations of the Company and Guarantor hereunder, a valid and enforceable perfected Lien in and on all of the Collateral, in favor of the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders of Securities under this Indenture, which security interest is superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons and subject to no other Liens other than Permitted Liens.

 

  54  

 

 

(c) The Company and the Guarantor shall pledge as additional Collateral all After-Acquired Property, subject to Permitted Liens. The Company and the Guarantor shall also use all commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that any material contract or agreement relating to After-Acquired Property will not contain provisions that would impair or prevent the creation of a security interest therein or result in such contract or After-Acquired Property being excluded from the Collateral.

 

(d) The Company, the Guarantor and the Trustee are also party to the Pledge and Security Agreement, which agreement is a Collateral Document with respect to the Securities issued hereunder and denominated as “L Bonds,” the purpose of which is to effect the grant of security interests in the Collateral for the benefit of the holders of L Bonds. The terms and conditions of the Pledge and Security Agreement are incorporated herein by this reference.

 

Section 12.2 Recording and Opinion

 

(a) The Company shall furnish to the Trustee contemporaneously with the execution and delivery of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents an Opinion of Counsel stating that in the opinion of such counsel the Collateral Documents are effective to create a Lien in the collateral described therein to the extent that the Company has rights in or the power to transfer such collateral.

 

(b) The Company shall otherwise comply with the provisions of TIA §314(b).

 

Section 12.3 RELEASE OF COLLATERAL

 

(a) Subject to paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) below, Collateral shall automatically be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Collateral Documents at any time or from time to time in accordance with the provisions of the Collateral Documents or as provided hereby. In addition, upon the request of the Company pursuant to an Officers’ Certificate certifying that all conditions precedent hereunder have been met and stating whether or not such release is in connection with an asset sale by the Company or the Guarantor (at the sole cost and expense of the Company and without any recourse, representation or warranty), the Trustee shall release Collateral that is sold, conveyed or disposed of in compliance with the provisions of this Indenture; provided, that if such sale, conveyance or disposition constitutes a sale of assets, the Net Proceeds of such asset sale are applied in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture. Upon receipt of such Officers’ Certificate, the Trustee shall, at the sole cost and expense of the Company and without recourse, representation or warranty, execute, deliver or acknowledge any necessary or proper instruments of termination, satisfaction or release to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Collateral Documents.

 

(b) No Collateral shall be released from the Liens and security interest created by the Collateral Documents pursuant to the provisions of the Collateral Documents unless there shall have been delivered to the Trustee the Officers’ Certificate required by this Section.

 

(c) At any time when a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the maturity of the Securities shall have been accelerated (whether by declaration or otherwise), and the Trustee shall have delivered a notice of acceleration to the Company, no release of Collateral pursuant to the provisions of the Collateral Documents shall be effective as against the Holders of Securities.

 

  55  

 

 

(d) The release of any Collateral from the terms of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents shall not be deemed to impair the security under this Indenture in contravention of the provisions hereof if and to the extent the Collateral is released pursuant to the terms hereof. To the extent applicable, the Company shall cause TIA §313(b), relating to reports, and TIA §314(d), relating to the release of property or securities from the Lien and security interest of the Collateral Documents and relating to the substitution therefor of any property or securities to be subjected to the Lien and security interest of the Collateral Documents, to be complied with. Any certificate or opinion required by TIA §314(d) may be made by an Officer of the Company except in cases where TIA §314(d) requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent Person, which Person shall be an independent engineer, appraiser or other expert selected or approved by the Trustee in the exercise of reasonable care.

 

Section 12.4 CERTIFICATES OF THE COMPANY; OPINION OF COUNSEL

 

The Company or the Guarantor, as applicable, shall furnish to the Trustee, prior to each proposed release of Collateral pursuant to any Collateral Document, (i) all documents required by TIA §314(d) and (ii) an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such accompanying documents constitute all documents required by TIA §314(d). The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Section 7.2 and Section 7.3, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing provisions the appropriate statements contained in such documents and such Opinion of Counsel.

 

Section 12.5 CERTIFICATES OF THE TRUSTEE

 

In the event that the Company or the Guarantor wishes to release Collateral in accordance with the Collateral Documents and has delivered the certificates and documents required by the Collateral Documents and Section 12.3 and Section 12.4, the Trustee shall determine whether it has received all documentation required by TIA §314(d) in connection with such release and, based on such determination and the Opinion of Counsel delivered pursuant to Section 12.4, shall deliver a certificate to the collateral agent, if any, setting forth such determination (or retain the above-described certificates and documents in the event the Trustee itself serves as or fulfills the function of a collateral agent).

 

Section 12.6 AUTHORIZATION OF ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN BY THE TRUSTEE UNDER THE COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 7.2 and Section 7.3, the Trustee may, on behalf of the Holders of Securities, take all actions it deems necessary or appropriate in order to (a) enforce any of the terms of the Collateral Documents and (b) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in respect of the Obligations of the Company or Guarantor hereunder. The Trustee shall have power to institute and maintain such suits and proceedings as it may deem expedient to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or in violation of the Collateral Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and proceedings as the Trustee may deem expedient to preserve or protect its interests and the interests of the Holders of Securities in the Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule or order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the interests of the Holders of Securities or of the Trustee). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall be entitled to seek direction from the Holders regarding those actions to be taken and a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding Securities shall have the right to direct those actions to be taken by the Trustee, on the condition that indemnification for the Trustee’s fees and expenses, in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, shall have been provided. Nevertheless, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability.

 

  56  

 

 

Section 12.7 AUTHORIZATION OF RECEIPT OF FUNDS BY THE TRUSTEE UNDER THE COLLATERAL AGREEMENT

 

The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the Holders of Securities distributed under the Collateral Documents, and to make further distributions of such funds to the Holders of Securities according to the provisions of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents.

 

Section 12.8 TERMINATION OF SECURITY INTEREST

 

Upon the payment in full of all Obligations of the Company and the Guarantor under this Indenture and the Securities, or upon legal defeasance, the Trustee shall, at the request and sole cost and expense of the Company, deliver a certificate to the Company stating that such Obligations have been paid in full, and release the Liens pursuant to this Indenture and the Collateral Documents.

 

Article 13
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

Section 13.1 TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS

 

If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA §318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

 

Section 13.2 NOTICES

 

(a) Any notice, instruction, direction, request or other communication by the Company, the Trustee or any other holder of Senior Debt to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in person or mailed by first-class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile, or overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery, to the other’s address:

 

If to the Company :

 

GWG Holdings, Inc.

220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Attention: Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Facsimile: (612) 746-0445

 

With a copy to:

 

Maslon LLP

3300 Wells Fargo Center

90 South Seventh Street

Minneapolis, MN 55402

Attention: Paul Chestovich

Facsimile: (612) 642-8305

 

  57  

 

 

If to the Trustee :

 

Bank of Utah

200 E. South Temple, Suite 210

Salt Lake City, UT 84111

Attention: GWG Holdings, Inc., Administrator

Facsimile: (801) 746-3519

 

If to a holder of Senior Debt, then to such address as such holder of Senior Debt shall have provided in writing to the Company and the Trustee.

 

(b) The Company, the Trustee or a holder of Senior Debt by notice to the Company and the Trustee may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

 

(c) All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) shall be deemed to have been duly given: (i) at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; (ii) on the date mailed if deposited in the mail, postage prepaid and certified; (iii) three Business Days after deposit in the mail, postage prepaid, first class but not certified; (iv) when receipt is acknowledged, if faxed; (v) on the next Business Day after having been sent by electronic communication to a pre-designated e-mail address; (vi) the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next-day delivery; or (vii) when actually received by the recipient, if sent in some other manner not specified above.

 

(d) Any notice or communication to a Holder shall be mailed by certified first-class mail to his address shown on the register kept by the Registrar or sent by electronic communication to a pre-designated e-mail address. Notices mailed or sent by electronic communication as described in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to have been duly given (i) on the date mailed if deposited in the mail, postage prepaid and certified, or (ii) on the next Business Day after having been sent by electronic communication. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect the sufficiency of notice or such communication with respect to other Holders.

 

(e) If a notice or communication is provided in the manner set forth in this Section within the time prescribed, then it is duly given as of time set forth in subsection (c) or (d), as applicable, whether or not the addressee actually receives it.

 

(f) If the Company mails a notice or communication to Holders, it shall mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or any Security, where this Indenture or any Security provides for notice of any event (including any notice of redemption) to a Holder of a Global Security (whether by mail or otherwise), such notice shall be sufficiently given to the Depositary for such Security (or its designee) pursuant to the customary procedures of such Depositary.

 

  58  

 

 

Section 13.3 COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS WITH OTHER HOLDERS

 

Holders may communicate, pursuant to TIA §312(b), with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Securities. The Trustee shall be subject to §312(b). The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA §312(c).

 

Section 13.4 CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

 

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

 

(a) an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.5) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

 

(b) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 13.5) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been complied with.

 

Section 13.5 STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION

 

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture (other than a certificate provided pursuant to TIA §314(a)(4)) shall include:

 

(a) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(c) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion whether such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(d) a statement whether, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

Section 13.6 RULES BY TRUSTEE AND AGENTS

 

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

 

Section 13.7 NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS

 

No director, Officer, employee, agent, manager or stockholder of the Company as such, shall have any liability for any Obligations of the Company under the Securities or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such Obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Security waives and releases all such liability.

 

  59  

 

 

Section 13.8 DUPLICATE ORIGINALS

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

 

Section 13.9 GOVERNING LAW

 

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE SHALL GOVERN THIS INDENTURE AND THE SECURITIES, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS THEREOF.

 

Section 13.10 NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS

 

This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

 

Section 13.11 SUCCESSORS

 

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Securities shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

Section 13.12 SEVERABILITY

 

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

 

Section 13.13 SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE

 

The holders of Senior Debt shall be entitled to specific performance of those provisions of this Indenture set forth in Article 10 and Article 12, and the Trustee and each Holder by accepting a Security hereby waives any rights to contest the entitlement of any holders of Senior Debt to the same.

 

Section 13.14 COUNTERPART ORIGINALS

 

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

 

Section 13.15 TABLE OF CONTENTS, HEADINGS, ETC.

 

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part hereof and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions thereof.

 

Section 13.16 Trustee’s Capacity .

 

Bank of Utah (“ BOU ”) is executing this Agreement solely in its capacity as Trustee and not in its individual capacity (except as expressly stated herein) and in no case shall BOU (or any entity acting as Trustee hereunder) be personally liable for or on account of any of the statements, representations, warranties, covenants or obligations stated to be those of the Trustee hereunder, all such liability, if any, being expressly waived by the parties hereto and any Person claiming by, through, or under such party; provided, however, that BOU (or any such successor trustee) shall be personally liable hereunder for its own gross negligence or willful misconduct or for its breach of its covenants, representations and warranties contained herein, to the extent covenanted or made in its individual capacity.

 

* * * * * * *

 

  60  

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amended and Restated Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

OBLIGOR :  
   
GWG HOLDINGS, INC.  
   
By:                  
Name:    
Title:    
     
GUARANTOR :  
   
GWG LIFE, LLC  
   
By:    
Name:    
Title:    
     
TRUSTEE :  
   
BANK OF UTAH, not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee  
   
By:    
Name:    
Title:    

 

Signature Page – Amended and Restated Indenture

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

 

FORM OF L BONDS

 

THIS L BOND (THE “BOND”) OF GWG HOLDINGS, INC. (THE “COMPANY”) IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE, WHICH AMONG OTHER PROVISIONS, CONTAINS REQUIREMENTS RELATING TO ANY TRANSFER OF THIS BOND BY THE HOLDER, INCLUDING THE PRIOR CONSENT OF THE COMPANY TO ANY SUCH TRANSFER. THE COMPANY MAY REDEEM THIS BOND, IN WHOLE OR IN PART, IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE INDENTURE.

 

GWG HOLDINGS, INC.

 

Incorporated under the Laws of Delaware

 

L BOND

     
Registered No.:                                                                  Registered Principal Amount: $                        
Issue Date:                                                                          Interest Rate:                                                    
Term:                                                                                  Interest Payment Schedule:                             
Maturity Date:                                                                   Payment Date (for interest):                            

 

GWG Holdings, Inc., a corporation created under the laws of the State of Delaware (the “Company,” which term includes any successor corporation under the Indenture hereinafter referred to), for value received, hereby promises to pay to                                                   , or registered assigns, the principal sum of                                  Dollars ($              ) on the Maturity Date and to pay accrued and unpaid interest hereon from the Issue Date set forth above, or from the most recent Payment Date to which interest has been paid or duly provided for, beginning on the first Payment Date after the Issue Date (the “Initial Payment Date”) and on each subsequent Payment Date thereafter at the Interest Rate set forth above, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment; provided, however, that if the Payment Date is within five Business Days of the Issue Date, then the first payment will be made in the following month and will include the interest earned since the Issue Date. Interest shall accrue on the principal amount for the period from the later of the Issue Date of this Bond or the last Payment Date upon which an interest payment was made until and including the day before the following Payment Date. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings given such terms in the Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of October [●], 2017, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time thereafter in accordance with its terms (the “Indenture”).

 

The principal hereof is subject to optional redemption by the Company and optional repurchase at the request of the Holder, as provided in the Indenture, and if not so redeemed or repurchased, shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date, which also shall constitute a Payment Date (as such term is defined in the Indenture). The principal and interest so payable and punctually paid or duly provided for on any Payment Date, as provided in the Indenture, will be paid to the Person in whose name this Bond is registered (the “Holder”) at the close of business on the Regular Record Date (or Maturity Record Date, as applicable) for such Payment Date. Payment of the principal of and interest on this Bond will be made at the office of the Paying Agent, or in such other office as may be selected in accordance with the Indenture, in such currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts, provided, however, that at the option of the Company payment of interest may be made in United States dollars by wire or by check mailed to the address of the Person entitled thereto as such address shall appear in the Securities Register.

 

  A- 1  
 

 

Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Bond set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

Unless the Certificate of Authentication hereon has been executed by or on behalf of the Trustee referred to on the reverse hereof by manual signature, this Bond shall not be entitled to any benefit under the Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.

 

No recourse shall be had for the payment of the principal or interest of this Bond against any Company incorporator, stockholder, officer, director, employee or agent by virtue of any statute or by enforcement of any assessment or otherwise; and any and all liability of incorporators, stockholders, directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company being released hereby.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this L Bond to be signed in its name by the manual or electronic signature of its Chief Executive Officer and attested to by the manual or electronic signature of its Secretary.

 

GWG HOLDINGS, INC.  
By:                             Dated:       
Name:        
Title:        
         
ATTEST:        
       
       
Secretary        

  

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

 

This Bond is one of the L Bonds referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

  

BANK OF UTAH (as Trustee)    
   
By:                 Dated:          
  Authorized Signature      

 

  A- 2  
 

 

REVERSE SIDE OF BOND

 

This Bond is one of a duly authorized issue of debt securities of the Company designated as its L Bonds (the “Bonds”) to be issued under an Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of October [●], 2017, as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time thereafter in accordance with its terms (the “Indenture”), among the Company, GWG Life, LLC (as guarantor), and Bank of Utah, as Trustee (the “Trustee,” which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture). Reference is hereby made to the Indenture for a statement of the respective rights, limitation of rights, duties and immunities thereunder of the Company, the Trustee and the Holders, and for a statement of the terms upon which the Bonds are, and are to be, authenticated and delivered. Capitalized and certain other terms used herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

 

The Bonds are general obligations of the Company. The payment of the principal of and interest on this Bond is expressly subordinated, as provided in the Indenture, to the payment of all Senior Debt and, by the acceptance of this Bond, the Holder hereof agrees, expressly for the benefit of the present and future holders of Senior Debt, to be bound by the provisions of the Indenture relating to such subordination and authorizes and appoints as such Holder’s attorney-in-fact, the Trustee, to take such action on such Holder’s behalf as may be necessary or appropriate to effectuate such subordination.

 

The Company may, at its option, at any time redeem this Bond either in whole or from time to time in part prior to the Maturity Date by providing at least 30 days written notice to the Holder. If this Bond shall be redeemed by call for redemption and payment be duly provided therefor as specified in the Indenture, interest shall cease to accrue on this Bond.

 

This Bond may be transferred and exchanged only as provided in the Indenture. This Bond may not be assigned, transferred or otherwise alienated without the prior written consent of the Company and shall be subject to the Company’s right to demand and receive an opinion of Holder’s legal counsel (which counsel shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company) that the transfer does not violate any applicable securities laws. The Company may also require a signature guarantee.

 

Approximately 30 days prior to the Maturity Date, the Company will send the Holder a Notice of Maturity to notify the Holder of the Maturity Date. If in the Notice of Maturity the Company does not notify the Holder of its intention to repay this Bond, and unless at least 15 days prior to the Maturity Date, the Holder has not demanded repayment of this Bond, this Bond shall be automatically renewed for an additional term equal to the term of the maturing Bond and shall be deemed to have been renewed by the Holder and the Company as of the Maturity Date, such that a new Bond shall be deemed to have been issued as of such Maturity Date. This Bond will continue to renew as described herein absent some action permitted under the Indenture and this Bond by either the Holder or the Company. Interest on the renewed Bond shall accrue from the Issue Date thereof, which is the first day of such renewed term. This renewed Bond will be deemed to have identical terms and provisions as the maturing Bond, including provisions relating to payment, except that the interest rate payable during the term of the renewed Bond shall be the interest rate which is being offered by the Company on other Bonds with the same term as of the Issue Date of such renewal. If other Bonds with the same term are not then being offered on the Issue Date of such renewal, the interest rate upon renewal will be the rate specified by the Company on or before the Maturity Date, or the Bond’s existing rate if no such rate is specified. If the Company gives notice to the Holder of the Company’s intention to repay the Bond at maturity, the Company shall pay the Holder the principal amount and accrued and unpaid interest thereon on the Payment Date next following the Maturity Date, and, provided such payment is timely made, no interest will accrue after the Maturity Date. Otherwise, if the Holder requests repayment at least 15 days prior to the Maturity Date, no interest will accrue after the Maturity Date and the Holder will be sent payment upon the Payment Date next following the Maturity Date; provided that any interest paid to the Holder accruing after the Maturity Date shall be deducted from such payment.

 

  A- 3  
 

 

If an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the outstanding principal of this Bond may be declared due and payable in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture. The Company shall pay all costs of collection, whether or not judicial proceedings are instituted, in the manner provided in the Indenture. The Indenture provides that such declaration and its consequences may, in certain events, be waived by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Bonds outstanding.

 

The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the Company and the rights of the Holders under the Indenture at any time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Bonds at the time outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders of specified percentages of the aggregate principal amount of the Bonds at the time outstanding, on behalf of the Holders of all of the Bonds, to waive compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder of this Bond shall be conclusive and binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Bond and of any Bond issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this Bond.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Bond or of the Indenture or amendment or modification hereof or thereof shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company to pay the principal of and interest on this Bond at the times, place and rate and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

 

In the event of a consolidation or merger of the Company into, or of the transfer of its assets substantially as an entirety to, a successor entity in accordance with the Indenture, such successor entity shall assume payment of the Bond and the performance of every covenant of the Indenture on the part of the Company, and in the event of any such transfer, the Company (or the successor entity in the event of a subsequent consolidation, merger or transfer) shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants in respect of the Bonds and the Indenture and may be dissolved and liquidated, all as more fully set forth in the Indenture.

 

The Bonds are originally issuable in such denominations as may be designated from time to time by the Company, but in no event in an original denomination less than $1,000. Subject to the provisions of the Indenture (including without limitation Section [●] thereof), the transfer of this Bond is registerable in the Securities Register, upon surrender of this Bond for registration of transfer at the office or agency of the Registrar duly endorsed by or accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in the form printed on this Bond or in another form satisfactory to the Company and the Registrar duly executed by the Holder hereof or such Holder’s attorney, duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more new Bonds, of authorized denominations and for the same aggregate principal amount, will be issued to the designated transferee or transferees. The Registrar may assess service charges for any such registration or transfer or exchange, and the Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

 

Prior to due presentment of this Bond for registration of transfer, the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the Person in whose name this Bond is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not this Bond be overdue, and neither the Company, the Trustee nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

This Bond shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to the conflict of law provisions thereof.

 

  A- 4  
 

 

GUARANTEE NOTATION

 

[INSERT GUARANTEE NOTATION HERE, IN FORM OF EXHIBIT B]

 

 

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

 

(To be executed by the registered holder if such holder desires to transfer this Bond)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

 

     
     
     
     
     
     
     
(Please print name and address of transferee above)    

 

this Bond, together with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint                                  , as attorney-in-fact, to transfer the within Bond on the books kept for registration of the issuing corporation, with full power of substitution.

 

Dated:                             

 

Signature:                                 

 

(Signature must conform in all respects to name of holder as specified on the face of the Bond)

 

Social Security or Other Identifying Number of Transferee:                                         

 

Signature Guaranteed:

 

  B- 1  
 

 

Exhibit B

 

FORM OF GUARANTEE NOTATION

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Guarantor (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) has, unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Amended and Restated Indenture dated as of October [●], 2017 (the “Indenture”), by and among GWG Holdings, Inc. (the “Company”), the Guarantor party thereto, and Bank of Utah, as trustee (the “Trustee”), (i) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium and interest on, these Securities, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on these Securities, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of these Securities or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.

 

The obligations of the Guarantor to the Holders of Securities and to the Trustee pursuant to the Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 11 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Guarantee.

 

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.

 

  GWG Life , LLC  
     
  By:                          
  Name:  
  Title:  

  

  B- 2  
 

 

Exhibit C

 

FORM OF PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

[to be attached]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 s

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 C-1

 

 

EXHIBIT 4.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED PLEDGE AND SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement (this “ Security Agreement ”) is entered into as of October ____, 2017, by and among GWG Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), GWG Life, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ GWG Life ,” and referred to collectively with Holdings as the “ Entity Grantors ”), Jon R. Sabes and Steven F. Sabes (collectively, the “ Individual Grantors ,” and referred to collectively with the Entity Grantors simply as the “ Grantors ”), and Bank of Utah, in its capacity as indenture trustee under the Indenture (as defined below) and collateral trustee hereunder (the “ Trustee ”), for the benefit of the holders of L Bonds issued by Holdings under the Indenture and guaranteed by GWG Life (as defined in the Indenture).

 

I N T R O D U C T I O N

 

A.       The Entity Grantors and the Trustee are parties to that certain Indenture, originally dated as of October 19, 2011, subsequently amended on each of December 15, 2011, January 9, 2015, and June 15, 2015, and now amended and restated as of even date herewith (as so amended and restated, and as it may be amended or supplemented from time to time hereafter, the “ Indenture ”). The Indenture contemplates and permits the grant of collateral security for certain debt securities of Holdings that may from time to time be issued thereunder and, as of the date hereof, the only class of debt securities issued under the Indenture are denominated as “L Bonds.” The grant of such collateral security was accomplished pursuant to the Indenture and a Pledge and Security Agreement by and among the parties, dated as of October 19, 2011, and subsequently amended on each of December 15, 2011, January 9, 2015, and June 15, 2015 (as so amended, the “ Original Security Agreement ”).

 

B.       To date, the L Bonds have been publicly offered and sold under several registration statements declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission. In connection with this Security Agreement, Holdings has filed a new registration statement with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC File No. 333-220288) to continue publicly offering and selling L Bonds, and to renew presently outstanding L Bonds. In addition, Holdings may in the future file additional registration statements to continue publicly offering and selling L Bonds, and to renew then-outstanding L Bonds.

 

C.       The Grantors are entering into this Security Agreement to amend and restate the terms under which they have granted a security interest in those assets specified herein pursuant to the Original Security Agreement, as collateral security for the obligations owing in respect of the L Bonds issued under the Indenture (the “ Secured Obligations ”). The Trustee serves as indenture trustee under the Indenture and hereby reconfirms its agreement to serve as collateral trustee hereunder for the benefit of the holders of L Bonds issued under the Indenture.

 

A G R E E M E N T

 

Now Therefore , the Grantors and the Trustee hereby amend and restate the Original Security Agreement and agree as follows:

 

Article 1
Definitions

 

1.1.        Terms Defined in the Indenture . All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Indenture.

 

 

 

 

1.2.        Terms Defined in UCC . Terms defined in the UCC which are not otherwise defined in this Security Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the UCC. In this regard, the following capitalized terms used in this Security Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in the UCC: Accounts, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims, Deposit Accounts, Documents, Equipment, Fixtures, General Intangibles, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, Investment Property, Letter-of-Credit Rights, Securities Account, and Supporting Obligations.

 

1.3.        Other Definitions . As used in this Security Agreement, and in addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Security Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

Collateral ” means all of the assets of the Entity Grantors, including but not limited to Accounts, Chattel Paper, Commercial Tort Claims, Deposit Accounts, Documents, Equipment, Fixtures, General Intangibles, Goods, Instruments, Inventory, Investment Property, letters of credit, Letter-of-Credit Rights, Securities Accounts, Pledged Deposits, Supporting Obligations, wherever located, in which any Entity Grantor now has or hereafter acquires any right or interest, including (as to each of the foregoing types of assets) (i) the proceeds, including but limited to as set forth in the definition of “Equity Rights” below, insurance proceeds and products thereof, and further including (ii) all books and records, customer lists, credit files, computer files, programs, printouts and other computer materials and records related thereto.

 

Collateral Documents ” has the meaning set forth in the Indenture.

 

Default ” means an event described in Section 6.1.

 

Equity Collateral ” shall mean all of the common stock issued by Holdings and held, whether of record or beneficially, by Jon R. Sabes and Steven F. Sabes, together will all rights and Equity Rights related thereto. For this purpose, beneficial ownership of common stock issued by Holdings shall be determined in a manner consistent with the definition of beneficial ownership set forth in Rule 13d-3(a) promulgated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Equity Rights ” means any securities, dividends, instruments or distributions, and any other right or property which any Grantor shall become entitled to receive for any reason whatsoever, with respect to, or in substitution or exchange for, any Collateral or Equity Collateral, as applicable; excluding, however, at any particular point in time, any such property that shall have already been distributed to or received by an Individual Grantor on account of Equity Collateral.

 

Governmental Authority ” means any country or nation, or any state or other political subdivision thereof or any entity exercising executive, legislative or judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government.

 

Holder ” means a holder of record of one or more L Bonds.

 

L Bonds ” are debt securities of Holdings that are guaranteed by GWG Life and issued as “Securities” under the Indenture.

 

Material Adverse Effect ” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, operations or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Entity Grantors or (b) the validity or enforceability of this Security Agreement or the Indenture or the rights or remedies of the Trustee or the Holders.

 

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or Governmental Authority.

 

2

 

 

Pledged Collateral ” means, collectively, the Collateral of the Entity Grantors and the Equity Collateral of the Individual Grantors pledged pursuant to this Security Agreement.

 

Pledged Deposits ” means all time deposits of money (other than Deposit Accounts and Instruments), whether or not evidenced by certificates, which an Entity Grantor may from time to time designate as pledged to the Trustee or to any secured party as security for any Secured Obligations, and all rights to receive interest on said deposits.

 

Pledged Securities ” means (i) the equity securities comprising the Equity Collateral owned by the Individual Grantors, and (ii) any other equity interests comprising Collateral that are owned by any Entity Grantor.

 

Receivables ” means the Accounts, Chattel Paper, Documents, Investment Property, Instruments or Pledged Deposits, and any other rights or claims to receive money which are General Intangibles or which are otherwise included as Collateral.

 

Secured Obligations ” is defined in Paragraph C of the Introduction to this Security Agreement.

 

The foregoing definitions shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

 

Article 2
Grant of Security Interest and Pledge

 

2.1.        Grant by Entity Grantors . To secure the prompt and complete payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, the Entity Grantors, subject to the terms and conditions of this Security Agreement, hereby pledge, assign and grant to the Trustee, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Holders, a security interest in all of each such Entity Grantor’s right, title and interest, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in and to the Collateral.

 

2.2.        Grant by Individual Grantors . To secure the prompt and complete payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, the Individual Grantors, subject to the terms and conditions of this Security Agreement, hereby pledge the Equity Collateral to the Trustee, on behalf of and for the benefit of the Holders.

 

Article 3
Representations and Warranties of Entity Grantors

 

The Entity Grantors jointly and severally represent and warrant to the Trustee as follows:

 

3.1.        Title, Authorization, Validity and Enforceability . Each Entity Grantor has good and valid rights in or the power to transfer the Collateral owned by it and title to the Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a security interest hereunder, free and clear of all Liens except for Liens permitted under Section 5.1.4. Each Entity Grantor has full corporate or limited liability company power and authority to grant to the Trustee the security interest in the Collateral pursuant hereto. The execution and delivery by each Entity Grantor have been duly authorized by proper corporate and limited liability company proceedings, as applicable. This Security Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Entity Grantor and creates a security interest which is enforceable against such Entity Grantor in all Collateral it now owns or hereafter acquires, except as enforceability may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law), and (iii) requirements of reasonableness, good faith and fair dealing.

 

3

 

 

3.2.        No Conflicts or Violation . Neither the execution and delivery by any Entity Grantor of this Security Agreement, the creation and perfection of the security interest in the Collateral granted hereunder, nor compliance with the terms and provisions hereof, will violate (i) any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or award binding on such Entity Grantor, (ii) such Entity Grantor’s certificate of incorporation or formation, limited liability company agreement or by-laws (or similar documents, as applicable), or (iii) the provisions of any indenture, instrument or agreement to which such Entity Grantor is a party or is subject, or by which it or its property may be bound or affected, or conflict with or constitute a default thereunder, or result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien in or on the property of such Entity Grantor pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, instrument or agreement (other than any Lien of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders).

 

3.3.        Offices . The Entity Grantors’ mailing address and the principal location of their place of business or chief executive office is 220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.

 

3.4.        Accounts and Chattel Paper . The names of the obligors, amounts owing, due dates and other information with respect to the Accounts and Chattel Paper owned by each Entity Grantor are and will be correctly stated in all books and records of such Entity Grantor relating thereto.

 

3.5.        No Financing Statements or Security Agreements . No financing statement or security agreement describing all or any portion of the Collateral which has not lapsed or been terminated naming any Entity Grantor as debtor has been filed or is of record in any jurisdiction except financing statements (i) naming the Trustee on behalf of the Holders as the secured party and (ii) in respect of Liens permitted by the Indenture or under Section 5.1.4.

 

3.6.        Governmental Approvals . No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any Governmental Authority or regulatory body required for the due execution, delivery or performance by the Entity Grantors of their respective obligations under the Indenture or any Collateral Documents remains unobtained or unfulfilled.

 

3.7.        Compliance with Laws .

 

3.7.1       Each of the Entity Grantors is in material compliance with the requirements of all applicable laws, a breach of any of which, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.7.2       No Entity Grantor has failed to obtain any licenses, permits, franchises or other governmental authorizations necessary for the ownership of its properties or the conduct of its business, which failure could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.7.3       Each Entity Grantor has complied with all licensure requirements in each state in which it is required to be specifically registered as a purchaser, owner or servicer of life insurance policies.

 

3.8.        No Proceedings . There is no order, judgment, decree, injunction, stipulation or consent order of or with any Governmental Authority to which any Entity Grantor is subject, and there is no action, suit, arbitration, regulatory proceeding or investigation pending, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality, against any Entity Grantor or its direct or indirect subsidiaries that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Furthermore, there is no action, suit, arbitration, regulatory proceeding or investigation pending, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other tribunal or governmental instrumentality (A) asserting the invalidity of the Indenture or any Collateral Documents, (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of L Bonds or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Indenture or any registration statement under which L Bonds are being offered and sold, or (C) seeking to adversely affect the federal income tax attributes of any Entity Grantor.

 

4

 

 

3.9.        Investment Company Act, Etc . No Entity Grantor is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940; or a “holding company” or “subsidiary company” of a “holding company,” or an “affiliate” of a “holding company” or a “subsidiary company” of a “holding company,” within the meaning of the Public Utility Holding Company Act of 1935.

 

3.10.      Accuracy of Information . All information heretofore furnished by or on behalf of any Entity Grantor in connection with the Collateral Documents, or any transaction contemplated thereby, is true and accurate in all material respects (without omission of any information necessary to prevent such information from being materially misleading).

 

3.11.      No Material Adverse Change . Since December 31, 2010, there has been no material adverse change in the financial condition, business or operations (taken as a whole) of any Entity Grantor with respect to its ability to perform its obligations under the Indenture or any Collateral Documents.

 

3.12.      Trade Names and Subsidiaries . Neither Entity Grantor has used any other names, trade names or assumed names for the six-year period preceding the date of this Security Agreement (other than (i) Holdings, which prior to June 12, 2011 had existed under the name GWG Holdings, LLC, and (ii) GWG Life, which prior to June 27, 2014 had existed under the name GWG Life Settlements, LLC). Neither Entity Grantor has any subsidiaries or owns or holds, directly or indirectly, any equity interest in any other entity, except as follows: (i) Holdings owns a direct equity interest in GWG Life, GWG Life USA, LLC (a Delaware limited liability company), GWG Broker Services, LLC (a Delaware limited liability company), GWG MCA Capital, Inc. (a Delaware corporation), Wirth Park Agency, LLC (a Delaware limited liability company), and Life Epigenetics, Inc. (a Delaware corporation); and (ii) GWG Life owns a direct equity interest in GWG DLP Funding III, LLC (a Delaware limited liability company), GWG DLP Funding IV, LLC (a Delaware limited liability company).

 

Article 4
Representations and Warranties of Individual Grantors

 

Each Individual Grantor, severally but not jointly, hereby represents and warrants to the Trustee as follows:

 

4.1.        Title, Authorization, Validity and Enforceability . Each Individual Grantor has good and valid rights in or the power to transfer the Equity Collateral owned by it and title to the Equity Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a security interest hereunder, free and clear of all Liens except for Liens permitted under Section 5.1.4. This Security Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Individual Grantor and creates a security interest which is enforceable against such Individual Grantor in all Equity Collateral it now owns or hereafter acquires.

 

4.2.        No Conflicts or Violation . Neither the execution and delivery by any Individual Grantor of this Security Agreement, the creation and perfection of the security interest in the Equity Collateral granted hereunder, nor compliance with the terms and provisions hereof, will violate (i) any law, rule, regulation, order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree or award binding on such Individual Grantor, or (ii) the provisions of any indenture, instrument or agreement to which such Individual Grantor is a party or is subject, or by which such Individual Grantor or any of the Equity Collateral may be bound or affected, or conflict with or constitute a default thereunder, or result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien in or on such Equity Collateral pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, instrument or agreement (other than any Lien of the Trustee on behalf of the Holders).

 

5

 

 

4.3.        Accuracy of Information . All information heretofore furnished by or on behalf of any Individual Grantor in connection with the Collateral Documents, or any transaction contemplated thereby, is true and accurate in all material respects (without omission of any information necessary to prevent such information from being materially misleading).

 

Article 5
Covenants of the Grantors

 

From the date of this Security Agreement and thereafter until this Security Agreement is terminated, each of the Grantors agrees:

 

5.1.        General .

 

5.1.1        Inspection . Each Grantor will permit the Trustee (i) to inspect the Pledged Collateral, (ii) to examine and make copies of the records of such Grantor relating to the Pledged Collateral and (iii) to discuss the Pledged Collateral and the related records of such Grantor with, and to be advised as to the same by, such Grantor’s officers and employees, all at such reasonable times and intervals as the Trustee may determine, upon reasonable notice by the Trustee to such Grantor and all at such Grantor’s expense.

 

5.1.2        Records and Reports; Notice of Default . Each Grantor shall keep and maintain complete, accurate and proper books and records with respect to the Pledged Collateral owned by such Grantor, and furnish to the Trustee, such reports relating to the Pledged Collateral as the Trustee shall from time to time reasonably request. Each Grantor will give prompt notice in writing to the Trustee of the occurrence of any Default under Section 6.1 and of any other development, financial or otherwise, which could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the Pledged Collateral.

 

5.1.3        Financing Statements . Each Grantor hereby authorizes the Trustee to file, and if requested will execute and deliver to the Trustee, all financing statements reasonably describing the Pledged Collateral owned by such Grantor and other documents and take such other actions as may from time to time reasonably be requested by the Trustee, subject in all cases to Liens permitted under the Indenture and any Collateral Documents, or any other agreement describing the rights of the Trustee (on behalf of the Holders) relative to other creditors of some or all of the Grantors.

 

5.1.4        Liens . No Grantor will create, incur, or suffer to exist any Lien on the Pledged Collateral owned by such Grantor except Liens (i) permitted pursuant to the Indenture, this Security Agreement or any intercreditor agreement, or any other agreement describing the rights of the Trustee relative to other creditors of some or all of the Grantors, and (ii) created under any debt or obligation senior in right of payment or priority or pari passu in right of payment or priority, and (iii) disclosed to the Trustee promptly; provided, however, that (1) an Individual Grantor may nonetheless create, incur, or suffer to exist a Lien on Equity Collateral so long as the shares of common stock of Holdings comprising Equity Collateral and encumbered by any such Lien are deemed to have been “disposed of” for purposes of determining whether an Individual Grantor is then and thereafter permitted to dispose of Equity Collateral in the ordinary course of business under Section 5.1.5 below; and (2) upon the termination of any such Lien, the shares of common stock of Holdings comprising Equity Collateral and previously encumbered by that Lien shall no longer be deemed to have been “disposed of” for purposes of determining whether an Individual Grantor is thereafter permitted to dispose of Equity Collateral in the ordinary course of business under Section 5.1.5 below.

 

6

 

 

5.1.5        Disposition of Collateral Outside Ordinary Course . No Entity Grantor is authorized to sell or otherwise dispose of the Collateral outside of the ordinary course of business unless consented to by the Trustee, with the consent or at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding L Bonds. No Individual Grantor is authorized to sell or otherwise dispose of the Equity Collateral outside of the ordinary course of business (unless consented to by the Trustee, with such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, or unless consented to by the Trustee with the consent or at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding L Bonds). For purposes of the foregoing, any disposition of Equity Collateral by an Individual Grantor (whether by private or public resale(s), encumbrance, or otherwise) shall be deemed to be “in ordinary course of business” if such disposition does not cause the remaining Equity Collateral of that Individual Grantor to represent less than 10% of the Equity Collateral beneficially held by the Individual Grantor as of October 19, 2011.

 

5.1.6        Change in Corporate Existence, Type or Jurisdiction of Organization, Location, Name . Each Entity Grantor will: (a) preserve its existence and entity structure as in effect on the date of this Security Agreement; (b) not change its name or jurisdiction of organization; (c) not maintain its place of business (if it has only one) or its chief executive office (if it has more than one place of business) at a location other than a location specified in Section 3.3; unless, in each such case, such Entity Grantor shall have given the Trustee not less than ten days’ prior written notice of such event or occurrence and the Trustee shall have either (x) determined in good faith that such event or occurrence will not adversely affect the validity, perfection or priority of the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral, or (y) taken such steps (with the cooperation of such Grantor to the extent necessary or advisable) as are necessary or advisable to properly maintain the validity, perfection and priority of the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral owned by such Entity Grantor.

 

5.2.        Certificated and Uncertificated Securities . Upon request, each Grantor will deliver to the Trustee immediately upon execution of this Security Agreement the originals of all Pledged Securities (to the extent certificated) and Instruments constituting Pledged Collateral (if any then exist). In addition, each Grantor will permit the Trustee from time to time to cause the appropriate issuers (and, if held with a securities intermediary, such securities intermediary) of uncertificated securities or other types of securities not represented by certificates which are Pledged Collateral owned by such Grantor to mark their books and records with the numbers and face amounts of all such uncertificated securities or other types of securities not represented by certificates and all replacements thereof to reflect the Lien of the Trustee granted pursuant to this Security Agreement.

 

5.3.        No Interference . Each Grantor agrees that it will not interfere with any right, power and remedy of the Trustee provided for in this Security Agreement or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, or the exercise or beginning of the exercise by the Trustee of any one or more of such rights, powers or remedies.

  

7

 

 

Article 6
Default and Remedies

 

6.1.        Default . The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a Default:

 

6.1.1       Any representation or warranty made by or on behalf of any Grantor under this Security Agreement shall be materially false as of the date on which made;

 

6.1.2       The breach by any Grantor of any of the terms or provisions of Article 8;

 

6.1.3       The breach by any Grantor (other than a breach which constitutes a Default under Sections 6.1.1, 6.1.2 or 6.1.4) of any of the terms or provisions of this Security Agreement which breach is not remedied or not begun to have been remedied within 30 days after the giving of written notice to such Grantor by the Trustee; or

 

6.1.4       The occurrence of any “Event of Default” under, and as defined in, the Indenture.

 

6.2.        Remedies . Upon the occurrence of a Default hereunder, the Trustee may, and at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding L Bonds shall, exercise any or all of the following rights and remedies (subject in all cases to any provisions, in favor of any debt that is senior in right of payment or priority, contained in the Indenture, this Security Agreement or any other Collateral Documents):

 

6.2.1       Those rights and remedies provided in this Security Agreement and the Indenture.

 

6.2.2       Those rights and remedies available to a secured party under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Pledged Collateral) or under any other applicable law (including without limitation any law governing the exercise of a right of setoff or bankers’ lien) when a debtor is in default under a security agreement.

 

6.2.3       Without notice (except as specifically provided in Section 10.1 or elsewhere herein), demand or advertisement of any kind to any Grantor or any other Person, enter the premises of any Entity Grantor where any Collateral is located to collect, receive, assemble, process, appropriate, sell, lease, assign, grant an option or options to purchase or otherwise dispose of, deliver, or realize upon, the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales (which sales may be adjourned or continued from time to time with or without notice and may take place at any Grantor’s premises of elsewhere), for cash, on credit or for future delivery without assumption of any credit risk, and upon such other terms as the Trustee may deem commercially reasonable.

 

6.2.4       Concurrently with written notice to the applicable Grantor, transfer and register in its name or in the name of its nominee the whole or any part of the Pledged Collateral, to exchange certificates or instruments representing or evidencing Pledged Collateral for certificates or instruments of smaller or larger denominations, to exercise the voting and all other rights as a holder with respect thereto, to collect and receive all cash dividends, interest, principal and other distributions made thereon and to otherwise act with respect to the Pledged Collateral as though the Trustee was the outright owner thereof.

  

8

 

 

The Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, may comply with any applicable state or federal law requirements in connection with a disposition of the Pledged Collateral, and such compliance will not be considered to adversely affect the commercial reasonableness of any sale of the Pledged Collateral. The Trustee shall have the right upon any such public sale or sales and, to the extent permitted by law, upon any such private sale or sales, to purchase for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, the whole or any part of the Pledged Collateral so sold, free of any right of equity redemption, which equity redemption the Grantor hereby expressly releases.

 

Until the Trustee is able to effect a sale, lease, or other disposition of Pledged Collateral, the Trustee shall have the right to hold or use Pledged Collateral, or any part thereof, to the extent that it deems appropriate for the purpose of preserving Pledged Collateral or its value or for any other purpose deemed appropriate by the Trustee. The Trustee may, if it so elects, seek the appointment of a receiver or keeper to take possession of Pledged Collateral and to enforce any of the Trustee’s remedies (for the benefit of the Trustee and Holders), with respect to such appointment without prior notice or hearing as to such appointment.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither the Trustee nor any Holder shall be required to (i) make any demand upon, or pursue or exhaust any of their rights or remedies against, any Grantor, any other obligor, guarantor, pledgor or any other Person with respect to the payment of the Secured Obligations or to pursue or exhaust any of their rights or remedies with respect to any Pledged Collateral therefor or any direct or indirect guarantee thereof, (ii) marshal the Pledged Collateral or any guarantee of the Secured Obligations or to resort to the Pledged Collateral or any such guarantee in any particular order, or (iii) effect a public sale of any Pledged Collateral.

 

Each Grantor recognizes that the Trustee may be unable to effect a public sale of any or all the Pledged Collateral and may be compelled to resort to one or more private sales thereof in accordance with this Section 6.2. Each Grantor also acknowledges that any private sale may result in prices and other terms less favorable to the seller than if such sale were a public sale and, notwithstanding such circumstances, agrees that any such private sale shall not be deemed to have been made in a commercially unreasonable manner solely by virtue of such sale being private. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged Collateral for the period of time necessary to permit any Grantor or the issuer of the Pledged Collateral to register such securities for public sale under the Securities Act of 1933, or under applicable state securities laws, even if the applicable Grantor and the issuer would agree to do so.

 

6.3.        Grantors’ Obligations Upon Default . Upon the request of the Trustee after the occurrence of a Default, each Grantor will (subject in all cases to any provisions in favor of any debt that is senior in right of payment or priority contained in the Indenture, this Security Agreement or any other Collateral Documents):

 

6.3.1       Assemble and make available to the Trustee the Pledged Collateral and all books and records relating thereto at any place or places specified by the Trustee;

 

6.3.2       Permit the Trustee, by the Trustee’s representatives and agents, to enter, occupy and use any premises where all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, or the books and records relating thereto, or both, are located, to take possession of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, or the books and records relating thereto, or both, to remove all or any part of the Pledged Collateral, or the books and records relating thereto, or both, and to conduct sales of the Pledged Collateral, without any obligation to pay the Grantor for such use and occupancy; and/or

 

6.3.3       Take, or cause an issuer of Pledged Securities to take, any and all actions necessary to register or qualify the Pledged Collateral to enable the Trustee to consummate a public sale or other disposition of such Pledged Securities.

 

9

 

 

Article 7
Waivers, Amendments and Remedies

 

No delay or omission of the Trustee or any secured party to exercise any right or remedy granted under this Security Agreement shall impair such right or remedy or be construed to be a waiver of any Default or an acquiescence therein, and any single or partial exercise of any such right or remedy shall not preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or remedy. No waiver, amendment or other variation of the terms, conditions or provisions of this Security Agreement whatsoever shall be valid unless in writing signed by the Trustee and each Grantor. All rights and remedies contained in this Security Agreement or by law afforded shall be cumulative and all shall be available to the Trustee and the Holders until the Secured Obligations have been paid in full.

 

Article 8
Proceeds; Collection of Receivables

 

8.1.        Collection of Receivables . Subject to any provisions of the Indenture, this Security Agreement or any other Collateral Documents, including any intercreditor agreement or other agreement describing the rights of the Trustee relative to other creditors of some or all of the Grantors, the Trustee may at any time after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Default, by giving each Grantor written notice, elect to require that any Receivables be paid directly to the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders. In such event, each Entity Grantor shall, and shall permit the Trustee to, promptly notify the account debtors or obligors under the Receivables owned by such Entity Grantor of the Trustee’s interest therein and direct such account debtors or obligors to make payment of all amounts then or thereafter due under such Receivables directly to the Trustee. Upon receipt of any such notice from the Trustee, each Entity Grantor shall thereafter hold in trust for the Trustee, on behalf of the Holders, all amounts and proceeds received by it with respect to the Receivables and immediately and at all times thereafter deliver to the Trustee all such amounts and proceeds in the same form as so received, whether by cash, check, draft or otherwise, with any necessary endorsements. The Trustee shall hold and apply funds so received as provided by the terms of Sections 8.2 and 8.2.

 

8.2.        Special Collateral Account . Subject in all cases to any provisions of the Indenture, this Security Agreement or any other Collateral Documents, including any intercreditor agreement or other agreement describing the rights of the Trustee relative to other creditors of some or all of the Grantors, after the occurrence and during the continuation of a Default, the Trustee may require all future cash proceeds of the Pledged Collateral to be deposited in a special non-interest-bearing cash collateral account with the Trustee and held there as security for the Secured Obligations. No Grantor shall have any control whatsoever over said cash collateral account. The proceeds of the Pledged Collateral shall be applied by the Trustee to payment of the Secured Obligations as provided under the Indenture.

 

Article 9
The Trustee

 

9.1.        Collateral Trustee . Bank of Utah has been appointed collateral trustee for the Holders hereunder. It is expressly understood and agreed by the parties to this Security Agreement that any authority conferred upon the Trustee hereunder is subject to the terms of the delegation of authority made by the Holders to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture, and that the Trustee has agreed to act (and any successor Trustee shall act) as such hereunder only on the express conditions contained in the Indenture and this Article 9. Any successor Trustee appointed pursuant to the Indenture shall be entitled to all the rights, interests and benefits of the Trustee hereunder.

 

10

 

 

9.2.        No Implied Duty . The Trustee will not have any fiduciary duties nor will it have responsibilities or obligations other than those expressly assumed by it in this Security Agreement and the Indenture. The Trustee will not be required to take any action that is contrary to applicable law or any provision of this Security Agreement and the Indenture.

 

9.3.        Appointment of Agents and Advisors . The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents, attorneys, accountants, appraisers or other experts or advisors selected by it in good faith as it may reasonably require and will not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any of them.

 

9.4.        Solicitation of Instructions .

 

9.4.1       The Trustee may at any time solicit written confirmatory instructions, or an order of a court of competent jurisdiction, as to any action that it may be requested or required to take, or that it may propose to take, in the performance of any of its obligations under this Security Agreement or the Indenture.

 

9.4.2       No written direction given to the Trustee that in the sole judgment of the Trustee imposes, purports to impose or might reasonably be expected to impose upon the Trustee any obligation or liability not set forth in or arising under this Security Agreement, or the Indenture will be binding upon the Trustee unless the Trustee elects, at its sole option, to accept such direction.

 

9.5.        Limitation of Liability . The Trustee will not be responsible or liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it hereunder or under the Indenture, except for its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

9.6.        Entitled to Rely . The Trustee may seek and rely upon, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, any judicial order or judgment, upon any advice, opinion or statement of legal counsel, independent consultants and other experts selected by it in good faith, and upon any certification, instruction, notice or other writing delivered to it by any of the Grantors in compliance with the provisions of this Security Agreement or the Indenture, without being required to determine the authenticity thereof or the correctness of any fact stated therein or the propriety or validity of service thereof. The Trustee may act in reliance upon any instrument comporting with the provisions of this Security Agreement or the Indenture, or any signature reasonably believed by it to be genuine and may assume that any Person purporting to give notice or receipt or advice or make any statement or execute any document in connection with the provisions hereof or the Indenture has been duly authorized to do so.

 

9.7.        Actions by Trustee . As to any matter not expressly provided for by this Security Agreement, or the Indenture, the Trustee will act or refrain from acting as directed by the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the then-outstanding L Bonds, and will be fully protected if it does so, and any action taken, suffered or omitted pursuant to hereto or thereto shall be binding on the Holders.

 

9.8.        Security or Indemnity in favor of the Trustee . The Trustee will not be required to advance or expend any funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties or the exercise of its powers or rights hereunder unless it has been provided with security or indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it against any and all liability or expense which may be incurred by it by reason of taking or continuing to take such action.

 

11

 

 

9.9.        Rights of the Trustee . In the event there is any bona fide, good faith disagreement between the other parties to this Security Agreement or the Indenture resulting in adverse claims being made in connection with Pledged Collateral held by the Trustee, and the terms of this Security Agreement or the Indenture do not unambiguously mandate the action the Trustee is to take or not to take in connection therewith under the circumstances then existing, or the Trustee is in doubt as to what action it is required to take or not to take hereunder or under the Indenture, it will be entitled to refrain from taking any action (and will incur no liability for doing so) until directed otherwise in writing by a request signed by all the parties hereto entitled to give such direction or by order of a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

9.10.        Limitations on Duty of Trustee in Respect of Collateral .

 

9.10.1       Beyond the exercise of reasonable care in the custody of Pledged Collateral in its possession, the Trustee will have no duty as to any Pledged Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or bailee or any income thereon or as to preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto and the Trustee will not be responsible for filing any financing or continuation statements or recording any documents or instruments in any public office at any time or times or otherwise perfecting or maintaining the perfection of any Liens on the Pledged Collateral. The Trustee will be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody of the Pledged Collateral in its possession if the Pledged Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which it accords its own property, and the Trustee will not be liable or responsible for any loss or diminution in the value of any of the Pledged Collateral by reason of the act or omission of any carrier, forwarding agency or other agent or bailee selected by the Trustee in good faith.

 

9.10.2       The Trustee will not be responsible for the existence, genuineness or value of any of the Pledged Collateral or for the validity, perfection, priority or enforceability of the Liens in any of the Pledged Collateral, whether impaired by operation of law or by reason of any action or omission to act on its part hereunder, except to the extent such action or omission constitutes gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Trustee, for the validity or sufficiency of the Pledged Collateral or any agreement or assignment contained therein, for the validity of the title of the Grantors to the Pledged Collateral, for insuring the Pledged Collateral or for the payment of taxes, charges, assessments or Liens upon the Collateral or otherwise as to the maintenance of the Pledged Collateral. The Trustee hereby disclaims any representation or warranty to the present and future Holders concerning the perfection of the Liens granted hereunder or in the value of any of the Pledged Collateral.

 

Article 10
General Provisions

 

10.1.        Notice of Disposition of Pledged Collateral; Etc . Each Grantor hereby waives notice of the time and place of any public sale or the time after which any private sale or other disposition of all or any part of the Pledged Collateral may be made. To the extent such notice may not be waived under applicable law, any notice made shall be deemed reasonable if sent to the Entity Grantors, addressed as set forth in Section 3.3, at least ten days prior to (i) the date of any such public sale or (ii) the time after which any such private sale or other disposition may be made. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable law, each Grantor waives all claims, damages, and demands against the Trustee or any secured party arising out of the repossession, retention or sale of the Pledged Collateral, except such as arise solely out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Trustee or such secured party as finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction. To the extent it may lawfully do so, each Grantor absolutely and irrevocably waives and relinquishes the benefit and advantage of, and covenants not to assert against the Trustee or any other secured party, any valuation, stay, appraisal, extension, moratorium, redemption or similar laws and any and all rights or defenses it may have as a surety now or hereafter existing which, but for this provision, might be applicable to the sale of any Pledged Collateral made under the judgment, order or decree of any court, or privately under the power of sale conferred by this Security Agreement, or otherwise. Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, each Grantor hereby waives presentment, demand, protest or any notice (to the maximum extent permitted by applicable law) of any kind in connection with this Security Agreement or any Pledged Collateral.

 

12

 

 

10.2.        Limitation on Duties with Respect to Pledged Collateral . The Trustee shall have no obligation to clean-up or otherwise prepare the Pledged Collateral for sale. The Trustee and each secured party shall use reasonable care with respect to the Pledged Collateral in its possession or under its control. Neither the Trustee nor any secured party shall have any other duty as to any Pledged Collateral in its possession or control or in the possession or control of any agent or nominee of the Trustee or such other secured party, or any income thereon or as to the preservation of rights against prior parties or any other rights pertaining thereto.

 

10.3.        Performance of Grantor’s Obligations . Without having any obligation to do so, the Trustee may perform or pay any obligation which any Grantor has agreed to perform or pay in this Security Agreement and such Grantor shall reimburse the Trustee for any reasonable amounts paid by the Trustee pursuant to this Section. Each Grantor’s obligation to reimburse the Trustee pursuant to the preceding sentence shall be a Secured Obligation payable on demand.

 

10.4.        Authorization to Take Certain Action . Each Grantor irrevocably authorizes the Trustee at any time and from time to time in the sole discretion of the Trustee and appoints the Trustee as its attorney-in-fact (i) to execute on behalf of such Grantor as debtor and to file financing statements necessary or desirable in the Trustee’s sole discretion to perfect and to maintain the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral, (ii) to endorse and collect any future cash proceeds of the Pledged Collateral, (iii) to file a carbon, photographic or other reproduction of this Security Agreement or any financing statement with respect to the Pledged Collateral as a financing statement and to file any other financing statement or amendment of a financing statement (which does not add new collateral or add a debtor) in such offices as the Trustee in its sole discretion deems necessary or desirable to maintain the Trustee’s security interest in the Collateral, (iv) to contact and enter into one or more agreements with the issuers of uncertificated securities which are Collateral owned by such Grantor or with financial intermediaries holding other Investment Property as may be necessary or advisable to give the Trustee control over such securities or other Investment Property, (v) subject to the terms hereof, to enforce payment of the Instruments, Accounts and Receivables in the name of the Trustee or such Grantor, (vi) to apply the future proceeds of any Pledged Collateral received by the Trustee to the Secured Obligations as provided in Article 8 and (vii) to discharge past-due taxes, assessments, charges, fees or Liens on the Pledged Collateral (except for such Liens as are specifically permitted hereunder or under the Indenture), and each Grantor agrees to reimburse the Trustee on demand for any reasonable payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Trustee in connection therewith, provided that this authorization shall not relieve any Grantor of any of its obligations under this Security Agreement or under the Indenture.

 

10.5.        Specific Performance of Certain Covenants . Each Grantor acknowledges and agrees that a breach of any of the covenants contained in Sections 5.1.4, 5.1.5 or 6.3 or in Article 8 will cause irreparable injury to the Trustee and the Holders, that the Trustee and the Holders have no adequate remedy at law in respect of such breaches and therefore agrees, without limiting the right of the Trustee or the Holders, to seek and obtain specific performance of other obligations of the Grantors contained in this Security Agreement, that the covenants of the Grantors contained in the Sections referred to in this Section 10.5 shall be specifically enforceable against the Grantors.

 

13

 

 

10.6.        Use and Possession of Certain Premises . Upon the occurrence of a Default (but subject to any provisions of the Indenture, this Security Agreement or any other Collateral Documents, including any intercreditor agreement or other agreement describing the rights of the Trustee relative to other creditors of some or all of the Grantors), the Trustee shall be entitled to occupy and use any premises owned or leased by the Grantors where any of the Pledged Collateral or any records relating to the Pledged Collateral are located until the Secured Obligations are paid or the Pledged Collateral is removed therefrom, whichever first occurs, without any obligation to pay any Grantor for such use and occupancy.

 

10.7.        Reinstatement . This Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against any Grantor for liquidation or reorganization, should any Grantor become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of any creditor or creditors, or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of any Grantor’s assets, and shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, or any part thereof, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee of the Secured Obligations, whether as a “voidable preference,” “fraudulent conveyance,” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Secured Obligations shall be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

10.8.        Benefit of Agreement . The terms and provisions of this Security Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Grantors, the Trustee and the Holders and their respective successors and assigns (including all persons who become bound as a debtor to this Security Agreement), except that the Grantors shall not have the right to assign their rights or delegate their obligations under this Security Agreement or any interest herein, without the prior written consent of the Trustee. No sales of participations, assignments, transfers, or other dispositions of any agreement governing the Secured Obligations or any portion thereof or interest therein shall in any manner impair the Lien granted to the Trustee, for the benefit of the Trustee and the Holders, hereunder.

 

10.9.        Survival of Representations . All representations and warranties of the Grantors contained in this Security Agreement shall survive the execution and delivery of this Security Agreement.

 

10.10.        Taxes and Expenses . Any taxes payable or ruled payable by a federal or state authority in respect of this Security Agreement shall be paid by the Grantors, together with interest and penalties, if any. The Grantors shall reimburse the Trustee for any and all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and internal charges (including the fees, charges and disbursements of one U.S. counsel paid or incurred by the Trustee in connection with the collection and enforcement of this Security Agreement and in the audit, analysis, administration, collection, preservation or sale of the Collateral (including the expenses and charges associated with any periodic or special audit of the Collateral). Any and all costs and expenses incurred by the Grantors in the performance of actions required pursuant to the terms hereof shall be borne solely by the Grantors.

 

10.11.        Headings . The title of and section headings in this Security Agreement are for convenience of reference only, and shall not govern the interpretation of any of the terms and provisions of this Security Agreement.

 

10.12.        Termination . This Security Agreement shall continue in effect (notwithstanding the fact that from time to time there may be no Secured Obligations outstanding) until (i) the Indenture has terminated pursuant to its express terms and (ii) all of the Secured Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in cash and performed in full.

 

14

 

 

10.13.        Entire Agreement . This Security Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the Grantors and the Trustee relating to the Pledged Collateral and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings among the Grantors and the Trustee relating to such Pledged Collateral.

 

10.14.        Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial .

 

10.14.1       THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAW OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICTS-OF-LAW PROVISIONS.

 

10.14.2       Each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the state courts sitting in Hennepin County, Minnesota, and of the United States District Court of the District of Minnesota, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Security Agreement or the Indenture, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such state or, to the extent permitted by law, in such federal court. Each Grantor agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Security Agreement or the Indenture shall affect any right that the Trustee, the Holders may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Security Agreement or the Indenture against any Grantor or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

 

10.14.3       Each Grantor hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Security Agreement or the Indenture in any court referred to in Section 10.14.2. Each Grantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

10.14.4       Each party to this Security Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 10.17 of this Security Agreement, and each of the Grantors hereby appoints Holdings as its agent for service of process. Nothing in this Security Agreement or the Indenture will affect the right of any party to this Security Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

10.14.5         WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT OR THE INDENTURE (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH GRANTOR (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER GRANTOR HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER GRANTOR WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER GRANTORS HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS SECURITY AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

15

 

 

10.15.        Severability . Any provision in this Security Agreement that is held to be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be inoperative, unenforceable, or invalid without affecting the remaining provisions in that jurisdiction or the operation, enforceability, or validity of that provision in any other jurisdiction, and to this end the provisions of this Security Agreement are declared to be severable.

 

10.16.        Counterparts; Delivery . This Security Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Security Agreement by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Security Agreement.

 

10.17.        Notices . Any notice required or permitted to be given under this Security Agreement shall be sent (and deemed received) in the manner and to the addresses set forth in Section 13.2 of the Indenture. Any party may change its address for service of notice upon it by a notice in writing to the other parties as described in Section 13.2 of the Indenture.

 

10.18.        Conflicts with Indenture . In the event of any direct conflict between the provisions of this Security Agreement and the provisions of the Indenture, including without limitation any direct conflict relating to (i) the rights and remedies (or the limitations upon such rights and remedies) of the Holders upon a Default or (ii) the subordination provisions contained in the Indenture (whether in Article 10 of the Indenture or otherwise), the provisions of the Indenture shall control.

 

*   *   *   *   *   *   *

 

16

 

 

In Witness Whereof , each of the Grantors and the Trustee have executed this Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

GRANTORS: GWG Holdings, Inc .  
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  GWG Life , LLC  
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  
     
  Jon R. Sabes  
   
   
     
  Steven F. Sabes  
   
   
     
     
TRUSTEE: Bank of Utah  
     
  By:  
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Signature Page – Amended and Restated
Pledge and Security Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT 4.4

 

GWG HOLDINGS, INC.  

 

 

 

GWG HOLDINGS, INC.

 

L Bond

 

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

Please complete this form to purchase L Bonds. Sections of this form that are incomplete may be returned to your broker-dealer and may delay your purchase of L Bonds.

 

Once completed, send this Subscription Agreement along with your certified or personal check payable to GWG Holdings, Inc. or wire your deposit to the account listed below, and forward any other documents requested in this agreement to your broker-dealer or to GWG Holdings, Inc. at:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GWG Holdings, Inc.

220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

 

 

Wire Instructions:

GWG Holdings, Inc --- L Bond 2 Account Routing: 091310521

Account: 500023916

Bank Name: Bell State Bank & Trust

 

 

 

 

GWG HOLDINGS, INC.  

L BOND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

 

1  

INVESTMENT AMOUNT

Note: Minimum principal amount of $25,000. Any amount above the minimum principal must be

  TERMS AND SUBSCRIPTION AMOUNT GWG will not issue an L Bond if term amount is below $10,000. (Select one for each L Bond):  
      Offering Term Dollar Amount  

 

  purchased in $1,000 increments.    ☐  2 Year    
 

Qualified or Non-

   ☐  3 Year    
 

Qualified Funds

   ☐  5 Year    
  (Must select one)    ☐  7 Year    
   ☐   Qualified      
   ☐     Non-Qualified   Total Dollar Amount:    
* The interest payment date is the 15th calendar day of each month (or, if such date is not a business day, then the next business day thereafter). Note: Form 1099 will be issued annually based upon tax year(s) earnings.

 

2   Select one form of ownership:      
           
   ☐ Individual Investor    ☐ Joint Tenants with right of survivorship
            Note: Both joint tenants must sign this agreement.
   ☐ Corporation, LLC, Partnership, or Trust    ☐ Tenants in Common
  Note: Please include a trust resolution or the appropriate corporate or partnership documents authorizing you to make this investment.     Note: Both owners must sign this agreement.
   ☐ IRA, Employee Benefit Plan or other retirement plan    ☐ Other (e.g., custodian for minor)

  

3   All reports, notices and information will be sent to the email address indicated below.  
       
  GWG will not share or sell your contact information. Email Address:  
         
    Email Address  
       
  ☐  I/We decline and GWG may charge me for the hardcopy and mailing costs (other than costs relating to reports we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission).

  

4       GENERAL SUITABILITY STANDARDS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                   

       
  Under penalties of perjury, I/we hereby declare and certify that (must initial each box):
       
       
  Initial   I/We have received a copy of the Prospectus, together with any related Prospectus Supplement;
       
       
       
  Initial   The social security number or tax identification number listed on this agreement is correct;
       
       
      I am/We are not subject to backup withholding, either because the Internal Revenue Service has not notified me/us that I am/we are subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends or I/we have been notified that I am/we are no longer subject to backup withholding;
  Initial  
     
     
      I/we acknowledge that my/our purchase is subject to the terms contained in the Prospectus, may be rejected in whole or in part, and will not become effective until accepted by GWG. Additionally, I authorize GWG or any of its designees to share any information regarding my investments with the financial professional representing me/us in this transaction, unless authorization is expressly rescinded by me/us in writing; and
  Initial  
     
     
       
  Initial   I/We hereby acknowledge that this investment in L Bonds is illiquid.
       
       

  D- 1  

 

 

GWG HOLDINGS, INC.

L BONDS SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT
 

 

 

The undersigned investor, desiring to purchase one or more GWG L Bonds pursuant to the Prospectus (which term includes all supplements thereto and any amendments thereof) of GWG Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation, by executing this Signature Page, hereby agrees to be bound by all terms of this Subscription Agreement.  

  INVESTOR CONTACT INFO

(Complete this section with the personal info of the signing individual)  

       
     
PRINT NAME OF INVESTOR     PRINT NAME OF CO-INVESTOR (if APPLICABLE)
     
 
INVESTOR DATE OF BIRTH (MM/DD/YY)     CO-INVESTOR DATE OF BIRTH (MM/DD/YY)
     
     
PRIMARY INVESTOR SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER   CO-INVESTOR SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER
     
     
MAILING ADDRESS     MAILING ADDRESS  
     
         
CITY                                    STATE                ZIP   CITY                                    STATE                ZIP
     
INVESTOR PRIMARY PHONE     CO-INVESTOR PRIMARY PHONE
     
     
SIGNATURE OF INVESTOR     SIGNATURE OF CO-INVESTOR
     
     
DATE SIGNED (MM/DD/YY)     DATE SIGNED (MM/DD/YY)
 
  If you will own this L Bond investment directly as an individual or jointly, click here , skip section 6 and proceed to section 7. If owning this L Bond investment as an entity (e.g., trust, LLC, etc.), complete the left hand side of section 6. Lastly, if you are NOT owning this investment directly (i.e. your investment will be held in a brokerage account or IRA, etc.), you MUST fill out at least ONE side of section 6 before proceeding to section 7.

 

    IRA/QUALIFIED FUNDS OR   NON-QUALIFIED BROKERAGE FUNDS
ENTITY OWNED   Is this bond being held inside a non-qualified brokerage account?
  ☐ Yes. Fees may be assessed by your custodian. No ☐
NAME OF INVESTING ENTITY    
      
DATE OF INCORPORATION       I RA ACCOUNT NUMBER   BROKERAGE FIRM NAME

OR DECLARATION OF

TRUST (MM/DD/YY)

   

 

   
TAX ID OF ENTITY   ACCOUNT NUMBER

  

   
MAILING ADDRESS   MAILING ADDRESS
     
       
CITY                                    STATE                ZIP   CITY                                    STATE                ZIP
     
PRIMARY PHONE     PRIMARY PHONE  

 

PRINT NAME OF AUTHORIZED SIGNOR AND TITLE   PRINT NAME OF AUTHORIZED SIGNOR AND TITLE
 
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
   

  D- 2  
 

 

GWG HOLDINGS, INC.
L BOND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

7     DIRECT DEPOSIT ACCOUNT INFORMATION: *REQUIRED FOR ALL PURCHASES
     
  I currently receive direct deposit payments from an existing GWG investment. I hereby instruct GWG to deposit all principal and interest payments for this new L Bond investment into the same account.
       
    Deposit my payments back into my IRA or Brokerage Account listed on the previous page. (Section 6) Deposit my payments into the
       
    account listed below. Note : Must attach a VOIDED check for bank accounts.
             
             
    ACCOUNT OWNER NAME(S)   ☐ CHECKING ☐ SAVINGS ☐ OTHER
         
         
    BANK ROUTING NUMBER (9 DIGITS)   ACCOUNT NUMBER
         
         
    BANK NAME   BRANCH LOCATION
     
    Must attach voided check here for direct deposit:
   
 
     
    AUTHORIZATION STATEMENT
     
    As the investor of record and authorized signatory of the account listed above, by signing this agreement, I authorize GWG Holdings, Inc., its affiliates, or its agents (collectively referred to hereinafter as “GWG”) to deposit interest and principal payments owed to me by initiating account credit entries to my financial institution listed on this form. Further, I authorize my financial institution to accept and to credit any credit entries initiated by GWG to the listed account. In the event of an erroneous credit entry, I also authorize GWG to debit the account for an amount not to exceed the original amount of the erroneous credit. This authorization shall remain in full force and effect until GWG and my financial institution have received written notice from me of its termination in such time and in such manner as to afford GWG and my financial institution reasonable opportunity to act on it. In the event the listed account is closed, I will promptly notify GWG of an alternate account into which payments can be made.
               

  D- 3  
 

 

GWG HOLDINGS, INC.

L BOND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT  

 
     
8     SUBSTITUTE W-9 FORM-REQUEST FOR TAXPAYER INDENTIFICATION NUMBER AND CERTIFICATION
   
 

 

 Name (as shown on your income tax return)
   
   Business name/disregarded entity name, if different from above
   
   Check appropriate box for federal tax  classification:    
       
   ☐ Individual/sole proprietor   ☐ C Corporation   ☐  S Corporation   ☐ Partnership   ☐ Trust/estate
       
   ☐ Limited liability company. Enter the tax classification (C=C corporation, S=S corporation, P=partnership) ►  _____________   ☐ Exempt payee
       
   ☐ Other (see instructions) ►    
         
    Address (number, street, and apt. or suite no.)   Requester’s name and address (optional)
           
    City, state, and ZIP code      
     List account number(s) here (optional)
                      
              Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)  
       Social security number
  Enter your TIN in the appropriate box. The TIN provided must match the name given on the “Name” line to avoid backup withholding. For individuals, this is your social security number (SSN). For entities, it is your employer identification number (EIN).   - -  
                         
       Employer identification number  
                         
    -  

 

 

Part II          Certification
Under penalties of perjury, I certify that:
1. The number shown on this form is my correct taxpayer identification number (or I am waiting for a number to be issued to me), and
2. I am not subject to backup withholding because: (a) I am exempt from backup withholding, or (b) I have not been notified by the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) that I am subject to backup withholding as a result of a failure to report all interest or dividends, or (c) the IRS has notified me that I am no longer subject to backup withholding, and
3. I am a U.S. citizen or other U.S. person (defined below).
Certification instructions. You must cross out item 2 above if you have been notified by the IRS that you are currently subject to backup withholding because you have failed to report all interest and dividends on your tax return. For real estate transactions, item 2 does not apply. For mortgage interest paid, acquisition or abandonment of secured property, cancellation of debt, contributions to an individual retirement arrangement (IRA), and generally, payments other than interest and dividends, you are not required to sign the certification, but you must provide your correct TIN.
 
Sign Here   Signature of
U.S. person
    Date  
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           
           

 

  D- 4  
 

   

GWG HOLDINGS, INC.  

L BOND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

 

ADVISOR CERTIFICATION

 

Based on the information obtained from the investor concerning his or her investment objectives, his or her other investments, and his or her financial situation and needs, the undersigned Advisor has reasonable grounds to believe that an L Bond investment is suitable for the investor. Prior to the investor executing this Subscription Agreement, the undersigned Advisor has informed the investor of any compensation the undersigned Advisor shall receive on the account of the sale of the L Bonds and all pertinent facts relating to an investment in the L Bonds, including the risk factors disclosed in the Prospectus. The undersigned believes that the representations and warranties expressed hereinabove are true and correct.

 

 

 

9   Is this investment a Fee Based Account?   ☐ Yes             ☐ No
       
         
  ADVISOR
       
  FIRM    
  ADVISOR    
  MAILING ADDRESS
   
                 
  CITY                                                                              STATE                                               ZIP
 
                              
  ADVISOR PRIMARY PHONE         ADVISOR SECONDARY PHONE         EMAIL ADDRESS
       
                                                                                                              
  BROKER-DEALER/RIA SIGNATURE
       
         
         
10        
       
       
         
  NAME OF BROKER-DEALER/RIA
       
       
  BROKER - DEALER / RIA    
  PRINTED NAME OF AUTHORIZED BROKER-DEALER/RIA
       
                                                                                                                            
  BROKER-DEALER/RIA SIGNATURE
       
         
         
11   SUBSCRIPTION ACCEPTED BY THE COMPANY    
       
       
         
       
       
       
       
       

 

D-5

 

EXHIBIT 5.1

 

MASLON LLP

3300 Wells Fargo Center

90 South Seventh Street

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

Tel: (612) 672-8200

 

October 10, 2017

 

GWG Holdings, Inc.

220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

 

Re:        Registration Statement on Form S-1; L Bonds

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to GWG Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and to GWG Life, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and wholly owned subsidiary of the Company (the “Guarantor”), in connection with their filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) of a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-220288) (as amended, the “Registration Statement”) under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), relating to the proposed offer and sale of up to $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of units of L Bonds of the Company (the “Units”) and the related guarantee of the Guarantor (the “Guarantee”). The Units and the Guarantee are collectively referred to as the “Securities.”

 

The Securities are to be issued pursuant to an Amended and Restated Indenture by and among the Company, the Guarantor, and the Bank of Utah, N.A., as trustee (the “Trustee”), in the form filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement (as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time hereafter, the “Indenture”). The Securities may be issued and sold or delivered as set forth in the Registration Statement, any amendment thereto, and the prospectus contained therein. The prospectus provides that it will be supplemented in the future by one or more Company filings made with the Commission under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, or prospectus supplements filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act of 1933, or both (as so supplemented from time to time, the “Prospectus”).

 

In arriving at the opinion expressed below, we have examined: (i) the Registration Statement and the prospectus contained therein; (ii) the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, and corporate bylaws; (iii) the Guarantor’s Certificate of Formation and limited liability company operating agreement; (iv) resolutions of the Company’s Board of Directors relating to the authorization of the offer, sale and issuance of the Units subject to the Registration Statement; (v) resolutions of the Guarantor’s manager and member relating to the authorization of the offer, sale and issuance of the Guarantee subject to the Registration Statement ; and (v) such other instruments and certificates of public officials and other persons as we have deemed appropriate. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals, the conformity to the original documents of all documents submitted to us as copies, and the genuineness of all signatures on documents reviewed by us.

 

   

 

 

Based upon the foregoing, and subject to the qualifications and limitations stated herein, we are of the opinion that, as of the date hereof, when (i) the Indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by the Company, Guarantor and Trustee, (ii) the Registration Statement has been declared effective and the Indenture qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, and (iii) the Units have been duly executed and authenticated by the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and delivered to the holders against payment therefor in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Indenture and as contemplated by the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and assuming that (a) the terms of the Securities as executed and delivered are as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and (b) the Securities are then offered, sold and issued as contemplated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, then the Units will be legally issued, and shall constitute valid and binding obligations of the Company, and the Guarantee will be legally issued, and shall constitute the valid and binding obligation of the Guarantor.

 

Our opinions expressed above are subject to the qualifications that we express no opinion as to the applicability of, compliance with, or effect of (a) any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, fraudulent transfer, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or other similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (b) general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or law), (c) public policy considerations that may limit the rights of parties to obtain certain remedies, or (d) other commonly recognized statutory and judicial constraints on enforceability, including, without limitation, statutes of limitations. In addition, we express no opinion with respect to (i) whether acceleration of the Debt Securities may affect the collectability of that portion of the stated principal amount thereof that might be determined to constitute unearned interest thereon, or (ii) the creation, validity, perfection or priority of any security interest, mortgage, or lien.

 

We are opining herein as to the effect on the subject transaction only of the laws of the State of Delaware and the federal laws of the United States. We express no opinion with respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

We hereby consent to the deemed incorporation by reference of this opinion into the Registration Statement and to the references to our firm therein. If a prospectus or any prospectus supplement relating to the offer and sale of Securities is prepared and filed by the Company with the Commission on a future date and that prospectus or prospectus supplement contains our opinion, substantially in the form set forth above, then this consent shall apply to our opinion and to the reference to us as providing such opinion. In giving our consent, we do not admit that we are “experts” within the meaning of Section 11 of the Securities Act or within the category of persons whose consent is required by Section 7 of the Securities Act.

 

Very truly yours,

 

/s/ MASLON LLP

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of:

GWG Holdings, Inc. and Subsidiaries

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 1 to Form S-1 of our report dated March 15, 2017, relating to the consolidated financial statements of GWG Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016, which appear in such Registration Statement, and the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

 

 

/s/ BAKER TILLY VIRCHOW KRAUSE, LLP

 

Minneapolis, Minnesota

October 10, 2017

EXHIBIT 25 . 1

  

 

 

FORM T-1

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

 

STATEMENT OF ELIGIBILITY
UNDER THE TRUST INDENTURE ACT OF 1939 OF A
CORPORATION DESIGNATED TO ACT AS TRUSTEE

 

   CHECK IF AN APPLICATION TO DETERMINE ELIGIBILITY OF A TRUSTEE PURSUANT TO SECTION 305(b)(2)

  

 

 

BANK OF UTAH

(Exact name of trustee as specified in its charter)

 

Utah   87-0218467
(Jurisdiction of incorporation
if not a U.S. national bank)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
     

2605 Washington Boulevard
Ogden, UT 

  84401
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

 

 

 

GWG HOLDINGS, INC.
(Exact name of obligor as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   26-2222607
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. employer
identification no.)
     
220 South Sixth Street, Suite 1200
Minneapolis, Minnesota
  55402
(Address of principal executive offices)   (Zip code)

  

 

 

L Bonds
(Title of the indenture securities)

  

 

  

  

 

 

  1. General information. Furnish the following information as to the trustee:

 

  (a) Name and address of each examining or supervising authority to which it is subject.

 

  Name   Address
  Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco  

120 South State Street

Salt Lake City, UT 84111

       
  Utah Department of Financial Institutions  

324 South State Street

Salt Lake City, UT 84114

 

  (b) Whether it is authorized to exercise corporate trust powers.

 

Yes.

 

  2. Affiliations with Obligor.

 

If the obligor is an affiliate of the trustee, describe each such affiliation.

 

None.

 

  3-15. Items 3-15 are not applicable.

  

  16. List of Exhibits.

 

Exhibits identified in parentheses below, on file with the Commission, are incorporated herein by reference as an exhibit hereto, pursuant to Rule 7a-29 under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (the “Act”) and 17 C.F.R. 229.10(d).

 

  1. A copy of the articles of incorporation of the Trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1 filed by the Bank of Utah on September 30, 2011.

 

  2. A copy of certificate of authority of the Trustee to commence business, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 of Form T-1 filed by the Bank of Utah on September 30, 2011.

  

  3. Authorization of the Trustee to exercise corporate trust powers was granted under the articles of incorporation of the Trustee, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 1 of Form T-1 filed by the Bank of Utah on September 30, 2011.

 

  4. A copy of the existing bylaws of the Trustee. Not applicable.

 

  5. A copy of each Indenture referred to in Item 4. Not applicable.

 

  6. The consent of the Trustee required by Section 321(b) of the Act, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 6 of Form T-1 filed by the Bank of Utah on September 30, 2011.

 

  7. A copy of the latest report of condition of the Trustee published pursuant to law or to the requirements of its supervising or examining authority, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 7 of this Form T-1.

 

  8. A copy of any order pursuant to which the foreign trustee is authorized to act as sole trustee under indentures qualified or to be qualified under the Act. Not applicable.

 

  9. Consent to service of process on Form F-X. Not applicable.

  

  2  

 

 

SIGNATURE

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act of 1931, the trustee, Bank of Utah, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of Utah, has duly caused this statement of eligibility to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, all in The City of Salt Lake City, and State of Utah, on the 10th day of October, 2017.

 

  BANK OF UTAH
     
  By: /s/ Jodie B. Curtis
  Name: Jodie B. Curtis
  Title: Vice President

  

  3  

 

 

Exhibit 7

Report of Condition of Trustee as of the Quarter Ended June 30, 2017

 

Schedule RC - Balance Sheet

 

BANK OF UTAH FFIEC 041
RSSD-ID 933975 Quarter End Date June 30, 2017
Last Updated on July 28, 2017 11

 

Dollar amounts in thousands

  1.
1. Cash and balances due from depository institutions (from Schedule RC-A):    
a. Noninterest-bearing balances and currency and coin RCON0081 17,640 1.a.
b. Interest-bearing balances RCON0071 105,394 1.b.
2. Securities:     2.
a. Held-to-maturity securities (from Schedule RC-B, column A) RCON1754 13,286 2.a.
b. Available-for-sale securities (from Schedule RC-B, column D) RCON1773 125,567 2.b.
3. Federal funds sold and securities purchased under agreements to resell:     3.
a. Federal funds sold RCONB987 736 3.a.
b. Securities purchased under agreements to resell RCONB989 0 3.b.
4. Loans and lease financing receivables (from Schedule RC-C):     4.
a. Loans and leases held for sale RCON5369 16,700 4.a.
b. Loans and leases, net of unearned income RCONB528 830,536 4.b.
c. LESS: Allowance for loan and lease losses RCON3123 10,287 4.c.
d. Loans and leases, net of unearned income and allowance (item 4.b minus 4.c) RCONB529 820,249 4.d.
5. Trading assets (from Schedule RC-D) RCON3545 0 5.
6. Premises and fixed assets (including capitalized leases) RCON2145 13,729 6.
7. Other real estate owned (from Schedule RC-M) RCON2150 0 7.
8. Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries and associated companies RCON2130 0 8.
9. Direct and indirect investments in real estate ventures RCON3656 0 9.
10. Intangible assets:     10.
a. Goodwill RCON3163 5,894 10.a.
b. Other intangible assets (from Schedule RC-M) RCON0426 231 10.b.
11. Other assets (from Schedule RC-F) RCON2160 37,465 11.
12. Total assets (sum of items 1 through 11) RCON2170 1,156,891 12.
13. Deposits:     13.
a. In domestic offices (sum of totals of columns A and C from Schedule RC-E) RCON2200 956,723 13.a.
1. Noninterest-bearing RCON6631 367,621 13.a.1.
2. Interest-bearing RCON6636 589,102 13.a.2.
b. Not applicable     13.b.
14. Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase:     14.
a. Federal funds purchased RCONB993 0 14.a.
b. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase RCONB995 44,027 14.b.
15. Trading liabilities (from Schedule RC-D) RCON3548 0 15.
16. Other borrowed money (includes mortgage indebtedness and obligations under capitalized leases) (from Schedule RC-M) RCON3190 0 16.
17. Not applicable     17.
18. Not applicable     18.
19. Subordinated notes and debentures RCON3200 0 19.
20. Other liabilities (from Schedule RC-G) RCON2930 8,458 20.
21. Total liabilities (sum of items 13 through 20) RCON2948 1,009,208 21.
22. Not applicable     22.
23. Perpetual preferred stock and related surplus RCON3838 0 23.
24. Common stock RCON3230 3,656 24.
25. Surplus (exclude all surplus related to preferred stock) RCON3839 8,534 25.
26. Not available     26.
a. Retained earnings RCON3632 135,733 26.a.
b. Accumulated other comprehensive income RCONB530 -240 26.b.
c. Other equity capital components RCONA130 0 26.c.
27. Not available     27.
a. Total bank equity capital (sum of items 23 through 26.c) RCON3210 147,683 27.a.
b. Noncontrolling (minority) interests in consolidated subsidiaries RCON3000 0 27.b.
28. Total equity capital (sum of items 27.a and 27.b) RCONG105 147,683 28.
29. Total liabilities and equity capital (sum of items 21 and 28) RCON3300 1,156,891 29.
1. Indicate in the box at the right the number of the statement below that best describes the most comprehensive level of auditing work performed for the bank by independent external auditors as of any date during 2013 RCON6724 NR M.1.
2. Bank's fiscal year-end date RCON8678 NR M.2